HOW

TO LEAKN RUSSIAN,

A MANUAL
STUDENTS OF RUSSIAN.

BY THE SAME AUTHOR.

Croivn 8vo, pp. 126, cloth.

Price 5*.

KEY TO THE EXERCISES OF THE MANUAL

FOR STUDENTS IN RUSSIAN.

Crown

8vo, pp.

viii

314, cloth.

Price 10s. 6d.

GRADUATED RUSSIAN READER,

WITH A

\locaoutary of all the Russian

Words contained

in

LONDON

KEGAN PAUL, TREN CH, TIIUBNER &

7

CO., LTD.,

PATEKNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS ROAD.

if.

HOW

TO LEAEN RUSSIAN,

MANUAL
FOS

STUDENTS OF EUSSIAN.
Based upon the Ollendorffian System of Teaching Languages,
and Adapted for Self- Instruction,

BY

HENRY

R10LA,

PROFESSOR OF THE RUSSIAN LANGUAGE AT THE STAFF COLLEGE.

WITH A PREFACE
BY

W.

R. S.

E ALSTON,

M.A.

Ifrt'tum, Completely

LONDON:

KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER &

CO., LTD.,

PATERNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS ROAD.

1901.
[All rights reserved,']

635369
Y4-.S-SC,

HeiaiaHO

BT>

THnorpa*ia TiubOepxa H PaennrTOHa, Jan.,

CT.

AJKOHCI Taycx,

PREFACE
BY

W.

R. S.

HITHERTO students of

RALSTON,

.Russian

ESQ., M.A.

who attempted

to learn the

language without the help of a teacher have been met by

the want of a good Grammar.
a grave initial difficulty

As a general rule they availed themselves of ReifPs "EnglishRussian Grammar/'' but

existed, it

is

true, in

it left

much

to be desired.

French and German, Grammars on

the Ollendorff System, but in English there was

to be obtained

meet the

There

beyond what Reiff could give.

demand caused by the growing

little

In order

aid
to

interest in the

Russian language

a language which has been neglected in

a manner for which

it is difficult

to account, but to

which

political circumstances have lately given a novel importance

Mr. Triibner has caused the present work to be prepared,

me to supply it with a few lines of Preface,

and he has asked

which I do willingly.
I am far from thinking OllendorfFs System the best
possible, but in the present instance there was not much
choice.

upon

For Mr. Riola's

that

system,

present

there will

work, which

is

based

doubtless be a demand,

numbers of students who wish

there being

to gain

acquaintance with Russian, but who are unable,

To them the

the country, to find a master.

will be practically useful,

as

would

satisfy

if

some

living in

present work

whereas a scientific Grammar, such

a linguist, would be of

general public, and would

command

little

little

value to the

or no sale.

I can vouch, from personal knowledge, for the fact that

Mr. Riola has performed

his

work most

conscientiously,

having taken very great pains to elucidate what in previous works on the subject was left obscure, and having,
I think, succeeded in rendering comparatively easy

generally been considered a

indeed

if I find it

who take an

difficult task.

serves the purpose of aiding those readers

intelligent interest in a language spoken

a language rich, sonorous

forty millions of people,

and which
I

am

the

is

the key to a vigorous

sure, to

number

in

make

its

by

lucid,

young literature, destined,

The greater

England of Students of Russian, the more

from the extraordinary igno-

Englishmen
rance about

all

things Russian which

now makes

itself so

felt.

W.
8,

and

voice widely heard.

will there be free

widely

what has

I shall be glad

ALIPED PLACE,
April 25, 1878.

R.

S.

RALSTON.

AUTHOR'S PREFACE.

THE almost

total neglect that the

Rmwan Language

has

in this country is capable of two explanawhich

of
one
tions,
may be said to include the other, namely,
its supposed insurmountable difficulties and the want of a

hitherto

met with

good Grammar. On the first point, suffice it to say that there

is nothing
absolutely nothing which should deter the
student. The prominent features of the language are clearIf the contrary have
ness and methodical arrangement.
it
is
been found to be the case,
owing to no other causes
than the defective methods and the insufficient or faulty
explanations presented by the Grammars hitherto published
both in this country and on the Continent.

Now the fact is well worthy of notice that while, on the

one hand, English authors in every department of History,
Fiction and Poetry are known and appreciated throughout
the length and breadth of the Russian Empire; on the other
hand, save to a select few, the bulk of a new, vigorous *and
original literature, comprising invaluable geographical,
ethnological and linguistical treasures, the product of Slavonic life, thought and culture as developed in Russia, has

imparted nothing to the educated classes of England beyond

a few paltry translations and a few names.
What reasons
.

We

we

to assign for this failure of reciprocity ?

have
not far to seek. The student of Russian, however diligent,
is confronted at the outset
by a paucity of Grammars. But

are

not only

is

his choice thus limited,

but even should he

select

fleiff 's, as

vi

the one best known, he will search through

its

pages in vain for the solution of the difficulties he may

encounter in his course of reading. If to this we add, as is too
often the case, a teacher unable to enlighten him, what wonder

new and

that, in the face of ever

recurring obstacles and

discouragements, he should relinquish altogether the study,
under the despairing conviction that the chief phenomena
of the language are beyond the reach of comprehension

and

illustration ?

I confidently repeat, however, that this is far from being

the case, and that Russian is easy of acquirement by dint
of average diligence and perseverance.
It now remains for

me

to state briefly in what respects I have opened new

paths, or made old ones less rugged, for the attainment of
this object.

The experience of a course of tuition of this

my

native

language during several years in London has convinced me

that OllendorfPs Method, qualified by some necessary modifications, is the one most suitable for all classes of learners.

On

not for

me

to expatiate here : they have

this point for the present,
I proceed to indicate the special features which, I trust,
rendfer this work far superior to those published in France
its

merits

it is

stood the test of time

or

and leaving

Germany.
To begin with Pronunciation, I have devoted a minute

and exhaustive

treatise,

supplemented with tables of

re-

ference, to the powers of the Alphabet, both proper and

One observation, however, is here necessary.
accidental.

Some Grammarians have sought to represent the ambiguous

by numerical indications.
must know that
this respect. For inrtauce,

distinctions of unaccented vowels

To make

my

Russian

similar to English in

is

meaning

clear, the reader

vii

in " admirable/' the vowel-sounds of the three last syllables

somewhat equivocal, although Walker attempted to

assign a fixity to each in this and in all other examples.
" Indian."
sound
Is not its
take a in
are

proper

Again,

purely conventional

Now

it

must be understood that

Russian polysyllables are open to analogous observations.

Nevertheless, I have considered it my duty to refrain from
laying down rules thereon, feeling convinced that all such

attempts must prove not only burdensome to the memory,

but utterly illusory and abortive. These niceties, the result
doubtless of rapidity of colloquial utterance, are influenced,
be it remembered, by nature, education, caprice, and a

Under the
variety of other causes, and defy classification.
are
of
a
native, they
readily apprehended and
guidance
retained ; and I will add, for the benefit of the self-instructor,
that if he thoroughly possess the distinct vowels, both
proper and accidental, he may safely let the unaccented

ones shift for themselves, and rest assured that his pronunciation will be perfectly intelligible to the ear of any
Russian.

In treating of Orthography, I have considered a knowledge of words in which the letter 1> occurs so indispensable,
that I have subjoined a complete list of them, the more so
is a
stumbling-block even to many natives.
cannot too strongly recommend the mastery of in-

that this letter

and terminations, inasmuch as they constitute, so

speak, the be-all and end-all of this great Slavonic

flexions

to

idiom.
in the

This step once passed over, the storing up of roots

memory becomes an easy and profitable task, and the

rules of construction can be digested at leisure.

object I have constantly borne in mind in the

the exercises.

And

this

framing

ot

I have purposely grouped the most difficult

Vlll

combinations, in order to bring the learner face to face with

paramount requisite, and that too at the risk of trifling

this

inelegancies and incongruities, especially in the early

It is chiefly in this department that the value of

themes.

Method becomes apparent. The mere learning

of
of rules, or
any other grammatical exposition, will never
impart the faculty of readiness and resource in using the
Ollendorff's

inflexions of a living language, unless a progressive praxis

of combination and inversion be superadded. This, however, cannot be afforded by dealing with each part of speech
in separate detail, but

by a judicious intermixture of all, at

the very outset, and thus passing gradually from the
That
simplest to the most complex forms of discourse.
examples, however varied, are valueless without rule or
guiding principle, is also true ; and on this head I trust that
I leave nothing to be desired in point of conciseness and
At the same time, throughout the Exercises,
intelligibility.
I have strenuously and, I hope, successfully aimed at
variety of topic and illustration, to the end that the learner

who has worked

at this

branch

may

find himself in posses-

sion, not only of a copia verborum, but of a copia fandi on

subjects of common life, such as he may search for in vain

Manuals of Dialogues and Vocabularies. Exception might

to the frequency of inpossibly be taken by some persons

in

terrogative sentences with .in ; but it cannot be known too

soon that herein lies a cardinal point of conception in the
Russian mind, affecting especially the construction of inter-

and unless this point be fully seized by

rogative clauses
the Englishman, he will fall into grievous blunders in the
framing of questions.
;

My

exposition of the

Verb

is

founded on that of the

Russian Grammarians most in repute.

Some

foreign ones

have presumably aimed at journeying' by easy stages, by

means of minute subdivisions of what they are pleased to
misname classes and branches. All such methods are
The simple
erroneous, and lead to inevitable confusion.
and easily retained distinctions are those on which my
countrymen have settled, namely, two conjugations, and
these subdivided into ten classes, eight of which belong to
the first and two to the second conjugation.
Besides this,
each verb

and

the present, past,

susceptible of three branches
Thus the verb is the stem from which the

is

iterative.

branches spring. To these we add only thirteen irregular

All the regular ones I have not failed to illustrate

verbs.

by complete tables of reference.

But inasmuch as the Russian verb possesses Aspects, by
whose agency it becomes such a supple instrument of
thought as to be unrivalled even by the Greek verb, I felt
it

my duty

to enter into great detail on this point, and I

on this subject leave nothing

trust that the lessons given

At

the same time, I

conceived
presenting a full picture of
moods and aspects had I stopped there. I have therefore
given in the Appendix paradigms of conjugation in all
to be desired

by way of explanation.

that I

should

fail in

by parallel contrasts of aspects, it will be seen

what particular tense each one is found or
wanting. Any mere statement by itself would have afforded

voices, and,

at a glance in

less

valuable assistance.

The

declensions, with copious tables, are given in the

Practical Part, according to gender, as being most suited to

the requirements of a beginner.
In the Appendix, however, for those already initiated,

Nouns

are divided into

two

classes, according to the inflexions of the genitive, as laid

down by Russian Grammarians.

A list

of

Adverbs and Prepositions, with

a

their govern-

merit, are to be found, with copious illustrations,

and

leave,

I hope, nothing unnoticed in this vital part of Syntax.

Idiomatic forms, a constant source of embarrassment,
1

are fully grappled with and lucidly explained throughout

the work.
I would point especially to those of Gbuo and
f)biBa.io,

which, although of frequent recurrence both in

writing and speaking, have hitherto failed in securing their

due share of attention.

On the Order of Words no less than two lessons are
given, with much detail and appropriate exercises and
examples. It seemed to me that a subject so important,
embracing as it does the arrangement and structure of
periods, and presenting wide divergences from the genius
of the English language, was deserving of nothing short of
a separate and somewhat lengthy treatise.
It were perhaps tedious to enumerate the other features
of this work

;
they can be easily discovered by a fair and
I will
intelligent comparison with any of its predecessors.
only state, in addition, that 1 have steadily kept in view

the object of
to

self- tuition,

and have constantly endeavoured

every assistance in cases where

be either unattainable or insufficient.

afford

might

After

all, it

must be borne

in

oral

teaching

mind that the merits

or

the shortcomings of an undertaking like the present are

unaffected by the praise or censure of critics alone, however
discerning. Their true test and arbiter is time, upon whose
I trust, too, that my humble
verdict I confidently rely.
labours may prove of some assistance in promoting the in-

terchange of enlightenment between, two great nations, on

whose mutual esteem and friendship so much depends the
welfare of the world.

HENEY RIOLA.

CONTENTS.
Page.

INTRODUCTION

......

iii

Page.
324

Future Tense

PREFACE

Imperative

Alphabet

Reflective Verbs

Pronunciation

PRACTICAL PART,

CC LKSSONS

ii\

....

Masculine Nouns

Neuter Nouns

30

127

Feminine Nouns

.155

Augmentative and Diminutive

Nouns

Names

of Natives

....

Possessive Adjectives
Infinitive

84

'

Relative Adjectives
Active Participle

Passive Participle

Aspect
Verbs of Perfect Aspect
Perfect Simple Verbs .

389
.

398

404

....

415
420

439
Irregular Verbs
Verbs of Irregular Forma-

Inchoative Aspect

.421

tion

444

Government

450

2C5

Prepositions
Indirect Government

273

Position of

459
480
486

Words

....

APPENDIX

499

293
300

Etymology
Syntax

499

Orthogi'aphy
Tonic Accent

547

307
315

322

Gerund
Potential and Subjunctive
Branches of the Verb .

3/4
Double Verbs
382
Formation of the Iterative

238

.281

....
....

.361

Compound Verbs

Diminu-

....

Prefixes

tive Adjectives

330
353

222

.
Ditto, Second Conjugation
257
259
Degrees of Comparison .
Formation of Indeclinable

Comparatives
Augmentative and

....

203

Mood, First Con-

jugation

Impersonal Verbs
Aspects.

Mood

INDEX

544

557

.562

TABLES.
Page.

Masculine Nouns

Neuter Nouns
Feminine Nouns

31, 76

127, 137

157, 170

223

323

406

Possessive Adjectives
Branches of the Verb

Regular Verb*

.
.
Irregular Verbs
Verbs of Irregular For-

mation
Declension,
Genitive

Page.
440

444
to

according
.

505

RUSSIAN ALPHABET.

RUSSIAN ALPHABET

(Continued}.

In order to help the learner, this Table of English Letters

representing Russian sounds is given, in accordance with the
subsequent rules of Pronunciation.

VOWELS.
English.

(See note, page 9.)

^,

a/

DIVISION OF THE LETTERS OF THE

RUSSIAN ALPHABET.
are in the Russian Alphabet thirty-six letters, of
which twelve are vowels, twenty-one are consonants, and

THERE

three are semivowels.

The vowels

(rjacnbia 6yKBbi) are

It
10,

may

w, t, a, w, a, v.
be well to note that the following
a, e,

H,

i,

o,

y,

e, i, a,

five,

e are also called diphthongs (AByiMacHbia).

The twenty-one consonants

6,

B, r, A, JK, 3, K, .1,

The

(corjacnbia fiyKBbi) are

M, H, n, p,

c, T,

*, x,

ii,

H, in,

three semivowels (no.ivrjiacnbia CyKBbi) are

i,

b,

letters

the following in the Russian Alphabet

a,

T,,

e.

H.

The English Alphabet has no

w, i,

m,

b, H, n, H,

corresponding to

m, m,

e, v.

The Russian Alphabet, on the other hand, has not the

J, w, x, the H mute, or the sounds of ih as in the
English words that and thin.

English

PRONUNCIATION OF THE LETTERS.

NOTE.- Each syllable in English words, representing the
Russian pronunciation, should be pronounced as is directed
in Table on p. 6 ; and until the student is
thoroughly sure
of the

correct

sound of every Russian

letter,

he should

always consult that table. By following closely the sounds

as they are given he will be able, without the assistance of
a teacher, to pronounce so as to be understood even
by
uneducated Russians,

10

A.

THE VOWELS (rjac^Lm

ByKBbi).

a.

A,

Sounds.

Proper

This vowel, when accented, is pronounced

1. as the a in the following English words
:

art,

far,

star ; as, for example,

'

flapi,

2.

When

the gift

dar,

'

AOJa, da-la,

'

gave.'

pronounced in the same way,

but somewhat weaker, and approaching the sound
of a in the English word fat; as,
not accented

'

a horse ;

idma^b, loshedi,

'

nuina, pesh-cha,

'

'

Hauia, na-sha,

is

'

our;

napa, -para,
'

Ko;Ka, Tcozhe,

the food.'

the pair.'

the skin.'

Accidental Sounds.
1.

When

not accented in the middle of a word, after the

hissing consonants, JK, H, in, m, the vowel a is pro-

nounced as the

e in

the words met, bet

When

2.

'the watch.'

nacbi, che-sy,

accented in the termination aio of the genitive

case of adjectives, the vowel a

the o in the words no, blow :
Aypero, door-no- ca, 'of bad
*

Htsi^ro, ne-tno-va,

is

pronounced like

;'

of dumb.'

It should be observed that at the end of words the vowel

a,

whether accented or not, always retains

its

proper sound

of a as in far or fat.
,

e.

E,

Sounds.

Proper
This soft vowel after a consonant has
1

The sound

of

e,

as in the words met, bet

'

'lepesi., clie-rez,
l

iejo, che-lo,

'

across

'
;

the brow.'

11

NOTE.
after

The Kussian

pronounced as in met,

e is

in all other cases

hissing consonants;

ONLY

"bet,

is

it

pro-

very softly. It must be borne in

mind that the e should ALWAYS be heard soft, as if the consonant were followed by the English yea ; thus Herb, Aen>,

nounced

like yea, i.e.

jert, xert should not be

let, tet,

but as

if

pronounced as the English net, del,

they were written with yea, as nyeat, dyeat,

lyeatj tyeat, etc.

2.

At

the beginning of words and after vowels it has the

sound of diphthong ye, as in the words yes, yellow :
'

CCJH, yes-U,

if

'

'

emy, ye-moo,

to him.'

Accidental Sounds.
I.

The diphthong
1

When

e (ye} is pronounced also like yo (e)

accented, as in the words yonder, yoke :
the

eiKa, yol-ka,
'

HOC, ma-yo,

2.

the present tense of verbs

'
(

Cepeix, be-ryot,

II. After the

consonants

HI,

thou givest

he

emz,

euib,

eMti,

erne

'
;

takes.'

H, ro, n\, u, the

'

When coming

U-tso,

vowel

when

by one of the hard vowels

*

III. It

the face.'

before a consonant, which

cie'rb, s-chot,

of

accented has the sound of o in the following cases

At the end of words :
.iHiie',

2.

'

mine.'

In the accented terminations

jaenib, da-yosh,

fir

a, o, y, bi,
the account.'

or 5

is

followed

sounds like yo or o in the accented termination

or eu of the instrumental case of feminine nouns

'
with the land;
86M.ieH>, zem-lyo-u,
'
Aymeio, doo-sho-ut by the soul ;'

'

eio

12

and,

when

accented, before the

:
hissing letters OK and

gutturals

i%

K,

x and the

'

JKert, zhog,

OBS.

J when

Many
it is

distant;'
burnt.'

AcUeicb, da-lyok,

writers place a diaeresis () over the letter

pronounced as yo or o. In order therefore

to be

to facilitate the pronunciation of this letter, whenever in

this work the letter e is pronounced as yo or o, a diaeresis

be placed over it, and in such case

instead of the tonic accent.
(") will

it

be used

will

H, H.
Proper Sound.

When by

beginning of a word or when it

is pronounced as the
in
words
be
e
the
t
me,
English
(m
be)
itself,

at the

follows a consonant, this vowel

'John

HeaiiT,, g-van,

;'

HAH, 2-dt,

go.'

Accidental Sound.

After the semivowel

&, or*

after

the sound of the diphthong ye

(dotted), the

vowel H has

:
'

ciaiLH, stati-yg,

the articles

;'

'
Mapf H, mar$-y$ t of Mary.'

I, i.
This vowel has the same sound as the preceding
but it must always be followed by another vowel
'

JHiiifl,

U-n&-ya,

the line
f

MDtHie, mne-ne-ye,

The only instance

OBS.

in

letter H,
:

the opinion.

which

this letter is

foun-j

standing before a consonant is in the word Mipi>, mer, *the

world j- in order to distinguish it from the similar word,
7

wep^, mcrt

'

the peace.'

o.

0,

Proper Sound.
This vowel when accented has the sound of

o,

as in the

words on, pot :

flOMT>,

'

dom,

a house
*

3aK(5m>, za-kon,

;'

the law.'

Accidental Sound.

When

unaccented

it is

pronounced

like a short in fat

the deception
ocHOBaib, as-na-vati, to found.'

'

'

al-man,

otfMant,

'

The corresponding- sound of

in moon,

look

vowel in English

this

is oo,

as

:
'

yipo,

<
,

the morning

oot-rct,

doob,

;'

the oak.'

LI.

LI,

Proper Sounds.
This hard vowel, the Russian hard u or the English e hard,
has a sound, the perfect idea of which cannot be rendered
in English words, as the language does not possess so
hard a sound as the vowel bi. The y in the words />%,
charity, or ea in

tea,

approximately represent it. An

vowel pronounced by a

after hearing this

Englishman,
Russian, can easily catch
TBI, ty,

it

or

tea,

thou

4Mpii, dyr, or dear,

;'
l

of holes.'

Accidental Sound.

The vowel

bi

after the labial consonants

'

you ;'
'
6bui, focttf, was
BLI,

vwe,

;'

'

pu.n>, rire,

dug.'

sounds nearly like we:

NOTE.

The hard vowel

bi

will be represented in English

by the letter y.

This

soft

Proper Sounds.
vowel has the same sound as the Russian

English ye as in yes, with the exception

never pronounced as o.
OBS.
JitrL, etc.

The same can be said of /& as of e

must be pronounced not as net,

i.e.

that

e,

or

it

is

Hfrn, A kit,

det, let, etc.,

but

as if they were written nyeat, dyeat, lyeat, etc.

Accidental Sound.
A.$yo,

when

accented,

it is

heard only in the following words

'

3Bl34i>i, zvyoz-dy,

stars

;'

ru-fes^a,

'

qBlin>, tsvyol,

he flourished
'

C'iJA.ia,

And

nests /
'
he found ;

gnyoz-da,

o6pi.il, ab-ryol,

syod-lat

'
;

the saddles/

also in their derivatives

and compounds, as
'

SBta^oiKa, zvyoz-doch-ka,
'

little

star

;'

acquired/

npio6p-i.il, prZ-ob-ryol,

9.

9,

vowel has the same sound as the e in the word end,

and it is never pronounced as the diphthong ye. At the
beginning of words and after vowels, therefore, whenever
the diphthong sound of ye is not wanted, the vowel a

Tliis

must be used.
The following Russian words only
'

'a,
i,

$TO,

this

are written with d

'

foaKiB, 'such/ 'suchlike;

'so/ 'thus;'
'

i,

9Ki,

what (a man)/

15

There are some other words beginning- with the

but they are of foreign origin, mostly Greek, and
have merely been adopted by the Russian language, as
OBS.

letter a,

6pa, era, 'era.'

l

ek-za-men,
'

e-sha-fot,

the examination

;'

the scaffold,' etc.

B3,
1

Proper Sound.
At the beginning of words, and after vowels or semivowels, the vowel K) has exactly the same sound as
the English u in the words use, or ew in the words

pew, new.
'

tori, ug, youg,

the south

;'

daw, da-u, da-you, *I give;'

'

nbio, p-u,

2.

pew,

I drink.'

has no longer the sound of the

but
u
approaches it, like u in the
diphthong
(you},

After consonants,

word

tube

K)

:
l

roBOpro, ga-ra-ru,
JK)6.iro,

OBS.

luMu,

speak ;'

I love.'

Particular care should be taken that

be pronounced as the English u iufull, lull,

TO

should never

etc.,

but always

as in tube.

Accidental Sound.

In words which have come from the French language,

retains the sound of French u :
'

EprocceJb,
*

4K>na,

NOTE.

At

;'

Dumas.'

The English u represents the Russian

fl,

1.

Brussels

K)

K).

H,

Proper Sound.
the beginning of words and after vowels and semi-

16

vowels, this letter

when accented has the sound

the diphthong- ya, as in the word yard

'

flMa,

ya-ma,

hole

of

;'

A"6.iaa,

2.

doing.'

de-la-ya,

is no longer pronounced
but
accented it sounds very
when
diphthong ya,

After consonants the vowel n

as

much

like

ya

JCH,

'

lu-bya,
*

sapa, za-rya,

At the end

OBS.

loving ;'
the dawn

;'

of words the vowel

or not, retains its proper sound of ya

ca in reflective verbs pronounced sa.
'

Kopoja, kd-ra-lya,
(

noiepji, pa-te-rya,

/?,

whether accented

except in the suffix

of the king
the lo&s.'

Accidental Sounds.
1.

At the beginning of words, and after vowels or semivowels, when unaccented the vowel n is pronounced
as ye in the word yes :
'

an egg;'

melted.'

aflqd, yey-tso,

'

3aqT>, za-yets,
Taa-ii.,

2.

ta-yel,

the hare

After consonants, and when unaccented,

sound of the simple vowel e, as in met :
naMATb, pa-met,

'

the

noTepauo, pa-te-re-na,

V,
This vowel never changes
/),

;'

and

is

its

memory
'

it

has the

;'

lost.'

v,
natural sound of n (English
in the words

pronounced as the English

be, me.

OBS.

It

is

used in but very few words, derived from the

Greek, as Mvpo, vnociacT.,

etc.

THE CONSONANTS

B.

THE

17

(CoiMacnbia 6yKBbi).

Proper Sound.
as the English
6, B, n, 3 have the same sound
All these consonants retai* their proper sound

consonants

I, v, d, z.

when they are followed by a liquid or by

consonant.
weak
other
any

before vowels, or

Before liquid and weak

Before vowels.
<

E'Eja, be-da,

ill-luck
(

ve-del,

'

the

'

he saw ;'

'he gave

dal,
30BI, zof,

consonants.
'

EJFO, bla-ha,

;'

BEii;,

vne,

4.lfl,

dlya,

*
;'

zret,

;'

he

Accidental Sounds.

;'

;'

for
'

call.'

good

out

sees.'

All the above letters at the end of words ending with the
hard semivowel i>, or when placed before strong consonants, take the sound of their corresponding letters

Before

at the

T>

'

B03i, TOS,

As

there

is

<s>,

T,

p,

f,

t,

end of words.

Eo6l, bop, 'the bean

'
the ditch
pool, rofy
ca^Ti, sat,

n,

Before hard consonants.

'

;'

bap-ka,

lot-ka,

l
;'

the garden
the cart.'

'

CBH3Ka, svyas-ka,

no equivalent

for this consonant,

the knuckle

the boat

JOBKO, lof-ka, 'cleverly

zli

letter in the

;'

the bundle.'

English Alphabet

will represent the letter

The proper sound of this consonant

French j in. the word jour.

;'

;'

is

JK.

the same as the

f8

The sound of

s in

the sound of

the English words treasure, pleasure of

the words glazier, grazier^ represent
',

z as in

well the sound of the consonant

JK.

Proper Sound.
Before a vowel, or before a liquid, or any other weak consonant, the letter JK retains its proper sound
:

'

JKHJT>, zhel,

he
'

JKMy, zkmoo,

lived

;'

press.'

Accidental Sound.

At

the end of a

word ending

consonant, the

JK

letter in (sh} } as

is

or

T>,

is

little

'

pronounced

foot, is

t>,

or before a strong

like its

pronounced

HO/K^, knife,

Bd/KKa,

in

nosh

pronounced

corresponding

;'

noshka.'

r.

r,

Proper Sound.
1.

The sound of

this

consonant

is

that of the English g before

grass

a, o, r, as in

game, God,

:
f

roAi>,

god,

raAi>,

gad,

'

the year ;'

the reptile
'

rpyuia, groo-sha,

2.

generally the same as

F aspirated

is

;'

the pear/

pronounced like the English

Ji

in hay,

habit:
rocnojn, lios-podt, 'God;'
bla-ka t * well/

C.iiiro,

At one time

the Russian language had only the r

aspirated, as in the words hay, halit ; but in the language
of the present day it is no longer used, except in a few

OBS.

19

words, as Focno^n, 6^aro, the former r being replaced by

g in God, game, grass.

hard, as the

Accidental Sounds.
1.

When

the letter

the consonant

ends a word, or is placed before

sounds very nearly like K :

in, it

krook,

upyr-L,

'

the circle
l

;'

he helped.'

pa-mok,

OBS. Exceptions to this rule are met with in the words

Eon> and yoon>, wherein r is not pronounced a, K, but as x

German

(kh or

d))

Eon,

bokh,

6od>,

y66n>, oo-bokh,

2.

God

;'

Before the consonants K and T

as x (kh) as

'poor/

oo-bod),

(k, t ) r is

pronounced

'

JCFKd, lekh-ko, 'easily

'
ndriH, nokh- te, the nails.'

3.

In foreign words ending in pn> the sound of x (kh)

heard instead of r, as in
'

UeTCpCypn., pe-ter-boorkh,

St.

Petersburg

is

;'

'

Dunaburg.'

4Hua6ypri>, d$-na-boorkh,

4.

is
oro.,

pronounced as

the terminations aro, aro,

B (v) in

ero of the genitive case of Adjectives or Pronouns:

Addparo, do-bra- ta,

'of good;'

f
cunaro, sZ-nya-va, of blue
'
of
that
;'
lord, te-ro,
'

Moerd, ma-ye-w,

;'

of mine.'

K, K.
The sound of

Proper Sound.
this consonant is exactly like the English

20

hard before the vowels

a, o, as in

the words can, come, or

the English k in the words key, king

f

the cat

KOTL, kot,

how

'

kak,

'
,

krSk,

;'

;'

the cry/

Accidental Sounds.

-The accidental sounds of K are r or

K occurs in the preposition

has the sound of

6, A, JK, 3, it
r,

as

in>

When

x.

the letter

before the feeble consonants

its

corresponding consonant

KI Bdry,
KT> 4oMy,
oM

When

'

do-moo
do-moo,
(

KT>

Hient, g' zhene,

KT)

MVB,

God
Go

like x (kli,
KT>

The

;'
;

to the h
house
to the wife

'

^f'

to

zdmle,

;'

;'

to the earth.'

before the strong consonant

nounced
NOTE.

o-hoo,
g* bo-hoo,
<'
<?'

German

KOMy, k h fret-moo,

cb),
'

to

K,

as

the letter K

is

pro

whom.'

letter K will be represented

by the English

fc.

C,T.
Proper Sound.
These consonants have the same sound as the English
ters s and t in the words sister, sat, cross, tar, trot.
'

CJoBO, slo-ta,

the word

let-

;'

'

ECTopin, es-to-re-ya, history

'
the grass ;'
rpaea, tra-xa,
'

TOTT,,

tot,

;'

that.'

Accidental Sounds.

Before

fr,

r, 4, Ht, 3,

the letters c and T take the sound of

their corresponding consonants 3 and

K,

as in

21

(
s

C6p04"fc,

zbrod,

mob

the
'

croBopx, zgi-ror,

;'

the betrothal

'

6TAa.ii>,

When
at

od-dal,

CT is followed

as in the

all,

;*

'

he gave up ;'
'
he burnt ;'
C/Keri, z-zhoy,
'from
behind
C3a4, z-zade,

C4a.il, zdal,

;'

he gave up.'

by

the consonant T

H,

English word

in Russian, is not heard

listen t

is

not heard

when

the

/,

'honest;'

lecTHLifi, ches-nay,
f

pos-nay,

noCTHbiii,

meagre.'

n,

have corresponding sounds in the English letters p and

as in post, proper ; far,
grief:
'

napa, pa-ra,

a pair

;'

'

npoaa, pro-za,

prose

;'

France

*pamjifl, fran-tse-ya,
'

*OHapB, fa-na-r$,

;'

the lanterns/

X, x,
The sound of

HXT,,

efyekh,

xopi, d)or

Ay xi, dooA)

NOTE.

same

this letter is the

The

'

them
'

kltor,

dookh,

as the
;'

the choir
'

German

;'

the spirit.'

letter x will be represented

by kh.

d)

as

ni.

in,
The English double consonant
represents this consonant

sh, as in

the words she, dish,

'

miiin>, sh$p,

thorn

;'

MMinb, mysh, 'mice;'

(

doo-sha,

soul.'

The English language has no such sound as m. This letter,

however, being composed of the two combined sounds of
sh and'<?/& (shc/i), both of which are in the English lanis needed to
acquire a perfect
this
of
compound consonant. Particular
pronunciation
attention must be drawn to the fact that foreigners have

guage, a

little

practice only

always a tendency to commence this consonant with the

Students should theresingle letter s. instead of the sh.
fore be careful in the pronunciation of this letter,

the simple sound of

and avoid

s.

Proper Sound.
mnix,

the shield

shchtt,

'

naiqa, pesh-cha,

;'

the food
'

Tumu.il, tash-chel,

;'

he dragged.'

Accidental Sound.

The consonant m, when followed by

(<9/t-\

H, is

pronounced as

as in
*

pa-mosh-nek,
i,

assistant

;'

o-vash-nay, 'vegetable.'

Proper Sound.
This letter has exactly the same sound as the English double
consonant c/i in the words churchy chose, which
:

iy40, choo-da,
*

jie'iy,

le-choo,

marvel

I fly

;'

Boia, wo-cA^,

nights.'

;'

23

Accidental Sound.

Before the consonants T and H

'

ITO, shto,
eapo'iiio,

The proper sound

man

its

is

;'

na-rosh-na,

of this consonant

sound

pronounced as

it is

what

as tz in the

'

expressly.'

is

the same as the Ger-

noun

howitzer.

'

u,l>na,

price

tse-na,

;'

(
,

dva-rets,

palace

;'

o, le-tso, 'face.'

The

NOTE.

a will be represented by

letter

is.

e.

0,

This consonant (the English pJi) has the same sound as

but is used only in words derived from the Greek, as :
AeuHW,

'Athens;'

a-plie-ny,

Anoec63T>, a-po-phe-oz, 'apotheosis

eeo^opl,, phe-o-rlor,

;'

'Theodore;'
f

KcLUHrpaeifl, kal-le-gra-pM-ya,

Jl J,

M,

H,

caligraphy.'

p.

These four liquid consonants have the same sound as the

English I, m, n } r in the words land, me, name, road; ballf

drum, on, bar

.ltd. ,4tJO.

'

lets,

de-fa,

the forest, business

M^O, SHM^, mala} ze-na, 'a

little,

namx, oHa, nash,a-na, 'our, she

'

po^Ti,

;'

;'

the gender, the storm.'

Before the hard vowels or strong consonants .1

heard much more distinctly or much stronger than it is

OBS.
is

6ypa, rod, b<jo-rya,

;'

the winter

1.

elsewhere

in fact as

English words

though

well. Lloyd.

it

were double, as

in

the

OBS.

2.

is

like the Irish r, i.e. the rolling-

produced by

the tip of the tongue coming against the roof of the mouth
and upper front teeth needs to be stronger than it usually
is

with the English

C.

r.

THE SEMIVOWELS
T>,

T>.

and H.

L,

The hard semi- vowel

(Ilo.iyr.iacni>ia).

has no sound whatever when by

i>

can be placed only at the end of a syllable or

word, and in that case it gives to the preceding consonant
a strong harsh sound, as if the consonant were proitself; it

nounced with an
or rr in lurr

effort,

or were doubled, as

II

in roll, ball^

:
'

no.n>, poll,

floor

;'

'

CTOm>, s'cp,

stop

'

3(UT>,

cross

zol/,
'

noTb, nott,

;'

;'

of notes

^op^, porr, 'of pores.'

L.

The soft semivowel B gives a very soft, liquid sound to

the preceding consonant, as if the latter was followed by
the Russian H or English e mute. The sound of the n in the
termination gne, in the French words champagne, monlagne, cigogne, or the sound of I in the French words peril,
sterily

may

approximately represent the sound of the

semivowel b

'

6paiib,

bmyne,
'

Kinib, kijne,

OBS.

soft

contest

;'

throw/

Neither of the above semivowels

can be placed

vowel or at the beginning of a word.

TJ and b can be met with in the middle of compound
words and inflexions only, and in that case they are placed

after a

2o

(.

that the vowel, which immediately follows, is to

be pronounced separately. Thus it appears that the semioo indicate

vowels

t>

and

can be joined to consonants only, and never

to vowels.

The

H, in,

H\,

there
iin.

and t, when they come after the hissing consonants

m, sound nearly alike thus, in the words
1

T>

is

and

no difference

JKT>

and

JKB,

or

iiib.

It is well to

semivowel
ciation.

sound between

in

T>

The

remark that

an Englishman the hard

for

does not present any difficulty of pronunsame cannot be said of the soft t. Under

careful guidance, however, of a Russian teacher, it is readily

For those, however, who may have to study
acquired.

Russian without assistance, the following observation is

of importance
the tongue should touch only the teeth, or
the palate.
After some consonants the soft mark is pro:

nounced simply by the

are

specified

the

sounding of the

of

organs

soft

teeth

In the following examples

utterance employed in the

lips.

mark

'

tribute

Aanb, dani,

'

lips

opOBb, fcrotn,

teeth

lecib, chesti,

'
;

eyebrow ;'
honour ;
'

'

pain ;

palate

6o.ib, boli,

palate

Kocapb, Jco-sari,

'

mower j*
'

'

lips

grief;

CKOp6b, scorbi,
'

lips

cieub, stepi,

prairie

teeth

rpasb, gryazi,

*mud;'

teeth

6y4b, boodi,

teeth

'

'

ocb, osi,

be ;

axle.*

'

;'

26

As

NOTE.

the letter e represents the Russian

the soft semivowel B

may

be represented by

?,

lettei H,

which should

however, scarcely be heard.

Exercise on the pronunciation of Ike semivoivels
he beat

EiUb, the ball

he was

Ebi.ib,

EMTX, the state

dam,, given ;
}KapT>, the heat

KpOBT., the roof

Mail.,

mate

be

JKapb, fry, imp.;

(in chess)

Dapt, the steam

the son.

Tocno^b, Lord ;
4anb, the tribute

L.

an event ;

Ebiib, to

rocnojb, of gentlemen

and

i>

KpOBb, the blood ;

Maib, the mother ;

llapb,

steam out, imp.

Cunb, blue.

Ci>nn>,

ii,
This soft semivowel, the Russian H short, has an imperfect
sound by itself, and can be distinctly heard only after a
vowel, with which it forms one syllable. The letter y in
the words may, say, way, represents the sound of the semi-

vowel

ii

very well

Biaif,

may,

Bfcii,

vey,

neii,

pey y

*
'

NOTE.
letter y.

;'

;'

drink.'

be represented henceforth by the English

Although the letter y has been already adopted to
II

will

represent the hard vowel

bi

'

may

blow

r>i,

there can be no confusion, as

can only be placed after consonants, and

ii

only after

vowels.

CLASSIFICATION OF VOWELS

AND

CONSONANTS.
According to the pronunciation of the

letters in

Rus-

27

sian, the vowels are divided into

vowels are either hard or

hard and

soft.

The semi-

and the consonants are

soft,

divided into sharp, flat and liquid.

A.

THE VOWELS

1.

Hard

2.

Soft (MarKia),

(iBep^bia), a, 3, o, y,

Hard

1.

a,

(iB^pflaa),

Soft (Manila), b

2.

C.

Sharp

2.

Flat (Marnia),

3.

Liquid

H or

The

The consonants

ByKBbi).

H.

6,

i>,

B,

n, T, c,
r,

4,

liquid consonants, A,
;

e.

i>.

and

(iLiaBiibia), A, M,

all

K),

i,

(TIo.iyr.iaciibia

(TBepAbia),

called semiconsonants

w,

K, x, a, H, iu, e.

3.

JK,

H,

EyKBbi).

p.

M,

H,

p,

may

be also

other consonants are mute.

are also, according to their organic for-

mation, divided into

1.

Labials (ry6Hb'ia),

2.

Palatals (neonbia),

3.

Dental

4.

i>,

bi.

THE CONSONANTS (Conacnbia

1.

OBS.

e or

THE SEMIVOWELS

JB.

(Liacnbia EyKBbi)

(syGiib'ia),

6,

4,

M, n, *.

B,

j,

n, p.

T.

b.

Lispings (cBiiciamia),

c.

Hissings (mun/imia).

Gutturals (ropiaiiEbia),

3,

c,

n.

JK,

H,

in,

r, K, x.

m.

UNION AND PERMUTATION OF LETTERS.

Two

hard vowels are never united together.

The vowels H, e, 10 and the semivowel

them the consonants r, K, x.

never admit

before

In the same way the vowel

4,

it r, K, x,

ij.

PERMUTATION OF CONSONANTS.

A.
1.

in the formation of

n,

derivative words, never admits before

r,

K,

before
2.

T,

3.

c,

4.

CT, CK

B.
H

1.

10

2.

bi

3.

a, e, H, 10, B

change into

PERMUTATION OF VOWELS.

( after

r,

K,

u,

x,

JK,

H, HI,

cha
change into

after

at,

H,

IIT,

m_, r, K,

when unaccented

")

a.

v.

x changes into H.

after q 5

IK,

H,

in,

u\,

changes into e.*

4.

When
,

"fc

is

after

changes into

pronounced as yo

DJ646, instead of

fliiqe,

njeie.

(e)

H.

it

is

usually replaced by o

as,

29

EPENTHESIS (BciaBKa) AND PROSTHESIS (TIpucTaBKa).

The vowels

are introduced for the sake of

e, o,

between two consonants, as

euphony

Btiepx instead of B-ferpi ;

Kpl>noKT> and not Kp"6nKT>.

6,

The consonant
M when they

will

be

J is inserted after the consonants

are followed

by the vowels

Jiofaio instead of

m6w) ;

e or

B, *, n,
K),

thus

JOIUK) instead of JOBK)

uyiUK) instead of

The consonants
vowels, as

itynio.

and H are sometimes added before

06ccMb instead of OCML

Ha Kcro instead of na ero.

APOCOPE
1.

Apocope

(Vct'ieBie),
is

AND SYNCOPE

(Il3i,aTie).

the shortening or the omission of a sylend of a word :

lable at the

MHOU instead of MHoro

instead

2.

Syncope

is

the elision of a letter in the middle of a

word, thus will be

instead of jBiiruy.

THE TONIC ACCENT.

In dissyllabic and polysyllabic words one syllable is always
pronounced with more marked emphasis and with greater
effort of the voice than the remaining syllables in the same
word.

This modification of the voice

is

called the tonk

30

The accented syllable of a word is called

long, (o.iriu), and all other syllables are short (KOpoiKifi).
The tonic accent in Russian books is printed
in the
accent (y^apenie)

only

case of a few

homonymous
saMOKt,

or, in

'

castle,'

'

saMoKi,

'of the word,'

*

C-iOBa,

tonic accent

vowel.

and

lock

;'

order to point out certain grammatical inflexions, as

C.iofia,

The

words, such as

As

is

the words,'

indicated

genit. siug.

noin. plur.

by a

little

'

mark

over the

the tonic accent in Russian words cannot be

determined by any definite rule, and as moreover in the formation of derivatives and in many inflexions it changes its
place from one syllable to another, the accent over

Russian words in

this

Grammar

will generally

FIRST LESSON.
THE SUBSTANTIVE.

the

be marked.

REPELIM

HMH

CymecTimTe.ii>Hoe.

Declension of Masculine Nouns, singular number.

Ciuoneuie e^uiicTBeuiiaro Hncja wyjKecKaro po^a.

There are in the Russian Language seven Cases, one

of

which, however, the Vocative, is always the same as the

Nominative, having a distinct termination of its own in a

few Church Slavonic words only

ie!

as,

Bojne

lucyce

One!
The Nominative,
The Vocative,
The Genitive or Possessive,
The Dative,
The Accusative or Objective,
The Instrumental or Abhitivc,
The Prepositional or Locative,

HMCiiUTeJbnufl naje'JKi.
3uaTe.ibiiLm naje/Ki.
PoAMTe.ibHLiii

Buni'iKMbUbiii

TBOpiheJMibiii

Xpnc-

31

Nom.

The

Genit.

Accus.

Of the fruit,
To the fruit,
The fruit,

Imtr.

By

Prepos.

Of [about]

Dat.

32

fruit,

the fruit,
the fruit,

HMCH. nadewt,
Fodum. nad.

Il.io^a.

flam. nad.

IIjOAy.

Bun. nad.

ILio<rT>.

Teop. nad.

ILio^oMt

Uped.i. nad.

ILio/ii.

OBO. J
There are no Articles in the Russian Language,
but in order to indicate the mutual relation of objects, the
Nouns and Adjectives have different inflexions, by means
.

of which they are declined.

OBS. 2. The accusative case is

names of animate beings, and

Nouns designating an inanimate

like the genitive

like

the

in

the

nominative in

or abstract object.

Substantives and Adjectives of hard termination

are declined according to the hard declension; those of soft

OBS.

3.

termination follow the soft declension.

7, fhou, he.

The

A
A

A
A
A

mil,

om.

court, a yard,

boy,

The

fl,

apricot,

Ala.ibMHKi.

Adp0K6CT>.

fruit,

town,

man,

le.ioutKi.

house,

AOMT..

Solomon,

CoJOMoni.

DpopoK^.

prophet,

The table,
The bread,

CTO.IT,.

X-iltfi.

Paris,

DapiiiKT..

The
The
The

4nopeuT,.

palace,
castle,

lock,

SiiMOKi.

3aMoKi.

33

OBS.

4.

The present tense of the Auxiliary Verb To be

is always omitted.
Thus in the

(6i>iTb),

in its proper sense,

phrases

am

a man,
is a building,

house

Am (CCML) and

is

(ecu.) are

OBS.

5.

to

The negative

which

it refers

omitted although understood.

Not, He.

This, BTOTB;

word

le-iOBtKi

4osn, cipoeHie.

particle ne always precedes the

Not I,
Not the

He a
He cum.
;

table,

JM.
Interrogation is rendered by the particle
ihvays follow the interrogative word

.IH,

which roust

4o6pi-.iH Ma-ibiHK*

Ma.ibiHKt-.iH 4o6pi ?
Ma.ibiBKT>-.i0

OBI?

OHI-.IH MaUbiBKi

Is the

boy kind

Is he the

boy

Korja

(Is it

boy, or

When?

Is the boy kind 1 (i.e. or the girl

Is he a boy ? (or a girl).

he who

some one

is

?)

else ?)

Yes,
Him,.

No,
But,

Ho.

Also, as well,

TaKJKC, H.

And,

II.

Mine,

Moii.

Mine, (my own),

CBOH (when

it

refers

to the

subject of the phrase).

Who?

KTO?

Your,

Banib.

Your (own),

yours,

Ceofi

(when

it

refers

to tbe

bubject of the phrase).

34

Ja

OBS.

Adverb

is

not used with an Interrogative Pronoun or

as,

Who

is he ?
Wiien was he

KTO OUT,?

Kor^a onx 6u.il

The English
fore

it has no equivalent in Russian, and is thererendered by one of the Personal Pronouns of the third

person

OHT, OHa, OHO,

he, she,

Is the house yours

Yes,

An

apricot

is

Solomon

house.

it is

a
is

fruit, ?

mine.

it

as,

Baiin, .in JOMT, ?

J\n } oiix Moii.

EXERCISE

I.

Paris

is

fruit.

a town.

castle is a

a prophet.
He is a boy. Is an apricot
Is Solomon a prophet ?
a fruit.
Yes,

Yes, it is
a prophet. Is the castle a house ? Yes, it is a house.
Is a boy a man?
Is Paris a town ?
Yes, it is a town.
No,

he

is

he

is

not a man, he

is

a boy.

The boy

is

not a man.

Bread

He is not the prophet. A yard is not a house.

Who is he ? He is a prophet. Is he also a prophet. No,
he is not a prophet, but this man is a prophet. Is this house
is

not a

fruit.

No,
man.

yours
I

am

this house

is

not mine.

Who

art

thou

35

SECOND LESSON

BiopoH
ECTJ>-.IH

Have you?
The verb

,,^.

Bbl ?

may be rendered in Russian by

ecib (is), followed by the preposition y, which governs the
genitive case ; or, literally, by the verb HM'l>Tb, which governs
OBS.

1.

The

the Accusative.

to

have

first

mode

of expressing possession

is

more widely used, and, owing to its being a purely Russian

Therediom, it has no equivalent expression in English.
a few lessons, the verb CCTL will be treated in pre-

bre, for
'erence to

To

DM fob.

interrogate, the particle jn

Have you

is

added

to ecib, as in

EcTh-.in y Baci.

has already been remarked that the present tense of the

't

to be (6biTb) is rarely made use of by Russians.

The
and second persons are never used, while the third
>erson is used, as is shown above in the place of to hare or

verb
irst

n the sense of
There

is,

There

are,

ECTB.

Ecib, the third person of 6biib, to be, in the sense

'exist/ though the subject be in the plural, remains in

OBS.

2.

he singular, as
There

is

a house in the town,

There are houses

ECTT. AOMT. BT>

Ecib AOMa BX

in town,

The third person of To be, ecib, is often omitted,

3.
only in affirmative, but even in interrogative phrases, as :
y Bact-.ni IUOAT> ?
Have you the fruit ?

OBS.
lot

NOTE.

have the

fruit.

V MCHH

ecib, 'I

D-iOA'b y

have

Menu.

9
\

'

literally,

There

is

to

me.

*
The personal and possessive pronouns of the second person singular
nd plural are written with a capital letter only in correspondence!

36

are no Articles in Russian, " I have

"
"
I have the fruit
(1) and
(2) are rendered in the

As there

OBS. 4.

fruit

"

following ways
y

(1)

M6Bfl eCTb n.IOJ-B.

Have you
have

OBS.

5.

translated

It,

y M6HH

(2)

The cheese,
The sugar,
The honey,
The cloak,
The chair,
The master,

Casapl.
Me'flT,.

ELiam;*.
Ciy.n>.

Xoarfeei.

the fruit

Baci)-.iH n.i04i> ?

OHT> y

it.

referring

QJO^T..

Cup*.

to

fruit,

ueiiii.

which

is

masculine,

is

OHT> (he).

by

Genders in Russian words are distinguished chiefly by

their termination ; but words representing animate
beings
belong, as in English, to the gender of the sex they
thus the word
represent, irrespective of their termination
;

AW,

uncle,

although of feminine termination,

is

of mas-

culine gender.

There are three Genders in the Russian Language

OBS.

1.

Masculine,

MyrceciUH

2.

Feminine,

HxencKiii

3.

Neuter,

Cpe^Hiii pOAi>.

There are some Nouns ending in

6.

a,

ff,

t,

and

designating some quality in men, which can be used with,

the same termination both for masculine and feminine
genders, as

Epoflflra,

Vagabond,

CHpora,

Orphan,

<

man

Such words are of common gender,

or woman).

66miii

37

BalllT,.

Yours,

What

which

(sort),

"Which (one)

Hanoi!

KaKoii Cbipi> y uacT>?

y M6HH
y Mehfl

have yours.
have your cloak.

Which
have

have you

table

my

Koropbiu

Which cheese have you

I

Baui'b n.iauji.

KaKoti CTO.n> y Bacb ?

table.

Which chair have

Mine or yours !

Bami>.

MCHfl MOil CT0.1T).

KaKofl ciyj'b y Bacx,

Moii H.IH BauiT. ?

you,

Garden.

Caj-b.

The
The
The

castle,

4BOpein, gen. jBOpqa.

SaMOKi, gen. saMKa.

lock,

3aMoKT>,

palace,

gen.

Sir,

EXERCISE

Have you the

fruit ?

your
Yes, I

my

I have

you

Have you my

table have

Have

the cheese and the

you

Which

table ?

I have yours.

Have you also

Yes, I have a castle.
I
a
Which
chair have
have
also
chair.
Yes,

a castle

Which garden have you ? My own.

I have the honey.
Which honey
have my honey ? Have you your honey ?
Have you a lock ? Yes, I have a lock.

I have yours

Have you the honey

have you ? I
I have mine.

Which

Have you

I have ray

Yes, I have the cloak.

my fruit.

Which

have your table.

Have you

the bread

Yes, I have the cheese and the apricot.

have you

a chair

my

Have you

fruit.

Have you your bread ?

have mine.

Have you

Yes, I have the fruit.

have

Have you the cloak ?

cloak

apricot ?
fruit

Yes, I

have the bread.

bread.

you

fruit ?

II.

lock have you

have

my

own.

38

EXERCISE

What

III.

have you ? I have the fruit of the garden.

Which garden have you ? I have the garden of the palace.
Which apricot have you ? I have the boy's apricot (the
fruit

Have you the garden and the yard of

apricot of the boy.)
the palace ?
?
No, I have the lock. Which lock have
you

I have mine and also the lock of the garden.

Have you the
and
the
man's
bread
?
I
have
the man's
No,
boy's apricot
apricot and the boy's bread.

Which

is

my

This

fruit ?

an apricot a fruit ? Yes, it is a fruit.

Is this bread a fruit ?
No, bread is not a fruit. Who is
Solomon ? He is Solomon, but I am not Solomon. Are
you a prophet ? No, but he is a prophet. Is this boy a
Is

fruit is yours.

No, he is not a prophet. Is a prophet a man ?

prophet ?
Who is a boy ? He is a boy.
a
Yes,
prophet is a man.
Who is a man ? I am a man. Is Paris a town ? Yes, Paris
is

a town.

The

castle

and the garden of Paris. The prophet

The yard of the palace.

of the town and the boy of the house.

Is. a castle a town ?
No, the castle

is

not a town.

Is

he

No, not he, but I am the master

of the house and the master of the garden also.
Who is the
the master of the house

master

of the palace ?

He is the master.

Who is the master

am

the master of the yard.

the house is mine, but the lock of the garden
this table yours ?
No, it is not mine.
of the yard ?

THIRD LESSON.
The
The
The
The
The
The

Tpeiifi

boot,

Canon..

shoe,

EaiiiuaR"B.

stocking,

goose,
lantern,
knife,

Borai.

is

The yard

of

yours.

Is

Yp6 frB.

OBS.

39

The handkerchief,
The horse,
The candlestick,

KOHb.

Good,

Xopomifi.

Bad,

AypHoti, (xyjofi.)

Fine, handsome, pretty,

KpacuBbiii.

Ugly,

HeKpaciiBbift, 6e3o6pa3Hbitt.

Old,

CxapbiH.

New,

HoBbiti.

Large, big,

Bojbiuoii.

Small,

MaJbiii,

little,

Beautiful, fine,

DpCKpacubiii.

Gold candlestick,
Leathern shoe,

SO.IOTOH

The lead,
CBHHeqi.
The pewter, O.IOBO.
The silver,
cepeopo.

Leaden, adj.
Pewter, adj.

KoraaHbiii OaniMaKi.

o-iOBfltmbiii.

adj. cepeopanbiii.

Silver,

Material possessive adjectives (eemecTBeHnbia)

names of material objects by changing their

1.

are formed from

termination into BIH, Hbia, HHWU,

as

aiibifl, aiiiibiu

OBbiii, ecbin,

OBS.

i or

b,

Fruit,

11.1041

Table,

CTO.II;

adj.

IlJOAoBbiii,

of fruit.

adj.

CioJoBbiii,

of table.

Many Nouns

of masculine gender ending in

in the nominative case, have the vowel o or e inserted
2.

for the sake of

euphony between the two

declining such

Nouns

o or e

The stocking,
Of the stocking,
To the stocking,
The stocking,

Nominative,
Genitive,

Dative,

Accusative,

the stocking,
Prepositional, Of the stocking,

Instrumental,

o,

In

HMenHTeJbHbifl naj.
Po^MTejbHbiii

naj.

4aTeJbHbiB

E&&.

BaHMTeJbHbiH

na^.

TBOpuieJbHbiH

vaj(.

IIpe&ioJKUbia

na^.

although in the termination,

declension, as

last consonants.

omitted, as

ly.idK'b.
f

Iy.!Ka.

Hy.!Ky.
f

ly :IOKT>.

Hy.iKOMi.
l

iy.!Kl>.

In some substantives ending in OKI, the

EXCEPTION.
vowel

By

is

is

preserved in the

40

A connoisseur,
A player,
A boat,

HrpoKi,

CfcAoKT.,

OBS.

which

HrpOKa.
HeJHOKa.

gen.

passenger,

being a radical vowel,

gen.

Hecnoita.

gen.

-Bs^OKa.

gen.

C1>AOKa.

is

also preserved in

The
The
The

POKI,

ypoKi,
4.

By

side.

lesson.

the same rule the vowel

out in the declension, as :

The father,
Oie'q-B,
The merchant, Kyneqx,

There

5.

vowel e in

e,

when

all

are,

gen. Kynqa, etc.

Kysaeirb,

gen. Kyaneqa, etc.

ropfleqt,

gen. ropjeqa, etc.

The euphonic vowel

6.

left

however, words which preserve the

the cases, as

proud man,

inserted

eiVL, is

gen. Oiqa, etc.

The blacksmith,

OBS,

in

the

fate.

between two consonants in the words ending in

OBS.

all

EOKI,

OBS.

3eaTOKa.

gen.

There are also substantives ending in OKI

3.

o,

cases, as

gen.

The garlic,
The rider,

,,

B340KT,,

e after the liquid

consonants

replaced in declension by the soft semivowel b, in

order to preserve the soft pronunciation of these liquid conJ, H, p, is

sonants, thus :
The
The

OBS.

polecat, XopeKX,

When

7.

JGBI,

lion,

gen. .lisa.
gen. XopbKa.

the euphonic e in the nominative case is

it is changed in all other cases into ii

preceded by a vowel,

fighter,

The
The

AD

hire,

forehead,
eagle,

The

corner,

Eodux,

HaeMi,

gen. Eoiiqa.
gen. HaHMa.

.foiVb,

gen. 46a.

Op^-lt,

pen

Op.la.

yro.ii,

ge.i.

y r .iA.

41

Which

candlestick have you

have the gold candlestick.
Which shoe have you !

KaKofi

Adjectives of

8.

SOIOTOH
?

y MGHH KpacHBhiH Kuatanutt

6ara\iani.

termination are usually placed

full

which they
and case.
number
gender,

before the substantives

them in

y eaci

Meiifl

KaKofi y Baci 6aui.MaKT>

have the pretty leather shoe.

OBS.

qualify,

and agree with

EXERCISE IV.

Have you my beautiful

you

my

old shoe ?

No,

No, I have

candlestick ?

I have the big eagle.

No,

I have

I have

you

boot.

(it)

(it)

not.

shoe

have

it

it

sir,

not.

Have you my ugly handkerchief?

Who

has the beautiful handkerchief ?

have only the old one.

Which boot have you ?

not, I

Yours.

Which goose have you

Have you

I have it.
Have
Have you my golden
Which eagle have you ?

Yes,
not.

Which sugar have

I

have

my leathern

have the big goose.

have my own. Have you my

my

goose ? No, I
No, I have the new knife.

Have you a good

Which
lantern have
good
?
I
have
old
Have
lantern.
you
your
you a handsome
cloak ?
I
a
have
Which
handsome
cloak have
cloak.
Yes,
?
I
have
the
new
a
new
table
cloak.
Have
?
No,
you
you
I have the old table only.
Have you a large house ? No,
Which polecat have you ? I
i have only a small house.
old knife ?

knife?

Yes, I have a

have the

little polecat.

knife.

Is this golden knife yours ?

No,

the golden knife is not mine, but the silver knife is ^mine).
Which knife have you ? I have the golden knife. Is this

yard large ? Yes.

you a new lantern

Which yard
?

No,

is

small

Mine.

I have an old lantern.

Have

LESSON FOURTH.
The horse,
Of the horse,
To the horse,
The horse,
With the horse,
About the horse.

Nominative,
Genitive,

Uative,

Accusative,

Instrumental,
Prepositional,

king,

qjsiBispTBifi

YPOKT,.

H.MeHMTe.ibHwu

na^.

Konb.

PoAirre.ibiii>iii

na^.

Kouil.

4aTe.iLin.iH

na4.

KOIIK>.

BiniMTe.ibiibifi

naj.

Kona.

TBOpnTC.ibiibiH

na^.

KoiieMT,

Dpe/uontiibiii

naj.

Koui

Kopo.ib.

The

prince,

The

polecat,

Knasb.
Xope'KT>,

gen. XopbKa.

OBS. 1.
There are two substantives ending- in em>,
which preserve in all the eases the euphonic vowel e, as
:

The reproach.

g en HaveKa.

hint.

!TO iinGy^B,

Anything,

%o

Something.
Have you
I

An^llingl
have nothing.

2.

TO,

ITO

ECTL-.IH y B acx HTO Hii6y4b?

y MeH a

Nothing,
I have not,
OBS.

gen. yiipe'Ka.
T

uliTi HHiero.

HHHTO,

y MCUU

nirt.

Transitive verbs preceded by a negative alwayi

govern the genitive.

When

with a prep, the latter is placed

between the negative particle HH and the pronoun MTO, as:
OBS.

3.

HH

HHHTO

3a MTO,

is

For nothing, not

Have you a horse

I

have no horse,

for anything.

ECTL-.IH y Bam> KOUb ?

y Men a

bri KOUS

Tlie cord,

IIInypoKb.

The
The

coffee.

K6f e<

tea,

Had.

43

The tea.
Of the tea,
To the tea,
The tea,

Nominative,
Genitive,

Dative,
Accusative,

the tea,

Instrumental,

By

Prepositional,

Of the

HMenMTe.ibiiuB

na*. Hafi.

Po^HTejbHbiii

naj. Has.

4aTe.ibHbifi

naj. Haw.

tarfrfclMifl

naj. Han.

TBOPMTC^ILHWH

na4.

npe,w6/KHbiii

na4.

tea,

HTO DHoy^B xopomee.

Anything good,

Have you anything good !

J
Have you something good 2 ^

Nothing of bad,
I

IlHHero
y MCHH iitiii HH4er6 4ypHaro,
y MCHH ufcii uniero xopooiaro.

have nothing bad.

have nothing good.

Some (quantity),
What?'
Some and any, used

OBS.

ranslated, as

tea

ECTI-JH y saci
T

What have you

What have you

OBS.

4.

an unlimited sense, are not

in

Have you any

HicKOJBEO.

have good

good

have some,

'iaii ?

lTo y Bac'b

MTO y uaci xopomaro

y MeDa xoponiiii naii.

tea.

Ectb.

The impersonal verb H^rt

is

never omitted.

HiiT. derived from the ancient Russian Htcib or ne ecn>,

means

'

is

not, there is

word, will be,

'

there

not/ therefore, y

is

not to me.'

Meiia ufcrb,

Iron,

adj.

JKe.i-fc3Hnii.

Wooden,

adj.

4epeBflHHbiii.

Cotton,

adj.

Paper,

adj.

...

'

ByMa?nbiB.
KaMCUHbifl.

Stone,

adj.

Copper,

adj.

31t,iiibiii.

Woullen,

adj.

uiepciHHOii.

word

and
for

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
HMEHX

CKJOHEHIE

Hard

Full

IIpH.iArATE,ii>Hbixt.

Termination.

EAHHCTBemioe ^HCLIO.

Singular.
Nominative,

Old,

Genitive,

Of the

old,

Dative,

To the

old,

Accusative,

Old,

Instrumental,

By

Prepositional,

Of the

the old,
old,

HMeeuTe.ibHMfi,

naj.

PoAMre.ibHbifi,

naj.

Ct^paro.

J(IQ.\}>\\\AVI,

naj.

CrapOMy.

BHHUTCJbnwii,
or craparo.

naj.

CiapbiH

TBOpuieJbnbiti,

naj.

CtapbiMi.

npejJoJKBbifl,

naj.

CTapbiti.

ciap >M b.

OBS. 5. The Adjectives in declension must follow either

the hard or soft termination, according- to the table at the

commencement

of the First Lesson.

TOILKO.

Only,

What have you

I

HTO y saci

Have you anything good

I

Him,

y Meea

have only the cloak.

have nothing good.

ToJbKO njarqi.

Ecib-JH y

saci,

and genitive of the

Ero, (accusative

ITO B06y4b lopoinee

? Mena n*it eaiero

xoporaaro.

pers. pron. OH-L).

EXERCISE V.

Have you my golden

cord ?
I have it.
Have you the
have
?^-I
not.
Which
good sugar
(it)
sugar have you ?
I have the bad sugar.
Have you your gold candlestick ?
No, I have it not. What have you ? I have the silver
candlestick.

Have you

What

have you bad ? I have nothing bad ?

?
No, I have nothing. Which cord

the cheese

45

have you ? I have the gold cord. Have you good coffee ?
Which tea have
I have no good coffee, 1 have good tea.
pome
thing good ? I
you? I have your tea. Have you
have good sugar and coffee. What have you bad? I have

Which

a bad shoe.

What

shoe have you?

I have your shoe.
?
I have a handsome woollen

have you handsome

Have you the handsome horse ? No, I have him

Which
boot have you ? I have the old leathern boot.
not.
Have you my good cheese ? Yes, I have it. Have you

cloak.

the silver cord ?

No, I have

have

Have you the

my bread.

fine goose, I

have the

it

not.
fine

have you ? I
I have not the

little polecat.

FIFTH LESSON.
This,

What

goose

BTOTT,,

That, Ton,,

Harbin Ypoia,.

gen.

310 ro,~)

gen.

TOFO. )

Demonstrative

pro-

nouns.

This man,

That

OBS.

1.

TOTT>

fruit,

Substantives having an adjectival termination

are declined as adjectives

The

tailor,

HopTHoii, gen. nopiHaro.

OBS. 2. Some masculine nouns, ending in t, B, H when

they signify divisible matter have in the genitive case the
inflexion of y or K) instead of a or ji, as
:

The
The

tobacco,

tadim,

gen. raflaKy

glue,

iuefi,

gen.

some).
some).

(i.e.

K.ieio (i.e.

46

The inflexion ofyor 10 in the genitive is used to

a quantity, and the inflexion of a, a in all other
instances, thus will be
NOTE.

indicate

pound of tea,
The aroma of tea,

<J>yiiTT>

qaio.

Apoaiarb HaH.

OBS. 3. There are monosyllabic and dissyllabic words

which, when preceded by the preposition BT> or iia, take in
the prepositional case the inflexion of'y or K) instead oft, as :

OBS.

In the honey,

BT>

On

Ha MOCiy, instead

the bridge,

Mejy, instead of

BT> Me/j'E.

of Ha MOcrfc.

of these monosyllabic and dissyllabic

however, take in the prepositional case either

Many

4.

words may,

of these inflexions, i.e. y,

Ha

AOM-B,

Bi>

Biu'E,

K), or'fc,

'

On

the house

;'

'

In the aspect

;'

as:

and Ha 40My,
and BI BH^y,

'

at home.'

'

in view.'

NOTE. In all cases, as is seen from the above examples,

the nouns ending in the prepositional case in y, 10, lose their
primary

signification.

OBS. 5. The tonic accent is placed on

when a noun in the prepositional case ends
ii

a AOMy,

^i

the last syllable

in y,

10,

as

KJCIO, etc.

That whichThat (person) whom,

Tort, KOioptiH.

The one whom,

Toro, KOioparo.

TorL, Koioparo.

The English possessive case is rendered in Rus8.

the
repetition of the noun with the genitive.
by

OBS.
sian

Which bread have you

have the neighbour's.
Which cloak have you !

KaKoii y B.ICI

Mdiii

x.ififii

coc'Ma.

KaKoii y Baci) n.!am"b

47
I

have the

have

tailor's.

that,

which you have.

Have you my
father's
I

have

that horse

have not the

MCIIM n.iauji nopniaro.

MCIIM TOTT>, KOTopuii y Baci.

MOM-JH KOHb y sacx,

oiqa

have not your father's horse.

Have you my
I

my

this horse.

Have YOU
I

horse, or

y
y

tailor's velvet
tailor's.

H-IH

KOJIB

aioero

y MCPM ar -TI KOiib.

y BaC'b-.lH TOT'b KOHb ?
y MCIIM irtTT) KOIIM Baincro oiqa.
y Bac'b-.m OapxaTX Moero nopTiiaro
MeiiM H'tiTi

Oupxata nopmaro.

Which tobacco has your brother

KaKoii xatiaKi y Bainero 6para

He
I

has his (own).

have not my tobacco,

have

He
Hero

OBS. 11.

To

OHT>.

pronoun

his.

y Hero
y Meuti

Have you

HanepcroKi.

the

my

cii

KOHb y

MCb

MCHfi Baill-b KOUb.

(disjunctive).

And when used as

a disjunctive,

new

horse, or

The ass,
The hammer,
stupid

HoBbiii-.ni

is

translated a.

y sac* KOHb, u.m ciapuii

brother's.

man, a

iena ^TOT^ noBbiii Konb.

Moii-.iH

KOHb y saci

y MGHH

KOHb Moero Opaia.

Oce'.iT>,

gen. OCJa.

MO^OTOKI, gen. MOJOTKa"

fool,

The merchant,
A monk,
Oats,

The handkerchief,
The player,
Barley,

Whose?

sort? KaKofi?

I have this new horse.

Have you my horse ?

6par&.

the old one

have

Eparb.

Bparb.

And,

Myv

thimble.

horse have you

a.

Ho,

have your horse.

OBS. 12.

personal

3BOMapb.

enemv,

The

third

pronoun, when preceded by a prepoadded.

But,

Whose

of the

this

The bell-ringer,
The husband,
The brother,
The cousin,
The friend,

What

Hero.

the genitive

is

sition, the letter u is

An

ue Moii TauaK'b, y siena erd

has,

CBofi.

r.iyneqi., gen. r.iynua.

Kynprqb, gen. Kynqa.

CTape^^, gen. crapqa.

OBe'ci>, gen. OBCH (no plural).
ILiaTOKT>,

DrpoK'h,
fliMeiib,

gen. n.iaiKa.

gen. HrpOKa.
gen.

n-iMeua

lectively).

(and

col-

49

Much,

Mnoro.

many,

plenty,

A little,

not much,

Ma.io, HCMnoro.

Enough,
OBS.13. Miioro,

Ma.io, AOBOJLHO,

and H^CKOIBKO govern the

genitive.

EXERCISE VI.

hammer? I have no hammer. Has the

hammer ? Yes, he has. What (sort of a)

Have you

merchant a
hammer has your brother ? My brother hr.s no hammer,
but my cousin has an iron hammer.
Whose handkerchief
have you

enemy

is

man ?

I have

he

The
I

you

He

has

shoe ?

my

brother's

old

my

has the old

horse have

Whose hammer

have the player's horse.

Whose

handkerchief.

He is my enemy. Which ass

man has your old ass. Whose

has he ?

Has he also your old leathern

Has the husband a brother ?
not.

hammer.

iron

No, he has

it

No, the husband has no brother. Whose husband is this

man ? This man is my old husband. Has your enemy his
horse ?

No,

tailor ?

He

and

Has

my

sir,

has

honey

he has mine.

my

Whose thimble has the old

Have you my sugar

cousin's thimble.

No,

sir, I

have

my

honey and his sugar.

No, he has no

this old player a nev/ handkerchief ?

Have you good tea?

handkerchief, but his brother has.
Is this a silver
I have no good tea, I have good coffee.
thimble ?

No,

copper lantern

sir, it

is

Mine.

an iron thimble.
Is it not his ?

Whose

is this

No, he has no

lantern.

EXERCISE VII.

Have you some

oats ?

I have no oats.

What have you ?

I have plenty of sugar.

Has your father enough tobacco ?
He has not much, but enough. Have you plenty of honey r

50

Have you my tobacco ? I have

I have not enough honey.
no tobacco. I have your tea, and he has your sugar.
The brother has not much bread. Has not the merchant

my

silver lantern ?

man

He

Has

has not the lantern.

plenty of tobacco

and plenty of tea

He

the

has

stupid
The old merchant's
plenty of tobacco, but not much tea.
Has the stupid
beautiful
velvet.
has
of
son
plenty
young
man my large knife ? He has not yours, but his own small
knife.

Which merchant

has fine barley

The

rich one.

hammer ? He has not the hamWhose bread has he ? He has the old

Has not the blacksmith the

ner, but

some

oats.

Has not the merchant's boy an ass ? He has

Has the merchant rny table ? Yes, he
no ass, but a horse.
has your table.
The merchant has no bread, and the old man
.nan's bread.

has no cheese.

The player has some bread, but not enough

Have you not my good friend's handkerchief?

You have it. Has he not his stocking ? He has. Has
A little. Has the player
his brother plenty of tobacco ?
Which "eagle has the boy?
Yes.
the white handkerchief?
He has the white eagle. Whoce is the white eagle ? The
cheese.

boy's white eagle.

SIXTH LESSON.
The bootmalcer,
The shoemaker,
The blacksmith,

lUecToii Ypoio,

Can6;i;niiK'b.
fiaiini.i'iiniK'L.

K \3ueq-b, gen

Coal,

KuMemibiii

Charcoal,

yro.ib,

gen. yr.ia

The stag,
The pigeon,
The kettle,

O.iciib,

gen.

To.iyub.

yro.ii>

KOTCJI, gen.

51

The banker,

commission agent,

The

TopuioKt, gen. ropiiiKa.

friend,

friend (an acquaintance),

lead pencil,

The
The
The

A
A

Enp;i;eBuii MaK.iept,

pot,

KapaHjain-L.

penknife,
UIOKO.laflT..

chocolate,

Koiui'nepTb.

confectioner,

cook (man),

The wax,

BocK'L,

HH.

Neither, nor,
y.

At,
I

have neither the confectioner's

y
3

or the cheese

MGIIH nf>TT> n n uioKo.iiua

HH uiOKo.itMa nouapa.

chocolate nor the cook's.

Have you the bread

gen. BdcKy (collectively).

have neither the bread nor the

X.rB6'h-.ni y Baci> ii.ni CLip'b ?

sieiia H'BT't

UH

x.i'Bda,

mi

Cbipa.

cheese.

Have you my sugar or yours

1

have neither mine nor yours.

The umbrella,

Moii-jn caxapi> y Baci IMH Bauii

MCIIH

iif>TT>

HH CBoer6j HH Bauicro.

( fl

have nothing,

Have you anything ?

ne

uiiiero

Ecib-.iH y sac* HTO

f

He

nmero

y MGHH

y nero

ecib.

has,

Nominative,

He,

IlMen. n. Om,.

Genitive,

Po4T.

Dative,

Of him,
To him,

Accusative,

Him,

Bun.

4ai.

n. Ero, or (nero, icithapreposit.).

n. EMy, or (He.My, when with a

preposition).
n. Ero, or

(nero,

when

icith

a,

prejyosition).

By him,

Instrumental,

n. Ihit, or (UUMT>,

Tfiop.

when with a

preposition) t

Of him.

Prepositional,

n. OOT> HCM-B.

npe/j.

A Frenchman,
A Russian,
A German,
An
An

PyccKifl.
HlJMcqT>,

Englishman,

Alir.IIIHaHIIHX,

Italian,

Hia^baHeqi,
Hcnaneqi.

Spaniard,
Also,

EXERCISE VIII.

What

has the

Have you the

little

boy

cabinet-maker's

He

has a piece of cheese.

I have neithef
?

hammer

the cabinet-makers nor the carpenter's hammer.

Which
?
I have my brother's cotton umbrella.

umbrella have you

What have you ?

have nothing

Which thimble has

his diligent son?

tailor's (thimble).
He has
Has he
not also rny cotton umbrella ?
He has neither yours

my

Have you the Frenchman's woollen

have not, his brother has it. Which and
whose lead pencil have you ? I have my good friend's
lead pencil.
Which nail have you ? I have the blackHave you also the bootmaker's nail ? No,,
smith's nail.
I have the shoemaker's only.
What feave you, choconor

umbrella.

his

cloak ?

late or

sugar

I have neither chocolate nor sugar, but I

63

have plenty of bread and some honey. Whose black horsi

have you ? I have not the black, but the rich banker's
It is not
Is this fine big pig-eon yours ?
white horse.
mine.

Have you not any

Who

has plenty of tobacco ?

coal ?

have some charcoal.

The carpenter and the mason

have not plenty of tobacco, but they have wax. Who has
good strong tea? The Russian or the German has it.

Has
Has

the Spaniard plenty of sugar

the merchant enough coal ?

He
He has

has a

little

of

it.

not enough (of it),

Has the
but the rich Englishman has plenty (of coal).
not.
Has
not
has
hammer
He
wooden
?
the
carpenter
He has neither the
the joiner a wooden chair or a table ?

wooden chair nor the wooden

table,

but (he has) a good

iron coffer.

EXERCISE IX.

Has

the Russian a good umbrella ?

umbrella.

you

Whose good

Yes, he has a good

The German's.

Have

good lead-pencil, or this good boy's small

I have neither his lead-pencil nor the penknife.

my brother's

penknife ?
What has your friend
coal

umbrella

and wax.

Which

He

has his and

old

my old neighbour's

neighbour's

The

baker's.

He
the stocking and the cord ?
has not the stocking but (he) has the Russian's golden cord.
Has not the Italian a little glue ? Neither the Italian nor
Has not the Englishman

Have you the Frenchman'?'

the Spaniard have any glue.
I have neither the Frenchman'*
or the merchant's tobacco ?
nor the merchant's tobacco, I have the shoemaker's white
wax only. Has the young Englishman a silver candlestick ?

No, not a

silver

smith's large iron

but a copper one. Who has the blackNeither the merchant nor he

hammer ?

54

What have you ? I have nothing. Has not the

He has neither the lion nor the polecat.
a
lion ?
fighter
Has the handsome horse a white forehead ? No, he has a

has

it.

black forehead.

He

has no good

taste.

The Russian has

plenty of good black tea, but the Italian has neither white
Have I not something good ? I have
nor black tea.

nothing good.

Have you my

cotton handkerchief or the

silk handkerchief?
I have neither
your cotton handkerchief, nor that of the Englishman's
What have you ? I have the tailor's cloak only.
brother's.

Englishman's brother's

Whose tea have you? I have the commission-agent's tea.

Have you not also the merchant's tea? I have not the
Has the blacksmith enough tea, sugar,
merchant's tea.
and
wax
cheese,
glue ? No, not enough, but he has plenty
Whose is this iron coffer ? The banker's,
of black coffee.

SEVENTH LESSON.
Our, ours,

CCALMOH

55

ClJMtio.ina?

Have I?

Ecib-.m

(.

Have I the cloak

You have it.

You have

OHT> y sacT>.
OITL ne y BRCI.

not.

(
(.

Have

something good

(
(.

You have

MCHJI ?

}'

Mena-.in

Ero y Bac'b
HM * H> Jn fl

nothing good.

Hn6

X P 6mee

Ecib jn y siena HTO nudyjb xopoiiiee

BacT> nfrn.

Hiiiero xopomaro.

OBS. 1.
In interrogative sentences the verb stands before
the subject, but when a sentence begins with an interrogative pronoun or other interrogative word, the verb is
placed after the subject, as
BIUHTO MI BM

HTO BM Bii^UTe

OBS.

As

2.

it

gative in Russian
1.

Do you see 1
What do you

?
?

has been already remarked, the interromay be rendered in four different ways

Commencing

a sentence with ecit-jii, as

Have you the bread ?

Have you any bread ?
2.

see

Commencing

BacT> Jin

ECTB-JH y Bac'b

a sentence by a verb, followed by the

interrogative particle JH, as

Have you an umbrella

HM-BCTC

Jitt

BM BOHTIIF^

or

Ecib-.iH y Baci,

3.

also

By
by

an adverb or an adjective apocopated, followed

,IH

Is this

4.

with

man

kind ?

By

the preposition

.IH ;

as

46pT>--*H STOTI icJOBlJK'b

y,

followed by a

noun

Has the father the horse

Have I the umbrella?

y OTHH
y Men a .m

Kotib

or pronoun

I have,

fl

Thou

Tbl UM'ECUTB.

hast,

He has,

We

have,

You

have,

OIIT> HM'fierb.

Bbi HM'ECTe.

OllU HM'BfOTL.

They have,

What

HM'EIO.

a HM'IiK)?

have I?

I *lTO
y MCil/I

Have I the cook's

You have it not.

knife

.V

Meiia Jin HOJKI

nosapa?

Nominative,

Fresh,

Genitive,

IlMeiiHTaibnLm

na^.

Po,u'iTe.ibiibiii

na^. CBt;naro.

Ciit;Kiii.

Dative,

Of fresh,
To fresh,

4ii TC 1I>IIW "

n <U-

CvfiaceMF.

Accusative,

Fresh,

BiimiTC.ibHbiii

naj.

Cu'Sraiii,

Instrumental,

By

TBOpiiraibnbiii

naj. CeixHMb.

Prepositional,

Of fresh,

npe&ionuiLiii

IKU-

fresh,

cB'6;i;aro.

CBfrKCMi.

CTa.ibii6ii.

Steel, adjective,

EXERCISE X.

Have you my ram or that of my cook ? I have

your ram nor your cook's. Whose ram have you ?

neither
I have

Is it big?
the captain's ram.
No, it is not big. Has he
the white biscuit and the baker's good new bread ?
He
has neither the white biscuit nor the baker's new bread.

Has he enough

cheese

He

has not enough cheese, but he

has plenty of good wax. Has not the Frenchman good

taste? The Frenchman has m good taste.
Who has my

Neither I nor he (has it), but the poor

bootmaker has it. Have you the steel knife ? No, I have
Have you good tea ? Yes.
not, and he also has not (it)
Is your tea good ?
No, not good, but it is new. Whose
He has the neighbour's brother's
umbrella has the banker ?
His own neighbour's ? No, not his own, but
umbrella.

leathern boot?

Has he something good ? He has

nothing good. What have I? You have nothing. Whose
He has his father's little penknife.
penknife has this boy ?

that of his neighbour.

Has

the father or the merchant the cook's knife

merchant has not, but the cook has

knife or the thimble

Not the

The

Has

the boy the

knife, but the thimble.
it.

Englishman a wooden or stone castle ? He

has neither a stone nor a wooden castle, he has only a good
wooden house. Has the boy plenty of sand and wax ?
Which boy ? The German's boy. This boy has neither

Has

this rich

53

Has the ass enough oats ? No, he has not

Has the old bootmaker his own boot or mine ?

sand nor wax.

enough.

Not

Whose stag has lie

yours, but his (own).
Has he the stag only, or also the

chant's.

has the stag only.

Who has no tea ?
brother and the old joiner have (it) not.

EXERCISE

Which ox

The

The mer-

pigeon

He

confectioner's

XL

My

has your friend?

kind friend has his
Has he also the cook's big
neighbour's, the Russian's ox.
ram? No, he has not his ram. Whose pigeon has that

That merchant has no pigeon. Has the congood pie, and is he your neighbour ? The
confectioner has no pie, and he is not my neighbour.
Has
this poor merchant and that rich banker plenty of sugar,
honey, tea and wax ? The poor merchant has only plenty
of honey, and a little sugar, tea and wax but the rich
merchant ?

fectioner

banker has nothing, neither wax nor tea. How much black
He has not enough of it.
tea has this merchant's father ?
Whose friend is this Frenchman ? and whose friend is that

German ?

This Frenchman

is

the friend

that Englishman, and that German

Is your cook a Spaniard ?
Spaniard.

but a Russian.

What

is

is

(acquaintance) of
the friend of this

He is not a

the matter with you

Spaniard,

There

is

nothing the matter with me. Which piece of bread is

mine ? This small piece is yours. Has the joiner or the
mason the carpenter's nail? Neither the joiner hor the

mason (has it), but his cook has it. Has not the neighbour
an iron or wooden hammer ? He has neither a wooden nor
iron hammer.
Have not I good sugar or bad coffee ? You
have nothing.
Have I something good ? You have good
tea.

Has

the prince the stone castle and the beautiful

59

?
The prince has neither a stone castle nor a
The knife is not
Is it a wooden knife ?
beautiful garden.
a wooden but an iron one.
Has the old baker any new

garden

Which baker? The Englishman. The Englishnew bread,, but the German has. Who has
neither ram nor calf?
He. Which calf is dear? The
calf which I have.
Has he any new bread and fresh
bread?

man

fruit

has no

He

has.

EIGHTH LESSON.
I give,

BOCLMOU

He

me

gives

a coffer,

To me,
To thee,
To him,

Mil*.
TcO'fi.

Estf.

To
To
To

OBS.

Ccot

3.

is

myself,
CcO'B.

thyself,

himself,

the dative of the reflective personal pro-

noun cc6i, which has neither nominative case nor plural

number. This reflective pronoun is used for the three
the action affects the agent, as:
persons whenever
I give to myself,

Thou

Tti ^aeiiib cc6'L

He

givcst to thyself,

OUT, flaerb cef/B.

gives to himself,

We

give to ourselves,

You

give to yourselves,

They give

to themselves,

What has my friend

He has nothing,
To whom does
the bread
tie gives

it

the baker give

MLI

flae'M'b cco'fi.

BLI flae'ie C00V.

Oiiu ^aion. ccot.

!TO y MOCFO Apyra.

iicro*

KOMy

iiinero

dy-iOiHiHCb flaeit

to his neighbour.

To which neighbour
To the carpenter.

To
To
To
To
To

ccfrfc.

^aio

whom ?
which

which

Orn, Aaeix ero

cBoc.-.iy

coc^y.

Kaito.My coc-fc^y ?

Ko>iy (dative of KTO) ?

KaKoMy (dative of Kai*6ii) ?

(one) ?

KoiopOMV (dative of KOiopbi ii) ?

H

KOMy (dative of nu KTO).

nobody,

II

somebody,

Ko.My iiiioy^b (dative

White bread,

Brown

bi'ead,

Stale bread,

of

KTO

61

Diligent,

Laborious,

Assiduous,

")

Cotton, adjeetii:et

EyMa/KnLiii.

Silk,

IIIe.IKOBKii.

adjecth'e,

Wooden,
White,
Black,

The ham,
OKOPOKI.
The sentinel,
The diamond,
A.lMa3-L.
The footman,
JaKeii.
The doctor,
Bpa4T>.
The master (teacher;,
The pupil,
His penknife,
His eye,

Ero

nepo'ji'niiibiii

Ero

r.i

His

Ero

ten,

KTO

Somebody,
Has somebody my penknife

oo/KUK'B.

(genitive,

Ecib ,m y KOFO nn<5y^b Moii

Koro

nepoiiiiiiibiii

Ho;KiiKT> ?

Nobody,

Not anybody,
OBS.

4.

When

there

is

T6 (genitiye ^ HHKOr6 ).

a preposition before HHKTO, it must

HII and the pro-

be placed between the negative particle

noun KTO, thus
:

Nobody has

The

rice,

it,

Hn y

i;oro

ero nfiii.

Pact.

Barley,

HiMeHb, gen.

KaMGHb,

stone.

An

officer,

gen. KaMUfl,

62

The

Co.ijdri.

soldier,

burgher,

The

citizen,

gentleman,

Andrew,
HiiKO.iaij.

Nicolas,

Alexis,

EXERCISE XII.

Who

is

this soldier?

He

is

Who

to nobody.

smith has

has

Do

it.

my

To whom

an Englishman.

does this officer give his lion ?

He gives
To whom do I give my handsome horse?

to his father.

it

-You give him

The kind black-

red coffer ?

I give the diligent boy

my

lead-pencil

No, you give him your penknife only. Does he not give
him good vinegar ? He gives him only a little tea and
Do we not gi re the merchant enough velvet ? Yes,
sugar.
we give the rich merchant enough velvet, but little silk.
To whom do you give a little silk ? To the kind brother's
shoemaker.
Does the blacksmith give his iron hammer ?
No, he does not give it, and he has not his own hammer.
Has not the burgher oats ? He has no oats,, but the citizen
has plenty.

Which gentleman

rich gentleman.

footman

He

has a stone house

The

Does not the master give tobacco to his

To whom do you give
gives him nothing.

your leathern boot ? I give

this burgher give that ram ?

Does not he give him

it to

also his

He
ox

nobody.
gives

it

To whom

No, he has no

does

to his brother.
ox.

Do

I not give the pretty pigeon to his

You do
diligent son ?
not give it to him.
has
white biscuit ? The

Who

baker has

it.

Which baker?

has the black bread

cotton handkerchief?

my

The

industrious baker.

has

Has

Who

the peasant a
Nobody
He has not a cotton, but a silk one.
it.

63

Has

and

not' the soldier rice, tea, sugar

nothing, he has

You

sentinel?

give him nothing.

has not his own

This Russian

good doctor

Yes, he

is

coffee ?

What

He

coffer?

(own)
Russian

bread only.

stale

Has

has

the officer his

coffer.

Who

the banker's doctor.

is

He

do I give to the
this

is

Is he a

a very good one.

EXEIICISE XIII.
cloak ?
The tailor has it. Has someNo, nobody has it. Does the Englishman give his horse to this rich citizen ? He gives him his
Which Frenchman has a beautiful castle ? The
lion only.

Has some one my

one

velvet

my

Has not Andrew

rich one.

a pretty wooden house.

He

and tea?

has a

I give the peasant

He

his boot ?

has no boot

he

Which Nicolas ? The one who has

Has the kind citizen plenty of sugar

has Nicolas's bad shoe.

little

my

sugar, but enough tea.

honey

Do

not

You do not give him your

honey, but you give your barley.

Who

has the diligent

The industrious peasant has it. Which

boy's pencil
?
The
one who has a poor wooden house. To
peasant
?

whom

my

do you not give your umbrella ?

Has not the carpenter

footman.

I do not give

my hammer?

it

to

He
He

has neither yours nor his hammer.

What has he ?
has nothing. Do you not give him something ? I give

him nothing.

Has somebody my coffer ? The poor peasant

peasant ? The one who has the handsome
cock and the chicken. Who has the white diamond ? The
commission-agent has it. Which diamond has he ? The
kind Russian's diamond.
Has this player my umbrella?
He has not yours, but his own. Has he an iron nail or a
wooden hammer? He has neither nail nor hammer. Who
Las the ham ? Nobody has it.
Has the boy his brother's
has

it.

Which

ham

rice?

no biscuit. Has Alexis

Have Andrew and Nicolas
Has
Neither Andrew nor Nicolas has any rice.
?
-He
No, Andrew has it.

biscuit or Alexis's biscuit

the

64

lias

Alexis or this Englishman some tea ?

of tea, but the Englishman a little.

white or yellow
but black.

Alexis has plenty

Is

This beautiful diamond

NINTH LESSON.-

this
is

diamond

not yellow,

The man (whom) he

sees

is

my

HaiOB-feKTi, rcoioparo

friend.

The

oni B^HTI, Mo3

jpyri.

knife (which) he gives

him

is

HO/KT> ; KOTJptiii

oni ^aerb

e.My, MOIJ.

mine.

OBS.

1.

The

relative

pronoun

KOiopbiii in

Russian

never omitted.

DECLENSION OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

Masculine Singular.
Nominative,

This,

9TOri.

Genitive,

Of

this,

fooro.

Dative,

To

this,

aiOMy.

Accusative,

This,

Instrumental,

By

Prepositional,

Of

this,
this,

axon,, Sioro.

3THMt.
oOi>

STOMI.

is

To

love, to like,

Do you

love

Do you

like

*! 1061115.

.in

BLI?

I love,
.IKXJ.IK).

fl

1 like,

Do you
I

like

do not

a large house

fl lie .110(3.116.

What do you
I love

like

HTO

father and

my

I love,

Thou

He

my

brother.

fl

JK>6.1K>.

fl

lovest, TLI .noonnib.

Oirb JWOIITI.

loves,

To

We

love,

You

love,

Koro a

What

HTO a

Whom

Whom

cases,

CBOCFO opaia.

Oiiii

KaKoii KOpa6.iL BLI

fl

Oordiaro Aurjaiaenea

Bii/Ky KopaC.iL
BiiiKy ?

Koro, Koioparo.

(relative pronoun),

KTO?

Which

(relative pronoun),

The

3.

11

BLI .noonie.

love,

Who?
OBS.

oiqa

MLI JioCnMi.

see,

ship do you see ?

I see the rich Englishman's ship.
do I see?
I see

jwdnie?

BLI

JH)6.u6 CBoerd

They

What

do

6o.ibm6fi flOMi ?

.in BLI

like.

relative

pronoun

whether the antecedent

is

KoiopbiH, Koioparo.

used in both
an animate or inanimate
KOTOpfciii is

object.

Do you

see the friend

whom your

Bi'uiiie .in BLI 4pyra, KOioparo ,!K>6un>

brother loves ?

'Baiin, OpaTT> 1

I do not see him.

Dost thou see

fl

BlUIIUIL

Thou dust not see

The table, which I do not

What do they see ?

Do you like this man
do not

like

cro ne Bmny.
.III

TIJ ?

TLI ne Bii^iiuib

give.

Koioparo

CTO.IT>,

MTO

.in BLI

him.

No,

Do

you like the lemon which you

have I

fl

ne

/iai6.

onii Bi'uaT'b ?

si

IioOiiie

yioro

ero ne
.in

.1100.110.

BLI

JIIMOIII,

KOiopLiii

67

That which,
That (person)

Ton,, KOiopsifi

whom,)
The one whom,
)

do not like the one

OBS.

4.

whom you

H ne

love,

KOioparo BW jw

JK)6.iK lord,

The Russian language has no word equivalent

English auxiliary verb to do ; therefore, whenever in

English, in order to avoid repetition, the auxiliary verb
to the

to

do

is

Do you
I

used, in Russian the verb

BUH;y

No, I do not (see

repeated.

Bi'unie .m BLI dyMaHmiiKt, KOiopLiii a

see the pocket-book (which)

see

must be

Ilto, a ero He

it).

EXERCISE XIV.

"What does the good father give to his diligent son ? He

Whose oats has the inngives him sugar and bread.

Has the foreigner

keeper ? He has my neighbour's oats.
?
he
has
tobacco
not.
Whose
No,
(it)
my
sugar does the
father give to his son ?

sugar.

them

He

gives

him the

Does he give oats to the

to the ass, but to the horse.

No, I do not
coffee.

like

Do you

it.

What

Do you

do you like

see that green velvet,

rich merchant's

He

ass ?

does not give

like tobacco ?
I like tea

which I

like ?

and
Yes,

see the green stocking.

Do you not see
I do not see the green, but I see the
the green stocking ?
white one. What has this pretty boy's brother ? He has

I do see

it,

and I

a steel knife.

gives him.

Which knife? That which the merchant

Has he plenty of cheese? No, he has little

cheese, but plenty of sugar

This sailor has

have that of

my

Who

and coffee.

Who has my ticket ?

has your neighbour's bread ? I

neighbour, the peasant. Do you like your

it.

68

I like him and he likes me.

Had
neighbour, the peasant ?
the master the diligent boy's pencil ?
He has not the boy's
Has the peasant
pencil, he has my friend's pencil only.
?
He has neither the ox nor the ram, he
has the goat.
Do you see the rich Englishman's garden ?
I see his pretty garden and his large house.
Do you see

the ox or the ram

the guide's house

I see

and I see the young

it,

prince's

Which prince? The one (whom) you like.

"Which wooden hammer do you see? My brother's and my

large horse.

wooden hammer.

Does he

see the great king's large

town

Yes, he sees his large town, but does not see his magnificent
castle.

XV.

EXERCISE

Which castle do you see?

Do you see also the king's
castle,

you

but I see

see

not see

Whom

Whose garden do
Englishman's garden. Do you

his beautiful garden.

I see the rich

handkerchief?

my

I see the rich prince's castle,

?
No, I do not see his

castle

do you like

I like

do not see

my

it,

friend's son

but I see mine.

and my enemy's

He likes neither your friend's son nor your enemy's

What
tea do you like?
I like good tea and strong
pupil.
coffee.
What garden has the prince ? He has a large and
beautiful garden.
Whose friend (acquaintance) is this
Russian? He is my father's friend. Has the celebrated
pupil.

foreigner his

has

own pocket-book ?

My

it ?

kind cousin has

ib.

No, he has

Have

(it)

not.

Who

I this cock or that

You have neither this cock nor that goose. What

You have a large eagle. Do you like this pie ?
do not like this pie. Which pie do you like ? That

goose ?
have I ?

No, I
which you

see.

1 see nothing.

I do not see the pie.

What do you

see

69

EXERCISE XVI.

Do you
only.
?

goat

give bread to your goat ? No, I give him oats

Does he give good oats to his (own) ass and to my
He gives neither oats nor bread, but (gives) barley

Has the inn-keeper a red or yellow handkerchief ?

has neither a red nor yellow handkerchief, but he has a
Which inn do I see ? That which the kind
white one.

only.

He

officer,

your

What tobacco have you ? I have

Do you give to your brother

friend, sees.

the sailor's excellent tobacco.

little

tobacco

stale

bread

it.

The

him a

little tobacco, but I give the

gives the poor peasant a piece of
kind boy gives him the bread.
To whom

I give

sailor plenty of

Who

do you give the young cock ? I give him to nobody. Who

Which shoehas my old shoe? The shoemaker has it.
maker ? Yours. Has he the iron hammer ? He has (it)

Who has it ? His carpenter has it. Has the banker

leather pocket-book ?
red
No, he has not yours, but his
my
own. What has the rich prince's cook ? He has nothing.
Has somebody my steel penknife ? Nobody has it. Do

not.

you

like

Do you

your cousin ? I like him, but my brother does not.

not give this boy the bread ? I do not.

TENTH LESSON

/[ecHTBiii

By whom ?
Who

has done this

By whom

OBS.

is this

done

Ki>M f> ?
KTO BTO

CA'ii.ia.T'L

My father.

Moii OTeq-b.

By my

MOI'IMT. OTIJOMI.

father.

K'fcMt BTO C4'6.iano ?

With

the passive voice the agent must be in

the instrumental case without a preposition
the instru1.

mental case

is

also used in

uliom ? by what ? (with

answer to the questions,

By

This

OBS.

2.

This,

70

9io.

(tiling),

when not

followed by a substantive.,

translated 310, neuter of aiOTt.

I

have done

This

this,

done by me,
Have you done this
Is this done

by you

T o CAfciaJB.

fl

is

?
?

9ro

c,VE.iano MHOH).

BLI

.in

3io CAt.ia.in ?

BaMii MI

ho

CA'E-iano ?

is

The Instrumental Case.

By whom?
By nobody

^.

Not by anybody, j
Who

gave this

By whom

By what ?
By nothing,

Kim,?
"I

Not by anything.
KTO 5io

is this

given

K'fcMT>

By this merchant,
By his father,
By your shoemaker,

BTHM-B

By
By
By
By
By
By
By
By

MOUMT,.

Ero

my, by mine,
thy,

TBOIIMI.

by thine,

his (own),

our,

4a.it ?

3TO flaHo ?

CBOIIMT*.

Hainn.M'L.

by ours,

BamiiMi.

your, by yours,
their (own),

by

CBOIIMH.

theirs,

Ero.

his,

their,

by

flxi.

theirs.

OBS. 4. ^The possessive pronouns MOH, TBOii, CBOH, namt,

Baun> have only one form, whether placed before a noun or
standing alone, as :
1

Tliis is

my

This house

9TO

house,
is

MOU

flOM-B.

mine,

The Prepositional Case.

Of whom?
Of nobody,
Not of anybody,

KOMt?
")

HflOKOMT,.

With,

GB, co, (governs the instr.).

OBS. 5. Ct changes
Commencing with two
easily

combine with

Of what ?
Of nothing,
Hn
Not of any thing, j

it

into co
or

when coining

before nouns,

more consonants, which do not

in sound.

Of

72

06i> occasionally

OJT> anre.i*.

Ofo

GOT. 9TOM-B.

Ofo

IIXT>.

ero.

HKOpt.
ior1>.

'te&.
MOe.M'B.

TBOCATB.

06o MR*.
0<)0

BCeMl.

KOMI BM

speak of my kind father.

Of what does your brother speak
")
lie sneaks of nothing,
I

fl

'

L Jl "

speaks of his old friend.

Of which shoe does he speak

Oii'b

Oin>

which),

oin'B.

roBOpiirL Baui'b oparb?

ne rOBO P UT1)

roBOpi'm, o CBOeMi ciapOMT, jpyrfi.

roaopii

CTapOMi

KOTOJDWMT,.
KOiopOM-b.

(with)
\\
c

that),

this, of that.

KaKo.M'b oaiuMairfc OHT>

speaks of the old leather shoe.

By which, (with,
Of which,
By this, by that,
XT
UT, /i
this with

roBOpiiie

rosopw o MOeM'b A^POMT,

ne'.M'b

does not speak of anything. 5

Of

OTU/B.

GOT. y.ib*.

Of me,
Of everything,

commencing

n).

becomes 060 before words commencing

with two consonants, as

Of whom do you speak

before words

o6i>

Of the a n gal,
Of the father,
Of the beehive,
Of this,
Of their,
Of his,
Of the anchor,
Of the south,
Of the ride,
Of my, of mine,
Of thy, of thine.

He

0, (06^, o5o).

(about, concerning),

OBS. 6.
changes into
with pure vowels (a, o, y, 3,

He
He

BTHMI, rtMi,

)
06i> 3TOMi>, o TOMT>.

By whom is this made ?

By this man.
Of which ma* do you speak

73
Kfc.vn>

With whom
is

is

aio cji-iaHO

9inM^

ne.iOBtKOM'b.

o KEKOHI

Of that man.

He

ic.iOBfcK* BLI

TOMT, HC.iOB'k*.

your brother

CT.

with his father.

Kiirb warn, 6parL.

Oirb co CBOifon. OTIJOMI.

EXERCISE XVII.

With whom

is

your brother

He

is

with

my father.

Is

the modest pupil with the master ?

No, he is not with him,
but with his own brother. Do you see the bootmaker with

my new

boot?

With whom

my

I do not see him, but

does the kind prince speak

kind old father.

with a piece of bacon.

my

brother does.

He

speaks with

Whom

do you see ? I see my cook

Whose bacon has he ? He has that

By whom is this table made ?

What has this boy ? He
With whom does he speak ? He
has a pie with cheese.
Do you see
speaks with the kind master's modest pupil.

of

my

It is

neighbour, the baker.

made by this honest joiner.

I do not see the baker

the baker with the white bread ?
with the white bread, but I see the young man with the pie.
With which pie ? With the confectioner's pie. Has he

not

my

wooden

coffer ?

He

has

(it)

not.

Do you

not see

the carpenter with the iron hammer ? I see him with his
brother.
Which sack has the peasant? He has the milOf which boy do you speak ? I speak of
ler's new sack.

whom you see. Of which ship does the

He
captain speak
speaks of his neighbour's pretty ship.
Which neighbour? The rich banker. Do you speak of
that pretty boy,
?

your shoe or of mine ? I speak neither of mine nor of yours,

but of my shoemaker's shoe. Which polecat has he ? He
has the miller's polecat.

74

EXERCISE XVIII.

Which

tea do

you

like

I like black tea.

Which

tea

do you speak of with the merchant ? Of mine. Of what

does he speak with that rich merchant ?
He speaks with

him

who is his clerk. Does he speak with him

Has he the white
No, he does not speak with him.
bread with cheese ? With what ? With the young merchant's good cheese ?
He has no bread with cheese, but has
of his son,

also ?

a pie with honey.

By whom is the steel nail given to thee?
the
blacksmith.
Does he see the eagle ?
industrious
By

He

sees the

new

boy with the eagle. Has not the blacksmith a

and an old wooden hammer ? He has no-

iron nail

Of which lantern do you speak ? I speak of that

thing.
of the king's sentry.
With which sentry is your brother?
With the kind king's sentry. Do you see me with my
young brother ? I see you, but do not see your brother.
To whom does he give his lauge house with the beautiful
garden?

He

his son.

Of which son do you speak ?

gives his (own)

house with the garden to

Of the one who

has a castle with a large yard. Are your new houses

No, they are not, but those of my brother are.
large ?

By whom

is

this

castle

given to the prince?

It

is

given

I speak of his garden, but he

to the prince by the king.
Thou speakest of the castle, of the
speaks of his house.

The house is mine, but the garden

yard, and his ship.
is his; the garden is thine, but the castle is his.
These
houses are yours, but those are mine.
Has he your hammers

No, he has

his

own hammers

only.

75

ELEVENTH LESSON.
Masculine Plural,

Mn6;KecTBennoe *IucA6 MysecKaro

There are two numbers in the Russian language

The Singular,
The Plural,
Masculine
.singular,

EjHHCTBeHHOe

'Jiic.io.

Mn6>KecTBeiiHoe HIIC.IO.

Substantives have in the plural, as in the

two declensions

hard and

soft.
("Ancient kings,

,,

Nominative,

( ^peBiiie KOpojH,

Genitive,

CTapuxx

Dative,

CiapMMi.

Gen.

^peBiiiixT) Kopojeii,

/(peBHHMXKOpo.iHMi,,

Heroes.
Tepon.
TepoeBi.

ca,^aMT>.

Dat.

Ciapbie caju.
Accusative,
Instrumental. CrapbiMH ca^awn.

Ace.

/JpeBnnxx

Inst.

/JpeBHiiMii KOpo.uiMii,

Prepositional, Ciapbixij ca^axi..

Prep.

^P^Bunxx K0po.iaxx3 Tepoaxx.

Kopo.ieii,

repoesx.

According to the above examples are declined all regular

masculine nouns in the plural, subject however to the rules
of permutation of vowels, of which the following are the
\nost important
1.

m,

nj,

2.

Substantives ending in t, preceded by r, K, x,

form their nominative plural in n instead of LI.

Substantives in

T>,

preceded by

genitive plural the inflexion of

eii

JK,

q,

;K,

q,

m, m, take in the

instead of OBX.

y Mcna ecu.
y nacrb ecib.

I have,

We
OBS.

1.

ECTL,

for the plural, as

Have

have,

when expressing

the merchants ships

They have

OBS.

2.

Ecib

ships.

They,

H in oblique

possession, is used also

y Kynijoirb K0pa5^u

Jin

EUTLI ecib

K0pa<5.iii.

Onii.

OHH, when with a proposition, takes the

letter

cases.

The masters (teachers),

The candlesticks,
The booksellers,
The cloaks.
The neighbours,
The merchants,
The umbrellas,
The hammers,
The joiners,
The oxen,

and

yiiiTe.w

ILiamu.
CocijQ, gen.

Kynqti.

SOHTHKH.
MO.IOTKII.
CTO.ifipb'i.

BbiKii.

Tlie captains,

The bakers,
The knives,
The smokers,

Ho/Kii.

OBS. 3.
Substantives ending in t, which take in the
nominative plural a or a instead of bi, have the accent generally on the last syllable, as :
1

The house,
The sleeve,
The doctor,
The bell,
The cook,
The town,

4oM-b, plur.

OMa.

PyKairb, plur. pyKas^.

ftoKWpb, plur. /lOKiopa.

KO.IOKO.IX, plur. KO.IOKOJ^.

DoBapx, plur. noeapa.

Topo^,

rlur. ropo^a.

78

OBS.

Some homonymous words have more than one

4.

termination in the nominative plural,

3

The

tooth,

plur.

3y<fc,

(.

JHCT*,

leaf, sheet,

plur.

a and M, as

Bi,

(of animate

bfcings)<

3yoia (of combs, saws,

JlIC

The

i. e.

etc.).

of P a P er >-

C JiiCTL/i (of plants).

The man,
The husband,
The bellows,
The fur,
The

men,
.plyjKii,
"

|
}

(Slavonic).
I My/KbH, the husbands.

...

")

I*'

Plur'

Cbirn,,
(.

tr-

OBS.

and

a,

OBS.

the bellows.

the furs.

CCwnbi (Slavonic) *

son,

The bread,
The corn,

The
The
The
The

M fcxn,

hma,

">

'

CLIIIOBLSI,
r

( X.i fi6w,
j

the sons.

the loaves of bread.

'

I X.rfeda,

com.
the flowers.

flower,

I^BtToKi, plur.

colour,

IJefcix,

plur.

scull,

^epeirt,

plur.

HotTa, the colours.

Hepenu, the sculls .;

lepenoin,, plur.

HepenKii, the shells.

shell,

5.

Some

HirfeTbi,

substantives take for the plural both

without affecting the meaning, as

The houses,
6.

-Some substantives, employed

sense, take a or Ba for the plural, as

The root,
The house,
The hair,

bi

a collective

in

Kopenb, plural Kopeota.

4 MT>>
plural OMa.
plural uo.ioca. or BOJOCBI.

BO.IOCT.,

OBS. 7. Collective nouns, whether animate or inanimate,

have always the accusative like the nominative BoiicKO,
:

'

accusative BoiicKO.

army/
How many
As ' sons

sons have you

of the country/
\
children of the soil,]

CKO.ILKO y Baci cwHOBefi ?

79

OBS.

8.

Most

substantives ending in e'HOKT> form their

plural in aia or aia, as

The
The
The

child,

pe6e'HOKT>

calf,

ie.ieeoKT.j

bear's cub,

MeAB-fc/KenoKi

plural,

plural,

rpaauaHim-b
ABOpaHiiat

KpeCTbHHHHl;
Bo.irapnHT)

^"
6oipiiHT);

plural,

Te.iaTa.

OBS. 13.
Some few words take, in the genitive plural,
the inflexion of the nominative
singular, as
:

The hair,
The soldier,
One time (once),
The boot,
The eye,

BO.IOCT,

plural,

Bo.ioca

coj^arb

plural,

co-i^aTbi

pa3T>

plural,

paab'i

canort

plural,

canorii

r.iaai

plural,

r^aaa

Singular.

Plural

Masculine.

Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter,

My, mine,
Thy, thine,

Moii, CBOfi.
TBoii,

My, mine,

CBoii.

His, ero,* (feminine ea), CBoii.

Our, ours,

Their, theirs,

His cloaks,

Ero n.iainH

Our

Haul ii

houses,

Their gardens,

Where?
Where
Which

are your candlesticks!

candlesticks

CBOII.

Your, yours, Baiim, CBOH.

eaiin>, csoii.

Your, yours,

MOW,

Thy, thine, TBOII, CBOH.

Our, ours, naiiiH, CBOII.
HXT>, CBOII.

82

Whose?
Whose
I

loaves (of bread) have you

have those of the rich bakers.

(plural),

IMI y

uacT>

MGllH

X-l'tObl

60FaTLIXT> Gy.lO'IHH-

KOBT).

Which shoes have you,

I

these or those

Kauio CauiMaKM y

have neither these nor those.

They, them,
These ones, those ones,

MCIIH irfcrb

Oil II,
chii,

II

ea

Baci>,

8TH.vb ;

9in u.in rt

uu

TBXT>.

VL

rli.

'

Genitive,

Of

Dative,

To

Accusative,

Like the genitive or the nominative.

Instrumental,

By these, by those,
Ot these, of those,

9TIIMI1, liiMH.

Koiopue, name.

Dative,

Which, (plural),
Of which,
To which,

Accusative,

Which,

Like the genitive or the nominal.

Instrumental,

By

KOTOPMMII,

Prepositional,

Of which,

Prepositional,

Nominative,
Genitive,

NOTE.

9 T II XX, TEXl.

these, of those,
these, to those,

06l> 9TI1XT,,

KoTopi,ixT>, KaKiixi.

KOTtipLIMT), KaiUIMT).

which,

plural

Men,

J 10411.

The word 'man/

,110411,

KclKllMII.

BOTOpLlXX,

People,

OBS. 16.

TtXl.

Those which,

forms an irregular

etc.

genitive

Of which men do you speak

Of the ones, whom you see.

HeJOir&K'b,

Runin
T'BX'b,

JK>,JHXT> BSI

KOTOpLIXT.

BI.I

rouopuTc

83

I seek,
T
i
I ana seeking,

Thou

He

We

seek,

seekest,

TLI

You

seek,

BM

OKI

They

seek,

OHH

Miioro

Jin

"

\
'

seeks,

Have you many horses

I

y MCHH

have not many.

MM

y saci Koneti

HXT> He Miioro.

EXERCISE XIX.

What has the shepherd ? He has oxen, goats and

What oxen has he ? He has large and young oxen.
the merchants velvet?

merchants,

pencils.

Have

Do

sees also.

like

Italian
?

I speak with

my

Yes, I do (like them).

thimbles ? They have 'their

your friends?

own
Where have you my

joiners'

them, but I see here the old

What do you seek ? I seek

With whom do you speak ?

Do you

knives ?
I have them not, I
have the carpenters ? They have thfc
iron hammers.
Do you not seek the asses of the

seek them.

horses

I do nob see

the tailors their

own.

but the

the beautiful stockings, have good

not you see those geese with the beautiful

young pigeons ?
eagles, which he
friends.

velvet,

who have

velvet also.

my

They have no

asses.

-Have

What

No, I seek those of the

Have

I do.

miller.

Do you

the rich tailors the cloaks

like

No, they

have them not, the inn-keepers have them. What have the
What docs the
brave captains ? They have good soldiers.
He seeks his leather shoes. Has he
rich banker seek ?

many

brothers

He

has

many

Has he not your

(of them).

He has not mine,

pretty handkerchiefs ?
What handkerchiefs have the merchants ?

but his own.

They have the

bad handkerchiefs of the foreigners.

Which foreigners?
Those whom you do not like.
Have the sailors good
ships ?

The

The

sailors

rich captains

have no good ships.

have them.

Who

has them ?

Have the boys pretty umbrel-

las ?

84

What have your booksellers ? They

What are their houses ? Their houses are

Yes, they have.

have

fine houses.

large.

EXERCISE

Has

XX.

?
No, he has not nails. What
have they ? They have pretty houses. What
castles have the Frenchmen ?
They have no castles, but

the joiner iron nails

houses

have houses with yards.

He

has

masters?

Whose

iron

hammers has he

of the joiners.
Have these pupils good
They have excellent masters. Whose biscuits

those

has the baker?

fectioners.

He

has those of his neighbours, the confriends my fine knives?

They have

Have your

not your knives, they have those of the cooks only.

Whose
men ? Mine.
Has he wooden tables ?

cooks are these

Who has the rich merchants'

Yes, he has plenty of them.
candlesticks?
has
them. They have them.
Nobody

grtld

What

horses does your friend like ?

He likes black horses,
but does not like grey ones.
Who gives him the pies ?
The rich merchant's cooks. What have their brothers?

They have wooden

silver

coffers, large

copper lanterns and pretty

What bags have

these peasants?
These peasants have no bags, but our cooks have (some).
Are you seeking the soldier's tobacco or the smoker's ? I
candlesticks.

seek neither the soldier's nor the smoker's tobacco, I seek

my own. Have you many boots ? I have no boots, I have

shoes only.
Have the cocks and the pigeons barley ?
They have a little barley. What has this officer ? Which
officer ?
The one whom the colonel does not like. He has
Has he his own boots ? He has not his own,
nothing.
he has the bootmaker's boots only.
Have you any shoes ?

Yes, I have.

85

TWELFTH LESSON.
OBS.

1.

nation in

^BimajaaTBiH YpoKT,.

Augmentative and Diminutive Nouns.

Masculine augmentative nouns have the termi-

6me

or

which represent the object in

Miia,

magnified form, sometimes also express contempt

deformity in the object, as

As

?*""

"*"*"*

(.

MyiKiiHiina,

a big, coarse peasant.

a

(.

^OMuna,

Myarfn, a peasant,
40MT,,

for, or

'

a house,

bi *

big, ugly house.

the above terminations are not of the masculine gender.

be treated hereafter.

they will

Masculine diminutives have the following terminations

mn>,

oin>,

Ein>,

which represent the object diminished in

A table,
A shed,

size, as
little

CTO.IIIKT.,

table.

Capacqi.

little

shed.

hoi'se, KOUb,

KoneKTi,

little

horse.

town, ropo.it,

Topo^oKii,

little

town.

man,

OBS.
are:

diminutive

CTO.n>,

'2.

capaii,

The diminutive

enbhiu,

and

OBbh'iS.

full

terminations for adjectives

These terminations indicate a

diminution of quality or a softening of the force of their

primitives.

More detailed explanations of augmentative and diminutive nouns will be given further on.
MM.

Nominative,

We,

Genitive,

Of us,

Hact,
Ha.M

you, they,

of you, of them,
us, to you, to them.

BI>I,

OHM.

naci,, nxi> (TTIIXT,).

Dative,

To

Accusative,

Us, you, them,

Haci>, Bac'b, IIXT.

Instrumental,

By

HasiH, B&MII, li.Mn (IIUMH).

Haci>, o Bac'b, o

Prepositional,

by you, by them,
Of us, of you, of them,
us,

b,

naMT>, H.MT, (FIUMB).

Hiix'b).

86

OBS.

To

3.

HXT>, HMT,,

letter H is prefixed, as

ii

MII,

when with a

uuxi, HHMT>,

Both, (the one and the

preposition, the

IIILMII

("Ooa.

(Tori, H

other),

One, the one,

The
Have you

other, another,

the gold or silver thimble

3o.iOToii .ni

nanepciOKT, y Baci, ILIB

cepeGpHHLiii
I

f J Meni

have both,

Both, plur. (those and ")

the others),
)

Neither (neither that

,,
,,
N
nor the other),

nH
!

60a.

Ooa.

Tt
II

H ion, IIH

Neither, plur.

(neither)
^
^
C
those nor the others), )
-LU

II

j.i

Siwjitlar.

The

other.

re.

The

Plural.

others.

Nominative,

^pyrie.

Apyrtfn,

Genitive,

/Jpyraro.

Genitive,

Dative,

4*Woty'

Dative,

Apyriwi,.

Accusative,

4pyr6ii, 4pyraro.

Accusative,

ftpyrie,

Instrumental,

Instrumental,

Prepositional,

Prepositional,

KpaciiBbiu ca^T>,

A pretty

4pynix i.

garden.
Plural.

Singular.

KpaciiBbie 0346.

Nominative,

KpaciiBwii caji>.

Nominative,

Genitive,

Kpanisaro ca^a.

Genitive,

KpaciinuxT. ca^oBi.

Dative,

Kpat'HBOMy ca^y.

Dative,

Kpaci'iBi.nn> f;i,i;iM'k

Accusative,

KpaciiBwii ca^i.

Accusative,

KpaciinLie ca riu.

Instrumental,

Kpaciir-UM^

Instrumental,

KpaciiBi.nni

Prepositional,

KJtaCMBOMl

Ca.vfi.

Prepositional,

C;I,I;'IMII.

87

OBS.

According to the above example are declined

4.

regular substantives and adjectives of hard termination.

In names of animate beings, however, the accusative is like
all

the genitive, as

Au

ox, BMK-b

accusative singular, EbiKa

Exceptions.

The following substantives

'a

wedge/

K0.it,
f

felly/ 6parb,

'a stake;'

accusative plural, EbiKoirb.

A&
'

aySt,
f

CTV.II>;

a tooth;'

a chair;'

K.IHHT.,

66041.,

'a

joCKyn, 'a rag,

a brother/ JHCTT,, 'a leaf;'

scrap;' npyrb, 'a twig/ no.i03'i>, 'a slide/ Cpyc'b, 'a beam/
'
'
a rod / KJOKT,, a tuft/
KOJOCT>, ^lui ear (of corn) / 6ai6n>,

'a

KpK)KT>,

hook/

stone/ Kopenb,
i.e.

irregularly,

4,

wood)/ KaMeeb, 'a

nom.

form their plural

in ba, gen. beet, dat.

r,

K,

before

inst. baMii,

bflMT>,

"b,

changing into

as: 6ai6iKba, Kdo'iLa, Kpio'iba, cysba.

OBS.
the

a knot (in

a root/ yro.Jb, 'coal/

The gutturals

prep. baxi>.
a?,

CVKT.,

In

5.

all

the above substantives the accent, if on

the middle one, except in the

syllable, passes to

first

word yro.!b,
lable, as :

which preserves the accent on the

first

syl-

yro.ib, plural ynxiba.

OBS.

6.

penb, form

partitive sense, Saiort, Kpioirb, KnMeiib, KO-

also their plural in u, as foiiom, KpiOKH,

KaMUH.

Eparb, CWHT., for the gen. and ace. plur. have

.lucTb'i, sheets
(of paper), gen.
opaiiH, cbiuojJt.

OBS.
also

In a

7.

JHCTOB'b.

What
He is

does the banker seek?

HTO umei^

seeking his pocket-book.

Oin>

(SaHEiipl

umert CBOH

CyMaiKiuixi.

88

Wherefore ?
Because.

OBS.

8.

ITO.

OoiOMy
'

IIoTOMy HTO

literally,

Why does he seek him?

Because he wants him.

HorOMy

for that that.'

II046My (aantMi) onx cro iii

410 OHT> eMy (iia,iooeiib)
Hy/KGHT,.

OBS.

9.

Ha^oSeHt, Hyxeei,

literally

means

'necessary.'

'

)
want, I need,
(It is necessary to me), )

There
There are

no one

OBS. 10.

Ia ^

are,

many men, whom

likes.

'

ECTB,

there are/

ECTI>,

B0"

(impers. verb.)

(Ecmb) Miioro
i; TO ue

is

.no^eii,

KOiopuxt BH-

usually omitted, although

understood.
I
I

was speaking,
did speak,

fl

roBOpiUT>.

fl

roBOpn.iT>.

spoke,

fl

roBOpii.n>.

have or had spoken,

roBOpii.it.

We saw,
We did see,
We have seen,

SI

saw,

I did see,

fl

1 have seen, etc.

fl

was

We were speaking,
MB? roBOpn.in.
We did speak,
MLI roBopii.iii.
We spoke,
MM roBopii.iii.
We have or had spoken, Mu roBOpiuu.

giving,

We were

giving,

Mu

I gave,

Thou

Tbi

He

gavest,

gave,

We

gave,

You

gave,

They gave,

Bbl 4a.iH

OHM

Mbi
Mbi
etc.

Mu

Bi'uluii.

89

There

OBS. 11.
verbs.

Thus,

'

only one past tense in the Russian

saw, I have seen this man,'

is

I did

see, I

are rendered in Russian

a

by

BM^'Lll 9TOFO

The three persons of the past tense in the

JT> (fern, ja, neut. jo), and the
three
of
the
the
plural, for all genders, end in JH
persons
person is distinguished by the personal pronoun which
OBS. 12.

singular end in

precedes the verb.

The shepherd,

IlaCTyxi.

Merchandise (goods),

TOBap-b.

The emperor,
The czar,

HMnepaTOpl.

IJapb.

count,

The baron,
The mendicant, beggar,
The market,

BapoH-B.
HMiniii.
PbiiiOR-b, genitive,

John,

nBaHi.

Peter,

Ue'xp-b.

Charles,

Kap.it.

Andrew,

An^pefl.

Alexis,

A.ieKciu.

Joseph,

Iocn*T>,

Basil,

BaciiJiii.

Constantine,

KoHCTauTuiiT)

Paul,

Alexander,

Grand duke,

Hemp, KOHoneJb

BeiBRtfl
;

genitive, Kouonja.

JK)6onbiTHbiH

Curious, inquisitive,

The

flax,

Jem.;

genitive, Jbny,

and

Wise,

Where
.1

did you see his brothers

in the market.

saw them

The preposition

OBS. 13.
*

meaning

of

of in

market.

tlie

inside,'

ero 6paibeBi?

HXI na

'

BT>,

in,'

having the

strict

the Russians say, on the market instead

EXERCISE

XXL

I seek neither
seeking- your boots or mine ?
count.
Which
those
of
the
count ?
I
seek
nor
mine,
yours
What
have
excellent
has
these
The one who
gardens.

Are you

?
he<?o"ars
c"> ??

have
They
v

old shoes.

What

tickets

does

he

He does not seek tickets, he seeks his pocket-books.

seek ?
Do you like this kind prince ? I like not only this kind
prince,

but his sons

sons?

Yes, he likes them.

also.

Does he

like this

To whom

did

merchant's

you give your

I gave them

pencils, to masters (teachers) or pupils ?

neither to masters nor pupils, I gave them to my diligent
Did you speak with the baron? No, I did not
brother.

Does not he
speak with him, but I spoke with the count.
Does
his
me.
see
brother
not
see my
does
He
?
you

see

steel knives ?
No, he does not (see them). What oxen
have the shepherds ? The shepherds have no oxen, they
have rams and asses only. Have you blue or red velvet ?
I have neither blue nor red velvet, I have green satin only.

Did you not

see the banker's beautiful horses

I did not

Do you see the masters (teachers) with;

see his horses.
I do not see the masters, but I see
their diligent pupils?
Which is your tea?
their sons and their brothers.

My

Have you my cloaks or those of

that with sugar.
What has he ? He has the
I have neither.
the tailor ?
tea

is

What

umbrellas have you

have blue, black, white and yellow silk umbrellas.

old boots of the

young

sailor.

'

EXERCISE XXII.

Of which emperor were you speaking ? I spoke of the

emperor who has many brave soldiers. What did the
industrious sailors see ?
They saw fine ships with white

91

whom

"With

did you speak

Have you

merchants.

of the rich

I spoke with the sons

seen this merchant's

Did
I saw only those of his neighbours.
?
I
?
but
father
Constantine
with
No,
spoke
you speak
with his sons. Why did you 'not speak to either Alexander
or Constantine ? - Because they did not speak to his father.
pretty houses

What have

their friends

Who

pigeons.

Which butcher?
only.

whom

Where

grand duke?
like eagles

his brother's

has spoken to the brothers of

Nobody has spoken

butcher,

They have

to them.

The one
do not

young

your friends?

What oxen has the butcher ?

whom you do not like. The
has no oxen

like,

he has rams

did he see the emperor with the sons of the

He saw them in the king's palace. Does he

and pigeons ?

No, he does not

like eagles,

but

does he see the peasants ?

He sees
pigeons only.
them in (na) the market. What merchandise have these

Where

?
They have tea, sugar, coffee, honey, wax,
and hemp. Have they plenty of flax and hemp ? They
have enough flax, but little hemp. Why did you not give
them a little tobacco ? Because they do not like it.

rich merchants
flax

THIRTEENTH LESSON.

TpHHaAuarafi

The belt,
The comb,

small comb,

The glass, tumbler,

The mouth (of animals),
The nose,
The eye,
The forest, wood,
The horseman

Ma.ienbKni rpedenb, rpeoeuioK*.

CiaKdiit.
POTT>, genitive, pia.

Hoct.
'

r.ia3T>, plur.

iMaaa, gen. plur.

MCT>, plural,

92

OBS.

It has already been remarked that

many subL, u form their plural in a, a, instead

1.

stantives ending in t,
of LI, ii, as
:

the house

4o.MT>,

'
;'

fluopb,

the

anchor

'

Kpail,

;'

the edge.

Plum?.

Nnmimtive,

josrd,

flKOptf,

Grnitive,

flOMOBT,,

HKOpeii,

npaeBT,.

Dative,

flOMaxrb,

flKOp/nn,,

Kpa>'nn>.

Accnsative,

OMa,

Kpajf.

flKOpa,

Kpari.

Instrumental,

AOMaMii,

HKOPHMH.

Kp.uhiH.

Preposition;;!,

o JOMUXI,

flKOpiixi,

Kpanxi.

OBS.

to the above examples

2.

are declined
According
the following substantives, of which
nearly all, as shown in
brackets, have also in the nominative plural their regular
termination in LI or H :

^A

boar,

An

island,

A stall,
A gutter, spout,
A hamper,
A

(M and

BopOBT,,

A millstone,
A pannier,
A sleeve,
A woodcock,

cellar,

KyaoB'b, (M).

PynaB'b, (a).
TerepCB'b, (a).

Ocrpoax, (a).
X.rfcB'b,

(a).

Hle'jo5i, (bi

and

Dorpe6'b, (a).
X.rcfrb,

A vulture,

flcipeoi., (bi

The farming,

OrKyirb, (bi).

A room,

report, (a).

attic,

order (decoration),

A midshipman,

(u).

and

bell,

a).

6p4e^^, (a).

MM

iMam>, (bi).

and other dissyllabic foreign nouns ending

The

a).

(M and a).

Kopofi'b,

The bread,

An

a).

/KepiiOB'b, (a).

in Main*.

Kd.iOKO.ii,, (a).

A cupola,
A ramrod,

llloMnoj-b,

The evening,

Beiep'b, (a).

A cook,

DoBapi), (a).

KyiKM'b,

(bi

and

a).

(M and

a).

93

and foreign words, having- an unaccented termination

epi>,

op'b, as

'

Kaicpt,

a cutter;'

The year,
The town,

To.vfc,

(Me'4'b, (sing,

BdapacTb,

flower, colour,

form, shape, image,

The

and

(LI).

TOJOCT., (a).

voice,

Kdpnyci, (u

forest,

Jtci,, (a).

sail,

Ilapyc-b, (a).

belt, girdle,

guard, watchman,

The

shore,

Eeperb, (a).

Ayn,

curtsxin,

Do.ion,, (H).

The horn,
The snow,

Pon,

Cipyn, (a).
BOKI, (a).

The bowels,

intestines,

edge, country,
of exchange,

bill

monogram,

cracknel,

A stamp,
Wing of a
writer,

anchor,

hunter,

(a).

(a

and

H).

fldxpox-b, (a).
Kpatt, (a).

BeKce.ib, (a).
Beiiae.ib, (a).

Kpeiue.ii>, (a).

UlTcxaejb, (a).

house,

A surgeon,
A

Ciori, (H).

side, flank,

century, age,
The fur, bellows

An

(a).

plane, barge,

(a).

Cu-feii, (a).

rick (of hay),

An

a).

IldacT,, (a).

meadow,

The
The

and

CTOJJOH^, (a).

only).)

(u and a).
Oupas-b, (w and a).

body, corps,

a),

IjB'fcTi,

The

etc.

XOJOAT., (a).

cold,

Tiie age,

A
A

(LI

;'

rdpojb, (a).

(The honey,)

The

doctor

4>Jiire.ib,

(a).

b,

(H

b,

(n

flKopb, (a).

Erepb, (a).

and
and

a).

a).

in

Have

the conks

knives

my

They have them not.

Have they seen the boars

Where

are the boars

y noBfipoBT) AH MOli HO/KO?

OHM ne y HIIXT..

fl

Germans,

T^ OopOBa?

see only one boar.

AH oim dopOBOBT.

Bii^'Iuii

Biia;y To.ibKO

o^Qoro Coposa.

Hl>MCiri,

H'BMqu.

Turks,

TypOKT>,

Typrui.

Turk,

An

Italians,

HTa.ib>iHCDT>,

Hiu.ibHiiqi

A Spaniard,
A Russian,

Spaniards,

Hcnaiic^b,

HCflaiujbi.

Russian?,

Pyccitiii,

An American,

Americans,

AMepiiKaiieirb,

Italian,

OBS.

3.

The Russians do not commence the names

of

nations with capital letters.

Give (imperative),
Give

me

4afi,

If you please, (pray),

To
To

grant, to confer,
present, to give,

Give

me

this, if

Give

you

IIoJKa.iyiicTa, noiKajyiixe.
")

please.

me

this).

me some

sugar,

(Pray, give

plural,

the cloak.

^aftie

smt

^TO; noata.iyficTa.

no/Ka.iyiixe MITB BTO.

if

( flaine Mirfi,
no/Ka.iyiicTajCaxapy.
( no/Ka.iyiiTe sure caxapy.

you

please.

OBS. 4.
noJKa.jyiiTe, imperative from no'/i;a.iOBarr,, is used
extensively by Russians for politeness' sake, in place of to
(jive, to come, etc., and also in order to avoid a lengthy
phrase with noraaiyiicTa, thus
to me if you please, or 7
pray come to me,
j

Come

may

^1x0411x6, noajyiiCTa

be just as well rendered by

Will you have a piece of

Yes,

if

you please.

ham

MHB,

noJKa.iyiiTe KO MH-fe.

XOTHTC

KO,

.in

BM icycoKi oKOpona

05

To will,
}
To wish, to want, >
To have a mind to,)
To know,
Conjugation of the present tense of the verbs
want;' and H anaK), 'I know:'

xo iiy,

3Biiro.

1.

Mbl XOTHMT,,

fl

Tbi xo4enib,

Tw

2. Bbi XOTHTC,

Bu

3,

Oui xo4erb,

On'b snaerb.

3. Oiiii XOTHTI,

Onii SHaiorb.

He

has no cloth.

Have you good velvet?

I

OBS.

have no good velvet.

'

5.

HiiT'L,

3Haeie.

y Hero ii'fcrb cyKHa.

Ecib ju y eac^ xopouiiii

y Menu

no,' placed before

irliTTi

Ta>n, or iv^a.

Thence,

OiTy4a.

One, the one, a

Alone,

Ones, the ones,

Singular.

a substantive, govei'ns

There,

THE CARDINAL NUMERALS.

6apxan

xopomaro Oapxata.

the genitive.

Alone,

Mbl 3HaeMT>.

1.

2.

xoiy,

'

Plural.

Singular.
fl

fl

KoJH4GCTBeHHbia

96

How much ? )
>
How many?)

1 liave

tables have

see one

OJHH, ^pyrie.
y

(persons) do you see

man.

laena 0411111

CKO.ILKO
fl

Two,

governs genitive.

CKuibKO cituoirb y saci>?

one table.

How many men

I

you

LKO.JF>KO,

Some, others,

How mnny

CTO.IT>.

wrortn

BM

Bi'unie

BU;KV o^Horo 4e.iOBEKa.

'

'flBa;' three, 'ipii;'

four,

ieiHpe.'

OBS. 6. The numerals ^ea, ipn and qerape, when in

the nominative, are always followed by substantives in the
genitive singular.

How many
I have
I

writers liave you

two writers.

have as many as you have.

As much
As many

as,

")

as, )

Three pieces,
Four pieces,

CKO.ILKO y BRCI nncapeii

y Men,4
y MGHH

/joa micapfl.

CTo.ii>KO-/Ke CKo.ibKO

y Baci.

Both,

Ooa.

The Declension of the numerals

definite

pronoun ooa

Nominative,

flea,

%
ipn, 'leib'ipe, and the

Nom.

friends.

Who

99

has the beautiful tumblers

The hunters

Have you not

have them.

the fine horses of the Englishmen ? I have (them) not. How many bills of exchange
has the banker ? He has eight bills of exchange. Do you

want a piece of cheese ? No, I do not. Do you not want

some tea ? No. Has the painter's boy any pencils ? He
From whom did he have them ? From the
has some.
From
which painter ? From my neighbour.
painter.
What belts have these soldiers ? They have leathern belts.
How many horsemen and hunters do these watchmen see ?
They see five horsemen and three hunters. Did he see also
one or two asses ? He saw one ass and two horses.
Do
I do not see the
see the anchors of this fine ship ?
What
sails.
do
but
I
see
the
see
there ?
I see
anchors,
you

you

How many ricks have these peasants ? They

How many cooks have you ? I have as
ricks.

white snow.

have eight

many

as you.

have no

He

furs,

What

furs

but bellows.

have the blacksmiths ? They

horns has this ram ?

How many

What

has two horns.

colour are your flowers ?

My
and
blue (colour).
flowers are (of) yellow
Which colours
do you like ? I .like red and blue (colours), but dislike (do
not like) black. Have his sons good voices ? They have

Who

my son's comb ? Nobody has

he
has not your son's comb, he
it.
No,
(it)
has his own. Whose is this magnificent palace ? This is
the palace of the king's sons.
Have you not good coal ?
excellent voices.

Has he

not

has

I have neither good nor bad.

How many roubles did the
He gave the one (whom) he
father give to his sons?
likes nine roubles and to his other son he gave only two
roubles.

With whom

is this

celebrated painter ?

He

is

with the king's sculptor. Have the citizens of this rich

town pretty houses ? The citizens have large, but not

100

Have the rich Germans and their neighpretty houses.

bours, the industrious Dutchmen, many ships ?
The Dutch
have

many

ships,

but the Germans have only three or

four ships.

EXERCISE

XXIV.

Why is he not in the king's palace ? Because there are

three emperors there, four grand dukes, and seven
princes.
Has the baron, your neighbour, forests ? He has no forests,
What do you give him ? I
gave him three woodcocks, four hares, five stags and three
Who gave you the ham ? The grand duke's cook
geese.
gave it me. How many umbrellas have you ? I have two
How many new cloaks have you ? I have
(of them).
seven (of them).
Of which new cloaks are you speaking ?
but has excellent meadows.

am

speaking of the seven

new

cloaks,

which the

tailors

gave you. Who has seen the waistcoats of their brothers ?

I saw your waistcoats, but have not seen those of your
brothers.
With whom hast thou spoken ? I spoke with
the celebrated master's diligent pupils.
Of what were you
with
?
I
.them
was
speaking
speaking with them of the
beautiful town of the mighty king.
How many vultures
did you see in the forest ? I saw there ten vultures and
three woodcocks.
Of which vultures are you speaking ? I

am

speaking of the three large vultures. Has your cousin's

x
surgeon (epa n>) his own house ? The surgeon has no house
of his own, but the doctor has (his own house).
Has this
man good teeth ? He has good teeth, and his comb

old

has also good teeth. Do you want to give him three

roubles? Yes, I want to give them to him.
Have you
my keys and my hammer ? I have neither (neither that

nor the other).

-Do you like Spaniards or Turks

I like

neither.
Where have you seen white and grey geese ? I
<aw them on both the banks. Who is your true friend, this
Both are my friends. With
painter or that sculptor ?
whom do you wish to speak ? I wish to speak with his

brother.

ship ?

Will you speak with the captain of this fine

I will speak with him.

FOURTEENTH LESSON.
This, that,

This one, that one,

OBS.

The pronoun OHLIH

1.

is

declined as an adjective,

This pronoun is
i.e.
genitive oiiaro, dative onOiMV, etc.
of
the
the
or the use of
substantive
repetition
rarely used,
the pronoun OHT. being preferable, as

Have you a pocket-book \

I

have

(it).

have

it

Ecib .in y
( ECTb.

I y Siena OHLIH

Cy

MGHH

irferb

not.

I y M6HH

Very,
Have you sugar
T

Ba<yb

(OHT>).

CyMa/KnnKa.

HtTT, OflarO (Ofo).

(Hem., secBMa.
ECTB .m y Bact caxapi

have very good sugar.

y Meea
Oienb

Very large, big,

Very young,

oieub xopdimii

ca'xap'B.

do.ibni6fi.

Oieeb

Many, much,

several,

Mnoro,

Little, bat

little,

Ma.io,

Not much,

few,

HeMHoro,

with the gen.

Enough,

Very

102

with the gen,

/(OBO.ILHO,

sufficiently,

Oient Majo,

few,

(Liu

Too,

m KOMI.

Too much,
(.

We have but few houses.

They have very few friends.
Have you enough tobacco ?
I have too much of it.
I

have too

little

How many

of

it.

houses has this

merchant

4oBo.ibno JH y Bac-L TaGany ?

y Men>i ero
y MGHa ero

WI'IUIKOM-B MHOFO.

C.IUUIKOMX MOJO.

CKOJBKO ^OMOBT> y ^xoro Kynit

He has many (of them).

He has not any.
He has few shoes.

Why,

y Hc-lCt MaJO AOAIOBI.

y nnxt O4enb

(from what),

The hatter,
The gunmaker,

y nero
r

5 Hero

HX-L Mndro.
IIXT> H'BTl.

nero Majo 6auiMaKoBi.

On ero.
Opy/KeiinnKi.

A wine-merchant,

BimoTOproBeqi.

A butcher,

MHCIIHKT..

sausage-maker,

The masters,

Not at all,
Not many, } lun

BoBce

But, only,

TOJBKO.

I have no horses at

Has he many

He
He

all.

friends

has very few (of them).

has but (only) two (of them).

He

ne,

COBC^MX ne.

MHorie.

y MGHH

BoBce ntn. Konefl.

Mnoro

y nero Apyseii.

y
y

Jiu

nero HXT. oienb M!IO.

uero nx-b TO.ILKO ABO.

103

Oient smoro.

Very much,
If used adverbially, 'very
without the word amoro, as :

much*

him very much.

I like

fl

ero oieeb

Why ?
(.

OBS.

Why

3aH^Mi>

2.

did you

come?

(What was your

Why

is

is

(What

object

is

Jiwtijuh.

IIo.

ieMy.

indicative of object, purposej as

m coming) J
? )

3a.to BM

indicative of cause, as

your house empty

is

the cause of your

house being empty)

To
He

ECTB,

is/

Hoiesiy

Baiin, flout nycidfi ?

BBITB.

be,

OHI
OHM

are,

'

3.

is,

They

OBS.

rendered by

is

and

ecib.

cyib.

'

cyib,

are/

may

be used when

a particular emphasis or importance is to be expressed.

I

We

I was,

have been,

Obi.n>.

I had been,

OBS.

4.

You

were,

were,

They were,

Ebno, neuter of SLU-L,

is

MM

dbun.

BH

dbi.nt.

OHU

the past tense of the

impersonal verb eciB.

Future tense of the auxiliary verb

Plural.

Singular.

8 6yAY,

Tw Cy^enib,

I shall, or will be.

Thou shalt, or wilt be.

He

shall, or will be.

6biTt.

Mw <5yA6MX,

We

shall,

Bbi oy^eie,

You

shall, or will be.

Ouu

They

dyAYTT.,

or will be.

shall, or will be.

OBS.

There

5.

is

only

104

one future

tense in Russian

verbs.

Eyjen, and Gyayrb, the third persons of the

future tense of the verb SBITB, 'to be/ when
expressing
possession, may be used in place of the future tense of the
OBS.

6.

verb iiMLib/ to have/ as:

y Mena
y Men a

Present, I have,
I

Past,

had,

Future, I shall have,

He

will

They

have a house.

will

There
There

have houses.

ecTt.

6&.n>, a,

y Men a Sy^erb.
I y Mena dyAyrb.
C

y nerd Sy^en,
y nnx-b oy^yrb

will

be a holiday.

By^eiT) npas^niifb.

will

be rain.

ByACTT) ^OJK^b.

Eleven,

Thirty,

Twelve,

Forty,

Thirteen,

Fifty,
<ieTLipHaAU.aTb.

Fourteen,

Sixty,

Seventy,

Fifteen,

Sixteen,

Eighty,

Seventeen,

Ninety,

BoceMbjccarb.

Eighteen,

Hundred,

CTO.

Nineteen,

Hundred and one,

CTO 0411 m>.

Twenty,

Two hundred,

flBtCTII.

Twenty-one,

Tbica'ia.

Twenty- two,

The day,
The evening,
Mid-day,

The hour,

ABa^qaTb ^sa.

gen.
Beiepi,

gen.

thousand,

Million,

Mii.uioni.

Monday,

none/vt-ibmiKi.

Tuesday,

BTopIIIIKX.

Wednesday,

cepc^a, cpeja. (fern.)

Thursday,

(One o'clock),

Friday,

njiTiuina.

(fern.)

The watch,
The clock,

Saturday,

cyfiuoTa.

(fern.)

Sunday,

BOCKpcceube (neuter).

105

F or

the days of the week, the preposition

in/ with the accusative is used, as

QBS.

7.

BT>

On Monday,
On Tuesday,

What have you for

BT>

Bo BTopemrB, etc.

breakfast

HTO y

Bac't

y Men a

have for breakfast ham,

bread and coffee.

I will

na 3aBTpaKT>

oy^eTfa

x.itd'b

EXERCISE

11

(better

na saBipaKi oKOpoitb,
Ko*e.

XXV.

you not speak with the masters of these houses

D'id

KT>

we have not seen the masters, but only their sonsHave not the Swedes good cheese ? They have (it)
in-law.
Have the Dutch
the Swiss have plenty of it.
but
not,
have
too much of it.
What are
?
cheese
of
They
plenty
No,

sir,

They seek the sacks of (with) coals.

you speaking ? I am speaking of the
coal-dealer
Have
coals, (which) your
(yiuiBmiiiCL) gave me.
These scholars have not
these young scholars steel knives ?
the peasants seeking

Of vhich

steel,

coals are

but iron knives.

What bread hast thou,

stale or

new

Has he much bread

I have neither (that nor the other).
He has very little (of it). Who has a lit tie tea?

My

cousin has too

only?

He

little

of

has six sons.

it.

Has

this

merchant one son

Is the pocket-book

(which) I

The pocket-book is of leather and a very

good one, but you did not give it to him. How many
He has two (of them) only.
brothers has this Swede ?
gave him good ?

With which brother did you speak

Has the father spoken with his

I spoke with both.

He has not
?
has
with
them
?
Who
them.
spoken
Nobody.
spoken with
on
brothers
were
Where
Monday? They were in the
your
grand duke's

whom

I like.

fine castle.

parents

Which grand duke ?

Does the master

The one

like his (own) scholars ?

He

106

them very much. Do not you want some coffee ?

I
do
not like coffee. What captain have the sailors ?
No,
They have a very good one. Has he good sailors ? They
likes

were good, but now they are bad.

Because their captain is too kind.

are they bad ?

your friend (ac-

Why

ill

quaintance) be here on Thursday ? No, he will not be.

Why? Because he will be on that (STOT'L) day at his

American. Have the Italians good painters ?

have
many. Are the painters rich ? They were
They
Have these merchants good
but
now
rich,
they are poor.
friend's, the

merchandise

The merchandise

of these merchants

is

very

good.

EXERCISE

How many

XXVI.

pieces of velvet

have

they

They have

How many soldiers did you see ? I

Who has seen these four men ?
soldiers.

nineteen (of them).

saw forty-four

Both the watchmen of

He

this garden.

What has

this hatter

Has the cook plenty of pepper ? Not

but
Has the butcher coffee? He has (it)
much,
enough.
but
has
he
not,
many oxen and rams. Has the blacksmith
hammers ? He had, but now he has (them) not. What sort
of hair have these old men ?
They have grey hair. Have
has nothing.

you any breakfast?

have

not.

Who

has

it?

My

Englishman, has an excellent one. What (sort

I have tea, cheese, ham and new
of a) breakfast have you ?
white bread. What breakfast will you have on Tuesday ?

friend, the

It will be a

good one.

Does the master speak of the

He

does not speak of the theatre.

Why does he
not speak of it ? Because he does not like it. Have the
citizens of this town good gardens ?
They have, and very

theatre

good

ones.

What

have these soldiers

They have very

107

Who has given them to them ? The

Who has real friends ? My brother has
Who has a good wooden coffer ? My
friends.

steel

good

pistols.

brave lieutenant.

many

real

What

attendant has a very good one.

barley have these

have very good, but those

peasants? These peasants

son-inWho has spoken to you of me ?
very bad.
law has spoken much of you to me. How many oxen has

My

?
He has three good oxen. Were you in the
Monday ? No, but I was there on Tuesday and
on Thursday. Have you a good attendant ? I have many

the butcher
palace on

and they are very good and

faithful.

FIFTEENTH LESSON.
To be
To be

afraid, to fear,

afraid of,

OBS.

1.

Boiiica .in
">

(dreads) his father. )

The verb

Bojixtca.
EojiTLCfl.

boy afraid ?
afraid of his father.

Is this

He is
He fears

naina^aTtiH YpoKT,

GOHTLCJI

Always, ever,

^ ^^

TOTL Majbinffl
CBQer6

governs the genitive.

Bcer^a.

Never,

Sometimes,
Have you bread always
I

never have

Has he good

friends

He

has them sometimes.

He

is

Brave, valiant,
The

Bcer^a MI y Bact

y Meea

it.

a very brave soldier.

valiant captain of this ship.

ero Hnuor^a

ECTB

JIE

OHT>

IIXT,

y nero xopomie

Xpa6pi>iH, apoc. xpa6pt.

OHT. oienb xpaSpwii co.iAarL.

Xpdtfpuii

KanniaHt

sfroro KOpa6.i/$.

OBS. 2.

verb

'

to

108

Adjectives connected by means of the auxiliary

be/ i. e. when used as predicate of a proposition,

have an apocopated tei'mination, as

Is this soldier brave

.in 9TOTT,

He is brave.
He was brave.

But

OHT

co.uanb

xpa6pi>.

OUT> GLUT, xpadp-b.

T6.IBKO MOJO.

few,

Almost,

Hardly any,

*)

IIO'lTII

BOBCC H6.

Scarcely any, )

Not at all,
Not any, nonej

BoBce ne.

A great deal,
He
I

is

not at

all

I6HB

0m BoBce

brave.

have scarcely any socks.

Have you any tobacco ?

Sometimes I have, aud sometimes
I

have

y Mena

ne

noiTii BOBCG

ECTL ^a y BQCT> xaOaK^

Moii Cpart ero scer^a

Have you always good

Bcer4a AE y

tea ?

have always.

Koro

Baci> xopoiuili

Bcer^a.

IIepe^^ (gen. nepqa and nepqy).

Pepper,
Vinegar,

fl

and yKcycy).

(gen. yncyca

xcny,

want, I

TLI xo'ieiiib,

Thou

Om>

He

xo<ier6,

will.

wantest, wilt.

wants,

will.

fl

I can.

Mory,

TLI MoiKcrab,

Thou

OtlTi

He

MO/KCTl,

We want, will.

MLI MoHiGM^,

We

BLI XOTHTC,

You

BLI Mo/Kcie,

You

On ii

They want,

Onii Moryii,

They

xoTHTT),

3.

The

want,

will.
will.

object of a proposition

may

canst.

can.

MLI xoiihit,

OBS.

HTI.

not.

Who has the vinegar !

My brother always has it.
I

y Meu>i ccrb, a nnor^a

can.
can.
can.

be used in the

109

genitive instead of the accusative, when it is required to

express not the whole, but only part of a thing, as :

Do you want

the tea

">

(Will you have the tea)

Do you want

(some) tea

XoTiiie AH

XoiiiTe jo

Can you give me some vinegar

I can. but

Who

wants

speak,

FoBOpHTB.

to speak

yiccycy ?

take,

BnjliTB.

BM XOTUTC roBopoib

xo'iy roBOpuib
He'Mh

axoro.

BM XOTUTC

H X04y roBOpuib

rOBOpiiib

CT>

xy^datHHKOMl.

CT>

c'b

IHIMI

HHM'b o xpaMt.

artist,

The temple,
Have you much

XpaMT>.

velvet

have scarcely any.

Out, out

of,

Mnoro AH y

y MCOH

from,

BacT>

dapxara

ero HOITII BOBCO

governs the genitive.

From,

OTT, governs the genitive.

Whence ?
Where from?-j

OiKyja

Where

are you coming from

am coming from the castle.

He took this out of his coffer.
I

He

see,

To

fl

Of what do you wish to speak to him ?

I \\lsh to speak to him of the temple.

To

CT> K'I;>n>

to speak to the artist.

An

MB* ^aib

HHKTO ne xoiei-b

this.

give,

want

.in BLI

fl

this, of this 1

To whom do you want

MoJKeie

Mory, no ne xoiy.
KTO xoierb STO, aioro

will not.

Nobody wants

To
To

BM
H4y U31 SaMKa.
Om> B3flj^ BIO uax ero
fl

goes out of the house.

Plural.

Singular*
fl

H4y,

Tw

lueiub,

On-L iMeiT,,

am

going.

MM

njeMl,

We

Thou

art goin;

Bu

n^eie,

You

He

going.

OHU n^yxx,

is

are going.
are going.

They are

going.

no

Togo,
To wall

What

are these people

These are Christians.

Kaide 910 JK^H

9io xpuciiane.
9TO Kpccn>aiie,

These are peasants.

Substantives ending in mint form their plural

OBS. 4.

in ne, genitive in Ht, dative Bant, etc.

The master

Eapimx, (plural Cape).

(lord),

N. (Tin. N.).
rocno uiin>, plural rocno,ia.

Mister N. (Mr. N.).

Master (of a servant),

A
OBS.

Tartar,

Taiapiiirfc,

Some

5.

plural in
as :

rocno^iim,

plural xaiapc.

Substantives forming their nominative

are declined according to the second declension,

a,

Nominative plural,

Edpc,

TocnoA^,

Genitive plural,

Bapi,

rocnoA'b,

lord,

nobleman,

Taiape.
Taiapt, etc.

Boapuex, plural doape, gen. Ooap-b

6.
KoapiiHi, was formerly a title of nobility, and
superseded by the word 6apnir&.

OBS.

now

'sir/

is

is

used when addressing a person, and

'
my dear sir/ (respected sir),

often MHJOCTHBbiii rocy#apt>,

when more

The last is used in

required.
e
to
the
English dear sir.'
correspondence, being equivalent
is

politeness

abr. FBI..,

names, and some

'

mister/

is

placed before proper

military grades or official titles, as

FopHdKOB'B, T^- IIopyqnKT,, 'lieutenant/ F

'postmaster/ FocnoAi'nn> is used also for

the sense of person, as

C

know

this

F 111

1--

'

IIoHTMeiicTepi,

gentleman/ in

gentleman/

"

snaio yroro rocn3^iina.

111

must

'sire/

when addressing a

used

be

monarch.

Cy^apt

is

seldom used in ordinary conversation. Eussians,

make use of the Christian with

in preference to these words,

the patronymic name, as :

Paul, son of Peter.

HaBe.n> HeipoBHib,

Andrew, son

A.ieKC'fieBHil,

OBS.

The

7.

devil/ have

OBS.

neighbour / iopn>,

for the plural cod>#0,

The genitive

8.

lar in the

'

substantives, cocfet,

of Alexis.

words

plural

is

like the

nominative singu-

Cou&rB,

A grenadier.
A dragoon.
A soldier.

Kaflerb,

rpeea.jep'b,

4paryni>,

The
TypOK-b,
Canor-B,

cadet.

eye.

Turk.

The
The

boot.

stocking.

In the word

BOJOCTB, 'hair/ which has in the genitive

transfered to the last syllable, as, nom.
the
accent
plural
and in the following
BojLOC'B
;
genit. plur. BO.i6cT ;
sing.

words when preceded by any of the cardinal numbers

OBS.

9.

AJiMH-b,

Altin (a coin).

Past,
He.iOBtKi,

Time (one
Man.

Apmuiii,

Arshin (measure).

The

time).

'

rouble/ pyaifc

Two
Two

roubles,

days,

genitive, py5,ia.

OBS. 10.

end in

oii,

H2

Adjectives having an
instead of BIU or iu, as :

accented termination

Bad,

tfypnofl.

Simple,

HpocTofi.

Woollen,

As

( Taixt

as,

(_

May

I? can I?

Kanx

n.

Mory ana?
y, governs the genitive.

At,
At Peter's (house),
At our house,

y
y

Good many,
(
(.

Nothing

What

Ilerpa.

eact.

/{OBOJBHO MUOFO.

Some,

He

Kant.

TaKJKe

He MHoro.
HtCKOJLKO.

Hn

else,

ier6

else,

gave

me some

tea.

Oni

MH* nejinoro

#a.n,

liio.

EXERCISE XXVII.

Has

this

has but few.

He

gentleman (person) many

Has

has scarcely (hardly) any pupils.

this rich merchant ?
He has many.
It

is

real

this master (teacher)

friends

He

twenty pupils?

How many
Is

ships has

your garden good

good as yours. Do not you want fwish) to take

these boots ?
No, I do not want to take them, but

as

my

H3

shoemaker does (want).

Have you new bread?

have plenty (great deal) of new bread, but he has neither

new nor stale. How many horses have the rich Tartars ?

They have forty-three (of them). Of which Tartars are

you speaking? Of the ones (whom) you do not like. Are
his pies as good as those of the confectioner ?
How
Yes.
much pepper has he? He has thirty-four sacks of it.

Have these peasants enough bread ? They have enough of

Of which bread do you speak ? I am speaking of the
Give me, please, some honey.
white and brown bread.

it.

Who

I cannot give you any honey, but he can.

like vinegar ?
Nobody likes it. May I take

You may take

vinegar
brother cannot take

As many

it.

Who

it.

How many

does not

(BSJITB)

cannot take

it ?

some

My

iron coffers has he

Are they as good as mine ? No. Have

hundred
three
roubles, and can you give them to him ?
you
I have (a) hundred and twenty-two roubles only, and I can
How many arshines of velvet have
give them to nobody.
as you.

Who

I have ninety-four arshines of it.

has too few
The sailors have too few (of them). Has the
watchman of your garden many locks ? He has no locks

you

biscuits?

at

all.

Have

have only a

these peasants a great deal of barley

They

little (of it).

EXERCISE XXVIII.

Can you give me this fine horse ? No, I cannot. Why ?

Because he is not mine, but my master's. Is your master
kind ? Yes, he is very kind
Has this sausage-maker sufficient

ham

He

has not

sufficient.

Do you

see the large

This goat has no horns, but those ten

oxen have very large and fine horns. I do not see the ten

horns of this goat

The ten oxen I speak of are

of.
Has the shepherd many geese ? He
few.
Have the English many ships ? They
Has the Frenchman many francs ? He has

oxen you are speaking

in (na) the

meadow.

has only a

have ninny.

Who

has a good many

no
I have
The Russians. Have you
other tea ?
roubles ?
other
cheese
?
I
have
another.
no other. Have you any
Have the shoemakers no other shoes ? They have no others.
>nly a few,

but he has enough.

Have you no

other attendant

I have no other.

Has

the

No, he has no others. AYhich

fur is yours, this or that ?
Both are mine. What hair has
the old man ? He has no hair on his head at all.
What do
you see in your father's warehouse ? I see two sorts of
What else
corn, barley and oats, but I see nothing else.
blacksmith other bellows

do you see in his garden

fruits, but I see nothing
it?

It

is

Monday.

Can you be

I see only the gardener with

What day of the week is

else.

No,

not

Monday, but Tuesday.

at our house with your brother on

Has your son many combs

I can and will.

Who

(of them).

is

Thursday

He

has

brave, the soldier or the sailor?

are brave.

Which lemons

five

Both

are

you seeking? I
seek the lemons, (which) you like.
Do you like also pies
and cakes ? -I like them also. Is there any thing bad
in this young man ?
There is much that is bad in him,
(of

them)

much

is good.
Do you see our godfathers ?
I see also your faithful friends.
How
do
see
soldiers
?
I
see
five
you
many
grenadiers, thirty
How
hussars, and four hundred lancers.
of

but also

Yes, I see

that

them and

many poods

ho-ney have

you

I have eleven poods of

it.

116

SIXTEENTH LESSON.

fflecTHanamii Vpoia.

Some,
n6'

HtKOTOpLIH, pllir.

Certain, )

Have you a few

pencils

ECTI, jiu

y sac*

uieii

He
OBS.

has a few.

Have you a few

shillings

Kapapa-

nero nx-6 H*CKOJLKO.

The adverb HicKOJtKO governs the

1.

Hn

None, not one,

Nobody, no one,

H-tcuo.ibKO

genitive.

04iiin>.

HIIKTO.
ECTL

.in

y uac* nlcKO.itKO mn.i.mn-

y MBHH nxt

have a few, but he has none.

n 6cKO.ibKO, a y nerd

HH o^noro.

How many
I

of them have you !

have a great many of them.

CKO.ILKO nxi. y Bac"b

y
y

Thou hast none.

A thaler,
A sovereign

Tliepi.
j

HepBoHeqt.

(coin),

A
A

ie6/i

ntrb DH

franc,

sou,

OBS.

2.

The word cy

OBS.

3.

The following words ending

oni., OJT., opi.,

opB,

OTT>,

is

meHrt HXT> OICHB MHOFO.

Cy.

indeclinable.

in

061., OBT>, OMT>,

drop the euphonic o in the declension:

The forehead,

Jo6i>,

gen.

jtfa.

Hca.ioM'b,

gen.

nca.ma.

Sleep,

Coin>,

gen.

caa.

An

ambassador,

Doc6.ii,

gen.

nocja.

An

angle, corner,

yro.n>,

gen.

yr.id.

goldfinch,

K(er6.ii,

gen.

mer.i5.

A cover, case,

Haxo.it,

gen.

psalm,

A harpoon,
A hillock, heap,

in

Earop-b,

gen.

Carpi

Byropi.,

gen.

dyrpa".

A father-in-law,

CfieKOpT.,

gen.

CBe'Kpa.

Biixopb,

gen.

Biixpa.

The mouth,

POTT,,

gen.

pia.

Fire,

Ordnb,

gen.

orna.

whirlwind,

There are exceptions to this rule, as there are some words

which the o, being a radical vowel, cannot be left out, as
:

thief,

Bopl,

gen.

Bopa.

bolt,

3an6pi,

gen.

sanopa.

OBS.

4.

euphonic

A roof (abs.),
A forest,

KpOBt,

gen.

Kpooa.

Eopi,

gen.

Oopa.

In the declension of the following words the

117

In the following nouns ending in cut, preceded

6.
into u in
the
vowel
a, the e of the nominative changes
by
all the other cases, as :
OBS.

The
The

hire,

HaeMt,

gen.

HaiiMa.

loan,

Saearb,

gen.

saiiMa.

OBS. 7. In the following nouns ending in eft, the vowel

e of the nominative changes into f in all the other cases,
as:

A
A

sparrow,

Bopodeft,

gen.

Bopofoa, etc.

nightingale,

COJOBCU,

gen.

co.iOBba.

Mypafieii,

gen.

MypaBba.

y.ieii,

gen.

An

ant,

A beehive,
A boil,
A brook,

What day
The

The number,

The

of the

date,

mouth

is it !

gen.

Pyiefi,

gen.

y naci

Kaisrfe

<iiic.i<5

DepBoe IHCJO.

first.

It is the second of

It is the first of

Hnpea,

November.

May.

Haci>

Biopoe noa(5pa.

naci>

nepuoe Maa.

OBS. 8. For the days of the month, the Russians, like

the English, use the ordinal numerals, and the name of the
month must be in the genitive.
The corkscrew,
HpoCoinnK*.
The handle,
Hepeuou-b, gen. icpenKa.

At one time
First,

at another,

To

TO.
plur.

nepntie.

plur.

BTop6e.

plur.

ipeiLH.

plur.

letBepTue.
naiwe.

plur.

plur.

mecTtie*

plur.

ce^bMLie.

plur. BOCLMbie.

plur.

Tenth,

plur.

Eleventh,
Twelfth,

plur.

Thirteenth,

plur.

Fourteenth, etc.

plur.

Twentieth,

plur.

plur.

Twenty-first, etc.

nepuufl,

Thirtieth,

TpujijaTbiii,

Fortieth,

CopOKOBOB,

leTbipeajqaiue.

plur.

nepBEie.

plur. ipnjijaTbie.
plur. copoKOBbie.

Fiftieth,

plur.

Fifty-first, etc.

plur.

naibflecarb nepBbie.

Sixtieth,

plur.

mecTHjecaTbie.

Seventieth,

plur.

nepBbifi,

Eightieth,

BOCbMHAeCHTHH,

plur.

Ninetieth,

4eBan6cTbiH,

plur.

Hundredth,
Hundred and

Two

plur. coibie.
1

first ,

CTO

plur. cia nepBbie.

iiepBLiii,

hundredth,

plur.

Thousandth,
Millionth,

plur.

Which one?
Have you the
horse

first

KoTopwfi.

or the second

ii

AU KOOb y eaci HJH BTOp69

have the third one.

were the third ones.
Which one of the pupils is he

y wcna

My two horses

MOII ^Ba ROHfl

He

Oni) naibifi.

is

the

fifth.

July,

March,

Maprb.

September,

April,

Anptufc.

October,

May,

Mai*.

June,

IlOIIb.

November,
December,

August,

February,

9.

'

Month

of January/

are translated fliiBapt Mtcau'L,

'

month

CenraCpb.

of February/ etc.

<X>CBpa.ii> M'fccau'L, etc.

In the compound ordinal numerals the last

only, as in English, has an ordinal termination;

OBS. 10.

number

6bUH TpeTb

KoTopbiii

flHBapb.

January,

OBS.

all

Care must be taken

foregoing ones remain cardinal.

to observe that the copulative conjunction

and must not

be translated, as:
Three hundred and

fifth.

The year one thousand

Tpucia

eight

hundred

and seventy-six.
Four and twenty.

Yet,

ro/rb.

4Ba^qaTb leibipe.
still,

More,

More
OBS. 11.

E6.i$e,

naibifi.

Tbicaia B6ceMc6TT> ceMb^ccarb ineCToii

Eme, Bee eme.

Bo-ite,

eme.

than,

'more/ comparative of MHoro, 'much/

governs the genitive.

f Bojte TEM*

More than

this one.

Bdite

More than two months.

More than one.
You have more than I.

y Baci> 6aibme M0er6

y Meu e
^ I1H1
y Her(5 cu^e 4Ba.

have one more.

He has two more.

Which

of ?

Very many,
On

the ice,

In the

ice,

A little more.
EXERCISE

'

>-

KoioptiH H3t?
Oieiib Miioro.
Ha

-ib^y.

Bo

Jibny.

Eme

HeMiioro.

XXIX.

What have you seen to-day in the market ? I have seen

two goldfinches, three nightingales and four hares. Are
there many hares in your garden?
There are very few
hares in my garden, but plenty of sparrows.
What handles
have the king's knives and those of the prince ? Both

120

have

silver handles.

Who

is

the master of this inn

The

that handsome gentleman, whom yon

Has the shepherd rr, any goats ?- He
see in the garden.
has a few.
Which of these goats is yours? The first and

master of this inn

is

the second one.

Which

of these pencils did this painter

He gave me

Has the painter

the red pencil.
give you
?
He
arid
has
but few red, but
red
green pencils
many
How many ducats (sovereigns) has
plenty of green ones.
He has not many, he has only a few. Who
this German ?
?

Have the French

Certain gentlemen say this.
a
have
?
great many, but the rich
They
many ships
still more than the French.
"Where has this
have
English
says this

He

boy been?

has been on the

ice.

He

now but

Has

the confectioner

Have these
Germans a good many thalers ? They have only a few
Have they enough of them ? No, they have
(not many).
How many days are there in this month ?
not enough.

plenty of ice

has

little

of

it.

There are only thirty days in this month.

the

month

is

it ?

To day

is

What

day

ol

the fifth of September, of

How
the year one thousand eight hundred and seventy-six.
in
a
The
has
there
?
months
are
twelve
year
year
many
months.

And clays ?
(There are twelve months in a year).
three hundred and sixty- five, at another three

At one time

hundred and sixty-six. How many days are there in the

months? Some months have thirty days, some thirty-one;
February alone has at one time twenty-eight and at another
twenty-nine days. In which year are there twenty-nine
days? In leap year (BLICOKOCIILIU iw.). How many bee-

He has forty -four beehives, he

hives has this gardener ?
has more than that gardener.

121

EXERCISE

Which one

of these horses

is

XXX.
?

yours

The fourth and the

Which months

of the year (in the year) do

of May and June very much,

seventh one.

you like ? I like the months

but I do not like the months of September and October.
To which father-in-law did you speak of your son? I
spoke with this rich bookseller's father-in-law. What do

you

see

horns.

I see on his forehead large

?
corners are there in the yard ? Only
What has this ram in his mouth. He

on this goat's forehead

How many

three corners.

has some barley in his mouth.

What is this boy afraid of?

Give

He

is

me

afraid

light

(fire).

of the

fire.

Where do you see the fires ? I see them in the meadow.

Where do you see those two elms. I see them on the hil-

How many

lock.

new

have thirty-three
Has Mr. N. good and faithhas many attendants, but few good

covers have you

covers and nineteen old.

ful

attendants

and

faithful.

?
He
What knives

has this master's pupil

He

has two knives, one with a wooden and the other with a

Have you

seen the new stone bridge ?

No,
but I saw the old iron bridge. How
many bridges have you ? We have four wooden and three
stone ones.
Have you any other bridges ? No, we have
silver handle.

I did not

no

(see

it),

we have no more bridges. Have you spoken to

No, I have not yet. Have you some other shoes
I have no other shoes (also).
Who has no houses
Certain citizens have not houses here of their own

others,

him

also

here

(their

own

houses).

Have we another cheese?

No, we

have no other. How many stags has this hunter ? He has

more than ten. How many steel corkscrews has this
merchant ? He has no steel corkscrews, but he has plenty

122

Which soldier
Have you a

of iron ones.

and

more

one.

fifth

tea,

but I have plenty of

has no pistol

The
How many

(first),

roubles did you give

CeMnajiiaTHfi

IlepBbiu.

CKoJbKO

a
?

flaji,

BLI najus. esiy pydiett ?

eMy

CBOii noc.i^niii py6.ib.

Ecib JH y Baci cx6.ibKO JKG xopomaro

KaKX ^ypearo

H^IO

y Mena

other.

cio.ibKO JKB o^noro KaKi>

Apyrdro.

sons as

knives

have no

latter, last,

have as much of the one as of the

Have your

npeauiiu.

him ?
1 gave him my last rouble.
Have you as much good tea as bad
I

The hundred

coffee.

SEVENTEENTH LESSON.
The former,
The former,

more tea ?

little

many

pencils as

Ecib JH y Bainnxt cbmoBeft

They have more

of the former than

y HHXT, dd.r6e

nepsbixi) Hea;eja (it

of the latter.

Yet,

still,

as yet,

There, here

(is),

m%

Some more, any more (of),

There is some more bread.
There (here)

is

some more

Eme.
Boit.

BOTT, eu^e x.itCa.

Borb eu^e

tea.

qaro.

To-day,

Cerojea.

To-morrow,

3aBipa.

Yesterday,

B<iepa.

The day before yester-

Tpeibflro

After to-morrow,
On the eve,

HaK-:.Hynt.

fle

Iloc.i'fe

aaBtpa.

day,

Did you give him some more of this ?

I gave him some more.

Have you another

I

loaf

have two more loaves.

BH eMy eme 5ioro?

eMy eme.

4a.in .in
fl

a.n>

y Baci eme 4pyr6tt

ccib eiqe

No

more than

that,

Of words
OBS.

1.

123

He

defective in

number.

Proper names, and certain classes of other

words, are used only in the singular, as

(
'
gold/ 30JOTO ; attention/ BHHMame.

There

are,

TOFO.

66.iiie

'
:

John/

HfiaHT,

on the other hand, some substantives in which

the singular is altogether wanting, or is used in a different

sense from the plural. Of such a nature, for instance, are :
Twins,

E.inseeijbi.

124

P&PKO,

Seldom,
Already,

No
No
Have yon
I

Has the watchmaker

He

We

no more.
have two more

has

ysiic, ysut.

more,

">

y*Ke ne, 66.rLe ne.

longer, 5

already seen your brothers

have not seen them

still

your watch

pencils.

pairs of scissors have

these tailors

They have as many

yet.

it

How many

CiiA'E.m .in BLI yiKe

fl

cuje nc

y
y
y

nero

Bi'uij.n.

iacoBii(HKa.!H
IIXT>

nac'b ccifc

CBOUXI CpariOBi?

nxt.

eme Bainn

iacbi ?

y>Ke ITBTI.

eme

pa

Kapaujama.

CKo.ibKO n<Ja!

as you have.

y nnx^

CTO.ILKO HJG, CKOJLKO y

Too,

Too

Hepe3i>
little,

Majo, ne auioro.

Too few,
Are you often at your cousin's

Hacio

BLI

.in

y cBoero

Opaia.

am

there very seldom.

fl

So much,

CTO.IBKO.

As much as,
As many as,

CTOJBKO-JKC

Is he

still

He

no longer here.

is

here

The peasants have

and too

TaMT> BCCb.Mii

too

little

much

We saw as many soldiers as you did.

Mbi

BI'U-D.III

cio.ibKO aic COJU^TI

Kani

Bbl.

more,

Have you many more good screw-

Eme
Ecib

ntcKOJBKo.

.in

Bac-b

TIICKOBT>

have a few more.

MHoFO OBCa, H

llacio.

Often,

G6.r6o

C.I11UIKOMT) MU.IO HIMCIIM.

II

vices

oni, eiye ?

EpCCTbHIIl C.llilUKOKT.

barley.

A few

jn

Ero y?Ke 3,vcb

oats

n.

e CKO.IBKO.
34'ECb

r;aKT>

cme

MCiui ecTb ciije

Miioro

xopomnxi

125

EXERCISE

XXXT.

Who sees my embroidery frame ? We see it. Who has

not yet seen it ? Your neighbour's sons have not yet seen
What has the poor blacksmith ? He has a hammer
it
and pincers, but has no screw-vices. Has the kind monk
He has neither
a psalter and a church calendar ?
beautiful
the
new
has
he
one nor the other,
spectacles.
only
Have not you a new pair oftrowsers? I have them no
(MOiiaxT))

Has he still his four

more, this poor boy has them now.
no more. What do
has
them
He
?
beautiful nightingales
you see there ? We see two large
any thing else (besides) ? No, we
He has
the boy still his pencil ?

Do you

lions there.
see

see

Has

else.

nothing
no longer, but he has
Have these people still pigeons and geese ? They

another.

it

have no more, either pigeons or geese. How many pliers

He has forty-eight (of them). Where
has the locksmith?
is

his

He

gardener?

is

in your garden.

How
vegetables? Yes, very much.
there in your regiment ?
There are in

many

Do you

like

soldiers

are

my

regiment three
thousand four hundred and seventy-five men. That is too

many.

What are these writers seeking ?

Where

the ink.

these boys twins?

of the same year.

some more.

is

They

are seeking

Here it is. Are

pocket-book ?
No, they "are not twins, but they are
Have we any more sugar ? We have

my

Have the

sailors

some more

biscuits ?

They

have not any more.

Has the young man any more friends ?
He has no more (of them). Has our neighbour one more
Has my friend one more
garden ? He has one more.

We

He

has no more. Have his sons a few more

have
a few more.
What else have you ?
They
have a few more ships and a few more good sailors.

umbrella
cakes

Have you a

126

more of honey?

little

We

have a

little

more.

EXERCISE XXXII.

Have you not a

little (some) more tobacco?

I have
no
more
but
these
merchants
have
a good
tobacco,
already
deal of good tobacco and as much of good tea.
Have you

already seen these beautiful furs ? No, sir, I have not yet
seen them.
Has the captain of this ship enough coffee ?
Yes,
too

sir,

but he has

many

biscuits

little

(not

and too

much) sugar and pepper,

little

another pair of trowsers ?

of trowsers.
Do you speak with
sailor

much

as with the Russians?

former as with the

latter.

see one ship only, but

rich Dutchman, whom

Has not the

honey.
He has another pair
the Englishmen as

I speak as much with the

see another ship ?
I

Do you

brothers see six large ships of that

you see on that stone bridge with the

my

Have you already seen the beautiful

that
(tia)
green meadow ? No, I have not yet
Are you a peasant, my friend, or a lord ? I
seen them.

young Englishmen.
flowers in

am

neither peasant nor a lord, but a merchant.

a few roubles more ?
I have a few more.

Have you
Have these

Englishmen a few shillings more ? They have some more,

but a very few. What day of the month is it to-day? It
is (we have) the twenty-eighth of September, of the year one
What has this
thousand eig'ht hundred and seventy-six.
boy given to this beggar? He gave him his last franc.
Have you more cheese than bread ? We have as much of the
former as of the latter. Who has more tea than you ? This
merchant has more tea than I (have), but I have as much
sugar as he (has). How many friends have you ? I have
one good friend only.

Has

the peasant too

much

of corn

127

He has not enough. Have we as much bread as tea? We

Has the banker
have as much of the one as of the other.
He has more friends than
as many friends as enemies ?
enemies, but I have plenty of both.

EIGHTEENTH LESSON.

BoceMHajuamfi

SECOND DECLENSION.
Declension of Neuter Substantives and Adjectives.

CKioneme

HMein.

cymecTBHTe^tHbixt

cpe/jimro po#a.

Singular.

E^iiHCTBenHoe MIICJO

128

From

the above table

it

will be seen that the first

two

terminations of both substantives and adjectives have the

same inflexions as those of masculine nouns, observing however

that

singular

OBS.

is

the

of neuter substantives in the

accusative

always like the nominative.

1.

Of the few neuter

which

in declension the

word

MTfi,

'

substantives ending in

syllable

ai

is

added,

child,' preserves its singular

n,

only

inflexions

to

the
;

as

genitive, dative and prepositional ^mani, instrumental 411'

All other such words in a, as oeii, young ass/
THICK).
*

*a calf;' nopocu,
young pig/ are obsolete; these
diminutives being superseded in the language of the present

TCJ-H,

day by masculine forms ending in enoin., as oaieiioirb,

young ass / Taicnoift, a calf/ nopoceiioin., little pig/
All these words, however, resume in the plural their orinomiginal Slavonic inflexions with the syllable ai; as,
'

'

native plural, ocj/na, T&ittia

genitive,

oe.iai"B, Te.ian>, etc.

There are only ten substantives ending in

BpeMfl,

MJI

Business,

")

129

130

One,

neuter (declined

6,

The one and the

other,

Hast thon meat or butter ?

I have the one and the other, )
I have both.
>

like.

To n
T

!TO y TeCa, MHCO n.m MUC.IO

aieiiii

TO H flpyroe.

Both,

Ooa, }

masc. and neut., de-

Two,

^Ba, )

dined

Whose,
OBS.

^be

4.

is

e,

like masc.

neuter (plural

declined like nen,

i.e.

Hbii).

genitive

iative HbeMy, instrumental Hbinn,, prepositional

Whose

milk hast thou

have the

Hbe MOJOKO y

child's milk.

oe.

ie6fl ?

Meiui MO.IOKO

Distant,

fla.ie'Klii,

Dear, expensive,

floporoii,

Great,

BejHKiH, oe.

Cheap,

AeuieBMii, oe.

Linen, adj.

no.iOTHiiiiLiii.

Incautious,

BeocTop6;i;uLiii.

OBS.

Roast meat,

JKaprtoe.

Ices,

Blopojuenoe.

oe.

Neuter substantives ending in oe are declined

5.

like adjectives.

My,

mine,

% dec]ined l;ke

Thy, thine,
His (own),
Whose

is

this incautious child

our neighbour's child.

The child has no milk.

oii,

TBOU, CBoii.

lLc 910 neocTopoiKnoe ADTH ?

Tliis is

9xo AHT

Who has my

y AHTHTH o'tn, MO.IOKU.

y i;oro MOe BQHO ?
y Mena CBOe BITIIO.

have

He

wine

my own

wine.

has thy beer.

iiainero cocl>,ja.

Hero TBOC nuoo.

131

I shall or will have,

Thou

He

shall or will have,

We shall
You
shall

or will have,

Mi>I

6y46MT)

HM'fiTb.

shall or will have,

They

What

6yAY

TH

shalt or wilt have,

shall or will have,

we have

for dinner

Onii oyAjTi
?

We shall

have for dinner goose,

meat and beer.

Whither, where to

HTO 6yAen> y Hact aa

MM

rye a,

dy^eMi, iwfcTb sa

105)

waco H DUBO,

Kyja ?

In, into (at, to),

B'B

gov.

(BO),

accus.

and

prepositional.

OBS.

The

6.

prep.

BT>

governs the accusative in answer

whither? or when indicating movement,

and the prepositional when there is no motion indicated

to the question

from one place to another.

To

do,

To make,
ke,)

Togo,
Towards,
OBS.

The verb

7,

some given moment,

Kt

to,
*

HATII,

as

to

(KO),

governs the dat.

go/ denotes an action at

am going now.
He is going to-morrow.

fl

n^y xen^pb.

Oin> n^ert s.aBTpa

go/ expresses an action without reference to

any particular time, a habit or power of performing the
'

XoAHTb,

action, as
I

to

go there every day.

goes with him.

He often
Men can

walk.

fl

XOJKy TVfla
Hacxo

OHX

132

Present Tense of the

Where

Tbi xo^Hnib.

Bbl xo^Hie.

OUT, xojiirb.

OHU

are you going

Ky^a

BLI

am going to my brother's.
Do you go often to him

a H4y

go seldom.
With whom is he going to-morrow

H'ETT,,

*JacTO

He is going with my brothers.

He goes backwards and forwards.

To

trade in3

njeie ?

KT,
Jilt

CBoeMy

BM

KT,

<5paiy.

iieiuy

CT>

Qm,

H^e'Ti,

ci BIOUUO

OHT, xo

ToprouaiB, gov. instr.

a

He

OUT. Topryert yr.ie\n

trades in coal.

Topryro

Where

Ky^a

He

OHI

is

OBT.

It is in the garden.

OHO

He goes often

to the temple.

OHT, lacio XO^HTT.

The image

in the temple.

O6pa3T> BI xpaMt.

is

BT,

cajy.

Hungry,

rojdjnuii, oe.

Health,

SjopoBbe.

Healthy,-

S^opoBbiii, oe.

am well,
am unwell,
Is

fl
fl 116

he hungry

3AOPOBT,.

But he

He

is

not

ill ?

BT,

am hungry,

The

child

is

a ro.iojer.

340POBX JH OHT,
HBTT., onx He

Ho

?
?

OHT,

only unwell.
1 do not feel well.

OHT,

The

4HTHTII HC340POBHTCH.

is

child does not feel well.

I feel thirsty.

xpam.

hungry,

oni

Is he quite well f
No, he is unwell.

xojaie ?

a xo/Ky
K'BM^ onx

I trade in tea.

is he going !
going into the garden.
Where is the child ?

go?

Mbi XO^HMT,,

xoaty.

No,

to

Plural

Singular,

Verb XO^HTB,

Mnt

xo'ieica nnib (a lyBCTBVH)

'

thirst,'/.),

a;K^y

seldom used).

133

How

KnKT>

Very

E.iarojapro BacT>, AOBaibno

do you do ?
well, thank you.
What do you think ?

What

HTO BM jyMaexe

are you thinking of?

To

same
xcpomo.

4eMT> BLI

think,

EXERCISE XXXIII.
"Where

is

the peasant with the seed going ?

Where are you going ?

to his master's barn.

He is going
I am
going

Has he good meat ? He has plenty of

Is his meat cheap ?
fresh
meat.
and
No, his meat
good
is very dear, but he has
he
has)
(meat
plenty of cheap
In which building do you see the large, beautiful
butter.
to our rich butcher.

I see neither the building nor the beautiful mir?

I
see
Whose field do
ror,
only the beautiful green field.
not
know
it is.
do
whose
I
see
?
Where
are the
you

mirror

mowers

industrious

are

They

in

(on)

the

field,

in

Has your cook

which you see so many beautiful flowers.
He has no time, but our peasant has. What do
time ?
these surgeons see ?
They see a bad medicine. What did
he buy? He bought a good medicine.
have the brothers of this kind German?
business.

What

are these

business

They have no
boys speaking of? They speak

of the two ships on the sea.

of both the Russians, whom

shore of the sea

What

Do

they not see the boats

we see on the other

them also. How much

(that)

They see
milk,
and
meat have you ? I have a great
butter, wine, beer
deal of butter and meat, a little milk and wine, and
plenty
Do you give your child any beer ? I do not
of beer.
give

it

beer,

but I give

it

plenty of milk.

How many

pieces of bread
pieces of bread

134

and butter has your child

and butter and

It has three

also a very large piece of

meat.

EXERCISE

Do you

like that

neither bread nor

XXXIV.

poor but industrious family, which has

No, I do not like it. To whom

meat ?

friend ?
I do not go often to anyare you going so often,
To whom are you going now, my friend? I am going

my

body.

Are we not
field, where you see our lazy mowers.
that
to
with
the
handsome
magnificent building
going
not
are
to
that
?
but
to
the other
going
gate
building,
Do you like roast meat ? No, I do not like it. Do
one.
to

(fia)

the

We

you want some butter and cheese ? No, thank you, I am

Give me, if you please, a little beer. Of
not hungry.
which beer are you speaking ? Of that which he gave me.

Has he plenty of time

With whom and where
with

my

his family

town.

were not
the

little

He

has not any time at

all.

are they going ?

They are going
kind friend's family into the garden. To whose

garden are they going

in

To our neighbour's garden.

Is

now in town? No, sir, they are no longer

Were this family in town yesterday ? They
in town yesterday.
Have you already given
boy some beer and bread and butter ? I gave
of both (the one and the other), and I gave him

him plenty
also
dcay

some wine and meat. Were you at the theatre yesterWhere and with whom
I was not there yesterday.
?

you going to-day ? I am going to-day with the kind

master (teacher) of the grand duke, but to the temple, and
To which temple? To the one (wliicb
not to the play.
in the market of our large town.
is)

are

135

EXERCISE

XXXY.
am

going to him. Has

this old peasant a large field ?
No, sii , he has no large
Has this
field, but he has good meadows and forests.
peasant's son-in-law plenty of white linen and yellow flax ?
He has plenty of both, but he has only a few cotton hand-

To whom

are

you going?

and woollen cloaks. Has he much business in

Does this child like
has no business in town.
What merchandise has your sonYes, very much.
He has the goods which he bought in Paris.
in-law ?
What does this child dislike ? It dislikes medicine. Did
I saw
before yesterday ?
you. see this young man the day

kerchiefs

He

town ?
milk?

him to-day with my own eyes. Where will you be tomorrow ? I do not know yet. Will you be in your garden
to-day ? No, we will be (there) where we were yesterday.
Are all the flowers green ? No, some of them are white.

What

has this joiner bought?

beams.

"What

for ?

For stakes.

He

has bought a few

will your brother

When

How many
of February.
from
cousin
buy
you ? He
my
Who
me.
from
three
bought the
pounds only
bought
r
hat does this peasant
alum? The chemist bought it.

be at your house ? In the

pounds of black tea did

month

trade in

and bread.

He

trades in meat, butter, onions, garlick, milk

136

NINETEENTH LESSOK.
Neuter Plural.
The

4eMTia^naTHl

MiioiKeciBeHHoe

HHC.IO

cpe^Haro poja.

137

138

Few, some,
Some, certain

NOTE.
Our

father

HtcKOJLKO
is

,
,

in the plural is

going to the

castle

only used in oblique cases.

Haiin>

with a few friends.

They are going

to

some

friends.

dish,

ojwjo.

plural.

OTeqt iuen>

BT>

saMOK'b

CKO.ibKiiMH npi>iTe.iaMn.

(certain)

Ouii

KT>

BtKOiopLiMT,

CT> Hls-

139

All words having an unaccented termination in IKO,

fflno,

take the vowel e before the final consonant in the genitive

plural, as

little

K<MeiKO,

OfidniKO, little

OBS. 4.

JLepeBO, *a

genitive plural.

ring,

tree;'

iioj%HO\

a log;'

'an awl;'

a wing;'

link; KpBiio,
IDH.IO,
a pen/ form their plural irregularly, in
etc., as

SBCHO, *a

nejid, 'a feather,

ta,

Beo^

4epeBba, trees
bLiba,

OBS.

OKoiiieKt.

window, genitive plural,

wings

genitive, #epeBbeBi>, dative, jepeBbHMi, etc.

genitive, Kpb'ubeBi,

The word

5.

KOJTBIIO,

dative, Kp

according to

declined in the plural in three different

Ko.itHO,

tribe,

plural,

The knee,

The word

meaning,

is

gen. KOJ*HX, etc.

gen. KO-itneii.

plural, KO.i'EHba, gen.

'

^HTa,

KO.i-Biia,

plural, KO-itHH,

(.A joint (of a plant),

its

ways

is

child,'

declined in the plural irre-

gularly: nominative flta, genitive #fcTefi, dative

instrumental fltiBMH, prepositional ^iTax-B.
a ring ,
1

H.ieio, the shoulder,

OBS.

6.

nominative plural,
nominative plural, iue4H.

Words forming

in the singular in eiioin*, as

their plural in aia or aia,

:

ryce'HOKt, a gosling,

plural, rycaia.

a duckling,
I^bin-ienoKT., a chicken,

plural,

PeOenoKT., a child,

plural, peOjixa.

yie'eoKT),

BIumeuoKTi,

little

mouse,

ynha.

plural, qbin.iaia.

plural,

end

140

OBS.

All neuter substantives ending- in KO, except

OO.IOKO, 'a cloud/ form
their plural in KH instead of Ka, as
the

7.

word BOUCKO, 'an army/ and

OKOIUKO, a window,

plural, OKOIUKII,

gen. OKOUIGKT., etc

4peBKO, a spear-shaft,

plural, ^PCBKH,

gen.

All words having an accented termination in KO, as OMKO,

'a point;' VUJKO, ' small ear/ and also the word noJO KO,
'

an apple/ take, in the plural, masculine inflexions, as

OBS.

Nominative,

OWi,

yiiiKii,

Genitive,

OHKOBI,

yuiKOBX,

The words

8.
1

'the eai ,'

OKO,

ao.iOKH.

the eye

form an irregular plural

'

(Slavonic), and yxo,

Nominative,

OIH,

yuin,

Genitive,

Oiea,

yuieii, etc.

OBS. 9.
Augmentatives ending in lime, formed of neuter
nouns, are declined in the plural regularly, as, OKIIO, 'a

window/ augmentative
the plural
tative

OKUHiye,

plural OKHiima, genitive

but those formed of masculine nouns take in

OKHiiurL, etc.;

IIIHH,

cmiume,

ninea, etc., as, CTO,n>,

plural CTOJCHUH, genitive

a table/ augmen-

CTO.ii'imeu, etc.

1.

Cy^no, a ship,

plural, cy^a,

genitive,

2.

HyAO, a wonder,

plural, ^y^ccd,

genitive,

lyjec-fc,

etc.

3.

He6o, heaven,

plural, ne6cca,

genitive,

lie

etc.

plural, iieoa,

genitive,

IleOo,

OBS. 11.

the palate,

Nouns ending

in

Jed,

iie'O'fc.

CTBO, 340, CKO, CTO,

although

141

having two or more consonants before the final vowel, are

declined regularly, without the insertion of any euphonic
vowel, as

EoraiCTBO, wealth,
BoiicKO,

army,

plural, 6ora"TCTBa,

genitive,

CoraiCTBT., etc.

plural, BOHCKa,

genitive,

BdfiCKT>.

TH-BSJO,

nest,

plural. rn'B3,ja,

genitive,

rniia.i'B.

Mtcio,

place,

plural,

genitive,

M'BCT'b.

Upon,

M'ECTa,

Ha, (governs prepositional).

on,

Opinion, MBlJHie.

village, CG.IO

The mouth

; plural, ce.ia.
(of a river), ycibe.

Domicile,

Oil, MacJO.

Salad

oil,

upOBaHCKOO MHCJO.

Good day,

How

dress, n.iaibe.

lance, Konbe.

S^paBCTByfiie, cy^apb, (first B is not

sir.

pronounced).

are

you getting on

Kaicb noajflBueie

Very well, thank you.

(Good evening !)

Bjaro^apio, Aono.ibHO xopoino.

Good bye.
What sort of a mirror
What have you got \

UpomauTe.
KaKde 3epKa.io ?
HTO y Baci ?
f-y Mefla HH4er6

(466pwfi Be^epi

have nothing.

OBS.

JKii.ibe.

I'Z.

The

verb

'

to

get?

!)

when meaning possession,

is

not translated.
>
's,
Nobody's,
No one 's, )

EXERCISE

XXXVI.

The child has no rings, but

the child any rings
of
and
silver
How much
his father has plenty
gold rings.
cook
?
Ho
has
a piece of fresh butter
butter has your
got

Has

and two pots of milk. Has he an iron or pewter pot? He

Of which p3wter are you speakhas a good pewter pot.

142

Of English

Give them the dishes, which

you
any dishes on this
wooden table. I am not speaking of this, but of that table,
upon which there are so many dishes with meat, butter and
ing

Whose

milk.

pewter.

on the

see there,

I do not see

table.

are these six large

and beautiful mirrors

I see two large mirrors only, the other four are small and

Where

are your brothers going?

They are
With whom are they going into
a few true friends and with their own

ugly mirrors.

going into the garden.

?
With
Where is the young

the garden
children.
to the ball.

Who

and acquaintances.

of (H3 b) his friends

?
He is going
There are a few

player going

are at (on) the ball

Where

is

the ball

our young king's theatre.

How many wings has a nightingale ? It has as many
wings as a sparrow ; it has two wings. Has it also two or

you speak of?

It is at (in)

three feathers only

Have you my

steel

No,

it

has a great

have them not.

pens

many

feathers.

How many

I see only a few

apples do you see uj:on those trees ?
I
of
on
the
but
see
them on these
trees,
plenty
apples
are
the
of
these
Where
fields
dishes.
big peasants? These

Whose are these hovels (40big peasants have no fields.

How many ears
M ill KO) ? They are this big peasant's.
A man has two ears and as many eyes. How
has a man ?
II

many trees are there in that forest ? In that forest there

many fine old and young trees. Do you not see any
I see
fine trees and new buildings in our prince's garden ?
are

neither.

Does not

this thief see our clothes, or those of our

(BOcnuTaaiiHKi,).
others), he sees only his

pupils

He
own.

sees neither (those

nor the

143

EXERCISE

XXXVII.

seen old sparrows' nests on those high trees ?

any nests. Where did you see these large
grey eggs ? I saw them in the field, in the old eagle's nest.
In whose palace are the treasures ? In no one's there are

Have you

I did not see

no treasures in the palace. Have you any other affairs

r
^W e have other affairs in town, but we have no
here ?

What

affairs here.

He

does this labourer give to

his

five

some meat, three pots of

milk, five chickens, ten ducklings, three young pigs and a
few pounds of honey. Where are you going? lam going
sons

gives

to the village.

them

What

five hares,

did these peasants see in the rich

villages
They saw there rich and poor men, many brave
soldiers, also many monks, beggars, thieves and other
Have they not seen also young asses, calves and
people.
The blacksmiths on your estate have seen
other animals ?
I have no estates
but
the
them,
peasants saw nothing.
Noblemen only have estates, and I am not a Nobleman, I
?

To whom did you give your counting board ?

my clerk. Have you bought pincers ? I did
Are you going home ? No, I am
not buy any pincers.
Will you be at home to-day ? I
the
to
play.
(BT>)
going
am already at home. How many months have you been
in London ?
I have been there three months already.
Do
like
the sea ? The soldiers do not like the sea.
the soldiers

am

a Priest.

I gave

What
seeds.

it

to

They have plenty of good

going into the garden?
the bottom of this sea deep ?

seeds have his peasants ?

With whom art thou

With a few companions. Is

The bottom of this sea is very

deep.

How many

ears has

man has two ears, two eyes, one mouth, one

a man ?
Are the windows of this house
nose and one forehead.

144

this house are not high.

How
I
wine
have
have
of
three
you?
pails of
many pails
this
fine
estate
German wine.
?
cousin
bought

high?

The windows of

Who

My

Is your cousin rich ?

bought
Has your butcher many calves ?

I have a very rich cousin.

butcher has six calves

it.

My

and twenty-three oxen.

TWENTIETH LESSON.
To thank,
To give,
To sting,
To order,
To rub,

KO.ioTb.

Tepeib.

To be able,
To burn,
OBS.
almost
the

1.

all

To draw,
To fade,
To wish,
To go,
To lead,

6-iarojapuTb.

pnconaTb.
Bfiayib.

JKejaib.
ojTii.

BCCTM.

MOHB.

can,

H\e

ib.

The usual ending of the infinitive mood of

Russian verbs is Tb, which is the contraction of

Slavonic termination in.

There remain in modern

Russian only a few verbs ending in TH, as

BeaiH,

and

to carry

'

TPCTII,

;'

to

shake

only seventeen verbs with infinitive in IB, as:

'

Ciepeib,

OBS.

2.

to

guard

;'

cipnib,

to

shear/

Yerbs ending in TH are accented on the

last

syllable.

The following neuter nouns

The yard -gate,
The hand-rail,
The mouth,
Ink,

Fire-wood,

are used only in the plural

Bopoia.

Hepim.
ycia, (Slavonic).

145

Have you

little

ink

y aaci BCMnoro

We

have plenty of it.

The cabinet-maker has no arm-chairs,
but he has plenty of firewood.

y Held IIXT> 046Hb MH(5rO.

y cTO.uipa ntrb Kpecaii,

110

TaKoii, genitive xaKoro

Such,

y nerd

Mfloro APOBX.

plural

Such

Tanofi,

as,

The same

As good
What

dress have you

have such a dress.

as,

as

:
Kaitoe n.iaTbe y saci ?

They have no such dresses.

Neither of you has such a ring as I

y Mciifl TaKde n.iaibe.

y HHXT, H'feTT) TaKUXT.
Hu y OAnoro ii3T> eacx

have,
o, sir,

nepcTHa KaKT> y

we have

have

(as

the same as you

good as you have).

To go

for,

he going for any thing I

What is he going for (after)

He is going for some wine.

What is your servant going
is

Iljen,

is
is

he going to fetch ?
he going after, for

Olll

for?

itMi

II^e'TT)

3a

BIIHO'M'b.

c.iyra ?

3a
sa K-BMI.
sa M/ICOMI

HjeTi

.in on-b

II'feTl,

3a M0.10KO.M'b.

Bee.

Every thing,

I like

instr.).

?.)

No, for some milk.

Everybody,

3a

.in OHT,

3a H'BMi iueTT> nauix

HH
some meat

a;e

BaC'b.

Oni

After no one.
Is he going for

H y

3a 4 fi-M-b out iijerb

going for some tobacco.

Whom
Whom

KJIKT)

3a.

Is

He

ni>Ti, cy^apb, y naci? ecib Tauoii

3a (governs the

After, for,

H'BTI xaKoro

Menfl.

all,

every thing here, and everybody, but he likes -nothing

and no one.

gave them every thing (that)

had.

BC6 H BCtXT,, a QE1 DC

H UIIKOFO.

Hii iiero

146

OBS.

3.

The

relative

pronoun

never omitted in Russian.

The owner,

B.ia4*.ieirb.

HTO,

which/

that/

is

147

Do as you please.
Which would you

BaM% yrojao.
KoTupuii saMt yro4ao ?

At.ia.iwe Katct

like !

Whichever you like.

They do not like this.

OBS.

With

5.

dative, as

KaKoii

HM*

Bail's yrd/iuo.

ne yro^DO Jioro.

yroAEio, the subject

must be used

in the

Me*

I should like (better, MHt xdieicfl).

yrojno,

Eniy yro^uo,

Will you take some pie ?

Thank you, I am not hungry.
Have you been long in London

He

should

He

yrxS^io

like, etc.

Jin

RiaroAapw, a
4:iB6 JQ BH

wan

Co Biepaimiflro

Since yesterday.
It is the same to me.

MB B

nnpora

lie

w*

BCe

XXXVIII,

EXERCISE

He

What

is the cook going to the shed for?

a few logs of wood. Into whose shed

is

going

he going for
He goes always into the shed of the owner of
firewood ?
Has Andrew got my ink and
those beautiful buildings.
for

steel

pens

is

I think that he has neither (those nor the

Of which

you speaking? I
Have you such a
going.
has
?
we have not as
father
as
No,
my
good easy-chair
have
we
have
some
but
others.
very good newThey
good,
Are you going to the ball with
chairs and easy-chairs.

others).

speak of the one, to

teacher's son are

whom

am

?
I am going only with
master
(teacher) and his modest sons.
my
Where did you see the English artist ? Not I, but my
Where
brother saw him at the promenade in the forest.

many

or only with a

few friends

three friends, with

are the nice walks, to

are in those

which

(or

which the

blooming

whither)

artists

(u fitly mi ii)

these

go

so often

meadows and

young men

are

They

fields,

going.

to

The

148

windows of these new houses are still tinglazed (without

panes), but the windows of this magnificent building are

Do you not see those pails with beer or

glazed (with panes).
with wine? I see neither the pails, nor the beer nor wine ;
I see only the cook, (who is) going to the yard of that
building for a few young pigeons, goslings and ducklings.

Of what and with whom

did

this old soldier's children

speak ? They spoke with us of their poor father. You

have too little roast chicken. I have as much as you have.

Who

sees the iron gate of this fine palace

Some

see

it,

and others do not,

EXERCISE

What

XXXIX

a high gate
What
Yes, it is a very high one.
is
It
a
wooden
Have
gate
gate.
you bought much
firewood of the peasant ?
I bought very little.
What
!

is it ?

you give your clerk ? I gave him the black

but
did
not give the red.
blue,
Why did you not give
has
Are not the
red.
him the red ink? Because he

sort of ink did

and

banker's children

ill

Yes, they are very

ill.

How

long

They have been ill since yesterday.

What handkerchiefs did you buy from the rich merchant?
I bought from him such a handkerchief, as you have not
How many logs of wood have you in the yard ? I
gothave they been

ill ?

do not know, but I think (that) I have still a good deal of

How long have you been here? Already three
firewood.

Where are the young officers ?

hours, already six hours.
I think (that) they are either at the ball or in the theatre.

Who

Many say this. Does everybody say

says this ?
Where are the young grey
not
this?
No,
everybody.
in
asses ?
(na) the yard or in (na) the
They are either
field.

Are there many mirrors

in the

grand duke's palace

The grand duke has many large and magnificent mirrors.

Is this child hungry ?
No, I have already given it some
milk with sugar. Did you not give it also something
No, I gave it nothing else. What should you like
have ? Give me a little roast meat, if you please.

jlse ?

to

What
jare

roast

(it

is

meat would you

like

the same to me).-

Any you like, I do not

me some roast goose.

Give

Would you not like also some roast chicken ? Yes, and give
me also a piece of ham, if you please. Where and with
whom are your children playing ? They are playing in
What game are
the yard with our neighbours' children.
are
at
?
skittles.
What game
They
playing
they playing
He is playing
is the banker playing with the merchants ?
Does he play well

at whist.

well here.

Would they

No, they would not

like,

I must,

am

>

obliged,)

Everybody plays
with us at whist

they do not want to play with you.

TWENTY-FIRST LESSON.
1 nave to,

at whist.

like to play

flBajqaiB nepubiii YpoKt.

150

What has he to do to-day ?

He has to go to the castle.
To whom had you to give all

HTO

Who

will

oir&

Out

have to go with the

^direeHt A*.iaTb cercjHa ?

A<5.iJKein> 114111 B'b

KoMy

your money?
had to give it to poor peasants,

BLI /(o.iJKiibi

saMOK'b.

dbua ^aib

BC'fe

CBOII

fleiibrn.
fl

dbi.n,

flui/KeH'b

KTO

flai)Kein>

flan.

dy^erb

H^TII

children?
I shall

OBS.

have

to

go with them.

Some words ending

1.

masculine inflexions in n,
etc., as

^diJEeat dy^y

fl

OB't,

in SHORT., take in the plural

etc., as well as in sia, art

mouse

little

MbiuienoKi,

bear's cub

plur. MLimaia.
plur. Me^BiwaTa.

and

pup
young jackdaw;

plur. raJiaia.

lion's

plur.

whelp

plur. iqenKii

Usually,

06biKnoB5imo.

To be

BLI Bait.

(indefinite),

What news ?

*!TO

Have you something new ?

ECTB JH y Baci> ITO Hnoyji.

HOBOC ?

OBS. 2.
adjective
'

is

HOBaro ?

After the interrogative pronoun HTO the neuter

used in the genitive, but when IITO signifies

something/ the adjective agrees with

Something

(a certain thing),

Nothing,
I see there something white.
He sees nothing good in that.

it

in case.

Hij^TO, 1 demonstr.pronouns,

HniToJ declined
fl

like HTO.

Bii/Ky iaMi> irfe'iio d'L\ioe.

OIIT>

nii4ero

xopdiiiaro BT

TOMI

Tallow,

151

15-2

You wash

We

Bui Mociecb.

yourself.

wash ourselves.

Mbi MOCMCH.

warmed myself.
We warmed ourselves.

To fry, to roast,")
roast,
To be frying.
9
yi"g
To be

x&]

fl

Fry a few

^
To
To

fry (thoroughly;,
boil (thoroughly), cfiapiiib.

cooking,
IIoBapx, BOTB rycb, na/Kapb

Mirfc

erd.^

KTO cBapu.ii TH aiiqa?

IISrKapbie irfiCKO.!bKO auirb.

eggs,

sir.

C.iymaio-ci.
'

CiymaTO-ct means I obey, sir/ This expression

generally used by subordinates answering their superiors.

OBS.

is

rp'kiCH.

WLI rpluiicb.

Cook, there is goose, fry it for me.

Who cooked those eggs ?

Yes,

4.

EXERCISE

XL

Will you have chickens for dinner to-day?

for dinner to-day, not only chickens, but

have
pies

We

will

also

two

one large for the guests, and another small one for

the children.

Have you

in

your stud

many

foals

and young

I have not a single (HH O/UIITL) young ass in

I have twenty-three foals. -What do you see in
but
stud,
What has this merthis sack ?
I see two pretty pups.

my

asses?

chant new

He

has fresh butter, fine white woollen cloth

and a great many new mahogany chairs. Has he not also

tumblers (made) of (n3i>) red and blue glass ? No, he has
no other goods. Are there little mice in your father's
house ? There are no little mice in our house, but in our
barn there are plenty of them. Are the trees in your forest
high? There are both high and low trees. Have 'you
something new? I have nothing new, I have only (that)
what you have seen already. Did I see every thing ? I
Does his child wish to see the pretty
think (that) you did.

(153
kittens
kittens.

Because

and the

little

And why
it

is

mice

does

it

It wishes to see only the

not wish to see the

afraid of them.

Is that old

mice ?
with his

little

man
He

is going
family going to the play or to the ball ?
neither to the play nor to the ball, but to (na) the seashore
Do you see something black on those
(shore of the sea).

We

few nests with young jackdaws.

tobacco and soap ?
Nobody here has
either tobacco or soap.
Has not anybody here something

high trees ?

see a

Has anybody any

We

He wants
and to this
want to go
with him to the kind prince, to his magnificent castle ? N? ,
I do not want to go to the prince, I am going into the low

magnificent

have a magnificent pond.

to give to these two lion's whelps some meat,

Do you not
playful kitten a few little mice.

Have you seen in the village the

barn, to the old beggar.
little
Jews
in
black
coats and bad trousers ?
poor
No,
because there are no

little

Do you
fields

Jews in our

something on that

peasants see

not see something ?

of the rich proprietor.

field ?

We

They

Do

the

see nothing.

high corn in (on) the

sort of eyes have these

see

What

One has grey

inquisitive children?

villages.

eyes,

and the other

blue.

EXERCISE XLI.

Have

I to speak with him ?

with him.
has to do this

Who

Have not we

No, you must not speak

?

No

one has to do

this.

you something ? You have to give

Do you want much tallow ? I do not
Have the joiners
give me some of it.

to give

us some money.
want much of it,

enough mahogany (wood) ? No, they have too little of it.

Will you not take a little more meat ? No, I have enough
meat, but give

me

another

little

piece

of chicken.-

In

154

whose village have the hoys been

village,

but in the yard.

good taste
bad taste.

No, he

is

They were not

in the

Who

says that his tailor has

Nobody says this, because his tailor has very
Is he often at (BT>) the grand duke's palace ?

To whom do they want

very seldom there.

to

give these ducklings?

They want to give them to their
Has he made the soup already ? No, he has not
cook.

Did you see in (on) the meadows herds of oxen ?

I did not see the herds of oxen, but I saw three studs of

yet.

horses

(joinaAB).

Has

has plenty, but not so

the locksmith

much

much

iron

as the blacksmith has.

He
Is

your gold good? It is as good as yours. Where are

they warming themselves ? They are warming themselves
at the

fire.

Who else is warming himself at

the

fire ?

The

warming themselves at the fire. Are you

often at St. Petersburg ?
No, I am seldom there, but I am
often in Paris and in London.
What kind of people are

kittens are also

(usually) here?

Do you

All kinds:

rich

and poor, good and bad.

I
prefer (npeAnoHHiaeie) the stag to the hare?
the
hare
to
but
I
the
like
also
the
of
meat
a
prefer
stag,
young stag. What kind of bread has the baker? He
has every kind of bread.

155

TWENTY-SECOND LESSON.
Feminine Gender.

wife,

#Ba/maT& BiopoH Ypo

JKeHCKia

156

157

OBS.

The

3.

inflexions oto

case, of all substantives in a or

or eu, as :
JKenoB,

and ero of the instrumental

H, can be shortened into OH

with the wife,

instead of /Kenoio.

by the week,

instead of eejlueio.

Care must be taken not to use the abridged inflexion en in

those substantives which have already their genitive plural
in eu, as, for

example
*

K)noina,

a youth,'

In such words the inflexion

*

K)HOiueio,

On

genitive plural Kwoinefi.

must remain

eio

by the youth,'

and not

'

wiiomeii,

unaltered, as

of youths.'

the other hand, the inflexion BK) of the instrumental case

of feminine nouns in

may

be replaced by

however only used in formal language,

'

B-iaCTiio,

by the power,'

instead of B.iacTL2!

This, that (fern.)

9xa, xa (cia).

She,

Oiia.

it,

ito,

which

as,
:

Sin</itlir.

Nominative,

This,

Genitive,

Of

Dative,

To

Accusative,

This,

Instrumental,

By

Brow,

Prepositional,

Of

9xa,

(Cia.)

That,

Ta.

this,

9Toii,

(Ceii.)

Of

that,

Toli.

this,

9iofi,

(Ceii.)

To

that,

Toii.

9iy,

(Giro.)

That,

Ty.

(Cero.)

By

that,

Toro, Tofl.

(Ceii.)

Of

that,

Toii.

this,
this,

9ioii,

o,

is

Nominative,

158

159

OBS.

The following feminine nouns

6.
'

love

j'

Jto/Kb, 'a lie

drop the vowel o in

singular, as

OBS.

7.

all

'

;'

ijepKoBb,

a church

instrumental,

genitive, J;KH,

instrumental, Jo/KbEO,

The word

MaiB,

*a mother/

etc.

and AO^B, 'a

final vowel, the

genitive, Maiepn, Aoiepn, etc.

The accusative of

all

feminine nouns in B

the singular always like the nominative

9.

.iiotfoBbK).

genitive, JK)6BM,

.IO;I;LJ

Maib, Aoib

OBS.

rye,

the cases, except in the instrumental

jK)6oBb,

syllable ep, as

8.

poJKb,

daughter/ take in declension, before the

OBS.

*
;'

Substantives ending in aa or

like adjectives:
4tTCKaa, a nursery.
DpHXoHtaa, an ante-room.
(Cna.ibB/1,

a bed-room.)

is

in

fla

are declined

160

Is not the candle burning also

Yes

candle

tlie

salmon,

An eel,
A pike,

sterlet,

is

burnin

also.

)
He

ropiiiT, .!H TO/KG

^a, H

cirfc4a

loase

jococt.

A carp,

yropfa.

CTep.ifl,jb.

A crawfish,
A partridge,

ropi'iTT>.

Kapni.

sturgeon,

oceipii.

past.

KyponaiKa.

EXERCISE XLII.

Did she

Yes, she saw his wife, and her

speak to her (own) sister ? Yes,
Where is your old servant going ? He

see his wife

Did

sister also.

his wife

she spoke to her.

is going to the ante- room.
for-

ante-room

Of what

is

What

for

With whom

He

is

going there

he speaking in the
He is speaking with the old maid-servant.
he speaking ? He is speaking with her of his

his mistress's hat.

is

What does the mother order her daughter

She orders her to cook one fowl and five eggs.
The lazy cook's wife wants to speak to the rich merchant's
About the poor widow and her
mother. About what ?

kind master.
to do

How many children has this poor widow

daughter.
has
Where
She
got three daughters and five sons.
got?
He
is
in
old
monk's
the
cell.
Where
kind
is our
judge?

little

She
the kind mother with her modest daughter going ?
church.
is
to
Where
the
is going with her daughter
lazy
It is in bed.
child?
Why? Because it is ill. Is your

is

sister still in the

she

is

now

at

pretty daughter

not see her.

church

home.
?

?
She is no longer there, I think
Did you speak yesterday with his

No, I did not speak with her

Did you

see the master's

handsome

I did

sister ?

To
Yes, sir; I have to go with her to the church to-day.
which church ? To the Russian church. What has this

161

kitten got in its

mouth?

It has atnonse in his mouth.

which cupboard are the eggs and the roast chickens ?

Has the
In the (that) cupboard which is in the ante-room.
Do you see
peasant any rye? No, he has not any rye.
I see the black hen with the black chickens.
that hen?
Do you see the wise judge there, on that bench? I see
Iii

Have }^ou a
him, and his brother the great orator also.
good herring ? I have a herring, but it is not good. Has
He has.
not the servant my seal and my steel pen?
neither.

;--.

EXEHCISE XLIII.

my seal and my pens ? She

Where is
but for the red ink.

Is not the servant going for

is

not going

this

for the

woman going

seal,

my

after

servant

She

is

going after

Will you have some Dutch herring ?

No, thank you, but give me a piece of cheese and some
white bread, if you please. Have you to go with him to

him

to our nursery.

Nicolas' shop ?
No, I have not. Do the children want to
What kind of hat
take tea ? They want to take coffee.

He bought a black silk hat.

has he bought at that shop ?
Were you at the English church ? I have not been at
church, but at
at the

What did you see

saw an excellent young horse".
She is speaking to her
nurse speaking?
Would you like some beer ? No, I do not

(na) the horse-market.

horse-market

To whom

is

this

mistress's child.

drink beer

me a glass of wine, if you please. Do you

tea or coffee ?
No, I take neither tea nor

give

want a cup of

By whom was this steel key given to you ? It

was given to me by my faithful servant. With whom is
your brother Andrew going ? He is going with your
sister.
Were are they going ? They are going to that

coffee.

magnificent church.

How many

millstones are there

in

mill?

this
is

this rick

162

There a*e four millstones in this

This

is

Whose

mill.

In whose

the poor widow's rick.

there plenty of snow? -In our neighbour's yard.

Is the wood in the nursery burning well ? -The wood in the
is

yard

nursery burns well, but in the dining-room the coals are

burning badly. Who was singing in the church to-day ?

My

sang there, and many children sang also. With

sang your sister ? She sang alone, but the children

sister

whom

sang with their teacher and with the priest. -Will they
sing also to-morrow ? They wt ill sing to-morrow at the
king's castle.

TWENTY^THIED LESSON. fowwu

*lLH, fern.

Whose,
Nobody's J

No
OBS.

1.

xpeiia

Hud.

fern.

one's, )

and HH4ba follow the same inflexions as MOJI,

and prepositional, *ii>eu accusative,

*lLfl

viz., genitive, dative

if>K>;

Whose
It is

instrumental,
is this

my

glove

^ibeio (or qi>eii).

Hba Sia nepiaiKa

sister's.

Whose mother did yon see

Whose sister is this girl ?

No one's, this girl

n ^r

yesterday

Jbs cecipa 5ia

has neither brothers

by

2.

It,

when

referring to feminine nouns,

the third personal pronoun

Have you
I have

it

na ceciept.

Qua.

It, (she),

Ous.

4'fcBi'ma ?

Hnibji, y fooii flfiBimbi utrb HII CpaTteBi

sisters.

Qua Moeii cccipw.

Hbw iiaib BM Butf-in Biepa ?

the glove

'

oiia,

she/ as

Y Baci> Jin nep4aTKa ?

OHH y Mena.

is

rendered

163

To whom
I

it

gave

did you give the caudle

spoke of

of the glove

ft

(poss.

fla.!0

^aJi ee ciyrt..
ToBOpuja JH BM o nepiaiKls ?

fl

it.

Her
Her

rouopii.iT)

neii.

Ek, pronounce ee.

pronoun),

CBOH.

(own),

CBOJI.

Our, ours, fern.

Haina,

Your, yours, fern.

Baina, CBOH.

The

OBS. 3.

and

Kosiy Bbi

to the servant.

Did you speak

third feminine possessive

*

its

plural HXT.,

pronoun

ea,

her/

their/ have no declension of their own,

and they do not take an H when used with a preposition,

At her house.
I

am

fl

0/iy KT> ea Maiepa.

B%

I spoke of their daughters.

OBS.

BT> ea ^OM-B.

going to her mother.

In their room.

mode

as

axii KOMHart.

rosopuji.

nn> Aonepaxt.

Cardinal numerals ending in b follow the same

B, and when used in

4.

of inflexion as feminine nouns in

the nominative they govern the genitive plural, but in all

the other cases they agree in case with the substantive, as:
Five tables.

Haib CTOJOBI.

Six

Hlecib ceciepi.

sisters.

To the seven brothers.

With six children.

KT>

CGMU dpaibaM-B.

C&

inecTLro #frrbMji.

In ten houses.

BT,

Decani 40Max^.

We spoke of twelve towns.

MH

To be able,
One can,

MOHB.

One

(can),

M6iKH

MOry,

I'M Moaterab,

impersonal verbs.

He-iLsa,)

cannot,

Impersonal Form.

Personal Form.
fl

rosopiliH o ABtua^qaiH ropOAaxi.

Mat

I can.

Thou

canst.

MO/KHO.

TeOt MO^HO.

(
Pel-zonal

Form.

164

The same

165

(TaKou-JKe
(kind)

(Tara-JKe

He

Kara H.

as,

gave her the same book.

OHI

flaj-b

Kara H.

eS Ty

166

Personal Form.

am

We
She

Impersonal Form.

Om> Hyauaeics,

He

MM

We

nyjKAaeMCH,

needs.

Bbi Hya^aeiecb,

You

OHU

They need.

HyHi^aroica,

fl

is in

HMT> nyiKeo.

nyauawci. BI nacymHOMt
*

C HaMi> HyjKeo
On *
6TCa

need of money.

This rich banker

HyjKeo.
Basil ny/Kno.

Mu

are in want of clothes.

in

HaMX

need.

in need of dally bread.

is

E.My ny;KHO.

need.

**?

C Efl HyjKflbi yjenbre.

need of a

9ioJiy 6oraT03iy

servant.

danKHpy

rd.

7.
The accented termination eio of the instrumental
when preceded by JK, H, in, or m, must have the sound

OBS.
case,

of oio, and in the language of the present day it

written OK) instead of ew, as :
'

/Jymoro,
'

C3B40K),

"Whose wife did she

church,
coach.

wife.

usually

with the soul/

instead of Aynieio.
with the caudle,' instead

EXEHCISE

young

is

Where

see

XLIY.
She saw the rich banker's
?
She saw her at (m>)
She has a very good new

did she see her

Has she a coach ?

Where did you see

this

new coach ?

In the old

wooden coach-house, which is in the clean yard of this fine

Are there many f )als in that stable ? There
building.
With
are no foals in that stable, there are horses only.
whom do you want to go to the rich merchant's stable ?
With the well-built youth. With' which youth ? With

whom I spoke to you yesterday. Who has my

and seal ? I have not got them, your servant
ink
pens, my
has got all these things. What is the cook going to tLe

the one of

167

going to the kitchen for some fresh

Is she not going there also for something else ?

kitchen for
water.

She

is

She

is

What sort
going there for the roast chickens also.
She has a wax candle. Has she

of caudle has that girl?

not also a tallow candle?

She has not a single tallow

She has her own.

ring has the girl ?
How many pups has this dog ? It has four pups. Has
She has her own, and not that
she that woman's hat.

candle.

woman's
has

Whose

hat.

How many

has she ?
pails of water

She

five pails of fresh water.

EXERCISE

XLV.

Can you give this wax candle to that amiable girl ? No,
I cannot give her the wax candle.
Why ? Because I
have not got a wax candle. Does this girl want to eat and

Would she like

?
Yes, she wants to eat and drink.
some bread and butter? Yes, she would and give her,
and a glass of beer or wine. You
please, also some cheese
have to give me five roubles. That (this) is too much, I

drink

cannot give you so much, I can give you only two roubles.
What does he want to go to (na) the field for ? He wants

sow corn (plural). What sort of corn ? Oats, barley

and other kind of corn. In whose field will he sow them ?
In his own. Does any one want to write to the modest
Englishman ? No, but the Russian wants to buy some

to

ink and write a letter to his mother, and not to the Englishman. The rich owners of the ships are in need of sails and
anchors.

Can one buy

in the market bills of exchange

One

This noblecould yesterday, but one cannot to-day.

man's wife wants to go to the merchant's shop ?
?

Why

163

She wants

to

at the merchant's shop

buy

With
sugar, cheese and some pepper.
to that shop ?
With her servant.

EXERCISE

Good day,
quite well.
Yes, I was

madam

is

coffee, tea,

she going

XLVI.

how do you do ? Thank you, I am

(fern.) told me that you were ill.
and
the day before, but now I am
yesterday

Your

ill

some

whom

cousin

Where were you

Has he
of Mr. N.

was on / B'L) the

as laborious and honest labourers
estate
his
as you have ?
labourers
are very lazy.
In which
No,
It is in the same street as (where)
street is your house ?
Is your house as dark as mine ?
Yes, it is as dark
yours.
Do you want to eat ? Give me a piece of boiled
as yours.
Do not you want some boiled crawfish (plur.)?
salmon.
No, thank you. Which wine would you like ? Give me
well.

a glass of red wine.

yesterday

What

times have

we now ?

We have

Which is
times, every thing is very dear.
Silver, but gold is still dearer.
dearer, pewter or silver ?
many eggs did you give to your cook ? I gave her

now very bad

How

Of what colour is the sky ? The sky is blue

three eggs.
and the clouds in it are grey. What is that man's trade ?
He is by trade a boot and shoe maker. Good bye, my good
The banisters of this
friend, I have to go to my sisters.
wooden staircase are (made of) iron.

169

TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON.

OBS.
K,

Nouns ending

1.

in a, preceded

by

JK,

i,

Tyia, 'a cloud ;'

Coxa, 'a plough ;'

Nouns ending

in

JKa,

plural, Ty'in,

gonitive, xyil.

plural, coxii,

gen'tive, coxt.

ia,

OBS.

2.

a brocade

j*

The vowel

as

bi,

r,
:

ma, ma, when preceded by another

consonant, form their genitive plural in

BojK/Ka, 'a rein;'

m,

in,

or x, form their nominative plural in n instead of

eii

instead of

BOX /Reft.

plural, BO/KHCII,

genitive,

plural, nap'iii,

genitive, napneii.

a, after

as

T>,

the consonants

;K,

H,

111^

m,

is

replaced in the plural by a, in the dative, instrumental and

prepositional case, as
Hoib, 'a night

;'

dat. plur. noiaMT), instr. HOiaMH, prep, noiaxi.

The word uepKOBt, 'a church/

positional plural, as
Dative, ijepKuaMi,;

also

changes

in the dative, instrumental

inflexions into hard

:

instrumental, qepKBa.Mii

prepositional,

its

soft

and

pre-

170

OBS.

3.

171

The following nouns, having two

or

more con-

sonants before the final vowel, take the euphonic e in the

genitive plural:
CBa/jbda,

172

OBS.
f

KOCTL,

The

5.

a bone

plural in

HMH

;'

following- feminine nouns: p$qt>, 'a speech

'

and

as,

passion

cipacTb,

;*

end in the

;'

instr.

piiiaMn, CTpaciaMH, KOCTHAIH.

OBS. 6.
Nouns ending in a, preceded by two consonant?,
take an e in the genitive plural, as
:

'a village;'
a bakehouse

gen. plur.

'

UeKapiifl,

'

KaMeHO.i6.Miia,
'

SeMJfl,
'

Kaa.ia,

a quarry
a land ;'

a drop

/(epeBeub.

gen. plur.

;'

gen. plur.

;'

gen. plur.

3e>ie.ib.

gen. plur.

;'

'

NOTE. The words H03Apsi, a nostril/ and nl\w,

have for the genitive plural HOSApeii and /uueii.

The following nouns ending in

another consonant, or by the semivowel i
OBS.

7.

genitive plural in
Kyxns,

T>

instead of

L,

as

'

uncle,'

by
form their

HH, preceded

or

ii,

173

the words AOHB,

horse

and

;'

a daughter;' flnepB, 'a door/ jomayjbj 'a

'
a whip ;' is abridged into BMH, as:
n.ieTb,

Instrumental plural,
Instrumental plural,

flOiepbMii,

instead of

Bepb.MH,

instead of

Instrumental plural,
Instrumental plural,

Joina^bMM,

instead of

lueibMH,

instead of

Nouns -ending in a preceded by

OBS. 9.
cented form the genitive plural in fi, as :
Ke.ibfl,

'aline;'
'a cell;'

ApMifl,

'an army

Jlmin,

OBS. 10.

or ta unac

gen. plur.

jiuniQ.

gen. plur.

K:rjiH.

gen. plur.

;'

If the two last consonants are 34 or

is inserted in the genitive
plural, as

euphonic vowel

'

3B-fc34a,

a star

gen. plur.

;'

'a bride;'

HeB-Bcia,

CT,

no

38*341.

gen. plur.

The following words, although having two or more consonants before the final vowel, do not take

any euphonic

vowel in the genitive plural.

Be3ABa,

an abyss.

Bcp6a,

a willow.
a spark.

HcKpa,

BOJHH,

a card.
a palm-tree.

Kapia,
Ha-ibMa,

Up6cb6a, a petition.

Ap*a,

a harp,

yoiiiqa,

an

flciBa,

food (plural)

a bombshell,
a wave,
a hut.
barracks.

a lamp,
Hy/Kja,

necessity.

Cepea,

a chamois.
a reproach,

assassin.

a yacht.

(seldom used).

Before, in front

of,

About,
They,

(fern, plur.)

*,

governs the instr.

OKO.IO, governs the genitive.

,

declined like OHU.

174

Alone, (fern. plur.)

genitive OAatxt, da-

ufc,

tive 04niMT>, etc.

Two,

(fern, plur.)

declined like #Ba,

i.e.

genitive ABVXT>, etc.

Both,

Got, genitive ooiuxt, dative

(fern, plur.)

.,

OBS. 11.

/t B B

and

oof?,

when used

etc.

in the nominative,

govern the genitive singular.

Who sees me !

KTO Mena

Both

sisters see thee.

661;

I see

two

stars.

Did you speak with his daughters !

I spoke with

both his daughters.

He

two daughters two

gave

my

cecipu ieOa

BIJ

ABt SB-ESAU.
roBOpii.m Jin BW CT> ero
Bii/Ky

S roBOpw.il CT> od'BHMO ero

Out Aa.ii. MOUMI

books.

Some,

others, (fern, plur.)

Some read and

others write.

OAHM *un:amT>t a Apyrie

What

women

do those

Some say one

say

thing and some

niirayri.

!TO Tt atenmnHbi roBOpaii

OAH*

roflopan. OAHO, a Apyrifl Apyroe.

another.

Both,

The one and the

Both,

(fern.)

Have you seen

wife

other, *)

Ta H

ray sister and his

BHA*.IH JH Bbi

ny

saw them both.

alone.

rfc

MOW cecipy u ero

BHA-BJT, OdillXTi,

ff

Ifrfrtp
His two daughters were in the room.

plural

Apyria.

ta
I

flpyraa,

Ero

Afii

AO

narfi.

sigift,

175

aptnle.

Little girl,

Bright,

flpKiil.

Better,

.lyiiiie

(governs the

genitife).

Of

A fair,
A violin,

To play fan instrument),

To present with,
)
To give,

did you present this boy with

presented him with an Italian

34'feuiniu.

*opTCnlauo.

piano,

Hrpafb na (with the prepositional).

(governs the accusative

")

What

this place,

IIo^apiiTt)

and the
?

*!TO
fl

BH

dative).

no/iapii.in

3foMy Ma.ibqiiKy

no^apujT) eMy iiTa-ib/mcKyio CKpun-

violin.

Ky.

But he plays on the piano.

Ho

Yes, but he wants to play the violin

4a, HO OHT> xoieiii iirpaib TOIKG u ea

also.

To

rule^

orn.

Hrpaeii na *opTeniaHO-*

CKpUUKt.

176

the violin yesterday ?

Yes, be played the violin yesterday.
Has this girl's uncle many coaches ? He has two coaches

What do the sisters of

only, but they are very good ones.
want
to
want
to buy a few dolls.
those girls
buy ? They
What did your aunt present her servant with ? She presented her with a pair of gold ear-rings and a few silver
At which church were you yesterday, the French
spoons.
or the Russian

We were at

two princesses (unmarried)

Have

both churches.

these

plerity of

money ? Yes, they

How many sheep has this young shepherd ?
are very rich.
He has twenty-five sheep. Have you seen the villages in
which there are mines and quarries

saw neither the

How many barvillages, nor the mines, nor the quarries.

There are no barracks at
racks are there in your town ?
Has he many lands ? He has as many
all in our town.
mean neighbour. Has your good king faithful
and brave subjects ? Good kings always have plenty of
faithful subjects and brave soldiers.

lands as his

EXERCISE XLVIII.

Are there many

firs

and willows

in

your forest?

There

are plerity of firs in our forest, but there is not a single

Has your master (lord) only one forest ? He has
willow.
Are
three large forests, with many trees, stags and hares.

There are no
there not any partridges in those forests ?
the
have
of
rooms
sort
at
-Whfct
alK
princess's
partridges

They have large and warm rooms, but our

the
neighbours,
poor clerks, have only one small and cold
room. Do you want to buy a few apples ? No, we have
daughters

plenty of apples in our garden.

they?

They

have

many good

What good

things have

bake-houses,

five

tidy

"7

kitchens, three cellars with red

and white wines,

six

good

slaughter-houses, two custom-houses, enough rye, barley

and flax, and twenty-five new wooden huts. The pretty
little girl says that her father wants to take the firewood,

which

is

in the yard of that hut.

You may give it to her
father is a poor beggar. -I want to go home.
have to speak to my father about my business.
:

this girl's
?
I

Why

Have you bought many books at the fair ? I bought a

great many (of them) there.
Why do you want (is it
I want to present them
to
so
books?
many
necessary
you)
to my sister's master.
Were the waves high ? Yes, they
were very high. How much firewood did you buy in the
market? I bought very little of it. Which horses are
better, English or Russian?
English horses are much
better than Russian.
Have you lighted the candle already ?
Yes, I have lit it.
I wanted to write.

Why

did you do it ?
I lit it, because
did you eat better roe, than

Where

that of this place ?

I have eaten much better roe in
than
that
this place.
Give her the ruler, she
of
Astrachan,

Both her daughters play the harp. Did

fish ?
She bought three salmons,
five carps, two pikes and a few herrings.
What do you
see before you ?
I see in front of me an abyss.
wants to

rule.

your cook buy

much

178

TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON.
OBS.

1.

The

Diliwu

following, used only in the plural, are of

179

XojMOrdpH.
Bill K n.

ledoKcapw,

BajyiiKH'

Kpecmu.

BaiiiKie J/K

OBS.

Some nouns

2.

of this class are used also in the

singular, but with a different meaning, as

Plural

Singular.
IfpoKasa,

leprosy.

Hpoi;;i3LT,

pranks.

PoSBajenb,

Po3BUbBH,

half a copeck,

4eHbrn,

lact,

an hour.

Hacbi,

a peasant's sledge.
money.
& watch, clock.

loiterer,

Two,
Three,

OBS.
*four,'
'

ABoe,

The numerals

3.
etc.,

singular

Two

in the case of

'

;'

substantive

jBa,

two

'

ipn, three ;'

a substantive of which the
;'

wanting, are replaced by collective numerals,

is

two

Tpoe, ipa.

ipoe,

must be

three

Hersepo,

four

;'

etc.,

and the

in the genitive, as :
^Boe caneB.

sledges,

Three pairs of
Four days,

e
;'

scissors,

Tp6e Hoamim*.

^eiBepo -cyiOKi, etc.

OBS. 4. The English preposition of, when

denote the true genitive, is not translated, as :
The City of London*

TopOA* JIoo^OHi.

it

does not

180

Half a score,

A hundred,

dozen,

Half a hundred, noicoiiia.

couifl.

Old (worn out),

Lively (adj.)

Dirty (for linen),

Clean,

Dirty linen,

lepnoe

A fish,

pu6a.

OBS.
is

'

5.

6'B.ibe.

HiiiBofl.

Fat,

Awkward,

He.ioBKiii.

a fish/ in a collective sense as in English,

Pf>i6a,

used in the singular instead of the plural, as

S

OBS.

I bought this fish.

Kynuj-L ry pu6y.

Taan

There

H'BT"b PL'IOM.

Nouns ending

6-

in

is

no

fish

preceded by a vowel, form

fl,

their genitive plural in u, as:

*

Cipya,

a current

gen. plur. cipyft,

;'

'

a serpent ;'
'
a sempstress

3.M"Ba,

UlBea,

Those ending in

gen. plur.

3M'feH.

gen. plur.

niBefi.

form their genitive plural in

tfl
*

a bpnch

a family

eii,

as

gen. plur. cnaMeft.

j*

gen. plur. cewefi.

}'

If the termination ta he an abridged termination of

is in in instead of eft, as :

ia,

the genitive plural

'

Hr^MCHbff,

(Hr^MeRt)

Ke.iba,

(Keji/t),

an abbess
'a cell;'

This, that,

OBS.

This, that

7.

are translated 310, as

I

and

told

have told

Who
It is

is it

my

What

it

it

to

gen. plur.

when not

referring to a noun,

y>Ke <!HTa.n>

CKasajn AH
fl

S$TO.

BLI MH-B

BaMt CKaaaj-b

KTO aio

Ke,iiu.

9io, TO (neuter).

fl

me !

to you.

brother,

is it

it,

gen. plur. HryMenift.

read this already.

Have you
I

it,

;'

9io

Moii

HTO STO

6park
2

310.

3io?

181

Hxe.

But, then,

OBS. 8.
Ho, 'but/ may sometimes be replaced by JKC,
which however must be placed after the word to which it
refers, as

was there, but he was

not.

(.

Where is he then !
To whom did he give

then

Did your maid-servant wash the

TaMT>> H0

6bi.n>

TaM^,

oiii)

we

B*

e OOT>?

KoMy we OBI

43JT. aio ?

MbiTfc.*

Cmpais

linen,

To harness,
To be diligenO
To endeavour, 3
To gain,
To lose,

I. 1.

MbYiajn

I wash,

fl

MOM,

Thou washest, TM
washes,

aioenib,

cinparo.

ciMp^euib.

oni MOGTI, cinpaen.

We wash,

MM

Moeirb,

CTapaeMi.

You

BM

Moeie,

CTapaeie.

wash,

They wash,

oea MOJOTX, ciupaiOTi.

Htrb, OHa CTHpaja

Sanpaib.
CiapaiLC*.
BbinrpaiL.
Dpoiirpaii.

i fry,

bl

*"
fle

No, she was washing the

He

Om

TA*
it

To wash,
To wash (linen),

floor

fl
fl

6t.ibe.

>

182

Did she not speak with her of some-

with her of the linen.

No, she spoke with her of linen only,

thing
which she gave her the day before yesterday. Do you give
this laundress your linen to wash ?
No, she washes badly ;
we give our linen to another laundress, who washes well.
Did you see that grand funeral ? We did not see it. How
many pairs of scissors have these sempstresses? They
have only three pairs of steel scissors, but they are very
else

also?

The maid-servant gave the cook (fem.) too much

Has the cook enough wood in the kitchen ? He
yeast.
has not enough of it. Is the hay in the manger ? No, it
good.

Who is

tea, and for the cream ?

and the servant for the
What have these two monks got in their hands ?
other.
have
two rosaries. Are there any relics in this
They
What
church ? No, there are no relics in this church.
sort of corn have these peasants on the large sledges, which
we see on that road ? They have on the sledges not corn,
but fish. Where is the laundress going ? She is going to
Has the laundress
the wash-house, to wash the linen.
(BT>)

is

in a rick.

The maid-servant

is

going for

my

going for one,

Wash the maid-servant's linen also ? No, she has not to

wash it. The cook (fem.) is in the kitchen already. What

to

has she to cook and fry for your dinner ? Nothing, I will
Where are the
not be at home, I am dining at a friend's.
The first ones are on the table,
silver spoons and forks ?
and the last ones are in the cupboard. Do not you see the

two daughhave
Have your horses some bran
ters.
They
only a
little bran, but plenty of oats and enough hay and fresh water
from (n3T>) the new well, which you see in that garden
under the high fir-tree. What has the maid- servant got,
laundress with

my

linen

I see her and her

?

whom

you

see

on that peasant's sledge

She has got three

183

rakes and four pitchforks.

How many
He

has your neighbour got?

pairs of breeches

has three pairs of cloth

breeches, but these poor little Jews have neither breeches,

nor boots, nor coats ; they have only got bad stockings,

old shoes and dirty linen.

Whose are these silk gloves ?
These gloves are mine, but they are leathern and not silk.

With no one. How many

Two hundred and seventy-

With whom are you speaking ?

soldiers are there in this village?
five

men.

Where

is

my

music

It

is

on the piano.

EXERCISE L.

Are you not

in need of

something

am

Yes, I

in need

Where is then your money ? I lost it at cards.

Did you lose much money at cards ? Yes, I have lost very
much. Where did your sisters pass (npOB&iii) their time

of money.

yesterday? They passed the whole day in the village.

What did she cook for dinner? She made an excellent

Are these

cabbage-soup.

bottles with corks

What sort of hens

are without corks.

are these

?
?

No, they
They are

Can your daughters go to-day to my aunt's?

cannot
No, they
go to her to-day, they have no time, but they
Are your pupils diligent ? Yes, they are
to-morrow.
can
Dutch hens.

very diligent.

How

We

endeavoured to do

many lessons did

you give them

but could not.

this,

gave them forty-

This crawfish has got large claws.

Can
one see live fish in the market ? No, there are no live fish
How many horses did you order the coachin the market.
three lessons.

man

to harness ?

I ordered

him to harness six

,

for the kino\*

four for the prince, three for the courier, and a pair for me.
How many apples did you buy ? I bought one hundred of

apples and half a hundred of pears.

What

are these little

girls thinking- of?

184

of their dolls.
Howfrom your advocate ? I
received from him twenty-four roubles and fifty copecks.
How many workmen ( n 0/^1 acre p Be) has this boot-maker

many

roubles

The/ are thinking

did you receive

What sort of sheath is this ?

got ? He has six (of them).
This is a leathern sheath.
But where is the sword? It is
in the sheath.

TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON.

fluawaTB Dleciou Ypoin,.

AUGMENTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES.

Augmentatives and Diminutives are derivative substan*
which by some change in the termination of the

lives,

primitive express the object as larger or smaller.

AUGMENTATIVES.

I.

yBe.iiiHiiTe.iLHLifl.

Formation of Augmentatives.
a.

Masculine augmentatives are formed by changing the

or ima :
T>, fc or ii into lime

terminations

b.

40M*,

a house

Konb,

a horse

Capaii,

a shed

( 40Miime,

a large house,

Konuiije,

a ]arge> ug]
a big horse.

capanme,

a large shed.

^^

Neuter nouns form augmentatives in nine:

OKOO,

a window
a face

c.

OKinime,
ju'iiime,

a large window.
a large face.

Feminine nouns form augmentatives by changing the

terminations
.Jana,

a, a,

or

B,

a paw ;
a breast

into lima
.lannuja,
;

rpy^uma,

a large paw.
a large breast.

d.

their

185

Substantives which are only used in the plural form

augmentatives in HIUU :

OBS.

Hacw,

a watch

augmentative, laciimn.

Caen,

a sledge

augmentative, camime.

If the last consonant of the primitive be one of

r, K, or x, it must be changed into its cor-

1.

the gutturals

responding consonant

a boot

PyKa,

a hand

augmentative, pyiHina.

Bpwxo,

a belly

augmentative,

2.

augmentative,

DIMINUTIVES.

II.

OBS.

q, or ID, as

5K,

Canorb,

canojKiiiije.

yMeHBfflHTe.IBHBIfl.

Diminutive substantives, which represent the

objects diminished in

size, are

generally of the same gender

as their primitives.

The diminutive terminations

are

In the masculine,
In the neuter,

KO, uo,

And

Kil,

in the feminine,

HKT>,

OKI.,

6KT,,

6IT&.

(ije).

Hit.

little

table.

little

ear.

little

house.

little

word.

little

town.

3epKa.ibqe,

little

mirror,

KoHe'K'b,

little

horse.

JKe'BKa,

little wife.

Pyiee'KT.,

little

brook.

HOCTeJbKa,

little

bed.

3anoAeiiT>,

little

manufactory.

Pommja.

little

grove.

CTo.inKT>,

OBS.

3.

From

the above diminutives other secondary or

intensified diminutives are formed,

ending in ^eKi,, HKa, IKO,

which
the
represent
object as being still smaller.
plural IKH,
diminutive
terminations
take before them
These secondary
I

the euphonic o, or e, according to the termination of the

diminutives, as :

first

CTO.IHKI,

little

table

TpyCKa,

little

pipe

CTo.imeK-B,
ipyoo'iKa,

a very small table.

a very small pipe.

186

.fanKa,

little

OKOIIIJO,

little

paw
window

CaHKH,

little

sledge

.lanoiKa,

OKoineiKO,

cano'mii,

a very small paw.

a very small window.
a very small sledge.

OBS, 4. All nouns are not susceptible of both diminutive

forms, and there are even some which take only the secondary
diminutive, as

.lema,

a handkerchief
a ribbon ;

SB-BSja,

a star ;

diminutive,

diminutive,

diminutive, 3Blb,j04Ka.

FORMATION OF DIMINUTIVES.

Masculine diminutives are formed in the following

A.

manner
a.

The termination

HKT,

(HHKT,),

and

its

second dimi-

nutive termination H^eKt, are added to names of animate

beings, nouns ending in AT> preceded by a consonant, and
also to those in

T.

preceded by

H, in,

m, or

T:

Kyneqi>,

diminutive, KyniiiKi.

^BOpaiiHiii,

a nobleman

diminutive,

KoseVii,

Kopa6.ib,

HOJKX,

diminutive,

a ship ;
a knife ;

Ma'ix,

ball

diminutive,

5.

Ko3.iiiKT>,

Ko3JHieKT>.

i
ABOpiiii niKT>.

KOpa6.iiiKT>.

diminutive, OO/KHKI,
diminutive,

a lead pencil
a mantle ;

OBS.

at,

a goat ;
a merchant

The following

diminutive,
diminutive,

are exceptions to this rule

ELIKT.,

an ox

diminutive, dwie'o

Bapaiii,

a ram

diminutive, 6apauiCKT>.

KOHS,

a horse

He.iOB'BKi,

man

velvet

(r)W4e'4CKx).

diminutive, KOHe'Kt (KOiie'iCKi).

diminutive,

He.iOB'E'iCKT>.

diminutive, Oapxaieivb.

a flower

diminutive, lotion., UBBTO ICKI.

187

NOTE. The diminutive termination HKT> is never acand therefore is easily distinguished from the radical
J
'
accented termination HKT>, as in crapiiKi., an old man
cented,

'

napiiKt,
b.

a wig,' etc.

The

ending in

and

terminations
61., BT>, MT>, HT>,

m>,

added to nouns

oT ieKT>, are
ci>,

and

also to those in 6b, ^b,

TI>:

a cellar
a sty ;

HoroTb,

OBS.

6.

diminutive, xjteoKT.,

The following

c.

XT.,

diminutive,

diminutive, pdBHKi.

a nail ;
a sleeve;

Nouns ending
or

are exceptions

a ditch

TB034S,

diminutive, YMOK-B, ysroieKi.

a pigeon,
diminutive, ro.iy6oKT>,
a brown mushroom ; diminutive, rpysAOKt, rpy3404eKT>.
a finger-nail j
diminutive, HOFOTOKI, eoroTo4eKiu

bread
POBT>,

diminutive, norpe<5oKT>,

intellect

KT.

OKI,,

diminutive,

diminutive,

in

or

fl

L,

as also those ending in rt,

form their diminutives in

eio>

(OKI,),

eieK'b,

changing the gutturals into their corresponding consonants

Paft,

Dyatipb,

a paradise ;
a bladder (in this
sense no dimin

pae'K'fc,

diminutive,

ny3bipe'KT>,

nopoxi,

OBS.

The following form

gularly

7.

diminutive,

nyswpeiCKi

(a medicine glass) .

) j

a pie
a knot (of a tree)
a powder j

nnpori,
CyKi,

impo/Ke'KT.,

diminutive, cy4ein>,

nnpoxeiCKi.

cyie'4eKT>.

diminutive, nopomoKi, nopomo'ieKi.

their

diminutives

KaMCRb,

a shed ;
a room ;
a stone ;

diminutive,

KpeweHb,

diminutive, KpeMCUidKi.

PcMeub,

a strap

Capafl,
IToKoft,

flint

paeieKi.

diminutive,

diminutive, capaiiiHKi.
diminutive, noKoiHii Kb..

diminutive,

RaMbiincK'b.

irre-

d.

Nouns ending

on the

in

a coat

HT>,

#B, -it of

EaM3oj'& }

an image;

(06pa3T>,

31,,

having the accent

dim., Ka*TaiieiVB.

a manufactory ;
under waistcoat ;

3aB6,jT>,

OBS.

188

change the final vowel into em>, HUKT:

last syllable,

Ka#TaHT>,

dim., saflo^eui..

dim., KaMso.ieivt.

dim., o6pa30Kb).

Some monosyllabic words

8.

above rule

deviate

from the

a pancake
a stake ;

E.IHHI,

K.niHt,

a table

the eye

dim., SJIHIOKT,,

S.i

dim.,

K.IHIIOKT>, K.inn6'iCKT>.

dim.,

CTO.IHKT.,

dim., r.iaaJK'b,

a garden

dim.,

The secondary diminutive termination of words

e.

euoKt

a mouse

Mbirab,

a goat
{
,

By

4epeeo,

QOBO,

a word

larly

dim.,

changing the

9.

dim., MWiiienoKX, Mume'iioiCKi.

worm/ forms an

a tree

OBS.

Koa.ie'iiOK'L,

K03.ieHoieKT>

irregular diminutive, iep-

NEUTER DIMINUTIVES ARE FORMED:

B.
a.

in

is

final o, or e, into no, or ue, G IIKO

dim., 4epcfiq6.

dim., CJOBIJO, C.IOBCIKO.

The following form

their diminutive

beam

BpeBHo,

Sepud,

grain

dim., fipe'enuniRO.

dim

sepnuuiKO.

dim., naTHbiiiiKO.

Cy^no,

a spot ;
a vessel;

4no,

a bottom;

dim., 4oiiwuiKO.

HflTHo,

dim., cyanuuiKO.

irregu-

(
b.

The terminations no and qe

ending in

ie

or Be

Py/Kbe,
H.M'Biibe,

c.

189

a gun ;
an estate

By changing
3epiuo,

a mirror;

'a face
j

as,

dim., HMliUbime.

the termination jo, into

an

stead of no

nouns

dim., pyjKbeqo.
;

4'6.io,

e,

are also added to

affair

;'

dim.,

fltubije.

dim., 3pKa.ibije.

and iue iio, 'a shoulder;' take KO

in-

diminutive JHHHKO, nieHHKO.

d. Nouns ending in o preceded by

diminutives in 4KO, IUKO^ HCHKO

r, K,

or x, form their

yxo,

the eye ;
the ear;

dim., yinKo.

fliiqo,

an egg

dim., ;nrn;o.

OKO,

e.

Nouns ending
Cepedpo,

dim., OIKO.

in po, take

silver

peno

dim., cepe6peqo.

OBS. 10. The following, in po and

nutives irregularly :
Bejpo,

JLO,

form their dimi-

C.
a.

190

FEMININE DIMINUTIVES ARE FORMED AS FOLLOWS:

Nouns

in a or

preceded by a consonant, except

b,

or m, take Ka, OHKa.

ToJOBa,

a head

SKena,

a wife

m.i/ura,

a hat

OBS. 13.

dim., ro.ioBKa, rojoBOiKa.

l
dim., ateiiKa, a;eHO iKa.

dim., m.uiiiKa, jin/mo'iKa.

"the following are exceptions

Boja,

water

IlM.ib,

dust

dim.,

Nouns

dim.,
dim., B fcn;a, Bt

a branch

b.

in a, preceded

by

r, K, x,

form their diminutives

in JKKa, HKa, uiKa, jKeiKa, nenKa, ine^ua; the last

a of the

primitive changes into 4

Knara,

a book

dim., KnwjKKa, Kn^/KeiKa.

Pysa,

a hand

dim., pyiKa, pyieisa.

PyCaxa,

shirt

a bird

c.

Nouns

in

a,

dim., py6auiKa,
dim., nniiKa,

preceded by a consonant or a vowel, form

EKa or iuca ; those ending in tfl, take

their diminutive in
efiKa, all

having

for their secondary diminutives e iiKa:

a weight ;
a serpent ;
a bench j

OBS. 14.

dim,, rwpbKa,
dim., BV&iKa, 3MteiKa.
dim., csaMefiKa, CKaMeeiKa.

Diminutives of feminine nouns ending in

preceded by two consonants, take the euphonic

Mei-ia,

a besom

dim.,

If

a needle

dim., HrdiKa,

r.ia,

Ila.iKa,

a stick

dim.,

Tpocib,

cane

dim

jieie-iKa,

a.i<i'n;a.

e,

a,

or o

or
:

d. Nouns in a or B, preceded by
diminutives in ima, H liKa:
Koata,

a skin

Poiqa,

a grove
a thing

Beujb,

or m, form their

JK,

dim., Koatnija.

dim., pomnqa.

dim., Bomi'ma, Beiqu4Ea.

Diminutive terminations are sometimes added

which by their nature cannot be diminished in

OBS. 15.
to words,
size, as:

Bo^a,

a day
water

C6.ikn,e,

the sun

4eHb,

Who is

dim.,

dim.,
dim.,

To plough,
To SOW,

CtflTB, I. 2.

For, to (in order to),

%66bl,

ploughing

The peasants are

HaxaiB,

KTO

ploughing.

KpecibHHe

Where
They

did they plough yesterday ?

were not yesterday ploughing,

I.

2.

T4* OHH Biepa

Bnepa OHM ciflJH, a He naxaja.

but sowing.

What does he want the seed for

He wants it for sowing (to sow).

Why art thou

I

am

not ploughing ?
not ploughing, because I

iero eMy

^jfl

Hyffi

OHO eMy

am

Hoieiwy TM
He nauiy, noiouy HTO

fl

ct.

sowing.
I sow, H

Thou

I plough, H

C-BIO.

sowest, TM cierab.

Thou

namy.

ploughest, TM nainenn>.

He

ploughs, onx nauien,.

We sow, Mbi c-fceMi.

We

plough, Mbi nameMi.

You

You

He

sows,

sow,

om
BI>I

c-Berb.

djeie.

They sow, OHU ctforb.

I was sowing, a clifl.il,

plough, BW naniere.

They plough, OHU

etc.

I will sow, H6yflVciaTb,etc.

naiuyTl.

I ploughed, a naxa.^, etc.

I will plough, a 6yay naxaib.

To

gallop,

To

trot.

192

Xopomo AH

Baina .Ionian CKaierL

^a, HO oea

eme jyime

We gallop,

TM CKanenib,

OBT> CKaierb.

was

An

fl6.ioiifl,

apple-tree,

trot, pucb,

f.

f.

CKaiexii,

MLI cRaRa.in r

lamb,

Pale,

6.1'B^Hbiii.

Respectable, noiTeiinuft.

light (a pipe),

To smoke,

Kypiitb.

Charming,

nice,

nni.ibiii.

Dear,

Very charming, npCMiuufl.

My
My
My

Moe

dear child,
dear Mr. N.,

rocno*Ka (r/Ka.) H.

Ero cecipa

girl.

like, I

am

fond

Is your brother fond of horses

is very fond of them.

fl

of,

4a, OHii 40
("

like to play at cards

OXOTHflKl 40.

OXOTHHKX

Yes, he

We

npe.Mii.iaa

Ecu,

if,

Do you

/joporde ^nrfJ.
I. H.

dear Mrs. N.,

His sister is a very charming

BH CKa-

Quarrelsome, CBap.iHBMii.
Beloved, B03JK)6.ieuHMii.

A trotter, pbicaKi.
A maker, Maciepx.
A lucifer-match,
A segar, cnrapa.
To

MM

We were galloping,
We will gallop, MM

galloping, a CKaKa".n>.

Cy^y CKauaTb.

etc.,

O'fiJiuiT^ PLICLIO.

OHM CKaiyii,.

^eie,

I will gallop, a

I. 2.

Does your horse gallop well ?

Yes, but he trots still better.
I gallop, etc., a CKaiy,

JioOiiTC

.in

MM

6o.ibui6ii

OXOTHUKI..

JH BM nrpfvrb BI Kaprw

(.OXOTHIIKT) Ml

are not fond of cards.

Bauix 6paTi> 40 joraaAcii

HHXI

BM 40

ne OXOTHIIKII

flo

EXERCISE LI.

With whom
the

two

little

tree

little girls.

is

he speaking in the

little

meadow, under

He is speaking with four gay youths, and

He sees his little wife in the little garden,

with two children, who have

little

leathern balls.

This

193

man

little

his

little

a restive

lias

son a pretty

little

Her

horse.

father

This

saddle.

little

for

bought

little

knife

on

is

bench, which you see there in that little corner.

These littk birds have a few white little feathers on their

that

little

black

little

pencils

Who

wings.

The

little

has neither

pupils have

woman gave to the little pigeons

little

neither.

a few

little

book nor

The

little

little

old

saw

grains.

We see the little

little garden and little grove.
windows of this low little house, and also we see the little
nuts and fresh little branches of those little apple-trees in the
rich neighbour's little garden.
From whose shoemaker did
our-prince's

little girl buy these little silk shoes ?

'Prom yours.
I
saw on the little table two little pens and five little penknives.
The little cook boiled three little eggs. Whose little forest is

this

this

It

is

my

This littk

littk forest.

man

has bought in

the market a littk hare, two little pigeons and a littk goose.
The littk maid-servant wants to give some fresh hay to the
littk goat, the littk lamb and to the young calf.
What money

have you ? I have roubles and some shillings. What cards

have you in your hand ? I have only diamonds and spades,
but this littk man has only hearts and clubs. Have you
already paid for your littk

room

Yes, I have already paid

Does your sister's littk horse gallop well ? Yes, he

does gallop well, but he trots still better.
Do you want to
I
house
?
wanted
littk
to
but
this
now I do not.
buy
buy it,

for

it.

EXERCISE LIT.

Who

wants to buy

man wants
\his

little

to

it.

buy
Have
girl.

They have only three

this littk cock

What

for?

This kind

He

wants to give

these littk peasants

littk horses.

little

old
it

to

littk horses ?

many
Have you been

in that

194

little

I have not been, but

village?

What

there.
little

did this

Whose

ribbons.
little

shepherd's
This young
soldier

little

She bought two

shop

little

buy the

This

ram.

little

little

little

two

This

calf.

my

little

woman buy

wife was

at (m.) that

little

handkerchiefs and five

ram

is

this

It is the

little

little

gun from

little

The gardener gave some

little

old

cat has pretty little paws.

tree has no little knots.
Did the little

but he bought from him a

the

little

merchant

grass to the
girl has pretty

little

little

white shoulders.

the

sabre and a few

little

This charming

needles and three

little
little

little

little

No,

straps.

goat and
hands and

child has got

The

little servant
pencils.
has got three little pails and five little besoms. This boy's
Did the peasants sow corn already?
little horse gallops well.
little

little

No, they did not sow it yet ; they did not yet plough.
Will your little peasants sow and plough ? Yes, they will
both sow and plough if they (will) have seed and two or
three

the

little

little

ploughs.

Where

is

the

little

in the little garden.

bench

child

Our

little

It

is

on

horses trot

It is the little merchant's little trotter.

Did
very well.
he buy this little trotter in the little market? No, he

bought it at the fair from the little gentleman. The

merchant has some little business in the little town.

little

TW ENTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
T

Diminutives

continued.

CBS. 1. To express some tender feeling toward a person

Russians have other terminations, quite different from the

195

before mentioned physical diminutives. These terminations

in the masculine, yiiiKa, lomKa, and em>Ka ; in the neuter,

are

yiDiio

and in the feminine, ymua,

eflbKa, as

Ea"6yniKa, dear grandmother.

HaneHbKa, dear papa.
MaMeebKa, dear mamma.

dear grandfather,

EauOmKa, dear father,

4a4K)uiKa, dear uncle.
TeryniKa, dear auut.

dear nurse

OBS. 2. These terms of endearment are often added to

nouns of favourite animals, and even to inanimate objects,
as

Joina4ymKa, dear little horse.

dear liberty.

CepaeiyniKO, dear

TpaByniKa, dear

4ymeHbKa, dear

dear

OBS.

3.

little

grass.

The following form

little

little

heart.

hand.

little soul.

their diminutives of en

dearment irregularly :
Epari, brother
Cecipa, sister
H, a child

diminutive,

diminutive, cecipiiqa

diminutive, ^HTHTKO.

a Godfather
My/KT>,

a husband

a girl

diminutive, KyMaee'Ki
diminutive,

diminutive,

its

diminutives of endearment

ro.iy6 4 u KT>, feminine rojyoyuiKa

which express, * my dear/

r6.iy6B, 'a

dearest/ as

pigeon/ forms

ro.iy(5iHKX Aiupeil,

My

dear Andrew.

Dearest Mary.

Diminutive terminations which express conas an insignificant one, or

tempt, or denote the object
OBS.

4.

unworthy of

notice, are

in the neuter, BIHKO;

and

196
-in

the masculine,

Biiii.'O,

in the feminine, ninna, enLKa

He.iOB'6iHinKO,
4oMiifflKO,

SepKa.iiiinKO,
3eM.niiiiKa,
.IIIHIIIIIKO,

.JaBieHKa,

Co6a4e'HKax

A miserable little man.

A miserable little house.
A miserable little mirror.
A miserable little land.
A miserable little face.
A miserable little shop.
A miserable little dog.

OBS. 5.
Christian names form also diminutives, both of
endearment and contempt, or disrespect, as
:

Diminutive of Endearment.

AeApeB, Andrew,

HuKOJaii, Nicolas,

HBO* HI,

John,

Mdpia, Mary,

Diminutive of Contempt.

197

nutives in KH, m>i, or na, having for the secondary dimi

nutive (ran, C4KH, or HHKH :
a. Canii,

Btcbi,
6.

KoiibKU, skates

n&ibiiu,
c.

diminutive, caHKH, caiioiKn.

a sledge ;
a pair of scales;

diminutive, B^CKII,

an embroidery frame

HoiKHHijbi,

a pair of scissors

diminutive, KOfleiKH.
diminutive, DHJCHKH.
diminutive, HOJKIIHIKH*

diminutive, miin<niKH.

DJnnqfi, pincers ;
d. Hepii.ia, banisters ;

diminutive, nepu.ibqbi.

Bopoia, a yard gate

diminutive,

Diminutives formed of nouns having two consonants before the final vowel take the euphonic e :

Q BSt

7.

K63JM, a coach -box

(By6Hbi,

diamonds.)

a manger

Diminutives of contempt in nouns used only in

in HIIIKH or CHUB, as
end
the plural
.

8.

lacu, a watch; lacuiUKH.

Ciiiui, a sledge ; cauuuiKU.

Augmentatives and diminutive terms of endearment or

contempt are seldom used, and then only in familiar discourse; but the diminutives proper, implying smallness
merely, are employed extensively in Russian, even in formal styles of speaking and writing.

To go

I!AT "'

(on foot),
(XOAMTfc,

To go (in a
To ride,
To eat,
OBS.

9.

'

vehicle),-)

To go/

^ mBf

in

the sense of

being carried in a

must be translated

vehicle,

used

for

'

to

198

and XO^UTB are

txaiB, as H^TH

go on foot/

lxa-Ft and sAHTt, like H^TH and XO^MTB, denote

an
action taking place at some given moment
first,
and the second, an action without reference to any parti-

OBS. 10.

the

cular time.

Where is he going ?
He is going to Paris.
Do you go often to London and

Ky^a on i
OUT.

HaCTO JH

St.

Petersburg ?
Yes, I go often to both these towns.
Is he going with you on foot, or is
to ride with

he going

He

going with
coach.

is

me

in

him

BT

JO OHt

His dear grandfather never goes

on foot.
'

He always rides in a carriage.

What are you eating ?
I am eating pears, but these children

Om,

-t^eix co MBOIO

Ero

OHT, Bcer^a ta^HTi BX Kapeii.

HTO
fl

BLI

We ride,
You

We rode,

to numb.

Thou

rpyina,

a ^T

eatest, TBI Im

He

MM

We eat,

eats,

You

B&

ride,
fl

om> l^ert,

ride,

I rode,

-4Te

*MT

I eat,

ridest, Tbi

rides,

They

ee

ao.iOKii.

I ride,

He

MJIl i^GlT) C

BI MOCU HOBOI!

HHKorAa

are eating apples.

Thou

TH 66a ropo^a.

BaMU

HHMlf

my new

CT>

OBH

MM

eat,

They

ixa.il, -B3An.n>.
'fcxajn, -63411.11!.

I will ride, a <5yAY txaib, a 6yA7

CHIT, -feci*.

MM

eat,

BM
onn

was eating, fl -fe.rb.

We were eating, MM 4}H.
I

I will eat,

fl

dyAy ten,,

etc,

tc.

He is
She

going with his sister.

going with her brother.

is

They are going with

OBS. 11.

their brother.

The

Orn. njerB ci CBOero cecipoR>.

Oria Hje'T'b c^

Oini

CBOHMI OpaioMi.

HAVTX co CBOHMT>

6paTOMT>.

possessive pronouns in Russian agree in

199

(.

gender,

number and

case with the substantive to

which

they belong, and not, as in English, with the possessor.

He gave me his book.

She gave me her pen.
They are going

OHT, Aa.rt

into their garden.

Oiiii

H/t-n. m> CBoii

Kor^a.

Just (now),-

To.IbKO T ITO.
fl

has just said that she cannot go

to church.

The cook has just

boiled the

ham.

To.ibKO ITO

OHI

TTO CKasa.ii, ITO OHa HO

Td.ibKO

MOJKeTb HATH

Awkward,

A ploughman,

Agile, npOBopuwii.

To

neyK.iioiKiii.

Paooiaib,

The peasant and his son were ploughing, but the

tilling

in

the

garden.
brother and sister were in town

I. 1. (like

3HaTt).

n ero CHUT, naxajn, a

u nauit

gardener and our

workman were

IjepKOBb.

Uaxait.

till,

To work,

My

BT>

DoBap'b TOJbKO 1TO CBapHJ'b BCTIUHy.

Variegated, necipuft.

naxapb.

Kniiry.

AfLia Milt CBoe nepo.

When,
have just dined.

He

Mnt CBOW

Qua

naxa.iH BI ca4^.

Bpari n cecrpa MOM duwn B^cpa BI

rdpo^t.

yesterday.

OBS. 12. An adjective or a pronoun, referring to more

than one substantive, must be in the plural ; the verb is,

same manner, in the plural when referring to more

than one subject.

in the

Knura n

The book and the pencil are mine.

The boy and the girl are reading.

MaJb'iiiKi n A'L'BoHKa 4HTaroT"6.

This table and that chair are thine.

9TOT"b CTO.IT.

Whose

4bH 9ra dyjiara H aiorb nepoiunnbiii

are this paper and this

penknife

little

Kapaiu'aiirb MOH.

II

TOTT) CTV.IT, TBOH.

They are ours.

The kind brother and sister gave
the. beggar some money.

OHH

HaniH.

4<36pbie

Spaix n cccrp

200

EXERCISE LIII.

Did your dear mother

receive the large eel that' (KOTOShe has received it; it

pbifi)

the fisherman sent her?

was a

fine eel.

Ts the paper in this

little

room good

The

How many little

paper in this little room is very good.
handkerchiefs did you buy ?
I bought two dozens and a
half (with a half ) of them.

Where

and your dear sister going ?

grove, but our dear mother

are your char brother

They are going to the little

going to the

is

church.

little

Whose

big houses with big windows do you see there on

that little bank ?
We see the great sovereign's castles.

Do you

not see our beloved aunt with her dear

see neither the one nor the other.

Whom

sister ?

do you

see,

my

I see here the dear grandfather, and

there under the little tree, on the tiny little bench, a miserable

dear

little

little

old

heart?

man

with his miserable

little

dog.

What

sort of

mirror has your dear brother got ? lie has not got a very
good one, he has got only a miserable little mirror. Plas
this

big

peasant got a sledge

He

has

got one big

sledges and three wretched little

Have you enough cream, sir ?
horses.
I have got only
miserable cream, and not enough of it.
They see in that
sledge,

two miserable

little

little room a poor little girl, who has neither dear father.
dear mother, dear brother, nor dear sister ; she has not got
Do you see that miserable little
even a single little friend

I saw him in the

that miserable little shop ?
some
to
he
had
where
market,
buy
honey, wax, pepper,

merchant
little

in

201

Have "you been a long

vinegar, tea, sugar and tobacco.
time in England ? Yes, I have been in England a very
Have you received your little sledge from the
long time.
maker

Yes, I received

monk got

hands ?

it

yesterday.

What

has this

He

has got a little rosary. Did

he buy it? No, his friend the priest gave (noAapihb) it to
him.- This poor man has got a great deal of trouble and
little

very

got

in his

money.

Who

it.

is

in the vestibule.

Where

is

his

money ?

there in the vestibule

Is your friend

The usurer has

There

hungry?

i?

no one

No, he has

just dined.

EXERCISE LIV.

When

were your dear brother and dear sister at her

?
They were at her little house the day before

grandmother's

Do

yesterday.

They do not

they ride (in a vehicle) to her house often ?

but go to her always on foot
they have

ride,

With whom does your dear sister

neither coach nor sledge.
go (in a carriage) so often? She goes (in a carriage) at
one time with her

mamma

and at another with her papa.

Where
They

are your clear father and your dear mother going ?

Do you like boiled ham ? No,
are going to Paris.

I never eat

ham.

little

eating
the news

you

please,

little

cigar

What

are these boys eating?

They are

Do you want to know

No, I know it already. Give me a match, if
I want to light my pipe.
Do you not want a
pies with

little

apples.

I have excellent ones here, on that

little

table,

No, thank you, I preHave you received a little letter from

fer a pipe to a cigar.
Yes, 1 received from her two little letters
your dear sister ?
e little stones on the little
I
the day before yesterday.
which you

see in that

little

corner.

202

With whom is your clear uncle

with
his
riding
riding?
charming daughter. Dear
Mr. N., will you take some of this little white wine ? No,
thank you, I do not drink wine, I drink only English beer.
bank

of this

little

He

me

Give

biscuits, I

a cup of tea with cream and two or three littlewant to breakfast. To whom did you say that

her dear sister

dear child

going to the village

is

I said this only to

Who

gave you this little gold watch,, my

Our dear aunt gave it to me. Has the little

dear aunt.

my

stream.

is

Yes, she has two pairs of little

girl a pair of little scissors ?
When will your peasants
scissors and four little penknives.

plough,

till

plough and
that

and sow ? In the month of March they will

Do you see on
till, and in April they will sow.
hillock a

little

No,

I see neither.

house

He

little

white house with a

When

little

garden

did he buy that miserable

has just bought

little

it.

TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
BOCBMOH

Nouns

signifying natives of different countries, towns

(
'
Englishman/ German/ Parisian/ etc., are
adding to the names of countries or places the
'

such as

etc.,

formed by

terminations ein, aHHHi>

I.
a.
'

(fliiiiirb)

or

manum..

The termination em>, take

Names

of places ending in t, t, (.IB),

native of Berlin.'
EepjaneiVb, a

11 :

Eep.i:':in>,

'

Berlin

;'

AJIJKHPI, Algiers

Kniaii,

China

aJKKHpeirb.

Kinaea'b.

Epcc.ian.ib,

Peuc.ib,

Bivslau

Reval

pece.icm>.

Names

b.

ABCipia, Austria

Hopseria,

Oasapem..

ro.uaB4ia, Holland

reeya,

Ireland

Genoa
Jamaica
Spain

OBS.

Kopea, Corea
;

lepuoro-

raBaeeqi>.

Kopeei^i.

Geneva

JKeeeBeijT,.

Switzerland;

peij-L.

Some names

1.

HopBe;Keqt.

Havannah

FaBana,

np.iaiueu;T>.

Aduccuuia, Abyssinia
llciuuiia,

Norway

rouaHjeirt.

or a

ia, a,

Hepnoropia, Montenegro

of places ending in

Easapia, Bavaria

IIp.iaHjia,

203

in a, or

ia,

take anem. or anein>:

A*pnKa, Africa
AMepiiKa,

a*pnKanein.

America

Uiajia, Italy

Kacmuia^

HTa^bflHeqL.

The following names of places

II.

or ainiHi.. instead of em>

Kaiyra, Kaluga
Pura, Riga
:in>,

PHMI,

napra, Sparta ;
MeKCUKa, Mexico

aMepHKaHeirL.

CMOJaHBHi.

Some

aerjuiaHiini.

"B,

Kief

take aniiDi

4aHia,

Egypt

Denmark

eruniaHiini.

apaBHianHRi.

The following Russian towns

2.

ia,

take HTHUHHTJ, as
Apaaia, Arabia

OBS.

KieBT>,

EnineiT>,

Aur^ia, England

III.

a,

ApMenia, Armenia
napu;i;i, Paris ;

pHJKaHari^.

Smolensk

Rome

in

Kajya?aenHX.

Castille

singular HianHHT,, and

in the plural

m/me

take,

in

MOCKBUTaiiflm,, plural MOCKBMTane, or MOCKBHI^, -H-IU.

MocKBd,

Moscow;

UcKOB-b,

Pscof ; ncKOBiiiaiinni, plural ncKOBHTaae, or DCKOBMII, -HIU.

Tsepb,

Tver

KocrpoMa,

the

TBcpHTaniiin>, plural TBCpiirHne.

Kostroma;

KOCTpOMHiaHHrn., plural KOCTpoMHiaue,

-H-IT,,

-Hi*.

204

The following names of natives

Xaia, Asia

IloJbuia,

Germany

Poland

lex-b,

Hopa.
IIopa(ecTi>),

him it

is

efiponeeivb.

npyccaK'fc.

impersonal verb,
governs the dative.

nopa

Jin

saMT> yate H^TII ?

H'6n>, MU'6

already time to go.

Since that time,

nopa

eme He nopa, no

y;i;e

H.JTU.

CT> ifex-L nopi..

Since then,
Till

TypOKt.

6oreMeu>

Time, season

it

for

It is time,

already time for you to go ?

is not yet time for
me, but

it

No,

Bohemia

*panqy3i.

Dpyccia, Prussia

Eore.Mia,

Is

Turkey
Espona, Europe

Typijia,

rpenx.

France

<Jpaimifl,

Taiapia, Tartary

Greece

Cndupb, Siberia; CfKtapiiKi.

repsfania,

are formed irregularly

aaiaxeq-B.

now, to this time,

4o

CHXI> nopi.

r^'fe

BW

Till then, to that time.

Where have you beeu

I

till

now

was abroad.

fl

Since what time?

Since when

long

him
Not

is it

Cbi.m ^o

CHXI nopi

aarpaaiiqew.

")

nop"b?

Since (the time when),

How

6u,iT,

since you have seen

CT> rBxi, nopi. Kain,.

Kordpuxi

CT>

nop-b

BM

ero ne

BII-

A-B.IM ?

since he went abroad.

C-b T-Bx^

nopi^KaKi

oat ytxa.ii 3a-

rpain'my.

Since I saw you (since I did not see

you) I have been in

abroad.

many towns

Ci>

rtxT.

nopi KaKi. s oaci ne

a 6u.ii

BI'I-

BO MHOFIIXI. ropo-

sarpauuqeio.

OBS. 3. Russians express such sentences in a contrary

sense to the English, i.e. they mean the time that has
elapsed since the moment in question, and therefore they
use the negative form instead of the affirmative.

205

THE ASPECTS OF VERBS.

The Russian verb, by a change in its termination, or by
prefixing a preposition, acquires a new signification as
These
regards the duration or accomplishment of action.
modifications, these variations in the

of the ori-

meaning

ginal verb, are called Aspects, Bn#b.

There are three principal aspects of Russian verbs

1. The 'imperfect aspect/

HecoeepiiJeHHbiH BH#I, which
denotes the action indeterminately with -regard to its comthat is, without intimating whether the action is
pletion
;

being, has been, or will be begun or finished, as

fl

iiiiaK),

a iiiTaJTi,
a 6y4y HiiiaTb,
2.

The

am

was reading.

reading.

I shall read.

'perfect aspect,' coBepineHHbifi

notes that the action has been or will

thoroughly, as

3.

The

BH-J-B,

which de-

be accomplished

have read.
have read through.

a npOHHraii,

fl

I shall

npoiiy,

'iterative aspect,'. MHoroKpaTHbiu

BM^T,,

indicates

that the action has been frequently repeated long ago, and
at

some

indefinite time, as
a quTMBcurb,
I used (in
:

This aspect, however,

is

my

life) to

no longer used

read.

in

Russian

uncompounded.
If the repeated action, although long passed,
OBS. 4.
took place afc a time which can be defined, the past tense of
the imperfect aspect is used, instead of the iterative, as :
HeoABOKpaiBO,

have read more than once.

206

X
To
To

read,

C4HTaib.

count, to consider,

OBS. 5. Not all verbs to which a preposition is prefixed

become verbs of perfect aspect ; there are some which
change only their meaning, remaining as before verbs of
imperfect aspect, as

Hociiib, to

carry

to

walk ;

nonocflTb, to slander.

Haxojuifa, to find.

OBS. 6.
Concerning the verbs of imperfect aspect which
have both the definite and the indefinite form, the following

The prepositional verbs formed of

rule is to be observed
the definite ones become verbs of perfect aspect, while those
:

formed of the indefinite remain of imperfect aspect, as

,

'to

go ;' def. imperf. ; YHTM, 'to go away,' perf. aspect.

walk ;' indef. imperf.; yxo^MTb, * to go away,' imperf. aspect.

to

OBS.
f

to

Only the verbs of motion, such

7.
'

go

as HATH,

'

to lead/ etc., have a distinct form

indefinite imperfect aspect ; all other

BCCTH, BO^HTfc,

for the definite

and

Russian verbs are of the indefinite imperfect aspect, expressing the definite meaning without undergoing any
change, as
:

OHt iniaerB icnepb.

OHT> imaerb BCflKia KIIUFH, n

P-fciiiaTb,

He
He

xopoinia

to

do

to read

perfect aspect, c^luaTB.

;

to decide

perfect aspect, npoiniaTb.

;

HoBTOpaTb, to repeat

OBS.

8.

reading now.
reads all kinds of books, good
and bad.

is

perfect aspect,
;

perfect aspect,

Verbs of perfect aspect have no present tense ;

same inflexions as that of verbs of

their past tense has the

207

imperfect aspect,
tense is like the

i.e.

jt,

.ia,

present,

without the auxiliary

JH; but the future

with a prefix adjoined, and
ao, plural

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.

was doing.
was reading.

fl

A-iiaj-h, I

fl

40Ta.>,

fl

ptinarb, I was deciding.

noBTOpji.n>, I

fl

<3y4y ^tJaib, I shall

fl

6y4y HHTaTb,

fl

fl

fl

be doing.
shall be reading.

shall be deciding.
Oy^y nOBTOpaib, I shall be repeating.

6yAY

piJfflaTb, I

To

C^-ia-it,

is

he taking his

little

son

fl

CA'kiaro, I shall do.

fl

DpoiBTaro, I shall read.

ptiuy, I shall decide.

fl

fl

DOBTOplO, I shall repeat.

takes

him

Where does
horse

He

leads

Om> ero

onx CBoero cwuKa

Oiib ero BOAHTT*

the coachman lead the

BT,

iiiKojy

Kyiep-b

OHT> ee BCAell* Ha DOJ6.

to the field.

Indefinite.

Definite.

Bejy, I lead

fl

Thou

Tbi Be^einb,

leadest j

OBT. se^e'TT),

He

JIbi

We lead

B6A6MX,

Bbi Be^eie,

You

Boat.

Tb
QRT>

leads;
lead

Beflerb BT>

Hacio JH oei erd ry^a

to school twice a week.

him

86411x11

Bw

Onu Be^yTi, They lead

fl Be.n>, I was
leading

OHM

fl

fl

I. 7. (definite)

Be^e'ix

He is
He

have read.

f BOAHTI,, II. 10. (indefinite)

lead, to take to,

taking him to school.

Does he take him there often

have decided.
noBTOpM^T., I have repeated.

ptniHJT). I

(Beciu,

Where

have done.

a np04[iTa.rb,

was repeating.

fl

fl

fl

6j'Ay BGCTU, I will lead

fl

483

paaa

208

Ons.

Tn the same manner are conjugated

9.

IJpOB04HTb, npOBecTii, To lead through, to pass (time).

fll)HB04MTb, npiiBecTii, To lead up to, to take to.
yB04HTb, yBeciM, To lead away, to take away.
OrB04HTb, orBCCiH, To lead away from.

In
H>
He

is

(on,

movement

about),

walking in the street.

leads his horse

(to

and

Ho, governs the dative.

Oin> ii4erb no y.inn'B.

fro) in

Oin> Bo^urb ,i6iiia4b

no 4Bopy.

the yard.
travelled

in

Italy,

France and

fl

Russia.

They were

riding in the fields and

nyToinecTBOBa.il no HTa.iio, <I>paHUin 11 Pocciii.

OBU

no no.min u jyruMi.

'Es^iuii

meadows.

Behind,

3a, governs the instr. (rest).

For,

3a, governs the accusative (motion).

("3arpair ny.

Abroafl '

From
OBS. 10.

'

har
Il3T>

abroad,

Abroad/ when denoting movement,

and when rest

is

trans-

lated sarpaunuy,

Where is your brother now ?

is now abroad.
Where is your wife (spouse) going?

T4"B Bann> dpaTT.

He

Oux Tenepb

She is going abroad.

Did you live abroad long ?
I Hved abroad two years.
Where did she come from!
She came from abroad.

Oiia

To
I

Thou

He

fl

fl

AVL

cynpyra?

sarpaiii'my.

BH

>i;ii.iii

JKUJX aarpaiiHueK) 4Ba

We
You

travellest, Tbi nyTCiiit'CTBycrab.

travel,

travel,

They

MM
BU nyTeuiecTByere.

travel, onn nyTeuiecTBVioT

I travelled, a nyTeuieCTBOBa.il.

travels, OHT> nyTeuiecTBycTi,.

travelled,

^CTb

OTKy4a ona npiixaja?

Qua ngjtxaja H3T> aarpanaqu.

nyTCineCTByH).

We

K\,ia luen. Bauia

AuAro

travel, nyTcmecTBOBaib.

travel,

Tenept

sarpaiinqcro.

MM

Where

209

did you travel this year?

f 4*

BLI

nyieraecTBOBaJH Bi e&efcm-

H6MT. rojy ?
1

travelled abroad.

To

return, BOSBpaTUTbCft.

My

late father, Moii

His

late

noKOHnuB oieqt-

fl

nyiefflecTBOBaj'B sarpaniiqeio.

limit, frontier, rpaeiiita.

Tolerably well,

mother, ero noKuiiiiua Maib.

Order,

A benefactor, o\iaroAlJTe.ib.

Disorder,

EXERCISE LV.
to the Austrian for the silk Landnot going for them to the Austrian, but
Whom did you see last wek
to the Bavarian or Belgian.

Are you not going

kerchiefs ?

am

at the rich Pole's ?

I saw at his house three Frenchmen,

two Englishmen and one German. Did you see there any
Asiatics also ?
Yes, I saw one Chinaman, one Armenian
and two Persians. May Europeans have as many wives as
Asiatics ?
No, Europeans may not have as many wives as

With
Asiatics; Europeans have better laws then Asiatics.
whom are the rich Parisians speaking? They are speakingwith the Swiss, who has such pretty daughters.

From

whom

did you buy these excellent linens and those iron

goods ? I bought the first from Irishmen, and the latter
from their rich neighbours, the English. Is it already time
for this

Scotchman to go

(in a vehicle) to the

Dane ?

It

Is it time for the children to

already time for him to go.
dine ?
No, it is not yet time for them to dine, they have
only just breakfasted. What sort of goods have these

is

Turks and Greeks ? The Turks have good furs, and the
Greeks have nuts and olive-oil. In whose coach are these
Italians

going?

They

are going in

the coach of their

What do you think of the Spaniards

friend, the Spaniard.
and their neighbours the Portuguese ? I thiuk (that) they
P

210

But I do not think so (this).

are very proud.
the Montenegrins and the Bulgarians dislike
not like the Austrians and the Turks.

Whose

Whom
?

do

They do

horse

is

the

He leads his master's

servant of this Milanese leading?
Who takes this little girl to school ? Nobody
horse.
takes her to school, she goes there by herself (caaia).
you been long abroad ? I was there two months.

Have
Has

your wife been abroad also ? No, she has not been yet,
Since we saw him we
she is going abroad to-morrow.
have received from him three letters.
EXERCISE LVI.

How

have you passed your time since I saw you

Where

did you travel ?

I travelled in
When did you return from
France, Russia and Sweden.
thence ? I returned last week.-r-How do you pass your

travelled abroad.

Thank

time now?
abroad as

good

you, tolerably well.

stone houses as

little

peasants abroad have

and light

cellars.

little

Who

Have the peasants

we have ? No, the

wooden houses, with warm rooms

there walking in the street

is

It

Have you read already the book (which)

our benefactor.
I gave you the day before yesterday ? No, I have not read
In that case (iaia>) read it, it is a very good book.
it yet.
is

Where

are the children ?

They are walking in the garden.
took them away ? The old maid-servant took them
away. Where did he take the horse from ? He led him

Who

away from

the well.

Is

it

time for the children to go to

not yet time for them, but for the singer

No,
Whose calf is this butcher
it is already time to go there.
Where is he leadis leading his own calf.
He
?
leading

church

ing it?

it is

He

is

leading

it

to the shed.

Where

is

the

olive..

211

oil,

which you bought of the Greek ?

lamp, which you see there, in the

little

It

is

little

now

in the

corner before

the Holy Image.

What have you on your finger ? It is a
of
late
uncle's.
How many stars and little stars
ring
my
?
I do not know, I did not count (c'lHthem
and
Taib)
nobody can count (cociHTaxt) them. What
is this little town by that river.
It is not a town, it is a

are there in the sky

village.

What

is

There

in this bottle ?

is

wine in

it.

TWENTY-NINTH LESSON.
Masculine nouns designating animate beings form their
feminine according to the following rules :
I.

The termination aqa

a.

Nouns ending

is

added to

in nin>

no.iKoBFiHK *, a colonel; noJKoBnmja, a colonel's wife

1

PodCTBCHiiHKT., a relative

Exceptions.

CrapiiK-B,

feminine irregularly

a sinner.

rp'EUiiiHKt,

'an old man,* and Me^bniiKi, ' a miller,' form their

'
an old woman ;' Me.iLHHiHxa, ' a miller's

ciapyxa,

wife.'

b.

Nouns ending
,

in em>

monk

cxapiiqa, a

a widower

an autocrat

c.

Some names

of animals

JeBT>,

BO.IKI,

a wolf

Opeji, an eagle

UlBeqi, a sewer

Exception.

op.ii'ma.

widow

fern. coMO^epJKnqa.
iiiBea,

a sempstress.

a lion; JbBMija, a

BO.rwija.
;

nun

B^OBUtja (com. B^OBa), a

lioness.

Oce.n>,

an ass

OCJHija.

rdiydb, a pigeon

ro,iydiia;a

(com.

212

And

d.

also tlie following :

HmnepaTop-b, an Emperor
IJapb, the

czar

a deacon

dwarf

Kap.inKT, a

n*Beqi, a singer

^iaKOHiiqa.

Kapjnqa.
ntBiiqa.

in

yiHTejb, a schoolmaster

take HHna

HHTaie.!b,

a ruler.

ib,

ie.ii>,

yjHie.ibHHtja, a schoolmistress.

a friend.

Hpiaie-ib,

HMnepatpriqa.

Maciepiiqa.

Nouns ending

1.

qapiiija.

Maciepi, a master
4iHKOHT.,

OBS.

a reader,

Spuie^b, a spectator.

The termination Ka is added to

Nouns designating natives of towns
and also some other words ending in eat, HITB
II.

a.

Hfaibfl'necrb,

EBponeeij'b,

an European

Kinacni., a Chinese

a dealer

TopruBeijT,,

an Italian
;

Hia^baHKa, an Italian

b,

woman.

AmMHiaenfl-b, an Englishman

efiponeiiKa.

Kimi/niKa.

a Parisian

llapi!/i;ainiiri>,

a master

ToprdBKa.

an acquaintance; ona,

or countries,

aa-

napa

a citizen

(coui. 3naKOMbiB-aa).

a male

a nobleman

caMKa.

b. Nouns of natives of towns or countries, and

some other words, with various endings

also

a Swede

TypOKi, a Turk ; TypianKa.

MepKec'b, a Circassian ; lepitenienKa.

Apam., a Negro ; apanKa.

HO.IHKX, a Pole ; no.ibita.
,,

a Kahnook

a Gipsy

TjuraHKa.

3.104'Bii,

nacxyniKa, a shepherdess.

Haciyxi, a shepherd

OBS.

2.

Greek ; rpeiaHKa.
a neighbour ;
a villain ;

TpeKT., a
Coc'BjT),

Monosyllabic nouns have the syllable OB in-

serted before the termination

JKnAT>,

MOTI, a spendthrift

a Jew

MOTOBM.

i;a

HtiiAOBKa,
|

a Jewess.

Bopi, a thief; BOpoBKa.

213

Exceptions

Kon, a

4pyi"L,

feminine, RouiKa.

a friend

a prince ; KH;II
Focyjapb, a monarch ;

a duke

repqor-b,

a slave

paObma and pada.

Tycb, a goose

Nouns

a.

in

a chatterer

a bawler

And

b.

yet

m is added to

ooJTyHbJi.

H-fiByB-b,

a singer

the following:
;

HryMCHbi, an abbess.
a female guest.

rocifcfl,

added to :

is

Nouns designating the

and such

artisan, trader,
a weaver

like

wife of a professional

man,

TKaiaxa.

a merchant

unapt, a cook

dapbma.

Jryei, a liar

V. The termination nxa

1J

rycwna.

HryMent, an abbot

>,

TocTb, a guest

a.

a lord

r.apmn,,

spHKyeba.

HH

sr

repqoraHa.

HHfl or

repofi, a hero : repoiiHH.

Monaxi, a monk ; MOHaxHHfl,

HH.I.

IV. The termination

Kyneij'b,

feminine, no^pyra.

The following take the termination

III.

PaOi.,

cat

MeJbHHKl, a miller

Ciapocia, a bailiff

CTapociHxa.

Me-ibHBiuxa.

bootmaker

Can6?KHHKT>, a

nosapuxa.

canoK-

n H 4 nxa.
b.

The following

Tpyct, a coward
Illyit,

a jester

also take

ipycilxa.

luyiiixa.

nxa

merojb, a fop

merojuxa.

Oonx, an elephant; cjoeuxa.

By means of different terminations the Russian

a distinction between the wife of a profesmakes
language
sional man and a woman who herself exercises a profesOBS. 3.

sion, as

,*, a schoolmaster

r<**> a schoolmaster', wife.

;

a schoolmistress.

214

Iftapi, a doctor

a doctor's wife.

penapma,

(..leKapna,

^BopniiETb,

a door-porter

woman who

practices medicine,

^pHn^xa,

a door-porter's wife.
(
(.
ABopneija, a female door-porter.

an inspector's wife.
an inspector; ( ^cneKiopuia,
HHcneKipiica, an inspectress.
(.

a director ;

AnpeKioprna, a director's wife.

directress.

VI. Nouns designating" a person exercising some

military employment form their feminine in ma

civil or

CeKpeiapb, a secretary

ceKpeiapuia, a secretary's wife.

OnmepT), an officer ; o*imepina.

OneKyHi>, a guardian ; oneKynuia.

The following form

Kopd.ib,

a king

IlacunoKi, a stepson ;
tfflTb, a brother-in-law

ijapeBHa, a czar's daugher.

na/jiepnna, a stepdaughter.
30JoBKa, a sister-in-law.

3ai&, a son-in-law.

HeB'feciKa,

CseKOpt, a father-in-law
Ctyra, a servant ;

a goat ;
HaB-iMHi, a peacock

The workmen threw

all

He

a prince

CBGitpoBb,

a daughter-in-law.
a mother-in-law.

c-iy/KaHKa,

a maid-servant.

K03a, a she-goat.

Kose.il,

To throw

Aypa> a foolish woman.

Kopo.ieua, a queen.

baron

reeepajbuia.

cy/jeiima

rocno;i;a, mistress.

IJapeBHit, a czar's son

Bapoirb, a

a judge

their feminine irregularly

master
4ypaKT>, a fool

reHepa.n>, a general

Out,

out of the garden

naea, a pea-hen.
(japOHecca, a baroness.

Dpmiqdcca, a princess.

Bb'lKHjaTB, BblKIIIIVTB.
PafioiHiiKn

BbiKiua.ni

MST.

ca/iy

BO*

KaMnn.

the stones.

threw out of the window a pot of

Om>

BbiKHiiy.n

iisi

ouna ropuiJin*

flowers.

OBS.
a.

4.

The

perfect aspect of verbs

is

subdivided into

Perfect aspect of duration (pihe.ii.HBiH), which in-

215

dicates that the action has

been or will be performed in

many movements, or that it will require a certain time

its thorough accomplishment, as

for

came

can get to the church in two

minutes.

to

church

in

a 40ffle.n>40 ijepKBn BI #Ba iaca.

a iviory floi'iTM
i^pusa BI ^Bfi MH-

two hours.

I sang the song over twice.

Can you sing

this

song over again

nponfc.it n'BCHK) ^sa paaa.

M6/KeTe.ni

npon-fcTbaiy nicmo

BLI

ein,e pa3i> ?

Perfect aspect of unity (oAnoKpanibifi), which inaction has been or will be thoroughly

b.

dicates that the

accomplished in one movement, or suddenly, as

Oin> Kiiiiyji itaMenb oienb
He threw the stone very high.
:

He touched (once) the spring.

He looked at Iiim (he glanced at him).
OBS.

The

5.

Oni

BUCOKU.

Tpoiiyji npy;Kuny.

OIIT B3r.iaHy^T> iia nerd.

infinitive of verbs of the perfect aspect of

unity ends in nyib.

It
Is

it

it is

it

You

HTO ero AOM^ cropiii

not true

He npaB^a

are right.

Selves,
Myself, a caui.
Thyself, TLI caMi.
OHT>

Herself,

oiia ca>ia.

Itself,

6.

cami.

Himself,

OHO ca6.

The pronoun

Jin ?

Baiiia

caMbi.

Self,

OBS.

not true.

It is true.

Is

IIpaBja.

true that his house has

been burnt

No,

is true,

CaMH,

ca&ibie, caMbia.

Ourselves,

MM

Youivelves,

Themselves,

cauii.

Btl

CaMH,

onii,

out CaMH.

caMOr(5 ce

Oneself,

^'

C plur. c-amuxi cc6a.

caM-b is

used with the personal

216

pronouns and names of animate objects, and the pronoun

with the demonstrative pronouns and names oi

ca.MbiH

inanimate or abstract objects.

H j himself has told me of

She herself has
lie

He

is satisfied

told

it.

me,

with himself.

Orn, caMT.

MB*

Qua caMa

CKa3a.ia

CKasa.n. O>T, 5TOMT>.

Mirfc 310.

OUT. ^OBO.IGBT. caMi'mi. coSoH).

OHT. XBEIJIITT. caiworo ce6a.

praises himself.
the very same

man,

It is

saw here

to

it

whom we

9io Torb caMbiii He.!OBiKT, KOioparo

MLI BIMTUH SA'tCb a* npoiiuoM i

last year.

rojy.

Death

itself

would not frighten him.

CaMaa cMepib ee

ycTpauiii.!a

6u

ero.

The determinative pronouns caMt and caMLifi

have the same meaning, and are declined in all the genders
OBS.

7.

like adjectives.

NOTE.

Caiat,

gular, and in

u, as

all

and neuter caMo, in the instrumental

sin-

the cases in the plural, take H instead of

Instrumental,

What

is

etvfn;

his age

plural,

is five

years old.

f
<

OBS.

8.

From

genitive, caMiixi, etc.

CK<SKO
(.

He

caMn

estf

Jtn

(KaKHXT, OUT,

E^

J-feTT.

?)

nuTbrtn.

(Oni>

nam

the above examples

it

.iti^.)

will be seen that

the Kussian

language has two different ways to express

such sentences; one with the subject in the dative used
without a predicate, and another with the subject in the

nominative, only used with a predicate.

He

is

two years

old.

(
(.

He

is

ten years of age.

S
(.

OBS.
subject
subject

*The numeral

9.

in

is

is

the

dative,

is

Hstf

rdja.

(Oiib A By XT. .rtn..)

E>.y Aecaib ,trb.

(OHb

4CCHT11

Itn.)

in the nominative

when the

and in the genitive when the

in the nominative,

217

Years,

OBS. 10.
period, etc.,
'

summer ;'

a year/ when used to denote age,

has for the plural .ifrrt, genitive plural of .liio,
in its proper sense, however, it has also its
Fojt,

regular plural, ro^H, roflOBt,

Years passed

rapidly.

All years are not alike.

The years 1856 and 1857 were

unlucky for

as

etc.,

Ewcipo rojbi npoxojiUH.

He BC*

rdjbi ojHiiaKOBi.i

HeciaCT.iHBH.

us.

B,

To

see off, to

imp. asp.

accompany,
>,

In the time

1856 H 1857 roju 6bUH HAH naci

of,

during,

Bo

perf. asp.

BpeMfl.

In good time,
For a time,

B6

BpeMfl.

Ha

BpeMa.

From time

On> BpeMeHH 40 BpeMenn.

to time,

During (in time of) harvest.

Did he come in time ?
No, he came, but not in good time

Bo

spe'Mfl

aTBH.

t Bo BPCMH JH

OHT. npnme'ji.
f HbTb, OHI npHineJT) ee BO

(inopportunely).

A work (literary),
A shopkeeper,
An

coiiinenie.

An

author, nncaTe.ib.

An amateur,
Ferocious,

A composer,
A market-woman,
Talkative,

Happy, lucky,
s

Unhappy, unlucky,
A.

clergyman,

Elm-tree,

iiont.

Pine-tree, cocea.

B/i3T>.

Oak-tree, jyfo.

Birch, Cepesa.

To

To

receive, nojyiaTb, imp. asp.

I will receive, a

eeciacT.uiabiii.

clergyman's wife, nona^bH.

Fir-tree, <Mb.

To take

xoproBKa.

authoress,

dyAY nojyiaTb.

care of

or something,

somebody

pear-tree, rpyraa.

receive, no.iy4MTb, perf. asp.

1 will receive, a no.iyiy.

BepeiB,

I.

7,

governs the

accusative.

To take

218

care of oneself,

To keep on

one's

Eepe

guard against

keep on

my guard,

IOCL, TLI

etc., a ociepera-

ocieperaeiiica,

out ocie-

keep on our guard,

ocxeperaeMca,

BI>I

etc.,

MM

ocTeperacrecb,

OHU ocieperaioica.

Keep on your guard,

man.
There is no need

governs the gen.

governs the genitive.

We

peraeica.

my

ii>Cff,

OcieperaifcCff Koro H.IH *iero,

some one or something,

I

for

against that

me

to

keep on

OcTCperaiixecb aioro leJOBtKa.

Mai. Heiero ero ocxepeTaTbca.

guard against him.

take care, etc., a depery,

TLI

Cepe-

We

take care,

etc.,

BLI dcpe/Keie, OHII

jKeiub, oin.
I

took care, a 6epen>.

She took care,

We

I will take care, a

It took care, OHO Gepcrjo.

Take

took care,

MH

MLI 6epexeMi,

deperyn,.

6epcr.iu.

Cj4y

depe'ib.

care, Oepcrii, plural, Oepeniie.

EXERCISE LVII.

Did you see at the rich princess's ball the wife of colonel
N., and her relative Mrs. D. ? No, I saw neither the wife
of colonel N. nor her relative Mrs. D.
Who is this girl ?
It is my sister's faithful friend.
Did your acquaintance
Mrs. T. receive a new silk hat from her milliner ? She
has not yet received it.
When will she receive it? She
day after to-morrow. With whom is the
nun
speaking? She is speaking with the proud
pale
To whom did the young princess present the new
countess.
will receive it the

She presented it to her friend (acquaintance),

gold ring?
Where is the Laker's wife going
the captain's pretty wife.
with her children ? She is going with them to her neighFrom whom did you buy these knives
bour, the tailoress.

and forks
(xoproBKa).

1 bought them from the old market-woman

Did not you buy from the shopkeeper (female/

219

also something else?! bought of her a pair of sharp scissors,

a pair of gold spectacles, and other goods of iron, steel and
Where did you see the black she-bear with her two
glass.

cubs

I saw

them

in the gipsy 's shed.

ferocious as that lion.

Can you
him there,

is ?

What

is this

boy's age

me where

It is not a boy, it

is

as

his excellent

in the forest, on the grass

It is an oak, and not a pine.

Yes, I see
tinder the high pine-tree.

dog

tell

This lioness

is

a dwarf,

who

How old are these two little

twenty-seven years old.
girls ?
They are not little girls, but female dwarfs, and one
is

them

of

And
are

is
forty-five and the other fifty-three years of age.
I thought they were little girls.
No, as you see, they
Where have your nieces been
already old women.

They were at their schoolmistress's yesterday.

are the young lady pupils going ?
They are
going with the daughters of the shoemaker's wife. To
whom is the mistress of this house going ? She is going

yesterday.

With whom

to the clergyman's

young
She

wife.

With,

whom

is

the ge-

going (in a vehicle) with the

Can you tell me where they are
countess's daughters.
going ? Yes, they are going to the rich merchant's wife's
neral's wife

going

is

ball.

EXERCISE LVIII.

Where

Englishwomen going with their

They are going abroad. Did you

are these rich

French lady friends

see yesterday at the theatre the pretty Swedish women, of

whom I spoke to you ? Yes, I saw them there with one

German, one Polish and two Italian women. To whom

widow want to write ? To the kind abbess. Is
it true that this pretty Englishwoman is an excellent

does the

authoress

There are

many who

say that she writes well,

220

but I myself have never read her works. What does this
to describe ?
He wants to describe the

Frenchman want

of the peasants in Turkey.

Does the handsome Greek
often to her neighbour, the talkative female

life

woman go
friend

Where has

Yes, very often.

this

Frenchwoman

She was at the house of the rich American woman,

who has just come from abroad. Has the extravagant old
woman still her rings and her new gold watch ? She has

been

Where are these things now ? I think

longer.
What sort of
the cunning old Jewess has got them now.
shoes have the Chinese women ? They have very small

them no

Where

shoes.

are the peasant

women with

the shepherd-

The peasant women

are going to the forest,

and the shepherdesses are going to the field to their flocks.
Did the maid-servant give some bread to the children of
esses

going ?

the female slave

bread, they

Yes, but they do not want to eat the

To whom did
cheese.

?.sk for

some butter and

this burgher's wife give

away

(oT^aib) her

grey cat

She

did not give her cat away, but lent her only for a time to
her neighbour, the miller's wife.
Who told you that the
pretty Circassian

woman

is

very hospitable?

All

her

To whose room
(this).
going ? She is going to the empress's room.
with the queen or with the grand-duchess ? She is going
with both, and her friend the countess is also going with
acquaintances say so

is

the princess
Is she going

them.

EXERCISE LIX.

Whose

funeral

is it ?

It is the funeral of the rich Jew,

Who has bought the rouge ?

The maid-servant of the celebrated lady singer bought: it.

the

first

banker in our town.

Is the gallery of this chgrch high

Yes,

it is

very high

Who

has lost this

For

it.

little

221

needle ?

whom did you buy

How

for

my

He

will be eight years old soon.

little

Russia ?

son's little horse.

old

is

your

lost
it

bought
little

son

Have you been long

was there three years, six years.

-No, I do not want

go into the garden ?

garden now, I like to
to

The poor sempstress

this little saddle

in

Do you want
to

go into the

go there after dinner or after tea.

Have you received already Mrs. B's. new work ? No, I

have not yet. When will you receive it ? I do not know.

Who

Have
paid for your dinner ? I paid for it myself.
in
?
in
or
I
have
not
been
been
No,
Algiers
Egypt
you ever
I have been already in Asia and America.
yet in Africa, but
Who has bought of the Persian the handsome Turkish

The rich merchant's

Have you already seen your

shawl?

No, I have not yet seen her

Paris, but to Berlin.

wife bought

it

sister-in-law off
off,

and she

With whom

is

from him.
to Paris?

not going to
she going abroad?
is

going with her friend, the rich major's wife. Have

they caught the deserter already ? No, they did not catch
How is
the deserter, but they caught the female thief.

She

is

your wife's health ? Thank you, she is quite well. Whom

do you see there in the green meadow ? I see a young
With whom is she there ? There is no one
shepherdess.
with her there. Take care of your money. I do take care
but your brother takes very bad care of it. You are
at all.
Keep on your
right, he does not take any care of it
is no
There
this
gambler.
necessity for me
guard against
of

it,

to keep

on

my

guard, I never play at cards.

222

THIRTIETH LESSON.
Whose garden

is this !

^cii aio cajt ?

STO ^t^OBi ca^i.

It is the grandfather's garden.

Whose book

is

Hba 910

this?

It is the sister's book.

The

Kiitira

9io cecipima Kinira.

9io flfl/tnea KHiira.

It is the uncle's book.

OBS. 1.

Tpmuarafi y p 6 K T,.

possessive case of nouns in English can be

rendered by an adjective termination added to the nominative, as

John's garden,

Ca^

HeaHa, or

t HBauoBT) ca;cb.

These are termed in Russian Possessive Adjectives, " npnTfl/KaTe.ibHi>ia," and are divided, according to their termination, into

I. Personal (.niHHbia), formed from proper and common

names of persons, and inanimate objects treated as animated beings, ending in OBt, eo^ Hira, m,JHT>; (feminine
a,

neuter o).
a.

Possessive adjectives in OBt are formed from

ending in

-B,

Hexpi, Peter

Mark

MApKO,

b.

names

Adjectives in

nouns in

ii,

t,

Andrew

,
,

;
Ae^peeBt, Andrew's.
a schoolmaster ; yiHTe.ieBt, schoolmaster's.

the czar
,

HeipoBX, Peter's,
MapKOBT>, Mark's.

are formed from

GET.

sun

ijapeB'b, czar's.

co-iimest, sun's.

Possessive adjectives in L, HJT>, it, are

2.
Slavonic and old Russian, as :
in
church
the
only

OBS.

rocnojb, Lord,

God

Tocno^eafc, Lord's,

met with

223

nouns in
Adjectives ending in HHT, are formed from
in
those in IJEIITB from nouns
ija :

c.
;

.IVKH,

Luke

jfyitiiirfc,

4fl4fl,

uncle

A4iiin>, uncle's.

Kop.Mii,iHiia,

a nurse

3.

Luke's.

KopMioHm>ini, nurse's.

Peter's house,

HeipoBT, AOM-B.

Andrew's

An^peesa cecrpa.

sister,

The uncle's field,

The brothers Petrov,
The uncle's fields,

OBS.

a,

EpfiTLH UeTpoBW.
no.ia.

Personal possessive adjectives, like

all

other

number, gender and case with the

adjectives, agree
which
substantive to
they refer, and are declined according
in

to the following: table.

(
I see the uncle's

224

daughter with the

fl

uii/Ky

master's son in the neighbour's

4JUnny joib ex

Cb'moMb BX coc'B^OBOM'b ca.iy.

garden.

Have you the

I

have not the

OBS.

sister's gloves.

Family names, as also names of towns or places

and HHT. (biin>), are declined in the same way

4.

in OBT,

y BECI JH cecxpnHbi nepiaiKH ?

y Aiena u'Erb cecTpnHbixT> nep'it'iTOK'b.

sister's gloves ?

6BT>,

as personal possessive adjectives, except the prepositional

case, which takes in the masculine and neuter i> instead

of
I

OMT>.

was speaking with George Petrov

and Miss Ivanov about Mr.

roBOpi'm

fl

11

Orlov.
I

and

HfiaiiOBoii o rirfc.

5.

ci>itn>,

fl

He 6u.n>

BT>

ACpeBHt

Gbui BI Kieut H

MaKCiiiioti,

HO

HCKOB-B.

In

official documents, the words 40Hh,

'daughter/
'son/ are used with the patronymic, as
:

Peter son of John Orlov,

tle'ipt ITBatlOBt CMH'I Op.ioBl.

Mai-y daughter of John Romanov,

Map^a

But

Op-

JOB'S.

have not been in the village of

Maxina, but I have been in
Kiev and Pskov.

OBS.

ErdpOMT> IIeTp63bnn>

CT>

AtBi'mcii

IlBaffoBa 40ib

PoMaooBa.

the language of the present day, in patronymic

OBI., eBt, oua, esa are replaced by
6604^ (H IJI), ouna, CBiia, and the terminations a in,,

in

names, the terminations

,

by

H4i,

niiHiiiiia (niiiiia),

Peter sou of John Orlov,

Mary daughter

of

John Romanov,

as:
Heip^ iB^VOBBTt

Mapin

HB,' IIOBII.I

Op-ioBi.

PoMaiiOBa

Sergius son of Elie Petrov,

CeprEii n.n,n'n> ITeTpoBT,.

Sophia daughter of Elie Petrov,

C6*ba

OBS.
dressed

6.

by

their family

Iljbuuiiiiiiia

HcipoBa.

Friends and acquaintances are familiarly adtheir Christian

names.

and patronymic instead of by

225

Generic adjectives (pOAOBb'm), formed chiefly from

II.

names of animals ending

a.

Adjectives in

nouns in

iii

iii,

efiiii.

OBIM,

are formed from masculine

and from neuter nouns in

B, a,

T>,

in

Bapant, a ram
a sable

Cotfo.ib,

Koaa, a goat

calves

Tc.!/iTa,

and feminine

#o, aia.

6apaniii port, rani's horn.

cofidiiii

Mtxx, sable-fur.

Koaiii cwpT>, goat-cheese.

T&iHiiii XBOCTT>, calf 's-tail.

OBS. 7. In the formation of these adjectives the radical

consonants 4, T, q, r, K, x, before iii, change into H;, H, m, as :
MeABt^j a bear Me^B'iJKiH, bear's.
a sheep ; OBeiia, sheep's.
;

.OBqa,

PeGaia, children
b.

pe6a^ifl, child's, etc.

The terminations ofiifl and

labic

Kj6m>, a
Clout,

bug

luonoBiii.

an elephant

OBS.

Generic adjectives in

8.

KoH,ahor3e; KoneBia (coin. KdHCKifl).

Bo.ii, an ox ; BOJdBiii.

cjoedflifi

are added to monosyl-

efiiii

nouns in om>, OHt, o^t, OHB, as

are also formed from

iii

some nouns signifying a human being in

butes, different stations of
le-iOB-EKi.,

IlaCTyxi, a shepherd
BaOa, a

And

woman
also

6adiif.

God

sex, age,

le-ios-fiim TJHSX,

naciyiiiiii.

from the following

Eon.,

OBS. 9.

man

life,

Boatiii.

B^OB'I,

his physical attrias :

e^tc*,

man's eye.

a widow

4*BMi(a,

B^(5Biii.

a girl, A^BU

ii^> *tc.

Bparx,

enemy,

English compound words and nouns in apposiRussian after the above manner, thus :

tion are rendered in

A
A

horse-shoe,
tea-tray,

A brick -house,
A water-spout,

Joma^Heaa nojKOBa,

HaHBMU

nojno'ci.

KnpnriiHbiii
4o/K4eBoii

226

The following

OBS. 10.
larly

adjectives are formed irregu-

Epai*, brother

3aib, brother-in-law

dpaiHHBi.

husband

Maib, mother

daughter

To hope, to expect,
To rely, to depend upon.
I hope, a

Thou

TM

You

aa^'feeuica.

hopes, OBI aajieTca.

I hoped, a aa^'feajca, jacb, etc,

Does he hope
to-day

Do you

uaA'Biica,

We hoped,

ea.j'fia.iBCb.

HaA'beica

.in

OBI nojyiuTb

expect to find her at

do not expect it.

Could one rely upon him

home

Hajteiecb JH BM
ne Ba^iiocb.

rely

MOHJBO JH aa aero Ba.^aibca?

BM

upon him.

Moatexe Ba^taibca aa aero.

Oaa

relies

pa4-feercfl

laughs, om> CMteica.

OBS. 11.

The

aa aero.

OHI. BaAieicfl aa

To laugh,
He

saci'iib ee

fl

upon him.
He depends upon it.
To find at home.

She

MM

(imperative); plural, Ba^BiiTCCb.

a letter

to receive

hope, BM

They hope, OBQ

You may

ace.)

We hope, MM

He

Hope,

na (with the

naflfcrocb.

hopest,

MaTepiiin,.

We laugh,

TO.

conjugated

MM

accented in the terminations

like

of the

present indicative is always pronounced e (yo).

Beef,

Sheep-skin, OBthba rauypa.

Ox

Hare-skin, aaa'iba niKypa.

Sable collar, co6o.iiii BOpOTinixfc.

flesh, Obiiaibe Maco.

Mutton, dapaanna.
Sheep's

Ox

flesh, Capfuibo MJICO.

fat, Cbiia'iili /Kiip'b.

Cow's

veal, xe^aibe

comb-maker, rpedeamuKT*.
knife-maker, BOJKCBBJUKI).

Help, assistance, noMon^b.

fat, icopoBiii

Fur

Isinglass, pwoiii

Roast

apK6e.

Wolf's den, BoJiba HMO,

coat,

myda.

Bear-skin, Me/jBtaaa iiiKypa.

A fox,

jut-iiua, .iiic-l

227

A coat lined
A

with bear-skin.

m ^a ea

f
t

coat lined with sable.

Me^Btstba myda.
a Ha

m^

"****

*tf

t Codojrba myda.

coat lined with fox-skin.

.lucbs

myda.

OBS. 12. Generic adjectives follow the same declension

as qualifying adjectives, taking however in all the cases
B before the termination; as pbiSiu, * of fish ;' genitive
pb'iSbaro, dative pb'iftBCMV, etc.
The

My

brother's book.

BpaienHa KHiira.
Knura Moero dpaia.

brother's book.

OBS. 13.

Possessive adjectives are not used after

pos-

sessive pronouns.

To
To
To
What
I

YHIITB, gov. the ace.

YHHTB, gov. the ace.

learn, to study,

YIIITBCH, gov. the dat.

do you teach him

Bbi

teach him the grammar.

He is learning his
He was learning
To

He
He

and dat.

teach,

learn (by heart),

erd yinie

lesson.

yiy ero rpaMMaiuK'B.

OBI yien. CBOH ypo'Kt.

the French and

Qm> yrajca *paHqy3ceojiy a aarjiu-

fl

CKOMy

English languages.
learn to read and write.

can read and write.

is

To

Oei) rpasiOTBbifi.

a learned man.

To play

praise, xuaiMTb (like

We

I teach, a yi^.

Thou

He

teachest,

TU

You

yiiinib.

teaches, om, yiffrb.

I taught,

fl

teach,

(like

MM

teach, oeii yiar*.

We taught,

teach,

ma.!iiTB

teach, BU y-mie.

They

yiiiJT), a, o.

Do

tricks,

Mbi yiiiJH.

plural yiiiie.

EXERCISE LX.

What

kind of fur

is

this

It

is

the fur of a beaver.

From vrhom

228

did Peter's son

Constantino's brother.

it ?
He bought it from
was at the uncle's house ?

buy

Who

The neighbour's daughter, with the

Where

were there.

maid- servant,

sister's

are the master's children

They

are

What are they doing there ? They

Do you like bear's flesh ? No,
lessons.

in the brother's room.

are learning their

I do not like bear's flesh, but I like veal and mutton.

Whom

do you

on that stone bridge, and whom

I see the husband's sister and the sister's

see

under those trees?

son.
What do you expect to receive from Peter's niece ?
I expect to receive a letter from her.
Do not rely upon
because
one
could
not
him.
Where is the
him,
rely upon

wife's friend (fern.)

room,

going?

for the father's hat.

She

is

going to the brother's

Do you know the

Lord's Prayer

Yes, I do, and I hope (that) all Christians know and read
the Lord's Prayer.
Have you not the master's ink ? I

have not, I have the uncle's red ink. Are the Sparrowhills high ?
Yes, one could see from the Sparrow-hills all
(BCCB)

Moscow.

What

are these Chinese eating?

They

To whom are you going ? I

are eating swallows' nests.
am going to Peter, son of John Souvarov. Have you read

Krylav's fables ? No, I have not read the fables of John,

son of Andrew Krylov, but I have read Solovyev's and
Karamzin's History of Russia. Where were you on Sunday
morning

I was at Saint Michael's Church.

John's sons?

Where were

They were in Saint Nicholas's Church, and

saw there the miracle-working (qy^OTBopHbiH) image of this

With whom is Mary, daughter of Peter, going in a
She is going with her friend the Countess Alexandra,
coach?
daughter of Nicholas. Are sheep-skins dear? Yes, but
saint.

not so dear as ox-skins.

,

Were you speaking with

Eliza-

daughter of John, and her cousin Andrew, son of

229

I spoke neither with the one nor the other, but

with Alexandra, daughter of Nicholas. What did the uncle's
She gave to the cat some
maid-servant give to the cat ?
6sh bones, and the dog a few beef bones.

Nicholas?

EXEHCISE LXI.

Whose
this

my

coach do you see?

sister's

laugh.

No,

Who

the master's umbrella.

we who

I see the brother's coach.

umbrella?

You must

is

it

is

not the

sister's,

Ts

but

laughing so loudly ? It is
so, it is unbecoming.

not laugh

We
is

It
are laughing because what you say is very funny.
not true, you are laughing because you like to joke (play

You

tricks).

were you

are mistaken, sir,

last year ?

was in

we never
Siberia,

joke.

Where

where a Siberian

gave me a few excellent reindeers' horns. Upon whom

and what do you rely ? I rely upon God and God's help
Docs Jacob's master teach your children well ? He
only.
teaches them well, and my children do not learn badly.
What have you in your hands? It is a bird's nest. What
are these

What
What

are

combmakers doing? They

they making them from

are
?

making combs.

From ox

horns.

did you buy in the market the day before yesterday ?

I bought two pood of sheep's fat and five poods of

Of what do the knifemakers make knife handles?

fat.
Do you prefer roast
of reindeers' horns.
make
them
They

cow's

beef to roast veal

'

Yes, I prefer the former to the latter.

Which people prefer horse flesh to any (BCHKiii) other ?

Calmuks and some other Asiatics. Have you many male
I have many male, and still more female rerelations ?
Have you seen in Russian forests lions and
latives.
One can see these wild beasts in Asia and Africa
lionesses ?

230

only, but not in Europe ; and therefore I have not seen in

Russia either lions or lionesses. Where did you pass last
winter? I passed it in a village. And I thought you were

No, niy parents could not give me any money

and therefore I could not go (notxaib). What
kind of fur-coat did he buy at the fair ? He bought a coat
in Italy.

this year,

lined with beaver, with a sable collar.

THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. TpiwaiB

Is the master kind

The master

Is the pupil
diligent

The

OBS.
its
is

pupil

JIE

yiuiejb T

Ao6pT>.

npn.ieJKeni.

jn yieniiKt?

yiemiKt npiue;Kem>.

is diligent.

An

1.

4o6pT>

y<miejb

kind.

is

nepBbiii

adjective

when used

as a predicate changes

termination into an apocopated one. The apocope

made by changing the masculine terminations BIH, in,
full

into t,
final

B,

and in the feminine and neuter by cutting

vowel, as
460pLiii,

(Cuuiii,

good ; apocopated, flodp-b, #o(5pa,

blue ; apocopated, cune.)

46.mii, long

apoeopated,

ropbKiii, bitter

apocopated, rdpeifb, ropbKa, ropbKo.

CnoKdiiHuii, tranquil

OBS.

apocopated, cnoK<5ein>, cnoKoiina, enoKoQno.

Apocopated adjectives in

2.

i>,

preceded by two or

more consonants, take the euphonic o or

The vowel
a.

Before

inserted

is

KT>,

timid

jf(5BOKt.

p66oKi.

KpiuKiii, strong

e.

preceded by

JoBKiii, clever
Pd6i;iii,

off the

6, B, n, M, H, j, p, ^, T, 3, c, r, as
TpoMKiii, loud
TonKiii, thin

sweet

rpoMOKi.

TOUOKT..
;

waAOKX,

etc.

231

Adjectives in K%, preceded by

Except ion.

heavy

TflJKKiii,

#.

And

in the following
pisofit.

P-E3Bbiii, playful ;
3JOH, wicked ; 3ojn>.

The vowel
a.

at,

take

instead of o, aa

e,

TH/

Ho^nwii, full

^ojriii, long

DO

'

e is inserted

In adjectives ending in nt, preceded by any consonant

except

J,

as

red

KpacHbiii,
HecTiibiii,

6.

; Kpacent.
honest j leciee-B.

In those in
strong

B'tpnBifi,

CBodofliibifl,

B-E

free

which are preceded by

HI,,
;

true

cejeni.

OSiiibiiLia,

In the following :
iene.il.
Ten.nift, warm

j soft (JB), as:

abundant

odilicm..

e.

OcipbiS, sharp

ocTe'p-B.

CfltULifl, bright

CB'fiiejT.

KUCJLIH, sour

d.

And

those

in

Xuiptitt, climjing, XHiepi.

j

Kiicej'L.

which have

B or

u before the ter-

mination, as:
T6pbKifi, bitter

bold

B6iiKifi,

ropCKl.

CoeKT,.

Exception.

BdJBHbiii, free;

CnoKoiiebin, quiet

/(ocTdiinbiii,

worthy;

All other apocopated adjectives, although having

two or more consonants before the termination, do not take

OBS.

3.

any euphonic vowel.

T6.icTbia, thick

Beixiii, old
,

TO.ICTB.

Beirb.

proud

rop,v&.

kind

4<56pbiii,

MepiBLiii,
,

dead;
hard ;

232

OBS.

Apocopated adjectives when joined

4.

to a sub-

means of the auxiliary verb GLJTB, ' to be/ have

the genders and both numbers, but one case only the

stantive by
all

nominative, as
a

AOtint,

o5pa, jo6p<5.

fl

CLLIT. Ao6pi>,

fl

CyJY

Mu

Ao6pa,

flotipo.

am

was kind.

I will

floop-L, AOtfpa, flodpo.

kind.

be kind.

We are kind,

floSpu.

etc.

OBS. 5. When, however, an apocopated adjective is used

in place of a qualifying adjective, it is declinable, as :
M-fccaiVb,

bright

moon

white liands

pyKfl,

genitive, CB'&ria jrBcnqa, etc.

genitive,

0&UIX*

pyKi>, etc.

OBS. 6.
Qualifying adjectives in apocopated form are
used in poetry only, and are distinguished from indeclinable
ones by the tonic accent, which in the latter is generally

changed, as

Elubi PJKH, white hands.

PyKQ
I

am

dfcjbi,

the hands are white.

fl

diligent.

Are you diligent

She is modest.

He is not

npn.!e/i;iii>i

Qua

Is

rop,jT>

7.
is

JI

KTO

We are happy.

to be,'

BLI 1

OHI

poor.

he proud ?
Who is happy

AH

CKPOMIIU.

Jlu ciacT.iHBM.

^The present tense of the auxiliary verb

always omitted, although understood.

Lofty, BLicoKiti.

Frank,

OTKpOBeiinLift.

Exacting,

Djmestic,

6i>iTb,

233

Healthy, 3flOp6uMft.

Fertile,

Severe,

Nutritious,

Kind,

strict, ciporifl.

Clever, HCKyciibiii.

KpoTKifi.

Content, ^OBo-ibeuQ.

Liberal,

Air, Bd3AyxT>.

Sonorous,

To sell, npo#iBa"Tb (imperf. asp.).

To jump, npbiraib.
To dance, TamjOBaib.
To ride, txaib Bepxoii-b (definite).

To sell, npOAaib (perf. asp.).

To run, ciraib.
To know, 3Haib.
To ride, -BS^HTb BepxoMT> (indtf.).

I could,

We could,

MM

MOFB, Mor,ia, MOIMO.

fl
MOF.IU.

could, OHU MOIMU.

They

I shall be able.

fl

We shall be able.

Jlbl

dy/iy BT> cocTOflHin.

6AeMT,

Is it far to ?

From
From

What
What

there,

kind,

what

sort ?

sort of a horse is yours

sort of

you got

KauoBa Baina Jdraa^b

KaKoBi

Ona oieHb
you

new teacher have

dare, etc., H

csiiiro,

TM

KaKOB6 Bamn nojoxna

KaKoBT).Bani^

I. 1.

We

dare not.

Who
I dared,

dare, etc.,

MM CM

GHli CMljIOTb.

OBT. CM-BCTl).
I

xopouia.

dares

fl

lie CM'BK).

KTO

dare say.

CM-BIO

fl

CM&rb,

We

cui'Lia,

dared,

MM

Strong,
The ox is strong.
The horse is strong.

Hainn nojoiea oneab npo'inw.

dare,

caiteinb,

Bairn, npiaie.ib ?

To
t

KaKOBl, (KaKOBOll)

linen is very durable.

What

COCTOHHiH.

OTCIO/ISL

here.

He is very good.
What sort of friend have
He is an excellent man.
How is your linen ?
Our

BT>

.in

BblKT. Cll.Ielll.

Jouia^b cn.ibnu.

234

Ice

is

strong.

This tobacco
c

OBS.

is

strong.

BTOTX TaOaKT. KplnoKl.

Strong*,' implying physical strength, is rendered

8.

by cuJBHBiUj and in other cases by

To bloom,
I bloom, etc., a TjB'lry,

QR1
I

bloomed, a

I shall

TM

ijBl>TeiHb,

We

MM
bloom, MLI

ijBl>Te'Mi. Bbi

TG, OHli

IJB'BTeT'b.
n.Bli.i'b,

We bloomed, MM
We shall bloom, MM

ns'BJa, I^B-BJO.

bloom, a Oyviy

What flowers bloom in your garden ?

Kauie

Various flowers bloom in our garden.

qB'Tyn>

i^B'fiTbi

ca^y

PasnMe

6y4eMi>
BT>

qBtxyTT. BX

IJBIJTIJ

ca^y.

To be

BMTL

in flower.

All the trees are in flower.

To

BT>

qB'Biy.

Bet ^epeBbfl

BT>

A rose, pdsa.
A violet, *iajKa.

A forget-me-not,
A lily,

A tulip,

A clove,

.Jii.iia.

TKUbnan'B.

CHocniB, indefinite.

carry, to take to,

(HeciH, definite.

What

HTO BM necete

are you carrying ?

now the flowers.

Do you

necy xenepb i^Btibi.

Hacio .1 H BM HXT> HOCIITO

fl

fl

carry

carry them often I

carry them to him twice a day.

To wear
To wear

clothes.

HOCllTb DJaTbG.

out clothes.

HSHOCHTb

Indefin. Imperf.

Defin. Tmperf. Asp.

fl

necy

TM

eeceinb,

I carry;

Thou

carriest

nomy.
TM Hociirab.

OHT, ncce'rb,

He

carries;

cm-b

MM

We

carry ;

MM

nocmi'L.

DM

ndciiie.

eece'MT.,

Bbi Receie,

You

One necyrb

They carry;

carry ;

Horny nxT> e.My 4Ba paaa

onii

nocnu.

Asp.

ijBl>Te-

235

R
fl

He'ci., nec.ia,

newo, I carried

iieciM, I shall

6yAy

necii, uecuie,

carry

a Hociijt,

nocii-ia, HOCILIO.

a 6yjy BOCIITL.

BOCH, Hociiie.

carry;

In the same manner are conjugated the following prepositional verbs formed from HCCTU and HOCHTB.
OBS.

9.

To bring, npHHOCHTb, npanecTH.

To carry away, yeocuTb, yneciH.
To carry out, BbmocHib, BbiRecin.
To carry from, OTHOCUTB, OTHGCTH.

OBS. 10.
indicates

'

npn with verbs of motion generally

and
no, from/ with reference to the
towards/

The

prefix

'

place of the speaker.

I

came

hither.

fl

went thither,

fl

npnme.r& cro^a".
aoraeji ly^a.

I brought,

fl

npneecTj.

I took to,

fl

noue'ct.

EXERCISE

Have your

my

sons

therefore

animals
useful to

LXIL

sons a kind master (teacher)

The master

of

very kind, but he is not strict enough, and

my sons are inattentive and lazy. What

is

are

to man?
Do you want

useful

man.

All domestic animals are

to

buy that house with the

No, I do not, because although the house is fine

garden
and lofty, yet (HO) the rooms in it are small and low. Is
the garden large ?
No, the garden also is not large. Is
?

from here to uncle's fields ? No, it is near to them

Do you want to ride to the village of the
from
?
B.
countess
No, I do not want to ride, because it is too
it

far

here.

tar

from here to the countess's village. How are these

These wines have a very good flavour (BKycHLia)

wines?

Is the princess happy ?

but they are also very expensive.
She is vei;y happy ; her husband is kind and amiable, and

2:36

Is the schoolher children are charming and obedient.

mistress's friend sincere ?
Yes, she is sincere, faithful and
1

kind, and both her daughters are intelligent and amiable.

His bread is no/
Is the bread new at your old baker's ?

new

as

and the rye bread he has is tot

kind of sugar has your new
white and cheap, but not sweet enough.

as his neighbour's,

What

and too black.

stale

merchant ?

It

is

He says that learning is

does the teacher say ?
are
its
fruits
Are your rooms warm ?
but
sweet.
bitter,
One is warm and the other cold, but the air in both is fresh

What

and pure.

my

your brother

Is

sister is

Does

ill.

very

No, he

still ill ?

this little girl

is

well,

want

but

to work,

and to write ? No, she wants only to run, to jump

and to dance. What sort of oats have these peasants ?
Their oats are large (KpynHhifi) and cheap, but their hay is
bad and not fresh. Is your new clerk experienced ? Yes,
he is experienced and diligent, but he is very poor. Whose
Ours. Is the winter in Italy
horse is weak and lazy ?
warm? Yes, but this year the winter there was very
Are men immortal ? No, all men are mortal.
cold.

to read

EXERCISE LXIII.

He
Is this painter clever ?
Is your coffee sweet ?

is

modest.

clever

very

No,

it

and very
Is the

is bitter.

water in that pot warm ?

speak is not warm ; it is

your penknife
knife

is

It

blunt.

my new

ful to

your new one ?

mistress

thy new

is

Is the knife sharp

sort of a master is

but

No, the water of which you

still cold.
How is the edge oi
but
the
sharp,
edge of my other

is

masters

He

Not
is

wicked and mean.

very.

What

kind and

liberal,

Art thou

faith-

Yes, but they are too severe and

237

Are your scissors sharp ? They are blunt,

but the tailoress's scissors are sharp. What is the gardener
too exacting.

He is carrying the rake and the pitchfork.

carrying ?
Where does he carry them to ? He is carrying them into
Are not your candlesticks new ? No, they
the garden.
Are they of silver or of pewter? They
are already old.
Give me a sharp fork, this one is
are of English pewter.
I have no sharp forks, all my forks are blunt.
too blunt.

Do you know
very insolent
What did you

this gentleman ?
he is
Yes, I know him
and sly, and therefore no one likes him.
want to say ? I wanted to say, that I shall
;

Are the flowers in

not
No,
your garden blooming already?
yet, but they
will be blooming soon.
What colours do you prefer? I
Have you
prefer the blue and green colours to all others.
not be able to give you any flowers.

No, not many, we have

only roses, forget-me-nots, violets, lilies, cloves and a few
Which trees in Northern Russia are green
other flowers.
even in winter ? Firs and pines only are green in winter.

many

flowers in your garden

Where
it

does the cook take the firewood

Does he take

to the kitchen.

carries it only

when

a glass of wine.
Yes,
with us to-day to the play ?

home

to?

He

often thither?

takes

He

his master orders him.

me

have to be at

it

to-day.

sir.

Can

Waiter, bring
you go (in a vehicle)

No, I cannot go with you,

238

THIRTY-SECOND LESSON.
OE THE

Tpi^uan,

INFINITIVE

BT op6ii

MOOD.

Heonpej'kiennoMt HaiuiOHeiirn.

In order

to conjugate Russian verbs

their two fundamental

it

is

essential to

know beforehand

forms, viz. the

infinitive and the third person plural of the present indicaand in verbs wanting- the present tense, the third
tive
;

person plural of the future perfect.

There are in Russian two conjugations only, which

embrace all the regular verbs, with all their so-called aspects
(BH^B).

These conjugations are distinguished by the inand the third person

flexions of the second person singular

plural of the present.

a. The first conjugation comprises the verbs having the
second person singular ending in euib and the third person

plural in yn> or lors, as

thou goest ; njyii, they go.

,
b, thou readest ; iimiiorb, they read.
b. The second conjugation comprises the verbs having
the second person singular in niiib and third person plural
in an. or &rb, as
:

.lestHiiib,

thou

liest

down ;

FoBopuuib, thou speakest

je/Kiii^,

they

lie

down,

roBOparb, they speak.

All regular verbs, according to the termination of the

infinitive, and the inflexion of its first person singular of
the present indicative, are subdivided into ten classes
of
first eight belong to the first, and the two last
;

which the
(the ninth

and tenth)

to the second conjugation.

239

CLASS

has the infinitive in TB, and the first person in

preceded by a vowel, whieh is preserved in conjugation.
1

4'fc.ia-Tb,

do ;

to

M-Eiia-Tb, to
IlM-E-Tb, to

K),

A'Lia-ro, I do.

chauge

have;

M-EIIH-K), I

nsii-K), I

change.
have.

Fnn-Tb, to rot j rni-io I rot.

4y-Tb, to blow

fly-K), I

blow.

CLASS 2 has the infinitive in aiB preceded by a consonant,

and in HTB after a vowel, having the first person in K), as
:

CtflTb, tO

To shake,
To slumber,
To drip,
I

shake,

etc., a

d.ieiiib,

SOW

ClilO,

I SOW.

Ko.ie6aTB.

to doze,

K0.ie6.iro,

Tbi

KO-ie*-

4peMaiB.
KanaiB.

We

shake,

etc.,

MM

I shook, a KO.ie6a.iT>.

We

shook,

I will shake, a tiy^y KO.ie6aTb.

We

will shake, Mbi

6,

uo.ie6.ieMi,

MM

KO.ie6a.!H.

6yA6M^ Kaic6aib.

OBS. 1. Verbs of the second class in ait, preceded by

n, or M, take in the first person an j before 10.

It drips, Kan,ierb.

It drizzles, Mopociin*.

It dripped,

It drizzled, MOpociiJO.
It snows, CH*F^ njeYb.
It was snowing, cii'fen>

It rains,
It

BM

KO.ie6.ieTe, onii KO.!e6jK)TT>.

OUT, K0.ie6.icrb.

was

raining, flO/K^b ine'41.

Rain, AOJK^b.

Snow,

Hail, rpa,vb.

It hails,
It

Thunder, rposi^.
Thunderstorm, rpoaa.

It

has

rpajb nje'Ti.

thunders, rpOMi. rpeamrt.

Lightning,

It lightens (the lightning flashes),

We shall

ine'.n>.

cn-6ri.

Mo.mifl

have rain.
4oa;Ab npoiuej-b.

left off raining.

To swallow,
To gnaw,
I gnaw, a iMOHty,
I gnawed, H

Tbi ivioiKcmb,

FjOTaTb. 1. 1.
I\iOAaTB. I. 2.

OH*

We gnaw, MM

We gnawed,

rM

Mbi

BM

OBS.

2.

240

The consonants

the second class, change into

I
[

?K,

Maxan

To

Ilncaii,.

write,

breathe, a flumy, etc.

breathed, a 4bimaJi.

breathe, a Gy^y

wave, a Maoiy, etc.

waved, a Max;LiT>.

I will

wave, a 6yAY

Wave,

Mamii, Maiiiiiro

Taut n.

("Kain>

Both,
n.

(II

And,
Both

I. 2,

Breathe,

of

H, or m.

To wave, to brandish,
To breathe,
To cut,

I shall

in verbp

K, T, 3, c, r, K, x,

II.

(the one

and the other),

II TOTT>,

3.
Two or more subjects in the singular, connected
of
the above copulative conjunctions, require the
either
by
verb or the attribute in the plural.

OBS.

John and Nicholas are ill.

The Apostles Peter and Paul.
Both Mary and Laura are my

e HRKOJaii
Ano"cTO.ibi

pupils.

Help* H

naue.n,.

KaKT. Mapfn, iain> H

Jaypa

MOII

yie

HlilJLI.

Both Moscow and London are

Both are immortal.

cities.

n
H

Mocitna n

AOHHQEI ropOAa.

TOTl H APyroU 6e3CM^pfHLI.

The predicate is put in the singular when two

4.
more subjects in the singular, and of the same gender,
are connected by a conjunction, denoting an exclusive
action attributed either to one of the two subjects, or to
each alternatively. The following conjunctions are of this
OBS.

or

class

Either,

Not

J noo,

or,

Neither,

nor,

II

then,

Either one or the other

Jifrfo

our house.

uoo.
.

HO

TO^LKO,

ff.

TO.

To,
be at

will

.1

nH

He

but,

only,

First one,

TQTI, jutfo apyrofi

6y>ri> y

Haci>.

Neither one nor the other

will

be

He

here.

ion>,

HH

4pyr6B

He

Cyders

3 4 fiCb .

Either one or the other will be re-

compeused.
Neither cold nor heat acts upon him.

Jlufto TOTT>,

.uido flpyr6*B 6y^eTT>

nar-

paaqe'Hi.

HH

XOJOAT.,

HH

Hiapi,

Ha nerd.

Not only you, but I also was not there.

First one and then another was
asking about you.

Heto.ibKO

HO n n

BLI,

To OAHHT., TO

4; yroii

cupamnBaJi

Baci>.

OBS. 5.
When, however, the subjects connected by alternative conjunctions are of different gender, and have for
their predicate an adjective or a verb in the past tense, the
predicate

is

put

Not only heat, but

in the plural.
also cold is

He TOJLKO

atapi, HO H ciyiKa Bpejuii,

injurious.

HH OHT>, HH ona ne ou.in TaMi.

Jndo dpaxt, .mdo cecipa OyAyii Ha-

Neither he nor she was there.

Either the brother or the sister will

be recompensed.

OBS.

6.

An

gender agrees in

two nouns of different

gender with the masculine, and is put in the

adjective referring to

plural.

The kind king and queen.

The industrious father and mother

46*6pbfe KOpoib

n Kopojesa.

TpyjoJiodibbie oieivb H waib

6'fc.jnbi.

arc poor

OBS.

7.

A common

noun, referring to two or more promust be in the plural.

per names, or to adjectives,

The

rivers Dnieper

Plwcn ^Htnpi, a Ddira cyfloxoflou.

and Volga are

navigable.

Andrew are brothers.

The Black and Caspian Seas abound
Nicholas and

H Aejpeii 6p'iTba.

HiiKO-iaii

Mopa

lepnoe H

KacuiiicKOe

B806H-

in fish.

Recompensed, ___..__

To

Conscience, coBtcib,

Selling-wax, cypryTb.

.i

.1

table-napkin,

f.

ca^i*e:

wafer, oSjaiKa.

To

table-cloth, CKaiepib.

seal, neifvraib.

Ha

Out,

How is it

act, 4'iiiicTBOBaTb.

out of doors

KaKOBo

It is very dark out.

Ha

A heavy storm.

Cujbuaa rposa.

EXERCISE

flBOp'E

oienb TCMHO.

LXIV.

Does your brother or sister know where our schoolis now ?

No, neither my brother nor my sister
knows where she is now. Are the plate and the dish

mistress

clean
this

No, neither the plate nor the dish

good

Neither this nor that

is

good.

that the kind father and mother are

house?

is well.

two

clean.

Is

told her

Either Nicholas

some one

Either the father or the son

brother and sister well?

sister

ill

Is there not

or his brother said so.

is

Who

is

ill.

ill

in this

Are the

Neither the brother nor the

brothers ?
I had (OLI.IO)

Had you many

brothers and one

sister.

Is

the city of

Moscow

city of Moscow is large and fine.

pretty
Has your niece been in the fine city of Moscow ? No,
but she was in the city of Athens.
Where are this monk
?

Yes, the

and that clergyman going?

temple.

What

are

are going

They

you cutting?

am

into

the

cutting bread.

What

are this tailor and that bootmaker cutting ?

The
tailor is cutting red and blue cloth, and the bootmaker is

cutting

yellow and

black

leather.

Will they both be

243

recompensed? Either he or his son will be recompensed.

Will the brother or sister be recompensed also ? Neither
the brother nor the sister will be recompensed.
Is Athens
now rich? I can say that the ancient (^peBHiti) city of Athens
was great and rich, but modern (HOBBIH) Athens is small
and poor. Does he or his brother see on that little table
the new works of the celebrated authoress ? Neither he
nor his brother see on that

little

table

any books.

Where

have the boy and the little girl been with their poor sick
little dog ?
They were in their parents' warm little room.

Who

wanted to give you a new linen napkin ? The faithmy good friend Alexander, son of Peter.
Who has been reading this book ? The master and his
Did your servant bring a
lady pupil were reading it.
tumbler and a wine-glass ? Yes, she did, but neither were
ful

servant of

clean.

The

xjld

Who

is

nurse

there dozing in the uncle's easy-chair ?

Could she come to you yesterdozing.

is

She could, but she would not. Do you see the

and all that is on it ? I see the table, but I see
nothing on it.

day?

table

EXERCISE

LXV.

Was it raining or snowing yesterday ? No_, there was

no rain or snow yesterday, but the day before yesterday
and on Wednesday last week the weather was very bad.
Has it left off raining ? "No, it has not yet left off raining,
and therefore we cannot go for a walk. Does the countess
ride on horseback ?
Yes, she does very much.
Who likes to read and to write ? The diligent lady pupil.
like to

Does she write well already ? No, she does not write well
Had this servant something new? She had a new
yet.
dress and a handkerchief, which her kind mistress gave

211

Has our

(no.japMTb) her.

old laundress brought the linen

No, she will bring it to-morrow. Who carried

already
from
here the table-cloth, which the servant brought ?
away
?

No

one carried

it

away,

here on the table.

is

it

Whero

that dragoon galloping to ?

He is not galloping, but is
going at a trot. Where did the maid-servant carry away
is

my

She has taken it to the bed-room.

yellow dress to ?
is one whose conscience is pure.
Who took my

Happy

Either the master or his pupil took them.

new tumblers and wine-

steel

pens?

Has

the servant brought the

glasses already

and
but

yet,

but there he

is

coming

himself,

To whom

you writing this letter? I

my daughter. Do you not want some
I
do not want any wafers, I always seal my
No,

taMe-napkins.

am

Not

carrying not only the new tumblers and wine-glasses,

also a table-cloth and a few knives, forks, spoons and

is

are

writing to

wafers?

with red or black sealing-wax ; but light this wax

I
There it is, I have lit it.
candle, if you please, for me.
letters

thank you then very much, I want nothing more. Where

She went into the garden for
did the maid-servant go?
the children, because it is already time for them to take
tea.
Go to the garden and bring (npHBecTii) the children here, because it thunders and lightens. But they
I know that,
are not afraid of thunder or lightning.
but the governess says that in such weather they should

be in the room and not out.

The storm

is

Is the storm outside heavy ?

No,
Is the sky clear ?

not very heavy.

still thick clouds

passing
think we shall have a thunderstorm.

there are

(xofliiTb),

so

that

245

THIRTY-THIRD LESSON.
TpHAEiaTL ipeiiH YpoKt.

Of
CLASS 3 has the
person in

K)

the

Infinitive

infinitive in OTB,

Kojoib, to prick

IIoi,6iin>,

KOJIO, I

CLASS 4 has the

person in
are

H),

five

verbs with this ending.

changed into
and
o into y.
my),

ny,

JKe-Baib, to

is

chew

was writing, a
was ploughing, a naxaJi.
was drinking, a nn,n>.
was working, a

I led,

by

e, o, first

H) (JKC, He, uie

rop-w-K), I grieve.

}i;-y-K>. I

to advise

weed.

infinitive in Bait, preceded

Tope-saTb, to grieve

op, first

Eoporbca, to struggle.

before which e

changed into my,

0.1 ,

prick.

Dojoib, to

to unrip.

There are but

1.

preceded by

Mo.TOTb, to grind.

OBS.

(continued).

chew.

coBtT-y-ro, I advise.

I did, a
I

,jli.ia.n..

grieved, a ropeBtLrb.

I advised, a coBtroBaJi.
I read, a

inTMT..

I rode, a ixa.ii.

Russian verbs have one past tense only; thus,

OBS. 2.
" I was
" I did
"
work/' I worked/' etc., are renworking/'
dered

Where have you been

I was at Calais.

OBS. 3.

Tj* BM
fl

dbiJT, ST>

Foreign nouns ending in

Kaie.

o.,

e,

y,

clinable.

The weather.

How

is

the weather

Ilordja.
?

KartOBa noroja?

is

fine weather.

UpeKpactma noroja.

It is

bad weather.

4ypaaa nord^a.

It

H are inde-

OBS.

'It

4.

adjective,
neuter.

is

being the present tense of the impernot translated:

It

is

cold.

It

is

warm.

'

5.

It

is,'

sonal verb ecTL,

OBS.

246

Tenm

em, when

is,'

referring to an

not translated, and the adjective

is

is

indefinite

put in the

These indefinite adjectives in the neuter, used with the

impersonal verb CCTL, 'it is/ form compound impersonal
verbs,

which govern the dative

I am cold.
Ma*
:

was

(ecib)

cold.

I shall be cold.

MB* Cyflen,

Who will be pleased ?

KoMy

He

be pleased.

will

It will

be cold.

Were

you

X<$.IOABO.

6yA6TT. npiaieo ?

E.My dyflerb npiaTHO.

Ey/ierB XOIOAHO.

warm

Ebuo JH Bain* Tenjro

Ebuo oienb HtapRO.

I was very hot.

Who. feels very hot I

Out
How is

it

out of doors

KaKOBo

Ha ^Bopt

It is very damp out.

It is foggy.

TjMaaflo.

It is dry.

Cyxo.

Dull, nacMypHLiii.

Damp,

Dry,
Hot,

Clear, bright,

cyxoii.
asapKifi.

The weather,

OBS.

Ua

(of doors),

6.

When

D.-vrls,

noroja.

Bad

ciipo.

wet,
Te'MO&itt.

weather,

the subject consists of a proper and

common noun the predicate agrees in gender with the latter

The
The

city ot

Riga

is rich.

river Dnieper

is

deep.

Topo^x PMraoorari.

Piuu /jHtnpt

rjy(5oKa.

247

OBS.

Two

7.

more

or

adjectives in the singular,

when

used in the genitive, dative, instrumental, or prepositional

case, require the noun to which they refer to be put in the
plural
I

do

not

white and black

like

fl

ne

In the high and low

rooms are small.

OBS.

ho2ises

i^piiarc

6t.iaro

i;p-fe-

Bi BUCOKOMI a IHIBKOMI ^OMaxt KUMHUTU

the

In the nominative

8.

JK>6.iK>

TOBT>.

(colours).

however, after a few

case,

adjectives in the singular, the substantive is put in the

singular and not in the plural.

The red and white houses are high.
White and black colours are opposites.

Bt.iwii

The

Hepsbiu u Biopdii ia<

and second hours are

first

Kpacnbiii H

6t.!biii

AOMT. BBICOKK.

u lepHwii qoBix npoiKBono-

spent*

To
I feel,

Thou

He

fl

HyBCTBOBait,

feel,

We feel,

HyBCinyw.

You

feelest, Tbi lyBCTByenib.

feels, OHT>

feel,

They

lyBCTByeri.

I felt, a iyBCTBOBa.TL, a, o.
I shall feel, a 6yAY lyBCTBOBaib.

MM

I. 4.

lyBCTByeM-B.

BM lyBCTByeie.

feel, onii 4yBCTByiOTi.

We felt, MM qyBCTBOBa.!H.
We shall feel, MM 6y^eMi

lysciBO.

Baib.

Feel, qyBCTByii

How

do you

feel

Eaia

Less, fewer

BBI ceOa

MOB-EC.

Less, fewer,

than,

lie has fewer horses than I.

He has less

plural, lyBCTByiiie.

cloth than you.

Menije

y
y

He5Ke.m.

nerd Mee'Se joma^eii aeaiejH y Mena.

eerd Meete cyKHa Beaje,m y sact.

Less' and 'fewer' are rendered by

which governs the genitive.

OBS.

9.

Meirfce,

243

Much,
Much
Much
Much
Much
'

OBS. 10.

better.

worse.
CH.ibirfee.

stronger.

weaker.

ropas/io cjaOte.

Much,' before a comparative,

Do you really drink wine ?

Does he not speak ?

Was

then the house his

Yes,

it

OBS.

was

Pass*

nbeie snno

PaSBt om, He roBOpirn,?

Pass* JOMT, 6bi.n, ero ?

4a

his.

Bbi

translated

is

>

^T

dbi.it

ero AOMT>.

English interrogative sentences expressing

(
surprise or doubt, or in which do' is used with a certain
emphasis, are rendered by
11.

To draw,
To fret,
To fret after,

PHCOBaiB.
TOCKOBJITB.

TocKOBaii, no (with the prepositional)

To draw a
To draw a

He
He

DapncoBan Kapiuny.

picture.

picture (likeness).

drew a picture.
was drawing.

HapHCOBaib nopiperb.
QUT> HapncoBa.li, Kapn'my,
OHT,

It hails,

It freezes,
To-day the weather

is fine,

MopoSHTL (impersonal verb).

but the

day before yesterday we had

Cero^HH npeKpacnaa nord^a, HO ipeibaro 4Ha me'jT, AOH^b.

rain.
It

was damp yesterday, but to-mor.

row it will be dry,

It rains fast.

We shall

Biepa dbuo

cbipo,

cyxo.
H^e'TL CIMbHblil

have

rain.

The thunderstorm has

ceased.

rpo3a npouua.

Storm, 6^pR.

Frost,

Sleet, H3Mop03b.

Hail,

Warmth,

The

Ten.ioia.

cold,

HO saBipa

249

EXEECISE LXVI.

you doing there ? I am drawing-. What are

you drawing ? I am drawing a little horse for my sister.
Does this officer's sister dance well ? She dances excel-

What

are

With whom did your niece dance at the countess's

She did not dance with anybody, she never dances.
She kisses her kind
is this little girl kissing?

lently.

ball ?

Whom

After

nurse.

whom

is

this unfortunate

widow

fretting

Where is her son ? He is

She
fretting after her son.
friends
has
fewer
than we ?
have fewer
abroad.
is

We

Who

friends than you.

as of his own ?

Has the German as much of your money

He has less of his own than of ours. What

have you seen in Riga ? I saw there many lofty houses

and many broad streets, but few large gardens, and not a
Have I taken your gloves, or my own ? You
single park.
have taken your own, and my sister took mine. What
kind of weather had you yesterday in the village ? It was
very cold there the day before yesterday, but yesterday it

was warm.

Which

dresses did she bring

She brought

Did not she bring the red

the white and yellow dresses.
also ?
No, she did not bring it. How is the road ? The
road

is

horses

very bad. Has their neighbour as many dogs as

He has fewer of the latter than of the former.

Has the merchant

as

many

ships as

we ?

lie has fewer

Is it hot
ships than we, and we have less corn than he.
out? No, it is raining. Were the peasants sowing barley
yesterday ? No, the whole of yesterday it was snowing

and hailing. It has left off snowing now, and therefore go

and tell the peasants that they may sow the corn. How
are your meadows ?
They are already green. Why did
you not come to us yesterday ? I did not come to you

250

because the weather was too bad.

well

the

Yes, but that

German

Does
Frenchman draws

better than the Italian.

had he

He

describe France well?

I had the pen

pen.

Does your

much

better than

this Italian
better.

still

described

draw
Did

much

it

Which pen had you and which

you

see here,

and he had

my sister's

She writes
you
Did the laundress wash your linen ?
What kind of wreath had the charming bride on her head ?
She had a wreath of real flowers.
sister write as well as

I.

EXERCISE LXVII.
Is her dress as pretty as

Her

mine ?

dress

is

much

pret-

than yours. How is the weather to-day out ? The

weather to-day is much better than yesterday. Is it raintier

ing?

No,

it

lias

left

off raining,

only

it

is

little

dull.

are pale to-day, are you ill then ?

No, I am not ill,
did you feel (yourself)
but I do not feel quite well.
I felt much better than to-day.
Is the cold
yesterday ?
?
it
is
cold
not
one
No,
great to-day
to-day,
may even say

You

How

that

it is

warm, but the weather

is

disagreeable.

Has

the

Yes, she has brought them

on
Are
foot
to the railway?
No, I
you going
already.
do not like to go on foot, I am going in a carriage, and I

cook brought the boiled eggs

have already sent

day?

Yes, she

my

Did she cook togreens, and roasted a fat

dinner with some salad.

servant for one.

made a soup with

turkey, which I will eat at my

How many times have you been this year to the French
Only three times ; only five times. How many
plays ?
horses have you got
excellently.

Who

washes our linen.

is

I have a pair only, but they gallop

woman ? It is the woman who

this

Does she wash

also the floors

She

251

does not wash any floors, she washes linen only.

Whose
that charming child that plays at ball in the garden yon-

is

der

It

is

the rich banker's

bring these fruits from ?

Are they

ripe ?

They

Where

little son.

did you

them from the garden.

I brought

than those which our

are riper

aunt brought for us yesterday.

THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON.
Of the Infinitive
CLASS 5 has the
first

person in y

infinitive in ait preceded

by a consonant,

PB-ETI., to

tear

pe-y, I tear.

H\4-aib, to wait

CLASS 6 the

(continued).

JKj-y, I wait.

infinitive in TB preceded

by a vowel,

first

person in BV, My, ny:

JKn-Tb, to live
ILiLi-Tb,

OBS.

1.

Of the twelve

JKn-By, I live.

swim

to

lUM-uy,

swim.

verbs belonging to this

class, six

only preserve the vowel in the indicative ; the other six

have the vowel before M, H, either changed or left out, as :
Hftiib,

CLASS 7 has the

consonants

to squeeze

HJiwy, I

squeeze.

infinitive in TH, first person in

6, A, T, 3, c, p, r,

Bec-TH, to lead

Fpec-TM, to

row

Be-fly,

I lead.

j rpe-(5y,

row.

y after

252

CLASS 8 has the

infinitive in nyiB, first person in

ceded generally by a consonant

Sfid-Hyib, to feel cold

Jiia-Hyib, to adhere

To

take,

To

call,

ny pre-

I feel

sad-ny,

Jiin-ey,

cold.

adhere.

1.5.

OBS. 8.
Some monosyllabic verbs of the fifth class take
the euphonic e or o
:

take, etc., a depy,

TM depenib, OHT

a sosy, TM 30Beiui>, 0111

call, etc.,

30Berb.

tieperb.

We

We tako,etc., MM depe.Mi, BH depe'ie,

call, etc.,

MM

30BeMT>,

BM

30Beie,

OHM soeyrb.

OHH depyrb.
I

called, a

3Ba.il>,

We called,

MM

I will call, a

We will call,

3n;ua, 300.10.

3Ba\iH.

dy^y SBaib.

MM

Call, 30B1J, 30BUT6.

To

take,

( Bpais,
,

I took,

We
I

MM

will take,

We

fl

dpaJH.

dy^y dpaib,

will take,

have taken,

Take,

MM
fl

dy^eMT. dpaib, etc.

B3a.in,

TM

B03b-

We

will take, etc.,

MM

B03bMeMi, BU

B03bMeie, OHU

Take,

BOSbMii, B03bMiiTe.

ago, a few hours ago,

The other day, lately,

He was at home not long ago.
saw him the other day.
3.

MM

take, etc., a BOSbMy,

Meinb, oei) B03bsieTT>.

B3fl.il.

Not long

Ous.

will

etc.

depii, depaie.

We

perfect aspect.

We have taken,

fl

took,

imperfect aspect.

OHT, 4aBHia dbUT> 46*13.

II

u BM^LIH

ero oaMe^HE.

Times of the day or seasons, in answer to the

question when ?' at what time V when standing alone, are

put in the instrumental case ; but when they are in cou'

'

253

junction with some determinative word they are put in the

accusative, with the preposition fit.
In autumn, OCOHHD.
In winter, 3HMOK).

In summer,
In spring, BCCIIOR).

At

In the morning, yipOMi.

It is

warm

in

summer, but
autumn and winter,

This winter

is

cold in

atapKO,

HO dceHbro H

XO.IOJHO.

extremely cold.

summer we had very

Last

night, HoibK).

Jliioyn,

Hb'iirl>mnaa

little

3HMa

Bi npoiiuoe

j-fero

ipesBbiiaiiHO

y Baci> Cbuo

xo-

6'ieiib

Last night he came to us.

Majo njo^oBX.
Bi npouuyio HOib onx npuine.n> KT

He came at

OHT> npouie'Ji BoibH).

fruit.

Bam.
night.

OBS. 4.

A suhstantive predicate is put

when connected with the

present tense of the verb

'

in the

nominative

subject of the proposition

to be/

by the

am a man and she is a woman.

A man is a sensible being.

fl
on'i
My/Kiuua, a
HejOBtK'b (CCTL) cymeciBd paayMHoe.

London and Moscow are cities.

Both the horse and the ass are

JOH^OUI H Mocuaa (cyib) rop04a.

.loiiiajb

oce'.n>

(cyib)

domestic animals.

substantive predicate connected with the

the
tense of the verb Gbiifc, 6Bi.n>/ is put in
past
subject by
the nominative when it denotes some natural state of the

OBS.

5.

'

and in the instrumental when it denotes some state

dependent on some act of the subject ; in the latter case
the verb 6bi.ii becomes a predicate, and the substantive its

subject,

complement.
Cain was Adam's son.
Both Andrew and Nicholas were
unuls's children.

Adam

was the

first

husbandman.

Kane'b 6iui> Cbiex AjaMa.

An^peii

4'BTil.

A#iMb Qy.^

HiiKO.iaii

Cu.in

^(i.vnifai

254

Cain was the murderer of his bro-

Kannx

ther Abel.

He was my

OHT, 6bi.ii

brother.

now he

lie was a diligent boy, but

is

dw.ii,

y6iiiqeio

dpuia CBOcriJ

ABe.ia.

OHT,

jiofi

Opaii.

npn.ie/KHMM'L Ma

6bi.ii,

a Tenepb rfuiiBi.

lazy.

Heat, JKapa,

Intolerable, eecHocHbift.

Suffocatin

Sultriness, aeott.

Dusty,

Temperate,

Windy,

Overwhelmed, coKpyuiennwii.

Witty, ocipoyMiibiii.

Still,

To

To

finish ploughing, Bcnaxfiib

An

evil-doer,

write, HanHCaTb, perf. asp.

criminal, npecrynHHKT,.

Rough

sea,

Pleased, glad,

OBS.

The

6.

Who is glad
am

I
Is

you

a, o,

(gov. the dat.).

has the apocopated form only.

KTO

Baci

glad.

she glad

nixiii.

6ypuoe Mope.

Pajt,

adjective
to see

calm,

yM'Bpeimbift.

Pa#i JH ona

He is glad you
I am glad of it.

OBI

came.

fl

pa^i. ITO Bbi

aiOMy

Good morning.
I

wish you good health.

OBS.

f 4o6paro

>Ke.!aio BaMi,,

7.

Other (the

'

I wish

rest),

Peter and John had some tobacco,

but all the others had none.
this

Only

river is navigable, all

Winter,

The

afoul ii.

Abel,

Upoqifr.

y Heipa n y HBaea

6ujn> TaOaKt. no

y BCtxi npo4HXT> oe 6bi.io.

TdibKO aia ptKa cy^oxo^na, BC* npd-

Autumn,

learning, study, yieuie.

Abraham,

usually omitted.

Spring, adjective, secenniii.

adjective,

adjective,

is

you/

lia

othera are not.

Summer,

(atejaio

adjective, ocennii'r.

Morning,

Adam,

AflpaaMl.

Eve, Esa.

ABC.IL.

Et

csetera, H npdiee.

adjective, y'Tpenoiii.

255

EXERCISE LXVIII.

Who
first

were the

people.

first

people

-Adam

and Eve were the

Has your friend always been

a master

No,

he was formerly a military man. Who was the murderer

His brother Cain. Were you at the grand
of Abel ?
?
Yes, but only a few guests danced at that
Was your schoolthe others played at cards.
at
the
theatre
?
She
was not there, but
with
mistress
you

duchess's ball
ball, all

her husband was there with

me

he

felt

cold,

but I

felt

Did you go
The road was very dusty, and therefore I went
carriage ?
on horseback, and not in a carriage. We had a fine, light
How was the road in
coach and four excellent horses.
to the village on horseback or in a

warm.

spring?

Extremely muddy. And the weather? It was

and our fur-coats were not warm enough.
It is very hot and dusty
the climate in Russia ?

frightfully cold,

How

is

there in
it

is

summer,

temperate,

in winter very cold

but muddy, and

in

and dry, in spring

autumn, although

With whom are you going home

With Captain Petrof. How many sisters

not cold, yet very damp.

in the evening

She had five sisters.

and two boys ? No, all her
Are the horse and the ass useful animals ?

had your neighbour, the

Had

not she three

tailoress?

little girls

children were girls.

Both the horse and the ass are useful animals.

How

is

the country in which you passed all last summer ?

It is
You see there large forests, with old high
a charming one.
pines, fertile fields, luxuriant green meadows ; you see

men and women, old men and

and not a single pale or unhealthy face. Did the
young Frenchmen that were with you on the steamer eat
much ? They ate little, but they drank much. Did the

there healthy people only,

ckildren,

256

pretty Frenchwomen drink much also ?

They did not eat,
did not drink, and did not talk with anybody.
Was the
sea calm ?
it
was
but
in
the
the
calm,
During
day
evening,
at night, and early in the morning
How are the summer days in Siberia
in that country are

tolerably

it

was very stormy.

The summer days

warm, but the long winter

nights are very cold.

EXERCISE

"Who

is

calling

you

LXTX.

The gardener

is

Did

calling me.

the gardener's wife call you also ?

No, she did not call
me. Do you take your son with you to the theatre ? No,
I never take him with me, because he is still too young.

Whom

What

you

you have

are they calling?

They call nobody.
I
there
?
take
the book which
taking

are

me to take. Call your brother and tell him that

time to dine, and that all in the dining-room are
I called him twice, but he says that he
already dining.

ordered
it

is

Have
who has

cannot come, because he has to learn his lessons.

you seen in the prison the obstinate criminal,

I saw him, but he is not
letters on his hands and feet?
obstinate now, but overwhelmed with grief and misfortune
he is now no longer an evildoer, but an unfortunate man.
;

do you tear this velvet? I do not tear it, but cut

Where do you live in winter ? We live in winter anc

Why
it.

town, and in summer and spring in the village,

I feel cold when out, but 1
cold in winter ?

autumn

in

Do you

feel

do not
already

feel
?

was your brother

the other day.
is fine

Have you taken

cold in the room.

No, I have not

yet,

but I will take one.

at the banker's

Is

to day, but it

He was

a cigar

When

at the banker's

windy out of doors? The v/eai her

was very windy yesterday. To whom

it

257

were you speaking this morning ? I spoke to a friend of

mine, an Englishman; but do you not know him ? No,
have not the honour.
Have you written the letter ?
No, I have not written it yet, but I will write it. When
will you write it ?
To-morrow morning or after dinner,
when I shall have time for it
Are your peasants ploughing
already?
They have already finished ploughing and are
now sowing wheat, oats and barley. Good morning, my
I

am very glad to see you and

good health. Where are you leading your
I am leading her to the school.
little daughter?
Do you
take her there often ? I take her there every day.
Did
dear Basil, son of Peter, I
(all)

yours in

not the seamstress lose something ?

Ts your sister pleased that

needle.
this

evening

to the theatre

Yes, she

THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON.

little"

is

us

very pleased.

Tpi^uaib ntafi yp6ra.

the Infinitive

Of

Yes, she lost a

we take her with

(continued).

SECOND CONJUGATION.
CLASS 9 has the infinitive in
consonants

6, n,

M, H,

j, p, #, T,

that of the second class,

CKOp'S-bTb, to
Be.i-1JTb,

OBS.
A,

r,

4,

ill

1.

c are

i.e. K), (>Ky,

sorrow

to order

CHA-l>Tb, to sit

preceded by the radical

the first person is like

fcrb,

HY, my, my).

CKOpd-J-io, I sorrow.

ue.i-K), I

CH-JK-y,

order.

sit.

The euphonic
is inserted after 6, M, n, and
into
their
changed
corresponding consonants >K,
Ji

in the first person only.

TepirfcTb, to endure
;

to see

icpnjio, Tepnuuib, etc.

BU/KY, BU^uuib, etc.

258

To
a.

must be added

this class

Verbs in

b.

And

preceded by a radical vowel, as

flib,

Cio-aib, to stand

1>

those verbs in RTB, preceded by

after these consonants is

Je/KHTb, to lie

CLASS 10 has the

CTO-W, I stand.

changed

down

JK,

M, HI, in

which

into a for euphony., as:

-icaty, I lie

down.

infinitive in nib, first person in

K), (HIV,

iy; my, my).

Cxpo-HTb, to build
IJ1>H-HT"B, to

value

.lioG-MTb, to

love

to

walk

OBS.

cipo-ro, I build.

ITBQ-IO, I

JH)6-.i-i6, 1

xo-}Ky, I walk.

The insertion of an

2.

value,
love.

after 6, n, M, as also the

change of consonants for euphony,

is

made

in the first

person only.

Verbs of the first eight classes belonging to the

conjugation have the second person singular of the

NOTE.
first

present indicative in eiiib ; and the last two classes belonging to the second conjugation, have the second person of

the present indicative in unit.

To endure, to bear,
To be hanging,
To make a noise, to
I endure, etc.,

fl

Bncfrrs.

iepn.no,

TU

Tepnuuib, oin> Tepmirb.

We

endure,

BBI
1.

etc.,

MM

Tepninn>,

endured,

fl

iepu6.il.

repnii, icpniiie.

am

hanging,

etc.,

a uniiiy, TW un-

Clinib, OHT, BHCllTT).

We

Tepnme, oen Tepnaii.

Endure,

II. 9,

bluster,

Bbl

are hanging, etc., MM

BDCMTC, ODM BIICaTT,.

was hanging, a

Be

BHCfc.i'b.

hanging, BBCU, BUCUTO,

Bucii.Mb,

259

To
To

indefinite I. 1.

fly,
,

fly,

Asp,

Defin. Imp.
.IerfcTb,

to fly

fl-ieiy",

I fly;

Tw

flJ(

he

flies

Mbi

-jeTHMi.,

we

fly

Bu

jeiMie,

you

fly

jeiaiT),

lerfi.i'b,

To
To

they

fly

3.

OHI.

;
;

MM

.leTaeM*.

BM

jeTaeTe.

OHM

fly;

fl

-leiaiorb.

.leTaJi.

jeiafi, jeTaiiie.

hear,

C.ibiuiaTb, II. 9.

listen to,

CiymaTb,

To obey,
OBS.

TM

was flying

Jeia, jeiHie,

Imp. Asp,

-leiaTb.

jexunib, thou flyest;

Ouu

definite II. 9.

Indefin.

OHT. .leTHTb,

fl

I. 1.

CiyuiaTbca, 1. 1.

GiymaTB governs the accusative, and c.!yuiaTbc,

the genitive.

Do you

hear the singing of the

nightingale
I do.

Yes,

4a,

Whom
I

am

She

is listening,

but does not hear.

Do

not

this

he

orymaio yiuieja.
Ofla aiymaerb, HO He

BM csoero

ero scer^a

(otherwise), or (if not),

make a

c.ib'imy.

C-iyraaeiecb JH

Or

Give

CO.IOBLH ?

fl

do obey him.

wake the

BM ntnie

Kor6 BM c-iymaeie

are you listening to f

listening to the master.

Do you obey your master \

Yes,

C.IL'IIIIIITC .111

noise, or

you

will

TO,

HC

TO.

He rayMMie, a TO pa36y4ere

sick mother.

beggar some money, or

hunger.

will die of

4afiTe ^xoitfy HHineMy

He TO

OHI yjfperb ci

DEGREES OF COMPARISON.
GreneHH CpaBHenia.

The

adjective in Russian,, as in English, possesses three

260

degrees of comparison, the positive, the comparative and

and superlative.

The Comparative.
Adjectives denoting quantity or quality, as also adverbs
derived from adjectives, form their comparatives by a

change in the termination of the positive into

kind

4<56pbiii,
i,

1>e

or

e,

as

Ao6pie, kinder.

strong

ca^bnie, stronger.

In the Kussian grammar there is no such thing as a

declinable comparative, and the terminations IJiiniiS, aumiii, are used
solely for the superlative.
Reviser's Note.

OBS.
it

4.

The comparative,

is derived:

noun, as

is

from,

like the apocopated adjective

and

invariable,

is

placed after the

JKena

The man is kinder.

The wife is kinder.

o6p'te,

People are kinder.

The Superlative.
The

is

superlative

formed from the positive by changing

the termination into ijHiuw, aiimiH and

The termination MuiiM

sonants

4eiueBbiH,

cheap;

weak

Exceptions

flcmcBlJiiiijifi,

cheapest.

ciatifamii, weakest.

MOJOAOH,
i,

5.

inia.

placed after the radical con-

B, 6, n, M, H, J, p, 4, T, as

Qa6wii,

OBS.

is

young

badj

Jua^iiiiH,

xy^uiifi,

youngest,

worst.

Adjectives in SLIM, CHH, mil, min, have no de-

clinable comparative.

261

Adjectives in
uiiii,

qaHuiiH,

rio, Hie, xiu,

severe

Ciporiii,

Beixitt,

most severe.

CTporcaHiuiS,

strongest.
Beimaamifi, oldest.

strong;

old

form the comparative in

as:

iiiaHiiiiH,

Kp-fcQKiti,

Kp'fcmaiiiiiift,

OBS. 6. Most adjectives in ria, IUH,

clinable superlative.
OBS.

The following

7.

superlative

xifi,

entirely alter their

have no de-

form in the

BaiHKiS, great

good

Xopooiifi,

small

Jlajuii,

66-ibmiH, greatest.

jyimifl, best.
MciiLiiiiii,

smallest.

The following adjectives in Kifi, preceded by a

OBS. 8.
consonant, and in OKifl, form their superlatives in various
ways, dropping at the same time K, OK.
KpaiKiii,

sllort

near

B.!U3Ki0,

C-iHataiimia, nearest.

Hu3Kift, low, vile

inapoKiH, broad
BbicoKifl,

rjyOdKia,

high
deep

TdHKifi,

thin

4djrifi,

long

HHHtaiiniiii,

lowest.

inHpcmfimifi, broadest.

BMcmifi, highest.

iMydoiaiimili, deepest.

TOHiaHiuiii, thinnest.
^ojajaiiiiiiH,

4aje'KiH, distant

OBS.

KpanafiiiiiH, shortest.

KopdiKifl j

longest.

4ajbH*HiniH,

most

distant.

9.

Adjectives wanting
regular comparative
'
express the comparative by adding So-iie, more/ as :
BoJte pa^t,

The
nan, as

superlative

is

also

More

glad.

obtained by adding the prefix

The best.
The worst.

262

The
'

superlative can be again expressed by adding caMLiS,

to the positive.

most/

CaMbifi npeKpacHbift,

Most

CaMMH

Lightest.

Jernifi,

To

respect, to revere,

To

peck,
Harmful,

Famous,

Polite,

Good tempered,

Precious,

Obedient, nooiyiUHbifi.

Envy,

aaBQCTb,

Raspberry,

wsuiuua..

Strawberry,

6.iaroHpaBHbr3,

coB'feCTb, f.

favourite,

Gooseberry,

K.!y6uiiKa.

Currant,
Riaro.

blessing,

Your obedient servant.

Your most obedient servant.
bii'd

c.iaBHbift.

Conscience,

f.

Gambling, Hrpa.

beautiful.

Kindest.

CaMbifl joopbiii,

BaniT,

noKopetia cjyra.

BauiT>

of prey.

Younger brother.

H uparb.

Eldest son.

Crapmiii CUHI.

EXEECISE

LXX.

What are these

stone-masons building ? They are builda

house
for
the
richest and most liberal merchant in
ing
Has
a
the town.
he
good garden? His garden is the
finest in the
town.
Which is the prettiest animal?

The

horse

the prettiest

is

mestic animals.

Where

is

and most useful of our doyour friend? She is sit-

What are you sitting

and the little dog is
feet.
Which is the most harmful passion ?
the most harmful passion, and envy is the

ting on the bench in the garden.

upon? I am sitting on a chair

my

lying at

Gambling
vilest.

is

I am going to the
are you going ?
and most experienced doctor in the town, because

Where

cleverest

263

health is man's most precious treasure.

Yes, my friend,
health and a tranquil conscience are the greatest blessings.
Do you see that youth, whom all his friends respect?

Yes

he

The hare

is
is

the politest and most diligent of

What
the most timid animal.

ing on the nail

beautiful picture is

is

the pleasantest season of the year ? Spring

the pleasantest, and summer is the warmest season.
The

nail.
is

Which

the pupils
that hanghanging on the
all

is

The
is the largest and strongest of all birds of prey.
highest mountains are in Switzerland, and the largest rivers
in America.
Can all birds fly? Most birds fly, but there
eagle

are birds which cannot

ostrich

is

are these pigeons flying ?

is our best friend ?

Who

Can the

fly.

a bird which cannot

fly,

ostrich fly

but only walk.

No, the
Whither

are flying to their nests.

good book is our best, truest

They

and most sincere friend, and also our pleasantest companion.

hear what they say ? I am listening, but I do
not hear, because I am sitting too far from them.
The
most faithful friend is not as true as the Bible, and the
cleverest companions are not as witty and wise as the
fables of the famous fabulist JEsop.
The Volga is the
in
The
river
Russia.
longest day and the shortest
largest
is
on
the
of
June ; the shortest day and
night
twenty-first
the longest night is on the twenty- first of December.

Do you

EXERCISE

LXXI.

Will all the lady pupils go with us to the theatre to-day ?

No, we take with us the most diligent only. What does
this woman trade in ?
She trades in fruit. What fruit
has she? She has most excellent raspberries, large
(Kpyniifciii)
plums, pears, apples, and fresh gooseberries. Is it

264

is the most
sagacious animal ? Yes,
Did you bring some gold ? I only brought
some silver. I advise you to bring some gold, or it will
be impossible to buy that expensive horse.
Did the cook
and
fruit
some
wine
some
?
He
buy
bought some of the
best wine, and some most excellent fruit.
Are you standing
or sitting?
I am sitting, and not standing.
Are they
No, they are not sitting, but standing. The
sitting also ?
cleverest people are not always the richest or happiest, and
the richest people are not always the most liberal.
Where
did you spend the last spring and winter?
We spent the
most agreeable season in Italy, and the coldest in Egypt.
To whom did you give those French books ? I gave them
Did you also give something to
to your eldest brother.

true that the elephant

it is true.

my youngest brother ?
me

No,

gave nothing to your youngest

What

does he advise you (to do) ?

He advises
to take lessons.
Have your brothers many sparrows ?

brother.

Who pecks
only, they have no sparrows.
the cherries in the garden ?
The sparrows peck them, and
I advise you to send the gardener there, or you will not
They have pigeons

have any cherries at all. Of what do boys build their little

houses? They build them of cards. Whom do you now
rely

upon ?

I relied upon

I do not rely
friends.

now upon any body, but formerly

my

W hat does the merchant

r

advise

do? He does not advise him, he orders (him).

What does he order him to do ? He orders him to take
Did he take
the money to the richest banker in the town.
it to him ?
Yes he has taken it already. What does the
nurse advise the children to do ?
She advises them not
to eat unripe fruit. -Do your children obey their nurse?
his clerk to

They always obey her

my

children are very obedient.

THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON.

Tpu A qaii, mecioa

FOEMATION OF THE COMPARATIVE.

He

is

Oex

stronger.

The father is kinder.

The sister is richer.
The wine is cheaper.
The houses are higher.

The apocopated comparative

is

C-iadT),

weak

Bep^i,

fined /jeme'B.ie.
Aosia Bbime.

formed from the positive

cjadte,

hard ;

latter into i>e or e, as

weaker.

TBepate, harder.

nacix, frequent

Hame,

more frequent.

Adjectives having the superlative in

the comparative, as :

AodirBiiuiiii,

kindest;

OaO'BHiiiiH,

weakest;

CiiJbU'Biiiiiifl,

strongest

The following

cheapest;
hardest ;

rycT-EHiuiii,

richest;
thickest ;

Kpyiljiiiiiifl,

steepest;

BorarBiiiiiiti,

take ie in

flodpie.
C-iaO-fee.
;

CHJbH'Be, etc.

are exceptions to the above rule

Superlative.
,

iiiiiiiH,

Comparative.

Superlative.

1.

yMeoi), clever; yMirfie, cleverer.

OBS.

o6p-Ee.

Cecipa doraie.

by changing the terminations of the

,

ciube-Be.

Oxeivb

Comparative.

rBepe.
dorane.

266

Adjectives in rift, Kia, xia form their comparative in

changing at the same time r, K, x into JK, M, m.
strong; comparative spin TO.

Kp-fcnKiii,

CrpdriH, severe

The following

some take both ie and

flHTfee.

comparative

comparative

bold

(fie-ruie).

in mil take nie instead of ne

as

e,

^HKiii, wild
EoiiKiii,

comparative cipoJKe.

comparative

BeTxiii, old;

OBS. 2

e,

6oHii>e.

JK'uKiB, miserable; comparative JKaJTfie

and

ratine.

SBOOKIH, sonorous; comparative 3BOH4l;e and BBoeie.

.IdBKiii, clever; comparative JOBite and JoBie.

The following form

their comparative in various

KopoTKift, short
KpoTKiii, kind ;
L.niaidii,

near

HM3K1H, low

ysKiii,

BbicoKiH, high
r^ydoKiii,

TonKiii, thin

deep

CiaOutt, slack

4ojria, long ;
4ajc Kifl, distant

comparative Kopoie.

narrow;
lUapoKifi, broad

ways

Ftpdie.

(i.ii'i;i;o.

HUffie.

yJKe.

mupe.

Bbiine.

rjytfJKe.

cja6)Ke.

Toiibine.

aojbiiie.

Aa.ii>me.

OBS. 3.
FopLKia, 'bitter/ according to its meaning, has
a double comparative: ropne or ropme.

Wormwood

is

more

bitter

than

Ho-ibmb rdpic ropii^w.

mustard.

The poor man's

life

was

still

sadder

than before.

JKusnb 6*AFiHKa
I-BMT.

In the following

A is

Mo.iOAoii,

changed into

young

6bua eu\e

npe*Ae.
JK,

comparative

and

MO.id/Ke.

XyAoii, bad; comparative x^Hie.

CT into

267

TOJCTBIH, thick

DBS.

The

4.

simple

HpocTdti,

comparative
comparative

npoiije.

in e are

following- comparatives

formed

from the superlatives, and not from the positive degree.

crrPflf.;
great

KpacHLiii, fair

OBS.

From

5.

66jbraift.

f superlative

comparat ive

Combine.

comparative Kpame.

the superlatives 66jtmiH and

are derived the adjectives

*

BoJbinoB,

BoJbmoH
size, as

is

large,'

and

'

Menbinofl,

small.'

used also instead of BeJHKW, when it denotes

a large house/ instead of

COJBUIOH AOMI>,

The comparative of the following

must not be confounded

adjectives

and adverbs

Adverbs.

Adjectives.

Longer,

More

OBS.

AO-ibine.

distant, flaJbine.

Longer (time),
Farther,

Larger, 66-ibme.

More,

Smaller, Meabine.

Less,

6.

the same

The comparative of

all

Men-fee.

other adverbs

is

exactly

as that of the indeclinable adjectives they are

derived from.
I

was here longer than you.

This war was longer than that one.

We went farther.

fl 6bi.ii,

34*cb 46.1*6 ne/Ke^H BH.

9ia BOiina dbua

MM oom.m

Ao.ibiue xofl.

4;'u-fce.

That

more

forest is

268

distant from

TOTT>

pl>Ka.

have more books than he.

This book

is

I have less

money than

y MGHH 66.1-fee Henri g-bm y eerd.

9ia Kiiara 6dibme Tofi.

larger than that.

he.

MGHJI si6flte

These tables are smaller than those.

BTH

The

Jle^-b

ice is thinner than

^ajibme oxcio^a ee5Ke.m ia

.il;cT>

here than that river.

was

it

last

^nert

i*jn> y Hero.

CTOJLI MeHbnie rfext.

Toiibme ^tan,

BT>

npouiJOM'b rojy.

year.

My

thinner than yours.

is

paper

A little larger,
A little smaller,

Moa

6y>iara Tonbiiie Bainefi.

IIo66,ii>e.

HoMeH^e.

The preposition no is added to the comparative

7.
the object compared is not mentioned, as

OBS.

when

A larger house is taken.

Hanai"b

flOMi>

nodojbme

But when the object of comparison is mentioned, the

comparative must be without the preposition no, as
:

Your house

is

roomy than

OBS.

more

is

comparison

Baiin>

gdi&me n npociopirLe

no, if used

when the

object of

mentioned, modifies the comparative and

signifies

a little/ as

Your book

is

flOMt

nauiero.

The preposition

8.

'

larger and
ours.

little

better than

Bama unura

no.iyiiiie earaeft.

ours.

This horse

is

little

stronger than

3ia

.idiiiajb

nociubHte

TOfi.

that one.

As

Q BS

as,

Taut

OKI.

I n the comparative of equality Taut

left out in affirmative sentences.
.

9.

He

is

as rich as Croesus.

Stronger,

is

usually

Oin> (xaia) Coraii, Kara Kpc3i.

Cii.ii>iiie,

269

OBS. 10.

ened in

The comparative termination

all adjectives into

The
OBS. 11.
dered M^Mt

can be short-

Tbn>.

T^MI,

the,

"The/

i>e

M.

the' before a comparative are

ren-

Tl)Ml>.

The larger a horse

is,

the stronger

HlJAit

do.ihme

Joma/jb,

TBMI

oua

it is.

There are qualifying adjectives which do not

OBS. 12.

admit of any comparison. To this class belong adjectives

denoting a quality of which a larger or smaller measure is
impossible, as
Square,

Armless,

KBaflpaTHbitt.

Married,

Barefoot, Cocoii.
Pedestrian, nimiii, etc.

6e3A'ETiibiii.

Childless,

Homeless, des^oMUbiu.

OBS. 13.

The

not be repeated.
What cloth is better
(cloth)

object of comparison once mentioned need

than

is

better than Ger-

As
it

German

Kauoe cyKno .lyqme e^M^Karo

English cloth

\Jo

(5e3p?'Kift.

Footless, Geaiioritt.

JKenaibiii.

as you are told

(like),

and not

in

your own way.

AarjilicKOe cyKHo ,iy?me H'&MeijKaro,

KaKt.
4*-ia H Te

610

Baroii,

Best of

all,

.ly'iiiie

KaKi eaMi

a ee no

CBoesiy.

270

OBS. 14. The superlative

of all/ to the comparative.

He
She

is
is

the kindest of

is also

formed by adding Bcixt,

OHT> flofipte BC* xi.

all.

the prettiest of

OHa

all.

KpaciiB-fce BC'Exi.

flloo (rarely used).

\

Read the

Bible, for

it

is

the best

HiiTauie Ba6.iiio,

ytfo

310 caMaa .lyi-

mart Kiiiira.

book.

By
By which road do you wish
I will

HTO.

HoTOMy

to

go by the nearest road.

(on),
go

Ho
Ho
fl

(governs the dative).

Koidpofi flopor*

notify"

no

BM

jKe.iaeie

D^TH?

(xiaasaiiiiiea Aoporls.

EXERCISE LXXII.
Is it agreeable to live in town in the summer ?
It
a
but
to
live
in
in
the
summer
village
very agreeable,

is
is

more agreeable and healthier than in town. Is it as

warm to-day as it was yesterday ? To-day is much warmer

still

than yesterday. Whose daughter is more diligent and

more amiable than all the other pupils ? Our neighbour's
daughter is the most diligent and most amiable of all. Are
all girls as charming and amiable as his sister ?
His sister
is kind and amiable, but her friend is kinder and more
amiable, and their schoolmistress is the most amiable and
charming of all. Whose house is the finest of all? The
uncle's house, which you see on the other side of the river,
is the finest of all.
Our neighbour's dog is very pretty.
is
but
That
true,
my dog is prettier than that of the neigh-

Which horses are the dearest ? Arabian horses are

Where were you yesterday ? We were in the
new theatre, which is much more luxurious and more roomy

bour.

the dearest.

than the old one.

Are these merchant-ships as large and

271

strong as those war- ships

No, war-ships are always largei

Which horse is the

merchant-ships.
horse is
of
the
that
or
Englishman?
larger, yours
is prettier and more
the
of
that
but
Englishman
larger,
and stronger than

My

The nearer to the North, the longer

sxpensive than mine.
Which
are the days in summer, and the shorter the nights.
is

the most expensive stone of

all other precious stones.

than

tainous than France?

all ?

The diamond

is

dearer

What country is more moun-

Switzerland

is

more mountainous

larger and richer than Switzerland

The stag is much
Is the stag as swift as the horse ?
Which street is the* broader, this
swifter than the horse.

than France, but France

That

or that?

is

is

the broader, but this

the houses are lower.

We

is

have bought

the brighter, for

all this a little

Is Moscow rich ?
Yes, Moscow is
cheaper than before.
Who came here later
one of the richest cities of Russia.

Everybody came earlier than I. These trees

and
are higher
greener than those. These houses are a
In spring
those are a little more roomy.
but
little higher,
air
is
more
and
the
the sky is clearer
purer,
agreeable and

than you

warmer, than in autumn.

Man

can live anywhere, both in

the warmest and the coldest countries.

EXERCISE LXXIII.
It is not everywhere equally
Is the river Dnieper deep ?
and
others are deeper or more
are
some
deep
places
deep,

Which wine

is the cheaper, the red or the white ?

the cheaper, but the red is the better.
Have
and
iron
?
is more coal and iron
There
coal
in
England
you
is the more
in England than in France.
diligent,

bhallow.

The white

is

Who

?
My youngest son is
and
more
obedient
than my eldest.
diligent

.your eldest or

much more

your youngest son

272

Where
forest.

does he want to go ?
To the field and into the
not
into
the
Why
garden ? The forest is the nearest.

Old men arc generally more experienced than young men.

church as high as the tower of that

Is the cupola of this

strong castle ? The cupola of this church is not only highei

than that tower, but it is also higher than all the other
Which do yon like the best,
cupolas and towers in the city.

summer

or spring?
I like summer better (more) than
because
it
is
in summer.
warmer
France is larger
spring,
and more populous than Holland, but Russia is not only
larger than France, but it

is

also the

most populous country

Is your woollen cloth as thin as mine?

thicker and cheaper than yours.
mean rich

in Europe.

cloth
is

is

much

later ?
fasted.

My

man
eat now or

Do you want to
poorer than a beggar.
I do not want to eat now, because I have just breakBring a

little

more firewood,

for it is

very cold in

No,

Is your fur coat, lined with bear-skin, light ?

it is very heavy.
Is it warm ?
It is warmer than all

my

other fur coats.

the room.

there longer than

as the winter day

live

brother.

my
?

Who

winter one.

daughters of rich

Did you

long in Italy

Is the

The autumn day

wears sable furs

men wear

sable furs.

autumn day
is

I lived
as long

longer than the

Only wives and

Are sheep-skins and

?
They are cheaper than all other furs.
was always the more liberal, the rich foreigner or his
poor neighbour? The first was by far the more liberal.

hare-skins cheap

Who

Has he much money ?

your house

is

He

has less money than you, but

smaller than his.

Whose

waistcoat

is

the

waistcoat is older than yours.

older, yours or mine?
He is older than his
Is he younger than his brother?

My

Is his horse cheaper than yours?

but
also older and worse than mine.
cheaper,

brother.

His horse

is

273

(
*.

:'

(,;i ';

''''

jf-Vi''-^'*

(;';

"']'

*~ri^s-<*

THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON.

AUGMENTATIVE AND DIMINUTIVE ADJECTIVES.

Russian qualifying adjectives, besides the three degrees
of comparison, by means of certain terminations and prefixes, express abundance or want in the quality itself, and
also strengthen or soften the original signification of the

positive degree.

A. The augmentative degree denoting the quality as

more abundant or stronger than usual is rendered
:

0.

By

adding the prefix npe to the declinable adjectives

B'fi.iwii,

white j

4ypn6a, bad
#.

HeKi>,

By

iipefrkJbiS,

quite white.

npe^ypeofl, very bad.

adding the terminations

exonein,,

emeneFB or oxo-

omeHeio. to the indeclinable adjectives

,

white;

The augmentative degree in adjectives is com1.

'
rendered
monly
by adding cOBctMt or cOBepiiieimo, quite,
entirely/ to the apocopated adjectives, as
OBS.

E-fe.ie'xoeeK'B or coBepinenno 6^11., quite white.

CyxoxoHeuT. or coBepuieiieo cyx^, quite dry.

The augmentative

adjectives never denote a coarse

deformity like that expressed

by augmentative substantives.

NOTE.

B. The diminutive degree denoting the quality as weaker

274

than usual

is

formed by adding

OBaibiii, eBaibiu to

the de-

clinable, or OBarb, eBarb to the indeclinable adjectives.

The diminutive terminations

copated eneKt, OHCKT. are made use
C.

OHBKOH, apoof to soften or modify

etitKOH,

the original signification of the adjective.

These termi-

nations are generally used before the substantives in the

diminutive form, as

A little white dog.

A little blue handkerchief.

E-fc.ieBbKaa coSaiKa,

CuHeutKiii iLiaToieKt,

Every qualifying adjective cannot have all the above

mentioned degrees of signification ; therefore the following
rules
3

must be observed

The diminutive terminations OBaibiti,

CBaibiH are added

only to those qualifying adjectives that denote colour,

sense, measure, form, weight and physical or moral deficiency, as

3epHUt, black;
Ten LI ii, warm
i

Cia^Kiii,
Ma.ibiii,

sweet

small

Kpyr.n,iti,ruund;
.lerKiii. light;

Et^iibiii,

poor

CKynuii,

mean ;

diminutive;
.

...
...
.

CKynoBaiLiii.

2. On the other hand the above terminations cannot be

added to qualifying adjectives denoting a physical or moral
intelligent/
perfection, such as: 'kind/ floopbiii
:

'

rich/ CoraibiH, etc.

275

OBS. 2. The diminutive terminations OBaibiS,

must not be confounded with the similar terminations of the
positive degree of derivative adjectives, such as
Hoa^peBaiwft,

Angular.
Porous.

BHBOBHTMH,

In

yiMOBaibiii,

3.

The terminations

eHbKofi,

fault,

wrong.

OHBKOH cannot be added to

adjectives ending in infi, preceded by a consonant and denoting a property in an inanimate object, such as 'fragile/
:

jtoMKifi

4.

'
;

sonorous/ aBOHidu

'

slippery/ CKOJLSKiu, etc.

The augmentative terminations

exorieKt,

emeueKt can-

not be added to derivative adjectives denoting appurtenance

to an object of some parts or properties and ending in aBbiii,
aibifi, acTbiH, OBaibin,

etc.,

such as

HBLIH, HTLIH, HCTBIH,

OBiiTbiii, Hbiii, Kiii,

Mo.f05KaBMfi,

Young

-JlfbEmuft,

Lazy.

looking,

Angry.

CepAHTbiii,
'

KpuJ&TUfi,

Winged, etc.

OBS. 3. All such adjectives however can take the prefix

npe, both in the declinable and indeclinable form.
npeMO-iOJKaBMii, npeMO.ioataBi,

Looking very young.

Hpe.itHHBHii, npe-itiniBi,

Very

lazy.

Very angry.

OBS.

4.

Both the augmentative and the diminutive ad-

jectives are used affirmatively only ; therefore the negative

particle lie cannot be prefixed to them.

OBS. 5.
Augmentative and diminutive adjectives have
no degrees of comparison.

In forming the augmentative and the diminutive degrees

the following euphonic changes

must be observed

276

The

1.
r, K,

is

e in the termination eneKt, exoHein,, preceded

changed into o
BucoKifi, high

The terminations

to adjectives having

thus

...

dry;

Cyxofi,

by

diminutive ftairoHbKitt,

AOJITI&, long;

2.

BbicoKOBbKiii, BbicoKoxoneKt.

cyxoubuiii, cyx6xoneKT>.

cannot be added

eineneKi,, oineneKt

3, c, JK,

H or

before the termination,

fresh

i,

augmentative CBt;n6xoaein> and

OBS. 6. All other adjectives cnn take both the terminations exoHeK-B, oxoiiein> and euieHeKi., oiueneK'B.
B-6.IWH,

3.

H, &,

white

dry

Cyxdii,

; augmentative 6*JexoneKi and 6*.ieineneK-B,

augmentative cyxoxoHCKt and cyxomeneKi.

Adjectives in Km, preceded by the radical consonants

T, 3, c, r, form their augmentative or diminutive degree

by adding eHhKOH, OHLKOU, eneKt,

to the radical consonant

the consonant

termination of the positive degree

TuHEifi, thin
i,

4.

light

is left

In the adjective

Mflntifi,

'soft,'

The following

IHuGKift, swift

bitter

flatj

in

Kifl

is

...
...

augmentative

preserve the K:

diminutive wn6K6nei{T>

pitiable;

the consonant

Man;iii, diminutive MflKOBbKiii, MflKoneKX

H\;'uiKiii,

therefore in the

K,

out, as:

diminutive ToeeebBift, ToneneKX ; augmentative TOHe'xoneKi.

diminutive jeronbKifl, jeroiieKi; augmentative jreroxoiieKi.

changed into K

5.

exoneia, oxoneia

oaeKi>,

HJaJKoiiCKi;

ropbKOHCK^;
niocKouet-K;

augmentative iini6K6xonoKi.
BaikdlOHeri.
.

...
.i.

ropbKoxoiic-Kt.

strong

dim.

277

EpSniiHUJift

angm.

apoc. sptnoHein,;

XBMKV
MeJKifi,

dim.

shallow, small;

MeieittKifi;

apoc. Mei&ien;

augm.

Mejeioeen,

na (with the pre-

To marry

(to get married),

positional case).

neuter verb.
j

Bbixojurb aaMyxx 3a

(with

the accusative),

f /Kenan, Ha (with the prep.).

Married

to,

( BaMyscMT, 3a (with the instr.).

The verb Bbixojuifc saMyarb, to marry,' is made

use of when speaking of women, having for the perfect
aspect BbifiTH saMvarb, and the verb seflHTbca when speaking
of men.
OBS.

7.

The present and the future of the verb

NOTE.
are alike,

i.e. ateniocb,

xeHnnibca, etc.

Who is
He

is

going to get married

going to get married.

KTO

OBI aeenica.
Ha Kon OHI xeninta ?
Ha Moefi cecipt OUT. xeaoTCf.

Whom
He
Is

is he going to marry t
going to marry my sister.
long since he has married her

is

it

He

has been married to her two

4<iBHo JD

Ou*

OHI ea

ueii

xeean?

JKeaan, ea Hefi JBU roja.

years.

Whom is she going to marry

She is going to marry him.

She was married to him last year.

3a Koro Buxojnrb ona

Qua Buxojon sa aero

Oea

Has she been long married

Bbira.ia sa Hero sanyxi BI

nponuovB ro^y.
4aBBo JH oea sa HUMI aaMyseiii ?

It is not long since she

Qua

To marry

to him !
was married.

(to perform the

BfcH4aib, I. 1. perfect

ceremony of marriage),

Who has married them !

The clergyman married them.

KTO nxi BtHia.il ?

A
A

single

278

man, a bachelor,

XOJOCTOH

man-led man,
married woman,

(<ie.iOB'fcKi).

JKetiaTbiH

A
A marriage,
A wedding,

Cua^b6a.

To marry

JKemhbca no

3aMy/Knaa
Epain>,

for love,

A money match,

,!io(5Bfi.

f BpaKt no pacieiy.
aa.

To marry

to, act. v.

rKeeiiiL Ha, perf.

asp. o/Ke-

HHTb.

He

has married his daughter to an

Get

officer.

He

Bbi,ja.n>

CBOIO

AOIB 3aMy,KT> aa

o#imepa.

married his son to an

OH*

na

flo'iepu

What has this pretty little girl got in her hands ?

has got a little red handkerchief. What kind of little
has this little girl got ?
She has got a clean, white

She

officer's

EXERCISE

gown and a
this lake?

/Keni'm, csoerd ctina

o*tmepa,

daughter.

LXXIV.

gown
little

How is the water of

pair of new little shoes.
It was coldish yesterday, but it is rather warm

How are the clothes which your tailor brought

to-day.
you the day before yesterday ? They are rather wide, and
the sleeves are narrowish and rather short.
The rooms of
the kind little old woman are rather small and cold.
Is
and
is
servant
He
intelligent
diligent?
your
very diligent,
How is your new horse (which) you
but rather stupid.
fair
It is very lazy, but much
at
the
bought
yesterday ?
This knife is quite blunt;
other
one.
stronger than my
give

me

him

another a

little

little sharper, if you please.

louder, because he is rather deaf.

bread at your baker's

bitter.

Speak

How

It is rather stale, sourish

Can you give me a hundred roubles?

is

to

the

and rather
I

do not

279

know; I think that

but

will be rather difficult,

if

you

like,

I can give you fifty roubles now, and the other fifty roubles
What kind of a little house has your neighbour
afterwards.

got?

His new little house is small, but clean.

Is the weather

Are the streets clean 1

damp
The streets are rather dirty. How was the beer (which
you drank at the Hotel yesterday ? The beer (which) we
drank there was rather thick, but not bad.
fine ?

No,

it is

rather

out.

EXERCISE

LXXV.

When did your eldest brother get married ? He was

married last year. Are both your brothers married ? My
eldest brother is married, but the youngest one is not yet
Whom did your eldest brother marry ? He
married.
married the

them

at

daughter

clergyman who married

Give this little boy a pair
pouring and it is very cold

of the

St. Nicholas' church.

of boots, because the rain is

Is this boy then barefoot
out.
foot,

but his boots are in holes.

No, he

is

not bare-

Where were you going

We

yesterday morning with your daughter ?

to the wedding of my niece, who has married

were going

my

clerk.

Is

true that your other niece is also going to marry the rich
banker ? No, it is not true ; my second niece was long ago

it

married to Captain Petrof.

her husband liberal?

her husband

is

We

Is your mistress kind, and is

have a very kind mistress and

a very liberal man.

Is this river deep

It

rather deep, but it is not broad enough for large ships,

coffee is quite bitter and
Is your coffee sweet.
is

My

thoroughly cold. To whom did you give the pens and the
I gave them to my youngest brother.
Do you
red ink?
I do not
see those little red flowers on that little table ?
see the red, but I see the little bluish flowers.

When

were

280

you

at the countess's house ?

Was

cently.
was at the

she at

wedding

home

I have been there

quite reshe
was
not
at
No,
home, she

at the princess's house.

To whom

did

the princess marry her daughter?

She married her to
a rich banker. Is the countess's family large ? Yes, she
I thought that her
has five sons and four daughters.
family
was less than mine. No, you see her family is larger than

Have you spoken to that married woman who has

married
against her parent's will ? JSTo, I spoke only
got
with that single man.
yours.

EXERCISE

LXXVI.

Where is this busy little bee flying to? It is flying

to gather the sweet honey from the flowers.
Are your
rooms clean ? Our rooms are quite clean, but the floors
Did not your servant
in the vestibule are quite dirty.
then wash
lazy.

What

the floors to-day? No, our servant is very

does this young-looking peasant say ?
He

"one who is not lazy to plough will soon be rich."

To whom is this peasant going to marry his } oung son ? He
is going to marry him to a young and pretty peasant-girl
says that

Did you go anywhere yesterday? I went to the theatre

and to the ball yesterday. Are they going anywhere?
They are going to the field, which is quite green. Is your
handkerchief clean

My

handkerchief

is

quite clean, there

Whom is your niece

not a single dirty spot on it.
She has married our neighbour. Is it true
married to?
that the rich banker, at whose wedding we danced, has
He did not marry a widow, but a
married a poor widow?
is

of the richest banker in our town.

girl, the daughter
married them ? A French priest married them.

Who

281

THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
BOCBMOU

RELATIVE ADJECTIVES.
What

journal

is this

IIpiuaraTe.iLHoe OTHOciiicJBnoe.
KaKoii 610 atypHiun.

a monthly journal.
What tobacco have you ?
I

KaKoii y saci TadaKi

have Turkish tobacco.

What

kind of egg

is

9io M-Ecaqnbiii /KypHH.n>.

It is

this

siena

Kanoe

It is a fowl's egg.

TypeqKiu Ta6ain>.

910 aiiqo?

9io Kypunoe aiiqo,

Adjectives which denote a relation of an object to oura thing in relation to its

selves or others, or distinguish

kind are termed in Russian npruaraTe,iLiiLia OTiiocLneMLiiLia,

relative adjectives/ and are formed from substantives and
'

some adverbs

as follows

a. Adjectives ending in emu, CKOH, man, OBCKJH, eBcnifi are

formed from names of animate beings, spiritual objects,

names of places and

professions

God ;

Eon>,

HeJOB'BKT>,
Ss'Bpb,

Eo/KCCKiii, God's,

man

beast

Oreqi., father

Cejo, village
AFir.da,
H't.Meq'b,

God

like.

human,

ie.iOB B'ieCKin,

SB'bpCKiii, bestial.
;

oieiecKiii, paternal.

ceJbCKiii, rural.

England;
a

aiir.uiiCKiii,

German

English.

irfiMeqKiti,

German.

Kyacqi, a merchant; syneiCCEJM, mercantile

Adjectives formed from names of months

termination cuifi, OBcniii, as:
b.

fliiBapb,

January

The termination
Maprt and

'

OBCHJM

is

amtapCKiii, of

$eBpaJb, February

take the

January.

4>CBpa.ibCKiu, of

February.

added to the months of March,

August/ ABrycn,,

as

MapiOBCKiii, ABrycioBCKiii, of

March, of August.

282

OBS.

The English terminations ?c, ical, when used for

and sciences are rendered in Russian by

1.

names of
fl

arts
'

as:

ieci;iii,

historical/ HCTO-

etc.

lyric/ up&iecKifl,

PIIHCCKHI;

'

dramatic/ ApaMaTu iiecKiii

'

Relative adjectives in HHI>IH ; are formed mostly from

names of animals, as
c.

CoKO.it, falcon

yiKa, a duck

yrunBiii.

Ope.n>,

an eagle

coKO.Ti'iFbiii.

op.iHHbiii.

,a bee; me.iunbiH.
a goat ; Kos.iihibiii.
b,

a lion
,

jbBunbiB.

a horse

The following names

OBS. 2

of animals take OBBiii, CBBIH

beaver; dodpoobiB.
Knrb, whale; KHTOBWU.

E;KT>,

Eodp'b,

Ocexp'b,

OBS.
i,

3.

noil,

jouia^iiiibiii.

hedgehog

Kporb, mole

Adjectives in OBOH, GBOH, OBHLIH, CBHWH,

are formed from names of inanimate and abstract
'

steam

4yina, soul

^m
(

(.

I spirit, ghost

Bepesa, birch
e.

of

I ^yxoBnwii, spiritual.

as

CepesoBbifl.

aiiLiii,

,l\'6i>,

Cociia,

HHOU,

oak

^yCtonwii.

fluiibiii,

denote the material

leather

terminate

pine; cocnoBLiii.

a thing is made, as
^epCB/inHbiii, wooden.
/U'pCBO, wood
K6;i;a,

trees

rpyuie'Bbiii.
;

Adjectives in

which

flyinnbiH, suffocating, close.

OBtiii, eBBiii,

Tpyma, pear

milk.

formed from names of

Adjectives

generally in

new

heart ^' sincere-

f ^yxoudii HHCipyMeurb, a wind-instrument.

C breath,

d.

MO.IOKC),

BIlwii >

a steam boilcr'

B6ii KOTfe I1"

nap

Cnapnoe

1)5

KporoBbiii.

Mop/Hi, walrus; MOpJKeBbi

sturgeon; oceipuBbifi.

objects having various signification s, as

nap-b,

Ko/Kanuii, leathery

MaCJO,

oil

Mac.!aHbifl.

Hteiiao, iron

BfcliaauB,

283

)
BOJOCT., hair

Boja, water

BO.iocanda.

BO.jauoii.

mm

Adjectives ending in JKIII, HIU,

sense
of substantives, as
the
used in

OBS.

4.

are mostly

Hpoxo'/Kiii,
i,

a passer by.
a visitor.

KopMiiii, a

niuiiii,

helmsman

(abs.)

a pedestrian.

formed from nouns and adverbs signifying

time or place end in mfi, iimiii, enum, as

f. Adjectives

J-feTO,

summer;

Beciia,

spring

What column

.itTiiiii.
j

Beceuuiii.
is

tins

It is Alexander's

column.

Teuepb,

now

Bcei'Aa,

always

KaKaa

ro

renepera'Tiii.
;

K0.i6nna

9io A-ieKcaB^pOBCKafi

OBS. 5.
Relative adjectives answer the question: 'what
kind?' They are therefore easily distinguished from pos'
sessive adjectives answering the question whose ?'
Whose book
It is

Hbs ^xa Kniira?

is this !

Alexander's book.

AJCKC&D jpOBa n

C.9TO

Possessive adjectives in Russian,, as has been

already explained, may be just as well rendered by the
The same.
genitive of the nouns they are derived from.

OBS.

6.

however, cannot be done with the relative adjectives, although

they are often rendered by the genitive of other languages,
as

Eagle's nest,

Op.iMHoe nrts^o.

A merchant's son,
A gentleman's son,
A travelling bag,

^BOpanCKiii

Travelling notes,
able man,

An

River-water,

Kyne

iecKiii CLIIII.

4p6 ;KH aa

Cbiin>.

cysiKa.

nyieBbifl aaniicKii.
r

HyTHbiii ie.iOBtK i)

284

Domestic expenses,
CBtinaa ro.iOBa.

Pig's head,

house-door,

The

An

Most
Who
1

ropoach-aa CTEiia.

town-wall,

air

pump,

Bo3,jyuiiibiii uac6ci>.>

(the greater part),

has most

have most.

horses than one

have several.

Baci) fiojbiue ojHoii

4<i,

cy^apb, y

Several,

Mnorie.

all

KiiKfo

penc'ls.

the houses burnt

Usually, generally,
Where do you usually dine
I usually dine at

To

call, (to

master

Bet

.IH

T^t

BLI

Kaijau^aiu

oSbiKHOBenno

o6-B.iacre

OOblKHOBe'ilHO OO'B^aiO ^OMa.

BVAHTB, perf. asp.

awake),
call

KapaHjamii y :iero?

y nerd pasiiwe

his

B'b

KOiopOMi iacy

him at
him always

usually calls
call

home.

At what time does he

iiac'b

40Ma crop-fi-in ?
Miiorie OMa crop-B.ia.

Several are burnt.

Pa3Hbie.

Are

y;i;e je.icn'v.

Bo.ibuice iiic.io .no^eii

Several kinds, or sorts,

What pencils has he I

He has several kinds of

He

Edibiuaa qacTbaioro no.ia

IMiCKO.IBKO.

Several,

Hive you more

sir, I

EdiBiuee
y noro Co.ibinee HHC.IO ?
y Meea Oo.ibiuce ^uc.io.

Most of this field is already green.

Most people buy this.

Yes,

'

nine, but

at

seven

Baib, a a

6y/Ky ero Bcer^a, BI

ce.Mb

o'clock.

Caste, class, coc.TOBie.

Foreign, sarpanuinbiii.

Clergy,

table-spoon, CTO.ioBaa

Nobility,

A
A

dessert-spoon, ^eccpman Jun;i

Education,

Educated,

oCpa.iOBaiiie.

tea-spoon, naiinaa

Maternal,

.io;i;Ka.

joaa-'iiui.

285

OF

one's native country,

horse's mane,

Oie'iecTBennLitt.

Jomajiiiiaa rpiba.

Water communication,
A

A
A

Bo^Jinoe cooOmenie.

colony, KO'onia.
meal of fish, PbiSnoe Kyinanbe.
meal of meat, Macuoe Kyinante.

Unimportant,

To
To

get up, BCiauaTb.

rise, to

rise, perf. asp. BCiaib.

LXXVII.

EXERCISE

Which

Town
?
much better and larger than village houses, but
in summer is much more agreeable than town life.
houses are better than those of the village

houses are
rural life

Is French tobacco as good as American ?

No, the latter,
although dearer, is much better than the former. What

book are you reading ? I am reading a German book about

What love is stronger
the rural life of the Russian people.
than all others ? Maternal love. What cold is more severe
than that of February and March.

Usually the January cold

more severe than any others. Are duck and goose eggs
expensive? In our market they are more expensive than
fowls' eggs.
Where did they see those two black eaglets ?
In the eagle's nest. Have you been in the Indian colonies ?
Are
Yes, I spent (npOBCCTi'i) the five hottest months there.

is

March days long there ? They are much longer there than
What goods has this merchant?
those of July and August.
He has several kinds of goods he has iron, copper and pewter
;

goods.

What

Wooden

houses are

houses are -warmer than those built of stone

much warmer than

-Where
I bought them from

stone ones.

did you buy these pine and birch tables ?

Did you bring
the merchant's son in the market.

me my new

No, but I will bring it

leather travelling bag ?

you after diiu
offish
or
meat? No,
Had you for dinner to-day a meal
Tier.

we had neither, we had only milk

is

the best (most)

educated

soup.

Which class in Russia

The children of noblemen

286

in

Russia are usually

How

much

better educated than those of

the fish trade in this town generally?

It is unimportant, because we have no water communication
either with the German Sea or with any navigable rivers.

merchants.

is

steamers large ?
The river steamers are
Did not his brother
generally smaller than the sea steamers.
eat more than I ?
He ate much more than you, because

Are the

river

he was very hungry.

than

all others.

also writes better

boy

He

is

Which boy can read

(reads) better

The most
than

all

diligent boy not only reads, but

What is the age of this
others,

thirteen years of age.

EXERCISE

Have you spoken

LXXVIIT.

to these sailors ?

I spoke with several of

About what did you speak to him ? I spoke to him

of soldiers' and seamen's dress.
Have you many tea and
We have only a few. Of what metal are
table spoons ?
All our spoons are made of silver.
Are the
they made?
They (it) are much richer than
nobility of your town rich ?
the clergy.
At what time (at what o'clock) did your servant
them.

call

you

this

morning?

than yesterday.

Do you

He

very early, earlier than any

mane long?

called

then

me

very late

much

later

I usually rise
Is the horse's
one in the house.
rise early.?

It is generally shorter than the horse's

tail.

\Vhat kind of bag has this foot traveller, a linen or leathern

one? He has got a woollen bag. Are there many visitors in

town ?

many here now, but there are

What does the captain of this
usually many here in summer.
merchant vessel order his helmsman to do ? He orders him to
There are not very

Who has most apples ?

has most, but most of his apples are much worse than
In whose house were they living in winter ? They
mine.

go

He

to (na, with the accus.) the ship.

287

What history did

were living in their father's house.
write?
He
wrote
the
history of his native
Macaulay
Are the wines in this shop cheap ? The country
What
wines are cheap, but foreign ones are very expensive.
did the German master say to him yesterday?
He said to
him that historical works are much more useful than lyric

country.

Where do you generally pass your eventhem at the theatre* or at the club.

or dramatic ones.

ings

I generally pass

What

kind of books have you there on that table ? I have

1 have there French, English,
German, Dutch, Russian, Italian, Spanish and even a few

several kinds of books there.

Turkish and Persian books.

THIRTY-NINTH LESSON.
To remain, to stay, (to be left,)
(OcTaTtca,

Do you remain !
I

remain.

We

Ociae'Tecb JH
fl

often remained

alone in the

perf. asp.

BM

ociawcb.

Mbi qacTO ociaBa.incb OAUII

BT>

house.

Where were

the children

left.

I\j-B

ocTa.mcb

Imperfect Aspect.
fl

Perfect Aspect.

ociaBaJCH, I remained.

fl

We

MM

Mbi ocT<'uncb.

remained,
ociaBaJHCb,
9 <5y4y ociaBarbca, I shall remain, etc.
)cra3aiicfl, ociaBaiiTecb,

To

fl

remain.

"
leave,

did you leave your children

ihia
I left

morning
them where

OciaBMTb, perf. asp.

Ttfb

BM

ociaBii.in

^na yipOM^

ociaeycb, TLI ociancmLCfl, etc.

OCTaHbCfl, OCTiiHLTfiCb.

(.

Where

ocTa.ica.

always do.

fl

CBOHXI A^Tcii certv

?

HXT> ocTasiu-b xasii, r^'B Bcerja

ocTaii.:>iio.

nil

288

It remains,

OcTaeica, impers. verb"

It remained,

the

ociaBaibca

It will remain,

dat,

(OcTaneica

me

It

remains for

It

remained for you

to say.

MITB ociae'TCfl CKaaart.

to decide.

ocTaBtuocb

Left, (remaining),
Is there anything left

There

He

is

nothing

has some

I shall

OciaJbHoii, (ociaeica).
Ocra.idcb

left.

Eveiy now and then,

He comes

njw and

to us every

MTO, HiiCiy^b

ocia.fdcb.

y nerd neMHoro ocTa.MCb.

y MGIIH ocraHcrca

left.

have a few

.in

Haierd ee

left.

On, upcMenn

theu,

Oii'b

npnxcuii'n,

flo

ppeMenn.

KT, Basil, OTT>

Bpe.MCua

Nay,
( t;BepxT> Toro.

Nay,

if

he

sa?d that to you,

not doubt

you must

Hy,

ec.m

BX

Had he promised

lie

^TO

here himself.

Baci

caai

flfuKe

Kor^a

BLI

painter
see him now and then.

Bii;i;y

erd

and then,

The following

npiimi

Jii6o.

JH

ever see our friend, the

Now

cro^u.

Ever,

CKasa.ii,

coMntBiibca

TOMT>.

OUT>

Bamx

AOJiKHiii

Q6 %u\aJiT> Mi

to see

you !
Nay, he had even promised to come

Do you

oin>

TO Bbi

it.

the genitive:
adjectives govern

Worthy,

AOCToiinbiii.

Devoid, iy

Full (of), no

iiaiucro

This

is

289

worth reward.

9io AOCToihio ear

prince worthy of his subjects'

CBOHXl

KHfl3b AOCTOHHblil

affection.

He

is

devoid of this vice.

The room

is full

OHT, qyjKdi fooro nop6na.

KdMHaia no.iea MO^ea.

of people.

The following

adjectives govern the dative

Faithful, BtpeHtt.

Agreeable,

Amiable, JioSesHbiS.
("Milibift.

Known to, H3B BCTHuii.

An acquaintance,

\ Aoporofi.

In accordance with, relative, COOT-

yro^Hbitt (abs.)
r

De

Agreeable, npniTObiii.
Useful,

Decent, becoming,

Submissive,

Obedient,

noc.iyiiiHbiii.

Glad,

Natural

CBOiiCTBeiTHLlS,

to,

Proportionate, in proportion,

Copa3Ml>pnbiii.

Becoming, decorous,
Alike (to be like),

Ho/iooebiii.

Devoted,

OopayjOBaHHbiH, 'delighted/ derived from

the
instrumental and not the dative
governs

OBS.

1.

Delighted with
The dog

is faithful to

This news was not agreeable to him.

She is dear to him.

Honour
This

is

dearer to him than gold.

not agreeable to him.

The book is useful to us.

is

people submissive to their king.

She

is

glad of

9THMI.

this.

his master.

it.

The dress did not please her.

A work known to the whole world.
The children are obedient to their

CooaKa Btpna CBOCMy

3ia HOBocib He 6bua

re
e.>iy

Esiy aio HenpiaiHO.

Kiiiira

naMi

no-iesea.

Hapo/ii, noKopubiii CBoeny Kopo.no.

Olid pa^a TOMy.
Hjaibe cii ne npaBii.iocb.

Coiaeeuie, HSB-BCTHOG Bcoiy cBUiy,

noc.iyuiiibi

CBOCMy

y4iire.ito.

master.
I

know

this.

9TO MHt
^

Did you know ?

We shall know.

npiaiua.

Ona GMy MHJa.

Hecib e.y floporce sojoia.

BbUO Ml

BaMT) H3BBCTrfO?

OyAGTl. I13BtCTHO.

290

Nor
Nor
shall not

evening

I,

HC.

I either,

go to the theatre
will you I
;

this

fl

He H^y corona BeiepOMi

noiUe'Te JH BM ?

BT>

teaipx.

H a TaKJKe (or TOJKC) ee noiUy.

No, I shall not go either.

1 never read novels either.

fl

TOJKC HHKor^a HC iHTaro poitfaHOBi..

Nor do

fl

TOJKe HMKorfla ee ne BIIJKV.

Hl>rb,

I ever see her.

As far as,
To come up
As
I

to,

far as the garden.

went with her as far as their

fl

Aom&ii

mother's.

Hero AO jona

CT>

HXI Ma-

Tepn.

When you have

read the book as

far as this, (then)

for a walk.

To be

Korja BM npOHTe'ie KHHry 40 cnxi

nopi, TO MOJKeTe H^TM

you may go

ry.iflTT>.

a judge of,

BI (with the prep. case).

Are you a judge of wine

He

is

a good judge of

A judge
He

To

To

is

it.

Bfcl

OlIT. BT>

Bl BHIlt

H6MT) 60JbIll6li 3HaTOKT>.

(a connoisseur).

no judge of this.

Oii'b

aroro HO nonHMaen>.

order,

have something
done or made,

get, to

I ordered

him

BejiiL.

eny nncaiL.

to write.

Get these books taken away from

Be.iuTe yneciH

OTCW^a TH Knura.

here.

Have a

fowl roasted for me.

To punish,
To behave,
He

behaves

well.

She behaved

well.

Bc.niie H3JKapeTb

MHB

Ky]

( HaKaai
( Ilanaaa

perf. asp.

Beciu ceoa.
Om. xopomo ce6n
OLU BC.IU cc6a xopoiuo.

291

Behaviour,

Theft,

Praise, noxBfua.

Punishment,
Contempt, npeaptnie.

Hackney carriage,
Devotion, npe^iHHOCTb.

The deed,

Rewarded,

act, jckio,

EXERCISE

HOCiynoKt,

LXXIX.

We

Where

left it on
did you leave your portmanteau ?
did you not take it with you ?
I did
not take my portmanteau with me, because it is too heavy,

Why

the steamer.

and there was not a single hackney carriage on the shore.

Is the hotel far from the sea then ?
Yes, the hotel is rather
far from here, and it is not in the valley, but on the hill.
that the gentleman to whom we spoke is the
that
hotel ?
of
No, I did not know that. Will
proprietor
How do your
he be glad to see you? I think (that) he will.
?
is worthy
themselves
Their
behaviour
behave
nephews

Do you know

What books do you leave them ?

of the highest praise.
Were the
I only leave them books useful to young men.
commander ? No and
was
their punishment
Have
proportionate to their treason.
in
the
left
the
door (in the lock) or has Andrew ?
key
yon

officers

and

soldiers faithful to their

Neither I nor

Andrew has

left it.

Had

these

young men

a becoming dress (on) ? Their dress did not become such

rich merchants, their coats were rather old, gloves rather
Was there much black
dirty and their boots all over mud.
There were two pounds of tea left. Did you
tea left ?
give

him

all

How many

your money

No, I had a few roubles

horses will there be left

There will be a

left.

few-

Will you leave this book here ? T will leave

it here.
Do you often go to him ? I go to him now and
then.
Does he give you permission to go to the play ?

horses

left.

292

Nay, he even comes with us himself. Do you ever take

you to the theatre ? We take them now and

children with

then.

LXXX.

EXERCISE

Have you read

has

we

I have not, nor

the history of Russia ?
do not know them. Nor do

We

brother either.

my

Is your relative a judge of tea ?

of tea, nor is he a judge of wine either.

either.

judge

No, he

no

do you
Because these books

not give French books to your nieces ?

Get the floors washed.
are not useful to them.
the maid-servant to

When

linen.

wash the

was he rewarded?

Money

it

I ordered

wash the

was

His reward was in accordance

Is it cold to-day ?
It is much colder toIs money useful to poor men ?
yesterday.

useful to both rich

is

also to

you be obliged to take the letters to the

I must take them there at six (o'clock).

with his deeds.

day than

floors,

and

shall

Post Office?

How

is

Why

and

poor.

Are the

soldiers

faithful to their brave general ?

and devoted to him.

lazy pupil

He

he punish him?

Does

-They are faithful, obedient

the master often punish this

punished him yesterday. For what did

He punished him because he did not

know

his Spanish lesson.

Are all these children yours ?
and
I
have
three
more
at
Did your niece live
school.
Yes,
in town when you lived in the country ?
When I lived in

the country my niece lived in town.

Has not my son
written this letter very well ?
Yes, he writes much better

than

my

eldest son.

Do you want

as

much

silk

as wool ?

T want more silk than wool.

Will the young ladies stay

here any longer ?
will
be able to stay here much
not
They
What day of the month was it yesterday ? It
longer.

was the

morrow

sixth.
?

What day

of the

It will be the twelfth

month

to-morrow.

will it

be to-

293

FORTIETH LESSON.
OP THE ACTIVE

CopOKOBoft >p6Ki.

PARTICIPLE.

Active participles are adjectives derived from active and

rieutey verbs and denote the action of the subject, as:
The loving mother.
The running horse.

The

JwSaujas

active participle as a part of the verb has two tenses,

and past,, and it always combines the meaning

the present
'
of the relative pronoun KOiopbia,
'
that/ with the verb from which it
a.

siaib.

Etrymiii KOHL.

The present

participle

is

who/
is

which/ or

410,

derived.

formed from the third person

the termination
plural of the present indicative by changing
Tt into U\\K, (feminine maa, neuter mee)
:

HHTUIO-TT.,

a,

6.

The past

imaio-miii, reading, he who reads.

;
HAy-miii, c^ing, he who goes.

they read

n/jy-TL, they

go

they hope

Ha4'EK)-iniiica,

participle is

changing the termination

Biuaa, neuter uniee)
Hina-.li, I
ni^JT.,

going

HaAta-JCS, I hoped

The termination

hopes.

formed from the past tense by

ji, into Biniii or mia, (feminine

who has read.

who was going.
hoping, he who was hoping-

inTa-Bmifi, reading, he

nie4-iniii,

g"ing, he

Haj&fl-Biiiiiicfl,

BUIJM is

added to the participles formed

from the past tense having a vowel before

fl

who

have read

I vvas

hoping, he

nrp-a-.n>, I

.IT,,

as

played ; nrpa-BiuiH, playing,

Qua roBop-ikia, she spoke ; roBOp-M-Biiiaa, speaking.

294

OBS.

If there be no

1.

Ji

in the masculine

termination

of the past tense, the participle is formed by adding miti

(and not Binm) to the root of the verb, as
:

To

rpedt, I

fl

Mon>, I could

rowed
;

part, past,

part, past, Mormiii

BeciH.

lead, leading,

was leading,

Leading,
OBS.

2.

infinitive

The radical consonants j and i, omitted

mood and in the j>ast tense, are replaced

past participle active, as

to

bloom

in the

in the

past tense ip-Lix,

Exceptions: Kiacib, to put (root

('

root/

ijfffirt)

partic. past

n,B'6T-nirii,

waa)

partic. past K.ia-B-iniii

and not

Kpa)

partic. past Kpa-B-mifl

and net

ua^mit.
KpacTb, to steal (root

crying child.

The

following number.

A practising physician.

ELiaiymee 4Hia.

Cj^yromi
HpaKTiiKyiou$iii

Active participles standing before a substantive

3.
in
as
are,
English, used as qualifying adjectives, but these
in
Russian cannot take the form of an indeclinparticiples

OBS.

able adjective, i.e. they cannot be apocopated or used in

place of the predicate.

Thus English

participles used

with the verb

'

to be' nre

rendered in Russian either by the indicative or by an

adjective, as

The child
The book

is

crying.

is interesting.

^iiui n.iaien,.

Kniiru

UBIV&X&IUUU

295

OBS. 4. Participles are declined like adjectives, agreeing

with the substantive to which they refer in gender, number

and
I

case.

woman who

spoke to the

sells

<y&

roBOpiln,

JKeninBHoro,

flowers.

People

have

that

money

easily

acquire friends.

HMtfontfe Aenbrn, jencd iipi-

o6ptiaH)TT> 4py3eii,

They gave alms to the beggarwoman, standing at the church-

OHM nd^ajH MHJOCTHHIO

flBineii

Humei'i, CTO-

y qepKOBUbixi. <pepeii.

door.

Do you

man

see the

carries) the sack

is

my

Bbi

ie.!OBl;Ka,

Hecymaro

(Kordpbiii FieceTi.) MtraoKT,.

The boy reading (who

attention

JH

carrying (who

HTarom'ifi (KOTopuii nnTaeii) co BDHMaHieM-B, MOM dpan>.

reads) with

brother.

co

BHHMaHieMt

MOH

OBS.

The

5.

tecedent by a

participle is always separated

comma, as :

The man sleeping.

The woman who was speaking.

OBS.

6.

pronoun or

by a

an-

cnnujift.

English participles preceded by a possessive

any preposition cannot be rendered in Russian

but must be expressed either by a substanin the infinitive or indicative mood

a
verb
by
:

do not believe in his coming.

He

its

participle,

tive, or

from

saved

himself

by swimming

fl

ne B*pro erd npuxdjy.

fl

He

B'Bpio,

HTO out npiiUe'Ti.

Get cnacca

TEM^

HTO

nepcn.ibi.ii

across the river.

He has decided upon writing

I am quite tired of talking.
Since my writing to him.

it.

OHT>

VTOMH.ICH roBOpuib.

CL

T-fexT,

nopi; KaKT> a

Besides his being poor.

4TO OH-B

HanHca.ii, oiy.

296

They punished him

for not going

Ero iiaKasa.m 3a

there.

Do you

( ,lK>6HTe
like

walking

The termination
is

Jltt

BM

J[K)6ine

fl

JU06JIK)

-E3HTb BepXOMl.

Ia

JlOd.lIO

-E34y

ca in the

active participle of reflective

never abridged into Cb

People returning from the field.

The wheel turning round its axle.

rj'JHHLe

JH BM ryjjiiL

(.

I like
riding.

verbs

MTO oni ne no-

TO,

uie.n> Ty^a.

B03Bpamaroiniecfl ex

Ko.ieco,

Bpamaromeeea BOKpyn,

den.

Rather,
She said she would rather not speak

Oiia

to her.

We

CKasaja, ITO jyirae ate.iaja dw

HC roBopiiib

would rather stay here.

CT> ncii.

Mbi jyiiue (or oxdinte) du

ocia.iiicb

To ache,
To be ill, 5
")

It pains,

OBS.

'

7.

BO.HJTL.

I have/ followed

by

a,

noun expressing that the

by pain or illness,
by a HMilO

part of the body signified by it is affected

is rendered in Russian by y Mena, and not
I

have a head-ache.

My
I

head aches.

have a tooth-ache.

My
I

y
y
y

tooth aches.

have a pain in

My heart

my chest.

aches.

I have a pain in
She is often ill.

My feet ache.
My arms were

my

side.

aching.

y
y
y
y
y

iwena roJOBoafl do.ib.

MCiia do-iMTb rojoea.

iweiia

sydnaa

6o.ib.

Mciia do.nirb 3ydi>.

Mcua do.uirb
MGHH dojb

BT>

rpyflb.

rpy^a.

Mcna do.niT^ cepjqe.

Mcua

OH a,

do.iiiT^

doKi.

'lacio do.i'BCTT>.

y Mcua
y MCUJI

do.iarb uorn.

do.iijn

297

Sore,
MGH a 6o.ibnoe rop^o.

I have a sore throat.

He
1

has a sore

c:

foot.

have sore eyes.

My
The

eyes ache.

pain, 6oJb,

Disease >

f.

|n OJ -B3Hb,f.

is

do-ii'in. rop.io.

nerd 6o.ibiiaa nora.

y
y

Meiifl 6o.ibHbie

rjaaa.

Biena Co.iarb r^aaa.

The headache, ro.iOBiiafl 6o.lt.

The earache, yiLHc'a Co.ib,

Complaint, )

Unwell, poorly, nesjoponbnl.

Indisposition, nes^opoBbe.

The toothache,

He

EMy

much better.
She is much worse.

He

ena

is

richer than I

by

Eii

far.

syOu'ifl

-ib.

ropaa^o jynuie.

ropas^o xya;e.

OUT> Sora^e MCU;I MiioniMT,.

The word 'by' when need in English after a

OBS. 8.
comparative to denote how much a thing exceeds another
is expressed in Russian by the instrumental case or
by the
accus. with the prep. Ha

than I by the
whole head.
am older than you by two

years.
am taller

My

sister is taller

Moa cecipa
or na

Mena

Bbiine

u'c.ioii

rojoBoii,

i;4iyH) roJOBy.

fl

ciapnie BECT. ABJMH ro^asin, or na

fl

Bb'iuie

ABa ro4a.

than

you by two

Bacx 4BV5ia jwiinaMii, or HU

inches.

Pale (in the face),

particular quality, quantity, measure, etc., possessed
object is rendered in Russian by a noun in the instrumental case

Any

bv an

Strongly built.
He is kind hearted.

Rich

in

remembrances.

A house ten yards high.

A plank an inch thick.

Eor.vrb

4o>n, Bbiuinnoro

BT>

/JOCKU TO.IIUHUOIO

jecaib

He
He

is

as

tall

is

of

my height.

as

298

I.

OUT. POCTOMT,

CT>

Good-looking.

Xopoiin* co66ro.

Bad-looking, ugly.

^VPeHt

To run out, to flow out,

To run into, to flow into,
To staud, ciOHTb.
To be reflected,

oipaataibCfl

am shorter than he.

He is taller than I.

COCoio.

young

perf. asp. OTpaaiiTbca.

H HUJKC ero POCTOMI.

OH* fiftine weua POCTOMT>.

EXEIICISE
are these

MGHS.

To belong,
To dress, OA^'i
To dress oneself,

Who

ladies

LXXXL
?

These young ladies walk-

ing in the garden are the sisters of that young man going
Is the horse standing there under the tree
into the field.
a

good one

(y)

the well.

officers

who

much better than the one standing by

has gone in the country ? The young
came here yesterday from abroad. Which
It

is

Who

Russian Czar always liberally rewarded his servants ? Peter

the Great always liberally rewarded men that served him

Which pupil did the master punish? He only

the
Is it
punished
pupil that did not know his lesson.
true that the Volga, which flows into the Caspian Sea,, runs

faithfully.

out of a lake and not from the

hills ?

The

river

Volga,

which runs out of the lake Ciliger (Ce-inrept), flows into the
Caspian Sea. Which is the most important river in the south

The rivers Dnieper and Bug are the most imGive this crying child a little milk and (with)
Does everybody prefer glory to money ? There are

of Russia
portant.

sugar.

Do you want to go
people that prefer money to glory.
with me to the theatre ? No, we would rather go for a
walk.

The rays of the

rising sun are reflected in the clear

waters of the lake as in a looking glass.

Which

clerk did

299

you order to write the

lives in

my

letters ?

brother's house.

I ordered the clerk

who

who

are

Tell the children

dressing in the nursery that it is time for them to go to

school.
Where does the laundress live that brought us the

She

house belonging to my nephew.

abroad
to-morrow
?
The rich officer who
going
married the sister of our neighbour Mrs. B.
Will the
linen

Who

lives in the

is

who is going to marry the brave colonel be

with you to-morrow ? Only her aunt, the countess who
last year married the rich prince, will be with us to-morrow.

countess's niece

EXERCISE

LXXXII.

Has

she decided upon going with you in the country ?

Yes, she is going with us, but abroad and not in the
Do you believe in his being the most diligent
country.

No, I do not believe it. Did you

pupil in the school ?
tell the children walking in the garden with their master,
that

it

is

told them.

time

them

for

Walking

ing in the streets.

reading and drawing.
It has sore eyes.
a pain in the back.

the toothache.

-What

What
Have

Why

to

come

into the

room

Yes, I

in the fields is pleasanter than walkDo you like reading? Yes, I like
is

the matter with this child?

the matter with you ? I have

you the toothache ? Yes, I have
is

did you not come to us yesterday

Because I had a headache. Why do you walk so slowly ?

I was walking about the
"Because I have pains in my feet
town the whole of yesterday. How old is your friend?
;

by five or six years. How many years

brother
younger than you? He is three years
your
than
Is your
I, he is the youngest in our family.
younger
she
is
not.
does
she
not
write?
sister writing?
No,

He

is

older than I

is

Why

300

Because she has a sore hand.

Why does not your nephew

go out ? Because he has sore feet. What is the mattei
with your aunt? She has a pain in her cheek. Is your
house as high as that one? My house is higher than that
one by a great deal. You are very pale (in the face) to-day,
I am worse to-day; I have a sore
Countess, are you unwell?
throat and a pain in my side.
How is your niece?

Thank you,
than you?

she

Is your brother taller or shorter

Is the colonel's
I.

is better.

He

is

much

shorter than

She was good-looking when she was a

younger.
hope to receive reward ? The
and
pupils learning diligently
obeying their masters will be

wife good-looking

Who may

little

rewarded.

Tell the

boy dressing in the nursery that his

The master who wished to speak

master wishes to see him.

Which banker has

to the boy, has gone away long ago.
these
forests
?
The
banker
who married the
large
bought
Baroness's daughter two years ago.

FORTY-FIRST LESSON.
OF THE

Copoin, nepnbifi

PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.

IIpii'iacTm CTpaAaTaiBiiOMt.

Passive participles are formed from active verbs only.

verbal adjectives they have both the declinable and in-

As

declinable forms, the latter being used with the auxiliary

'
verb SLITL, to be,' to form passive verbs.

The

passive participle combines the

lative
*

meaning of the

'who/ 'which' or

pronoun KOi6pbiH }
that/ and the verb it is derived from, as

The book (which

is)

read by

me

(which I read).
Children (who are) loved by their
parents.

TOO,

( Knwra, iiiiaeMaa mndio.

v.

Kmira, KOiopyro a

4'Bm,

Miiraio

jro5ii.\iuc CBOii.ua

re-

'which/

OBS.

The subject

1.

301

in a passive sentence

is

put in the

instrumental case.

The passive participle as part of the verb has

the present and past.

two

tenses,

A. The declinable present participle passive denotes a

duration of the action, and is f'oimed from the first person
plural of the present indicative of the imperfect aspect by
termination

changing- the
neuter Moe

MT

into

Mbiii,

feminine

Maa,

,
r

4 kiaeM T>,
r

The

we read; inxaeMbiH, read, which is being read.

we do fl&iaeMbiii, done (usually), which is being done.
;

indeclinable present participle ends in MT, feminine

Ma, neuter

MO

The child was loved.

The mother was loved.
They were loved.

The apocopated

NOTE.

now

4 MT
Maib

OBH 6bUH

indeclinable pres.

quite an obsolete form, being replaced

participle

is

(1) by the

active verb being made reflective, as :

The house is being built.
4on> CTpdnica (and not cxpoHMi).
The house was being built.
4 OM1 Cipdii.ica (and not dbLTb cipoinix).
The house will be built.
4oMi> dy/jen, cipoHTbca (and not 6y,j,en
>

CTp<)HMT>).

or (2) by the indicative active,

the object, as

when

the subject becomes

The book

is

being read by

Bu

qniaeuie

OHT>

fll;.ia.n>

you.

The work was being dore by

him.
The house will be built by
them.

KHwry
iHtaeMa BaMu).
5ro fliio

(and not

(and not

3ro

6bLio ^4iaeMO a MI).

OUM 6yAyn> cipoHib ^OMb (and not

OyA6TT> cipduarb

Knura

302

There are only 3 verbs which retain the old apocopated

form
:

being loved.
being esteemed.
noHOTaeMT., being honoured.

vlio6ibn>,

yuajKaeM'b,

Passive participles ending in GMWM (indeclinable

formed from verbs of the first four classes, as

eMi>) are

HiiTaio, I

read

Participles in OMbiii, are

sixth, seventh

singular in

y,

and eighth

imaeMbiH, read.

formed from verbs of the

fifth,

having the first person

preceded by a radical consonant or by H
classes,

3oBy, I call ; 30BOMbiii, called.

Be^y, I lead ; Be^oMbiii, led.

Participles in HMLIH, are formed from verbs of the second

conjugation,

i.e.

from the ninth and tenth

Jto6.no, I love
15ii;i;y,

I see

classes

jro6MMbiii, loved.

m'uiiMLiii, seen.

Passive participles are declined like adjectives, and

agree

with their antecedent in gender, number, and case

Letters received by us always con-

UiicbMa, no-iynaeMbiH

tain pleasant news.

We

fleprcarb BT

have already answered the letters received by us from our

HaMH Bcer4a

ceo"*

co-

npiaxubifl D3-

Mbi yaje OTB'fiTHJn ea nucbwa, no.iylennbia HIIMH oil Hamiix'b po-

parents.

The past passive participle denotes an accomplished

and

is

by changing
,

fl

action,

formed from the past tense of the perfect aspect only

Te'pt, I

.IT,

into HBIH, TBIH (indeclinable

have read
rubbed

qiiiaHnbift,

HI,,

rt)

read, which has been read.

Tepiuii, rubbed.

303

OBS.

2.

Participles in TLIH,

formed from verbs of

are

TT>,

the third, sixth and eighth classes, and from some monosyllabic verbs of the first class
:

K 0.16.11,

I pricked

KO-ioibift,

Hfcui, I squeezed

ataiuu, squeezed.

drew ;
washed

TflHy.il, I
Mbi.ii, I
BiiTb, to

OBS.

3.

TaHyrbiii,
;

Mbiibifl,

pricked.

drawn.
washed,

beat; CMTIJH, beaten.

In forming- the past

participle

from dissyllabic

and polysyllabic verbs the tonic accent must be replaced, as

I read

Hacaii, I wrote
TflHy.ii, I

drew

laiaHi, read.
;

nacaHi, written.
laayrt, drawn.

In forming the past participle from the

infinitive the fol-

lowing rules are to be observed:

Participles in TLIH, TB, are

formed from verbs having for

their final letter of the root either one of the liquids j, n,

p,
or the vowels H, H, 1>, y, bi :
KoJ-oib, to prick ;
past partic.
.
,
npuaa-xi.
npHH-aib, to receive;

Ea-Tb, to beat

Mw-Tb, to wash

to sing;

And

also

from

all

TayTb, to

<5-Ti.

MW-TI.

verbs ending in BVTB

bend

move

past partic.
.

All other verbs form their past participle in

Sean, to

call

Ctaib, to

sow

BeaxH, to carry

iitiii,

HI>:

past partic. 3Bani.

ctani.

Beae'm.

Past participles in H'L, when changed into the declinable

form take an additional 11, before the termination, as ;

sown
,

told

CKasainibiii.

Each, every,

Kaa^bift, distributive.

Every

Bc/u;iii, collective.

BCJiKiii

Each one must think

Why do you not give

them

C'baiinbiii.

(sort),

KajK^bia answers the question 'who?*

'
the question what kind, or sort ?'

OBS. 4.

of

decl. form.

read;

arid

304

of

him

'what

?'

KaJK^biii ^o-i/KGHT) 3a6oTHTbca o ce6'6.

self.

a book to each

Oricro

Bbi

He Aaeie no

Kiiiir-E Ka;i;,io-

My B3l HflXt?

Because each of them has one.

ecib Kiura.

JIOTOMy HTO y Ki

Else,

Nobody

else,

Something

no one

HDKTO mi oil.

else.

I HHKTO 4pyr6ii.
!TO HiiCyjb unoe.

else.

ITO

anOy^b Apyroe.

(with the

In,

ace.).

In a week.

In two days.

He who
She who

that,

I
I

did

man

Ta, Koiopaa.
that

Hannca.iii-.iH Bbi TOMy,

KOidpOMy

whom you

ordered

fl

naniicaji T0>iy, KOTopauy BU npii

Kasa.m MD'B uanucaib.

to write to.

Baok.

To come back,
,

Do you come back I

I come back.
I will give it to him who
buck.

wrote to him

me

TOT'L, KOTOpLIli.

that,

Did you write to the same

Hepeai. ABa AH a.

perf. asp,

Bo3Bpamaeiecb-.in BM
fl

will

come

fl

BoaBpauiaiocb.
4i1MT>

9TO

TUTCfl.

TOMy, KOTOpblU

305

To

count, to calculate,

C'lHiaib, gov. the

To

consider (to think),

GiHTarb, gov. the instr.

They are counting the

We

trees in the

garden.
consider him an honest man.

Ouii ciHiaiorb ^epefiba

MM

ace. perf.

BT>

cay.

CiHTaeMt ero ICCTHLIMI

-ic

KOM'b.

Whole, entire

(perfect),

All our tumblers are perfect.

saw at his house a whole bottle

We

IJ'iiLiii, BCCB.
Bc'B nftuin cxaKaiibi

of wine.

Binia.

In the whole town you will not find

such wines as we have.

Bo

PaaCiiioe CTGKJO.

broken glass.

Soon, quickly,
The spring

will

q-fc.ibi.

Mbi Biu'B.m y aero u/kiyio dyTb'urcy

come

fast,

soon.

B-t'M-r,

ropoj'B

BiiiiT),

Kani

ne cwmere

Taraix'f.

y uacT..

Ci;6po.
Cnopo HaciynHTi Bccna.

He was walking so fast that we could

OHT>

ine'j^

iaKT>

cuopo, ITO MLI

not follow him.

na

sa iimn,.

To leave, ocraB.i;iTb
To invite, npniMawaTL,
To touch, ipuraib ;
To print, neiaiaTb
To ornament, yRpaniaib
To build, cipoiiTb;
To arm, Boopy/Kaib
To cast, Bbi.iHBaib
To call, to name,
To sell, npojaBuTb;

perf. asp. ocraBHTb.

npiir.iaciiib.

HaneiaiaTb.

To erect, BoaABiirai
To reward, BarpaiKAaTfc ; governs the

nocipoiiTb.
Boopy/Kiirb.
BM.IIITb.

iiasnaib.

npo4'iTb.

ace.

and the

instr. perf.

asp. iiarpa^MTb.

EXERCISE LXXXIII.

To whom were presented the books, bought by your

They were given to the most diligent pupil.

brother?

300

Who

gave you this figure of a dog cast in (u:3'i>) bronze.

This figure of a dog cast hi bronze was given to me by
a rich foreigner.
By whom was it sold to him ? I do not

know.

Did they bring

(npiiBecTii) already the horses bought

The horses of which you
?
horse-mart
at
the
yesterday
but
the
horse bought of the rich
are
not
r
speak
yet brought

What books did they buy ?

with drawings. Is
few
books
a
ornamented
They bought
the drink prepared from rye sweet ? No, it is sour, but it
peasant

is

is

already brought.

When

a very wholesome drink.

by me

did you receive the

let-

them to-day early

yesterday
seen
Alexander's
Have you
column?
in the morning.
ters sent

I received

Yes, I have, on the top of this column, erected in honour of

the Emperor Alexander the First, stands an angel cast in

Are you acquainted with the foreigners invited by

I do not know the foreigners invited by
were
the stolen goods found ?
Where
u
They were
y
found in the locksmith's house. Where were these books

bronze.

me
_

to dinner ?

At B. D's., at St. Petersburg. By whom are

printed ?
The
the diligently learning children loved and rewarded ?
and
rewarded
loved
are
children learning diligently
by the

Was

rewarded last year ?

What did they
behaviour.
Yes, she was rewarded for good
reward her with ? They rewarded her with a book.

kind master.

this lady-pupil

EXERCISE

LXXXIV.

the letters been received by them ?

received long ago.
By whom were they sent?

Have

They were
They were

my nephew. Were the letters printed or written ?

written by the clerk of my nephew, who sen!
were
They
them. By whom were you received ? We were received
sent by

307

by the amiable hostess.' Did they give each.of these soldiers

some money ? Some money was given to all the soldiers.
By whom was the money given ? By the brave colonel.
Will your brother return from the country soon

without any

He

will

He who

writes (will write) an exercise

fault shall be rewarded.
Have you ever seen

be back to-morrow.

We

never saw him. What were you doing

the emperor?
the whole morning ? I was reading the whole morning.
Are the panes of the window in your room unbroken ?

When
broken, all the others are perfect.
from
abroad
?
will
return
be
will your family
They (it)
Only one pane

is

back in a fortnight. By whom is this likeness drawn?

What was broken ?
It is drawn by a celebrated painter.
r
broken.
as there
The tumbler and the wine-glass were
anything else broken ? There was nothing else broken.
Which fortresses were built by our kind king ? No fortress

Are brick houses as warm

as yet has been built by him.
Houses built of wood are much warmer
as wooden ones ?
than those built of brick.

Was

the bride dressed well

She was in a dress made of white satin, all her lady-companions (friends) were also beautifully dressed. What a tall

man

Which of these two

is
Yes, he is very tall.
do you think the prettier ? She who is more like

that

sisters

her mother, the elder.

FORTY-SECOND LESSON.

Copoin, Biopoa YpoKi.

OF THE GERUND.
Besides the participles, or verbal adjectives, there are also
the gerunds, or verbal adverbs, formed from verbs.

These

308

express the circumstances accompanying the action, and for

this reason are classed among the adverbs
:

When

did yon meet him ?

to the garden.

Kor^a BM ero BCTP'BTHJH

[met him going

How was

he reading

(in

fl

what

KaKT>

(BT>

qHTa.il

position.)

He was

BCipirBJi ero H/jyiH st ca^x.

KaKOMt

DOJOHeiiiH) oal

OHT> qmiLrb cifoa.

reading sitting.

Were you also reading sitting ?

Ko,I was reading at one time stand-

'Ima-ia JH BLI TO/KG cifoa

Him,

a 4HTa.n> TO CTda, TO Je/Ka.

ing and at another lying down.

Gerunds, generally combine the meaning of the action

Kor^a,
expressed by the verb and that of the conjunction
:

'

when

'

nona,

Toro KaKT,,
'

ff

'
;

Mea^y

'

noc.rfe

thus, the verb

Whilst I was seated

iHTa.n, Kor^a CH^t.ii.

roBopu.i b B b TO Bpewa,

will be

much

KaKX

cn,vl>.n.,

better rendered

by the gerund

was reading.
was standing.

I spoke at the time I

CTOH.II.

'

cius,

sitting/

CH.ja, a iHTa.n>.
CTO"H,

was reading

sitting.

I spoke standing.

a rOBOpii.il.

Gerunds have no gender or number, but only

to

'

whilst

was sitting/ in the following phrases,

as

rkM'L Kaifb,

after/ and such like

fl

while

mark

inflexions

the present or past tense.

The present gerund expresses 'an action that is commenced and still continues, and is formed from the third
of the imperfect
person plural of the present indicative
into
a or yin (IO IH), as :
termination
the
aspect by changing
I

.,

they do

4*iaa,

roBOpan,, they say

doing (whilst they do).

saying (when they say).

roeopa,

309

Gerunds
V

KH

L,

in

an> into

a,

are formed

by changing the termination

as:

they are reading ; HHiafl, reading (when they read).

they love ; JK)6a, loving (when they love).

OBS.
or m,

is

The termination

1.

changed

into a, as

when preceded by

a,

at,

n,

they hold

flCp}K-a,

holding.

they cry; njai-a, crying.

aTT),

they

hmry

cn'fiui-a,

hurrying.

The terminations KWH, VMH, of gerunds

IOTL, \T'F, by changing TT> into in, as

are derived

from

IlBinyrb, they write

OBS.

numyiB, writing.

The gerunds of verbs ending

2.

termination

a,

in nyih

want the

and have only the form in yin, as:

3i6HyTb, to feel cold ; 3fl6nyra, feeling cold.

CoxHyTb, to be drying ; COXHVIH, drying.
ToHyTb, to sink ; Toiiyin, sinking.

Tanyib, to draw

On

the other

THHyin, drawing.

hand the gerunds of verbs having the third

person plural in an>, arb, has e not the form in IOHH, y^H,
but in a (a) only, as :
r

i,

they order ; Be.ifl, ordering.

they value ; irfcaa, valuing.

l6flTi, they love

JH)6a, loving.

310

The past gerund denotes that the action was just completed when another began, and is formed from the past
tense of the perfect aspect by changing n> into BIHH,
ina 6r BI>, as :
spoke ; roBopMuiH, after having spoken.
read ; HHTHBUIB, having read.

roBopM.n>,
x

IHTa.n>,

Mori, able

OBS.

3.

commonly

Morina.

The termination
used, as

fit,

being shorter,

is

more

having spoken; instead of

having loved ;

.,

A-fter

...

having written the letter

sealed

when
Wishing

it

had written

Haimcc'isi nwcbMo, a

the letter

(I sealed

he took

KOFAU na-

nncitn. ero).

it).

to sell his horse,

aaneifiTa.!* ero

(a 3aneiaTa.il uiiCbMo

it

JKe.iaa

market ; but finding nc

buyer, he brought it back.

to the

npo^aTb CBOIO joma^b, out, no-

Be.ii ee

na PUFIOKI, HO ne na-

me^iua en OAHOFO noKynaTe.ia,

npHBe.iT) ee o6pfiTHO.

Having sent the letters

they went out.

to the post,

OinpaBiiBuia (oTnpfiBiiBT>) niicbMa na

noiiy, onii

Bb'ira.m co

The past gerund of reflective verbs takes the termination

BHIH

and not

BT>

before cb (ca), as

Having become, fl4iaBmBCb, not

Having learnt, yiMBUiHCb, not

4-B.iaBCb.

311

Each other,
One another

The pronouns each

OBS. 4.

other

and one another are

The first of
etc.
expressed by apyrb Apyra, jpyrr, flpyry,
these t\vo words is always in the nominative ; hence, if
there be any preposition in English, it must be put between

them
They
They

in Russian.

lovte

OHM

each other.

treated each other politely.

Oiiii

Jiv)5nn>

4pyn> Apyra.

oCxojii.mcb flpyre Ci

ApyrOMi

B'tH.MIIBO.

They spoke

evil of

To
To

each other.

Oiiii

try (to attempt)^

IIpooouaTb, nonpooooarb.

tiy (to test),

More than once

I tried to get per-

He past yact a nMifuca

mission.

He

roBOpiua flypno

nosBOjeHie.

attempted to speak

Om>

to her.

We tried

the new wine, but

uot to our taste.

it

was

DMTa-ica rOBOpiiib ci new.

MLI npo6oBa.ni HOBOG BHIIO,

eain, He no BKycy.

I cannot possibly,

MH!) neB03Mo"/Kiio.

Possibly,

Bo33i6}Kno.

Could you come to

me to-morrow

BOSMO/KHO JH BaMX npiiini

paBipa

cannot possibly.

To knock against,
To knock

He

HO OHO

KO MB!

MITE HOBOS.MO/KHO.

at,

at the door.

knocked at the window

CiyHaTB, CTV^aTBca
the acc.K
CryiaTLca BI 4Bepb.

Out

flociyiiuca

BT.

OKHO.

BT>

(with

31 2

Against,
I

knocked

my

elbow against the

0, 061.
JI

corner, of the table.

He

stumbled

ymiifrb ce61> .idEOTb o6xyro.il oro-

j&.

ajjainst the door-step.

To

OUT> cnoTKnyjca o

nopon.

B na,

ascend,

with the ace.

perf. asp. B30imi.

They ascended this hill twice.

Have they already ascended the

Onii BocxoAii.ni na aiy ropy 4Ba paaa.

.111

01111

y/Ke

na ropy?

hill?

No, they are at the foot of the

To weep,

hill.

n.ia in.

To take leave of.

To speak ill of.
To go to war.
On a visit.

To

see (to

ropb'i.

ex (with the inst.).

ToBopih-b
tfxo4iiTb

4ypo

o.

na Boiiny.

C'b BH3IJTOMT>.

Arrival,

Departure,

To

OHU y

To sob, pbijaib.
The sobbing, sob, pbuanie.

n.iaKaib.

Lamentation,

learn, yanaBuib

have an interview with).

perf. asp. ysnaib.

Biuaibca

CT>,

noBnjfiTLCfl

ci (with the

instrumental).

EXERCISE

LXXXV.

She is in the garden,

her pretty little sister ?
is
and
little
bench,
reading the little book given
sitting on a
her by our kind master.
Why are you not with her?
AYhere

is

After having learnt

my

lessons,

and having asked the per-

"Will
mission of the master, I will also go to the garden.
After reading a few fables and walksoon
?
back
come
you

ing a little we will come back. When will you return me

my book ? After having read it, I will return it to you
immediately. Whom is he seeking? His master, but,
not seeing him, he

is

coming back.

Are

all

the clerks in

313

?
No, some write standing. May
into the garden ?
ISTo, you cannot go there, because
there was pouring rain the whole of the morning, and now it

his office writing sitting

we go

very dirty in the garden. Did they go for a walk knowing that I did not give them permission ? No, they went
Do you
thinking that you would allow them to do so.
is

Yes, I expect him whom

expect the same tailor that I do ?
you expect. Did the mother speak to her son who was
going to the war ? No, she only embraced and kissed him,
weeping and sobbing bitterly. Was the sister of the young
soldier going to the war joyful ?
No, taking leave of him,

she also wept bitterly.

Who is there, knocking at the
?
It is the servant whom you sent for the wine.

door

Does he know that whilst speaking ill of his acquaintances

-also speaks ill of himself.
No, not knowing this he
ill of his
Which of you has most
spoke
acquaintances.
?
He
has
he
has
three
more than I.
most,
pencils
he

EXERCISE

LXXXVI.

Did you see (have you had an interview with) the Count
and the Countess B ? Yes, having learnt of their arrival I
went to them on a visit, but had to come back without
seeing or (and) speaking to them.
the wine back to the merchant ?

Did your brother send

Yes, my brother after

found
that
it was bad, and,
the
wine
trying
calling the
servant, ordered him to take it back to the merchant.

What

did you forget to say ?

In ordering him to write
I
to
tell
him
that they must be sent
these letters
forgot
to the Post-Office immediately.
Wishing to make a present
to

my

brother, but not

wrote to me, asking

knowing the place of

to tell him where

me

his abode

my

he

brother

314

Is your tea strong-?

After trying it I will tell
Did
he
a
horse
?
Yes, after selling his best
buy
you.
a
he
horse.
After
cow,
bought grey
punishing her son the
Is
the
merchant
honest ? One could
mother wept herself.
lived.

not

him

call

forgets
O

his

dishonest, but, in selling his goods, he never

Is the view from the hill fine ?

interests.

After ascending the

hill

you

town surrounded

will see the

by flourishing meadows and gardens. Are they often at

each other's houses ? They often go to one another.
Did
you laugh

at each other

very polite to one another.

the day before yesterday ?

No, on the contrary, we were

Why did you not come to us
I had a severe head-ache, and

I could not possibly come.

FORTY-THIRD LESSON.

C'opOKi iperifl Ypom,.

All persons of the present indicative are formed from

the third person plural present in the following way :

A. Verbs, having the third person plural in K)n> or

form the

first

person singular by
Sna-roii, they

know

Ecp-yTT., they take

The second and

cutting off TL
sna-ro, I

6ep-y,

YTT>,

know.

take.

third singular, and the first

and second

IOTB or yn> into

persons plural are formed by changing
euib, en>, CMT., eie

3na-K>rb, they

know

Eep-yrb, they take

anaenib, thou
;

6ep-eiiib,

knowest

thou takest

snaerb, etc.

<5ep-en>, etc.

B. Verbs, having the third person plural in era or an>,

315

form the

first

art into y

flit

person singular by changing

into

they build
they cry

Cipo-K), I build.

Kpai-y,

cry.

The second and third person, and the

first

and second

person plural, are formed by changing art or an> into

HTB, UMT,, Hie
Be.i-arb,

HUIJ>,

they order

Kpai-HTi, they cry

OBS.

and

K),

Bej-Muib, thou orderest

Kpui-iiuib,

thou cryest

Be-.niTt, etc.

Kpuiiirb, etc.

The past tense preceded by if or whether is

by the present with the particle .in, as:

1.

rendered in Russian
They wanted

We

know

to

we were

if

going there.
doubted whether he really often
invited him.

Oim

xor6.ni aiiaib iijewb ,m

MM

coMH'BBfufHCb,
OUT. 'ifiCTO

OP THE POTENTIAL AND

MM

iy ja.
(

4tiicTBHT3ibHO JH

npurjaiuaeTo ero.

SUBJUNCTIVE.

The potential and subjunctive moods of other languages

are rendered in Russian by adding the particle 6i>i to the
past tense indicative
I

would (or should) have.

Would she have

I

ff

should have written

mrt.

6bi.

HM'B.ia .in Cbi

if I

had any

fl

uannca.n>

ona

6bi, ec.ni Obi 6bi.ia

y MCIIH

dysiara.

paper.

particle 6w gives emphasis to the word it follows, as :

would write to you if he were
OHT> CM Rannca.n> Ba\n>, ecJH CM e>iy

The
He

allowed.

He would

He

He

write to you, but to

no3Bo.itMn.

me

he would not.
would have written to you a
Idler, but not have sent any
money.
would have written to you if he
could.

OUT.

BOMI

CLI

HanncaJi, no MU'6

Cbi

ne nanncAji.

DHCBMO CM on^ nanncaJT., HO

He

flnieri

noc.iaiTi CM.

Ofli nanHcaJX

CM BEMX CCJH

(3w

Mori,

316

That,

%66bi

to,

OBS. 2. The potential is expressed in Russian also by

the particle HTo6bi, (Slavonic 4ao;>'i), added to the past tense
of the indicative :
J

wish that you would go with us.

sent his son money that he

fl

He

miglit

He wanted

jKe.iaio,

Hiodbi BLI noni.iu ct HHMJI.

Oin> nootiln, cnoeMy

buy a horse.

cuey Aenerb,

iToSbi om> Kymi.n. ce61J .joiuajb.

her to write.

OH'b a;eJiajTi HiuCu oiia nncaia.

)

OBS.

3.

The past tense

and future

often the present

I

should like

Oh

now

with you.
that the day

in subjunctive form expresses

tenses, as:

have a talk

to

would come

fl

xenepb

(pres.) norofio-

ate.ia.ii 6bi

pun, CT, BaMH.

Axi, eoiH 6u CKOpie ^enb Hacia.ib

(fut.).

The

particle 6&i can be

of the aspects, as

added to the past tense of each

would be throwing.
would have thrown out.
Ou, I would throw (once), etc.

Imperfect Aspect

fl

KHA'UT, 6 U) I

Perfect Aspect

fl

BbiKiMa.il dbi, I

Perf. Asp. of Unity.

fl

KiinyjT,

OBS.

4.

The subjunctive form of the verb

Russian by the imperative, which

is

superseded in

case does not agree in person with the subject, as

Were

now in the country I should

now under treatment.

By^b a (&MH

not be

6bi

^epeBHl;,

often

in such

Obi.i'b)

icnopb

MH* He npmjuocb

B'b

6bi

JC'IHTbCa.

Had he spoken always

the truth he

ToBOpa

would be trusted now.

OHT> (ec.ia

dbi

scer^a np'iBjy,

om>

ey

roBOpii.n.)

noBtpu.iu

6u icnepb.

OBS.

5.

Should,

would and

other

auxiliaries

of the

mood

potential

verb

He

317

are rendered

by

woulJ go out

if

the weather

Ont

were

should purchase that picture

if I

Had we known

iy Kapiuny, ec.iH dbi y

Meiia dbl.IO AOBO.ILHO ^tlCfb.

MM TO..
MM 610 3 n a.m.

< 3na.ni dbi

it.

I EC.IH

they seen me.

I riches I should be happy.

ought to write, but

dbi

onu

Bi'u'kiH dbi

Eyb

Ought, should,

1131.

(5i>i

Rynii.n, dbi

had enough money.

Had
Had

Bbime.n>

noroAa dbua xopotuaa.

fine.

in conjunction with the

6i>i,

Meuff.

du

a (ec.ia

dbi.n>)

6oraT%, TO

impersonal verb
(with the dative).

C.i f Avert,

have no paper.

^djJKeni

dbi

(Mirfe

ejijOBaJio (5u)

nucaib, ^a Htn, y meiia OvMarn.

He

ought

have written.

to

OBS.

May

May and

6.

may go

might go

if

dw

nanncaifc.

implying

might,

are

eventuality,

&"LITF>.

he come.

if

c.i1>,jOBa.!0

Moffierb 6&IT&.

(perhaps),

rendered by MOIKCTT.
I

EMy

MO/HCTT.

dwxb noiijy

CC.IH

/aa

noi
nouie'.n.

dw, ^CJH

om, npume.ii.

he came.

fl

dbi

om>

MO
MOJKeiT)
dbiib nouie.ii dbi,

npiii-

t'C.iw

dw

npume'j'b.

Then,
OBS.

7.

The word

a conditional clause

than in English, as
If

is

To

(ror^a).

then, TO, in a

principal preceded by
in Russian

more frequently expressed

he had known him, then he would

have spoken to him,

Ec.in dbi OUT. dbi.n. 3naKoMi>

TO noroBopii.il

dw

CT>

CT>

imsn>,

mnrb.

318

she pleased him he would have

Had

EC.IH

married her.

him at home !
we come in time.
He would not come even

we

Shall

We

6u oea
JH

find

MM

if

OUT. ne npnine.ni 6bi, ec.m SLI

you

there alone

all

self,

day

Bbi.ia

She was quite alone.

jn OHaiaMi.

n,1>.iE>iii

^e

OHU

dbLia cofiepmenuo o^na.

BT,

nepuLiH
past.
'

by himself.

For the

first

For the

last time,

time,

T
li'L

nocTfi^iiiii

past.

Really, indeed,

Bl> CaMOMT, A&I$.

He

OilX BX

is

indeed very kind.

CaitfOM-b A'kl'B

CaM'L no

Itself,

The

BLI

Alone, by one's

is

mo

neii.

BO BpeMfl.

called him.

He

na

erd #oMa

shall if

Has she been

nonp'iBii.iacfc,

6My*

OHT> JKenH.ica 6bi

linen itself is good, but very

OICHb

ccoL

Do.iOTno caMo no cefrB xopdiiiee,

dear.

The same,
He

H TOTL

speaks always to the same man.

OHT. Bcer^a
)Ke

The very same.

To remember,

CoBepuieuuo
to

bear

in

TO T IIIO

TOTI

IIoMHHTT,.

mind,

To think of,
To recall to mind,
Grateful

people

(
(

remember good

BcnoMHnaiB.

BcnoMUUTB,

perf. asp.

E.iaro/japHbie JIIOJH noMHflTT>

done to them.

iioe DMT>

We

often think of your kindnesses.

Mw

He

suddenly remembered he had

Qui B,wyn.

o6po.

lacio BcnoMHnueM^ o Biiinaxi MMJOCTflXl.

to

go out, and

left off

working.

no

Bcnd.MHn.il, ITO

BbiiiTii

ii

evy

iiyiK-

ncpeciajx paCorarb.

319
f

IIOHHMaTB.

To understand,
(.lIoiiUTB, perfect aspect,

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.
ff

31 bi
'I

understood

nonnMa.ii>, I
noiiiiMiUii,
Tbi

6y4Y,

I will

fl

we understood

MM

dyAeuib, etc. noinniaTb,

understand

Mbi Sy^eM!. noBHMaTb,

fl

no H a.m.

noiiMy, TW noiiMeinb, etc.

we

under-

will

MM

noiiMe'Mi, BLI noii-Meie, etc.

stand, etc.;
dti,

noHDMaihe, understand

To

lend,

DOHMII, noiiMiire.

CcyiKaiL, perf.

asp.

(with the instr.

He

lent

him some money.

lie always lends us money.

To

perish,

c.).

er
ccj JKaerb

OHT>

Haci 4CHiraMn.

(M
( non'iftHVTB, perfect aspect.

For, against,

(govern the accusative).

In answer to the question "

translated na
OBS.

is

II a

We

8.

for

how

long," for

have bought bread for the

whole week.

They prepared firewood

against

MM

Kynii.in x.rfida

Ouu

npiiroioBii.

Ha U/BjyK)

4poBT>

na

3iiMy.

the winter.

To
To

To

feed, KOpMHTb.

provide, saroioBHTb.
Not to fail, ae npeMMHyib.

Without fail,

refuse,

Cattle, CKOTX.

HenpeM'Eiino.

Columbus, KOviyM6l.

OTKasbiBaib,

To

Profitable,

To

trouble, to disturb,

Subjected, no4Bep;i;eiiUMii.

Compass, KOMnacT>.
[
C.

OTKaaaib
OTKaaaib, p. a.
.

discover,

OTK P"Ba Tb.

(
C

OTKpUTb, p. a.

320

LXXXVII.

EXERCISE

Would you buy

this profitable estate ?

Had

money

would buy it. Would you read it ? I should

Should we find him at home now? Yof
not read it.
would not find him. Would there be any doctors and
If men were not
chemists if men were always well ?
subjects to complaints there would be no doctors or chemists.

enough, I

Is your friend going with you into the country?

He
for
he
with
is not
to
and
the
me,
quite well,
go
ought

country

air

would do him good.

Could cattle

countries without sheds and stables

live in cold

Cattle would perish

from cold and hunger, had not man built for

them good sheds and stables, and provided hay and oats
in winter

Would your sister invite mine

against the winter.
could ? If she could she would certainly ask her.

if

she

Can-

not you lend me a few pounds? I would do it if you had

Had I
returned me the money I lent you last week.
known that you would refuse my request, I should not

have troubled you, but have asked somebody else. Would

you come to me if you knew that he was with me ? If I
knew that, I would without fail. Would not your brother

go with us into the country

EXEBCISE

He would

not.

LXXXVIII.

Why has God given us two ears and one tongue only ?
In order that we should listen more and speak less.
Ought not

the servant to

necessary.

You

should ask

knew he would not

English

play

refuse, I

yesterday

call

the children

him

for

It

some books.

is

not

If I

ask.
Were you at the
Yes, but had he not come in

would

321

good time we should not have been able

whom
little

does this swallow catch

flies

Do you know

ones (KpoiDKa).

to

For

out.

go

For her

(Mouiita) ?

that your

son

little

has caught two sparrows ?

Yes, but I do not allow him to
catch them.
Would he catch little birds were he allowed
to do so

What would you

Yes, he would.

were allowed to speak ?

tell all I know of him.

do

Were

Who

discovered America

if you
would

I allowed to speak I
?

Co-

lumbus, but he would not have discovered it if he had not

known the use of the compass. For how long did you
come here ? We came for a month. Would he understand

it

were I to

plaining to

tell

it

to

him the same thing

he never could understand

it.

what

the matter with you

him

I recollect your ex-

before

You

more than
are

sad,

once, but

my

friend,

merry were I
but satisfied. Would you remain to dine with him if you
knew that there would be a good dinner ? No, even then
I

is

would

not.

Do you

never wish for what

abroad.

I should be

not wish he were

is

I
now with us
know he is now

impossible, for I

'?

322

FORTY-FOURTH LESSON,
CdpOKT. HCTBepTLlH

OP THE BRANCHES
OipaaiH

Among
which

all

OP THE VERB.

r.iaroja.

the inflexions of the verb, there are three to

others are subordinate, and which are the bases

or roots of three so-called branches.

The

first

branch has

for its root the first person present

indicative, from which all the other persons of the present

indicative and imperative moods, as also present gerund
and participles, are formed.

The

root of the second branch

is

the past tense of the

imperfect or perfect aspect, from which are formed the

past gerund, the participles and the infinitive mood.

The

root of the third branch

iterative aspect.

is

the past tense of the

(In modern Russian only used

in

com-

pounds with a prepositional prefix as an imperfect aspect.)

In the following table are given four verbs exemplifying

the foregoing.

323

324

Of the

Future.

EyAyujee Bpeiua.

The future tense of Russian verbs

is

either

compound

or simple.
a.

The compound future of the imperfect

aspect

by adding the future of the auxiliary verbs

6biTb

is

to the infinitive of the verb of imperfect aspect, as

fl

dy^y
CTUHy

Thou

wilt sing, etc.

I will begin singing,

nlrrb.

TLI CTaiieuib utib, etc.

OBS.

I will sing.

n-ETb.

TLI dyjenib nl>Tb, etc.

fl

formed

and ciait

Thou

wilt begin singing, etc.

The compound future, formed by the help of

used to form the future of inchoative verbs, which

1.
is

ciany,
are of perfect aspect.
&.

The simple

future of the perfect aspect has the form

same rules as those laid

of the present, and it follows the

down for the present tense, as :
CKaaaib, to

tell

CKaaty, CKHHterab, etc., I will

y^iiBUTb, to astonish
PtiiiHTb, to decide

noimi, to go

ORS.

2.

tell, etc.

yAnujio, y^HBiiuib, etc., I will astonish, etc.

ptuiy,

pijnitiuib, etc., I will

decide, etc.

etc., I shall go, etc.

noiUy, noiUeuib,

Only the verbs of

perfect

aspect

have this

future.
I

saw a herdsman with fifty calves,

ninety oxen and a hundred

Bii,vfe.n>

GI>I-

KasiH H cxa CapanaMii.

rams.

He

TadyHiqHKa ci nnTbwje-

caibio Te.iaTaMii, ^eBnuocia

ordered his forty dragoons to go

with those 140 uhlans.

Onx

BO.TE.II

CBOHMI copoita ^parynaM b

notixii CT> TtMii

'

In the compound cardinal numerals nimaecan,, fifty/

'sixty/ ceMtAecflrfc, 'seventy,' and BOCCMI,eighty/ each part
Gen., dat.

is

declined separately, as

and prep. nnTiMecfltu,

Instiumental naTbi^ecaibio.

uiecTi'necaTii, etc.

3-25

The numeral ^eBanocio has no plural, and CTO has no

nominative case in the plural, having in the gen. cori>,
dat. ciaMt, etc.

The numerals copOKt, fleBHHocio, and CTO, when

a substantive, take the inflexion of a in the
before
standing
and prep, cases, as
instr.
dat.,
gen. a
OBS.

3.

Nominative, copOKT.

ie.iOBtKT>,

^eBSHocio pyOjeft, CTO

Genitive, copoita laioB'EKT., ^efiaHocia pyS.iea, cia Kiinri.

Dative, copOKa

AeBanocia pydjaMt,

lejOB'fcKaM'b,

pydJHMH, cia Kinira.MH.

Prepositional, copona leJOBfcKaxi, 4eBau6cia pyd.iaxi, cia Kuiiraxi.

Instrumental, copOKu

qe.iOB EKaMn, AGBflHocia

OKOJO, gov. the gen.

About,
I

had about a hundred

roubles.

(.

OBS. 4.

have two roubles.

have about two roubles.

hundred,

y Mena
y Meiia

uo 6KO !0
-

Iii

the above

own

declension
Nominative,

CTa

6ujo

is

py6.ieii CTO.

rendered by placing

^sa py6.ia.
CCTB pjUia ^Ba.

Six hundred, raecn>coTi.

Seven hundred, ce.Mbcorb.

AB!>CTII.

Eight hundred, BOceMbcorb.

Nine hundred,

Five hundred, naTbcort.

5.

6l

Three hundred, ipiiCTa.

Four hundred, HGTbipecTa

OBS.

Meiia

follows its

Men>

'About before a numeral

the numeral after the noun

Two

y
y

compound numerals each part

:

AB'ECTII,

TpucTa, etc.

Genitive, ^BVXCOTT., rpexcoTi. etc.

Dative, ^Bj'MCTaMi, TpeMCTuMT., etc.

Instrumental, ^BysiacTaMH, ipeMacTuMH, etc.

Prepositional,

4vxcTax\

ipexcTaxi, etc.

326

Without,
Save,

all

OHM

There are

BT>

all

the

'

but,)

They went without him.

in this

j.1.

Ee3ij

book forty leaves

IIOIII.IM

9TOii

deal

Kuart

nero*.

c6pOKT> JHCTOBI dcst

but three.

He AOCiaerL, impersonal verb,

It wants,

governs the genitive.

( Beat.

It

wants three roubles to make up

py6.ieii ;

COCTHBMTb

ten.

It
It

wants a quarter to three o'clock.

five miuutes to five.

Tpn naca

wants

At

(of the time),

At two

o'clock.

After two o'clock.

6e.ix

leTBepni.

nacoBT) Oeai. nfliu

BT>,

Bi

ITOOU

fleCflTb.

Munym>.

gov. the ace. and prepos.

flBa

laca.

BT> ipeTbeMT>

lacy.

For the hours the preposition B't governs the

OBS. 6.
accusative case, before the cardinal, and the prepositional
before the ordinal numerals.

What

time

is it !

two o'clock.
At what o'clock?
At two o'clock.

4sa

It is

<mca".

BT.

KOiopoMi lacy

BT>

4Ba laca.

After six (in the seventh hour).

Half-past one.

HojoBHua Bioparo.

Past one o'clock.

Bropoii iaci.

Five minutes past one.

The word

Biopdro.
f

past' before the hour is rendered in

Russian by the ordinal numeral of the hour which follows:

OBS.

7.

At a quarter past two.

At twenty minutes past twelve.

Bt

ie*TBepTb ipcTLflro.

B*

ABiiAijaTb

MUHyii ncpearo

To

327

(of the time),

Five minutes to two.

At a quarter
It

Be3i>.

4sa iaca deal naiH Mirny TI.

f BT> ipa deal leTBepxn.

to three.

I B'b ipa

wants twenty minutes to ten.

i&BepiB xpeibaro.

( BT, jeeaib deal

( BT> cdpOKT.

To

strike (of hours),

It strikes,

ABa^uaiM

Mneyrb ^ecaiaro.

Eirrb, perf. asp.

Eben,, impers.

v. (past 6ii.io,

future
The

clock

HaCbl

tibFOTB.

Ei'nii

AH

It struck five.

EHJO

nflib

It is going to strike two.

HpoObe'rb flsa laca.

is striking.

Did the clock

It is

At

but nine at most.

three o'clock precisely.

The hour,
the village
In five hours.

did he get to

om>

Bo CKo.ibKO HacoBi

BT>

At what o'clock did he go out of

town ?

At

Tcnepb caMoe 66jbiiiee ^esaib

POBHO BT> ipii iaca.

o'clock,

how many hours

In

strike

AepeBHH ?
naib lac^ei.

Bb KOTOpOMT, lacy
ropo^a

BblIUC.Il OUT)

five o'clock.

3a, gov. the instrumental.

By,

One by
Hand him

the things

sa ^pyrHMt.

one,

down one by

e.My Beu^a

o^ny sa

4pyfofl.

one.

They went one by

one.

Onii OI.IH OAUUT, sa

To come
How

did he
fortune

He

come

by.

by,

such a large

Hpioop^TaTb, npioopicib.
KaKi.

o^

supposed (they say) to have

inherited half a million fruiu

MTO

is

his grandfather.

npiof5p-B.il

taKoe orpoMiioa

cocToanie?

oni
BT>

ero

Afija.

nojynu.il

no.f-

eac.ii^ciBO oib CBO-

328

To come
How
How

to,

jocrayrb.

by,

come by this honour ?

does he come to be invited ?
did he

To have

OHT> 5iou

There

will

Hy/Ktio, gov. the dative.

occasion,

Hy/KQO

.in

Hy>KHO

.in Gb'i.io

oy^eTT) e.My ?

be no occasion.

;itno.

there any occasion for him to

write !

To come to know.
To find out,

' ")

If

qecm

flocrar&en OHT> DpurjameHis f

Will there be any occasion for him

to?

Was

ewy

,7
7

ASiiaBaif), peri. asp. \ 3iia:6.

he should come to know of it.

did you find out where he

How

EC.IH CLI

om> ysnaJ-b

KaKb BU

y3ua,in,r4-fe oni,

061. 9TOMT>.
J

lives?

He was

Ero

found out.

At

once,

Only once, but

Once again,

We shall

go

(om> 6ujii yanam,).

to

once,

TO.IBKO

pa3t.

Eme

him only once more.

MM

noii^e'Mi

KT,

Single, only, e^inrcTBeenuii.

Cause, npniiina.

Capacity, ) cnoc6(}eoCTb<
Aptitude, j

Governor,

HCMy

To.ibKO

Talent,

To give out,
To make up,

Gift,

Old age, ciapocib.

Gifted,

Full age, coBepmeeno.rime.

EXERCISE

pa3,iaBaTb.
cociaB-i/iTb.

LXXXIX.

Were there many guests at your neighbour's ball ? There

were about thirty persons. To how many soldiers was
The wine sent by the
one hundred and forty-five men.

the wine given that was sent?

governor was given to

Did

all

329

the soldiers like that wine?

No, out of the one

How
forty-five men, ninety did not like it.
who
came
with
colonel
here
had
the
(soldiers)

hundred and

many men

regiment last week ? The officer who came to our

is not a colonel, but only a captain, and he came here
How many
with ninety-five grenadiers and forty dragoons.
his

town

hand you down ? Hand me

down about twenty, but one by one. How many inhabitants are there in Moscow?
There are in Moscow
pieces of red velvet have I to

from three to four hundred thousand

men

now wanting

souls.

How many

your regiment ? There are wanting now three hundred only, but before there were wanting
seven hundred. Will there be any occasion for me to buy
are

a piano

No, there

in

will be

no occasion, your son

will

Jearn to play on mine.

Do you think
son will ever be
able to play the piano as well as your eldest daughter ?
I
think he will, because he has an aptitude for it, and is also

my

very diligent. Were the swords given out to all the seven
hundred hussars? No, of those seven hundred hussars a

few only wanted swords. With how many companions

shall you go from school to the forest ?
All of us will go
to the forest ; our four masters with three hundred and
sixty-three pupils, and three schoolmistresses with two

hundred and forty-three lady pupils. How many German

About two
miles, are there from Berlin to St. Petersburg ?
hundred German miles.
EXERCISE XC.

At what

o'clock do you go out usually ?

I go out usually
nine o'clock in the morning.
What o'clock is it now ?
I do not know for certain, but I think it must be now

fit

already half-past one, or perhaps a quarter to two.

It

is

330

not yet a quarter past two ? Yes, it is almost a quarter.

this book to him this afternoon at a quarter to two or
at ten or even five minutes to two, but I beg that it be

Take

Did you order your coachman

come here to fetch you ? I have no coachman to order,
but had I one, I would order him to come at twenty
minutes past ten. Did you stay long at his grandmother's ?
About two months. Why did you not stay a little longer?

not later than two o'clock.

to

Because the country life in winter is not very pleasant.

there no other cause ?
No, that was the only cause.
Did he remain long there ? Till ten minutes past twelve ;

Was
till

Will there be any occasion

half-past twelve.

for

me

There will be no occasion for you to wait, as we

shall be quite ready at a quarter to four.
Is this little
to wait ?

girl his

only child

No, besides her he has

also five sons

and four daughters.

FORTY-FIFTH LESSON.
OF THE IMPERATIVE.

Copoia

nfiitifi

IIoBe.iHTe.ii>Hoe IlaiuoneHie.

The imperative mood has distinct inflexions only for the

second person singular and plural, and is formed from the
first person singular
present indicative by changing the
termination y or 10 into H, H, ii or L, as
:

H^y,

Coxny,

am

going

mil, go.

yViiaio,
B'tpK>, I

dry ; COXHII, dry.

I do ; A&iaii, do.
believe

Bfcpb, believe.

331

To form the second person

imperative singular, as

HJH, go

plural, n^iite.

believe

a.

The imperative

Be.iK>,

OBS.
ii

diiaiiTe.

Btpbie.

formed from verbs having the

accented and preceded by a

ib

1.

write; nnmii, write.

order.
; B&III,

order

Verbs of the tenth

class take in the imperative

accented even after a vowel, as

Taro, I

I.

coxHHie.

Iliiuiy,

an

in H is

person singular in y,

consonant

plural ie is added to the

COXHH, dry ;
4fc.iaii, do ;

first

The imperative

having the

first

conceal

iaii,

conceal.

in H unaccented

person in

y or

K)

is

formed from verbs

unaccented and preceded

in the imperative

by two consonants, both of which remain

Coxny,

lam

MO.IB.IH),

c.

first

I speak

The imperative
person in y,

K)

OBS.

2.

when the

...

in H

is

O,

know

CM1>K>,

dare

sing;

imperative,

3iiail.

...

CMifi.

noii.

Verbs of the tenth class have the imperative

tonic accent falls on the radical syllable, as

in

Cipoio, I build;

d.

MOIBH.

formed from verbs having the

preceded by a vowel

lloio,

ii,

drying; imperative, COXHH.

The imperative

in L

imperative,

is

cipou.

formed from verbs having the

332

first person in
y, K) unaccented, and preceded by one consonant or by 6, B, n, M followed by the euphonic i, which

is

omitted in the imperative

Btpro, I believe

OBS.

ToToB-iio,

CHIUK), I

silt

eii,

as

...

LIO,

of

roioub.

cunb.

the

first

person

I drink

Ebro, I

beat

Abto, I

pour

imperative,

...
...

;
;

ncii.

6eM,
jeii.

The imperative of the verbs i>xaTF>,

to eat/ is formed irregularly
noi>3)Kaii,

'

OBS. 4.
'

is

Ilbro,

icTB,

imperative, Btpb.

prepare

The termination

3.

changed into

and

to ride/
tuib.

The imperative of verbs of

perfect aspect wanting the

present tense, is formed from the simple future according
to the foregoing rules, as :
IIoiMy, I shall go

Hannuiy,
CU't.iaio,

I shall
I will

Epdiiiy, I will

imperative,

write

do

...

throw

CA Uiaii.
dpocfa.

The radical consonant of the first person,

into
its corresponding consonant for the sake of
changed
is
in the imperative, but the euphonic A
restored
euphony,
when inserted in the first person only is left out, as :
OBS.

5.

BoHty (BOjHTb), I lead

Homy

imperative, BO^H.

(nocMTb), I carry

Cna;y (cnatTb), I seat

Kyn.iio (h-ynuTb), I
Atoftjiv) (.HOtfihb),

buy;

I love

...
...
.

HOCII.

...

xto6u.

The other persons of the imperative are

a. The third person, formed
by adding the conjunction
:

333

(Slavonic ^a), 'let' to the third

singular or plural

person

nyen>,

present

HycTb Hnxaerb,

JaiHT&en,

Itt

Ilycib roBOpui-b,

The

let

him read

nycib qiuaiorb,
;

, a , nrtlOTl

him speak; nycib

")

let

roBOpai-b, let

them read.

them speak.

person plural, which is identical with tne

of
the
future, and to which in polite discourse
person

b.

first

first

the syllable ie

usually added, as

is

or CKaJKesrre,
or noii/ieMTe,

let

us say.

us go.
Bo3bMe'MT> or BOBbMeMie, let us take.
Ey/jCMi (or cianeMi) yiHTbca, let us study.
(or ciaHewi.) roBOpnib, let us speak.

Had I done,
Had we done,

let

CU&iafi

a.

C^kiaii

MM.

6.
The second person singular of the imperative
used also with other personal pronouns, but in such case
expresses the optative or subjunctive mood, as:

OBS.

is
it

Had

done

this, I

should not

now

have to regret.
Had they informed us of

6bi

it yesterday, we should not have committed such a gross error.

Ons.

The imperative

7.

with the subject,

or astonishment

is

Cfltjaft

01111

/Jaii

5io,

wn* ec npnnudcb

xenepb co5a.rtTb.

Hani seaib

o TOMI Bicpa,

wu

ne C4-kia.ni dw TUKoii rpy-

6oii

OUIHIJKH.

singular, not agreeing in form

also to express reproach.

sometimes used

Overburdened with work as

He

am,

4a

fl

3aBa.ieHT>

A'liOM'B, a

having to write, to draw and

pncytt

to read, yet I am expectsd to

look after the household !

eme XOSHHCTBOMI

cajoled them, and so they, of

course, told

about

me

him

all

they

knew

OBI nxi

npn.iacKa.rb,

paacKaJKH
Ot5o

HHTHH

MH!>!

e\iy

H nnuiii, n
saiiHMaiica

H OHH Konesno

see,

ITO

3Ha,m

Do

334

go,

In familiar discourse, to mollify the apparent harshness

of the imperative form, Ka
Do come to us.

Do

is

often added.
npiixo^uie-Ka

a son.

sin

Let, may,
All hail the King
Be they allowed.

#a.
4a ajpaBCTByert KopdiB.
^a 6yAei"b HMT> no3B<5.ieno.

Thy will be done.

Thy Kingdom come.

OBS.

8.

TaHDTTi,

let

^a 6y4eTT> sdia TBOH.

4a npiujerb qapciBie

isod.

The old Russian form of the third person, the

'
#a HHiaerB, let him read/ ^a in#a, as
them read/ is only met with in sacred books,

imperative with
*

KT>

Ca6iiTe

and some ejaculatory phrases.

OBS.

An

9.

elliptical

form of the imperative

the

not

is

n03BaTt ero,
unfrequently supplied by
'
call him/ but in such instances some idea of
necessity or
infinitive,

obligation is implied :
Do not make a noise, children (you
must not make a noise).
Be quiet and know your place

Mo.naib

No

He roBOpuib

He

A-BTH

(BH He

40.1:1; IILI

uiyMBTb).

talking

inyM-fiTb,

as

H anaiiie CBOe MBCTO

Another peculiarity of the Russian language is, that the

imperative is sometimes expressed by the past tense, as
:

Go away,

nome.n. npo iib instead of no^u npoifc.

Coachman, drive away, naflomnKt, nome.n> !

To

leave, to abandon, to let,

f
(OciaBiiTJ), perfect aspect.

Leave me your books.

Let that be there.

OciaBbie MH

The

f Ho

post leaves.

OciaBbie ^TO

Bauia Kiiura.

335

Do

let

Let

it

To

let alone,

OCTaBHTL

me

alone.

OCTaBLTC MCI1H Bb nOKolJ.

OCTaBLTG 3TO

be.

BT,

BT>

HOKO'B.

perf. asp.

gov. the dat. of the

* a
f ^
pers. and the ace. of the
.iHTb,

To

let (to

permit),

thing.
Did you let the children go out t
Not I, but the mistress let them.

To

have

let

it

He

Bbl n03BO.in.IQ AlJTflMX Bbli'lTH

ii,

let

your house

a (certain) rich

to

KoMy
il

xo.'HiiiKa

mrb

no3n6.iu.ia.

suanMLi

csoii

o^HOMy Cora

TOMy AparyucKOMy o*Huepy.

To be
house to be

Bbi dr^aJiH

uT^ajii ero BiiaiiMbi

officer of dragoons.

Is this

let (on hire),

To whom have you

I

9TO

let,

OT4aeica JH

let.

All the houses here are to

Bet 40Ma

let.

Nearly,

TOTT>

40M^

aj-ECb oi^aiOTca

ne,

ne,

MV

ne.

The sack

is

carry
I

very heavy, I can hardly

it,

nearly said

Did he do

and

nearly

fell

'ieni

down.
fl

it.

this at

your bidding

did

it

at

my

Flo,

C4t.ia.!T>

OHI

bidding.

ejBa mory

with the dative.

At,

AU om> OTO no Banicwy

Ka3UliK)

He

fl

erd necTti, H 'ivib ne

IVTb 6bMO HC CKa3iUT>.

CA'fi.ia.11

nj)n-

^TO no

Moeny npni;a-

saniio.

To

sketch, pncoBaib, napncOBaib.

To

contradict, npOTHBOp'E'inib.

To fall, najaib, ynacxb.

For lack, 3a neAOCTaTKOM'b.
Otherwise, BI npoiuBHOMT,

c.iy-iat.

The Holy

Scripture, cBflinennoe na-

cauie.

To let know, flafiaib snatb.

To pour out, Ha.iHBUTb, Rajutb.
To pour OUt Of, BLl.HlBHTk, BM.lIlTi.

To trouble

336

one's self.

Ecanc/KoniLCfl.

To enter (in the book).

To call (on a person).

3iniiCdTb,3anecTiJ

(BT>

Knary).

SaxojiiTb, 3a'fexaib.

Tlie post comes.

Hoiia npHXojnn,.

The post leaves.

The orders are (usually) obeyed.
The orders are obeyed.

IIpiiKaaaiiia ncno.nuiiOTCff.

IIoiTa OTXO^HTT..

HpiiKaaauia ncno.iueeu.

EXERCISE XCI.
Order the head clerk to write the

and

letters to

our bankers

him that they must

be posted (sent to the post)

to-day, and do not forget also to tell him to ask the Postmaster at what o'clock the last post leaves. The last post,
sir,

tell

leaves at a quarter to eight.

After giving the orders,
to
room at ten minutes past two and bring with you

come

my

Am

the letters which you began this morning.

I to bring
also the bills of exchange, sent to us by the commission
If they are not yet entered in the books (then)
bring them, otherwise do not trouble yourself. Dress
yourself and go (nofaiaii, xe) to town ; on arriving there

agent.

to my lawyer and ask him whether the papers which he

Now you
expects from the minister are already received.
may go (cTynaiiTe); but no, wait, tell him also that I must

go

Your orders shall be obeyed, sir. Ask your

you please, whether she can lend me for a short
time the book which she received a few days ago from
Go to her to-morrow and ask her yourself. Why
Paris.
see him.
sister, if

let them remain longer

was too cold out of doors.

did you not

.Because

on me?

Do
eat.

in

the fresh

air?

When will you call

I will call on you, if possible, on my return journey.

it

little dog, but give it rather something to

Silence ! do not contradict
not beating it.

not beat that

I

am

your elders

go to your room and remain there

till

I call

337

Bo

you.

me

sketch

them show them

to

a rose and a tulip, and after finishing

I cannot draw, and if I cculd I

me.

should not be able to do

it for

lack of pencils and paper.

EXERCISE XCII.

Do give me this
were

It is
picture.
or
if
I
knew
that
mine,

it

my brother's picture, but

my brother would not be

Is it said in the
angry, I would certainly give it to you.
that
we
should
love
even
our enemies ?
Holy Scripture

These

are the words of the

(BOTT>)

Holy

'

Scripture,

Love

your enemies and do good to those who hate you/ Do let

us go for a walk
No, let us rather take a book and learn
!

our lessons, for John says that our master will come at a
Do not believe all that John says,
quarter-past twelve.

our master comes always at five-and-twenty minutes past

four and not at a quarter-past twelve.
Can I believe you ?

my

Rely upon
repent.

Come

word and you

Hail to the Queen

here, I

want you.

shall

have no occasion to

May our dear country flourish

What do you wish ? Is it true

that yesterday, in the evening, after six o'clock, walking

along the shore, you stumbled against a stone and nearlv
fell

into the water

?
No, it is not true ; at that time I was
aware that we cannot see him next week ?

at home.

Is he

No

not aware of

he

is

He

his house?

he

He

that house

is

let it to

it.

To whom did your brother

a Berliner.

What

sort of

man

let
is

a goldsmith by trade.
Is it far from here to
I usually go there in one hour and a quarter.

Did you find out where Mr. N. lives now ? No, I did
Find out then and let me know. Was it you who
not.
Yes, I wanted to pour out a
upset the glass of wine ?
wine
and
of
the bottle as well.
Dd
upset
nearly
glass
:

338

your brother hurt himself much when he fell from the tree?
He did hurt himself much and nearly broke his leg. At

whose bidding was

this

At my mother's
Let him

done?

I should like to speak to your nephew.

has to learn his lessons.

FORTY-SIXTH LESSON.
.

CopOKi, meciofl

Whoever, whosoever,

KTO 6bi HH, ETO HH.

Whatever, whatsoever,

^TO

Whichever,

Koiopbiii 6bi IIH.

However,

Haiti. 6bi

Whenever,

Kor^a

Wherever,

I^fe 6bi HH,

The
,

particle

when an

HH

is

6bi HH, HTO HH*

Whoever may ask you

do not give it.
Whatever be your

for

KTO

money,

lot,

never desert

HTO

en nonpociui y Barb

dbi

A&cn,

^aBttiiie.

6ti

HH Bilmajo ea Bauiy

^0.116,

ee

noKHAaiiie ero.

BnycTMie ero, KTO 6w oni nn 6bUT>.

4o6poj1JTe.n.Haro Me.iou'bKa ysaiKuiOTi,

wherever he goes.

Kyfl& 6bi

noiiie.ii.

However mighty

(no matter

how

mighty) he is, I fear him not.

matter what you do.
whatever you may.
it

on^ HQ

In these cases HH may be Anglicised by no

1.

matter, as

No

Kyja 6bi HH.

ee

Let him come in, whoever he is.

The virtuous man is respected

Cost what

HH.

used in conjunction with the verb,

him.

No
DJ

HH.

6"bi

idea of indefiniteness and universality accompanies

the above pronouns and adverbs, as

OBS.

bidding.
alone, he

may

matter what

it

)
costs. >

KaKT, Cbi CH-ieni

oui nu

fiowch ero.

HTO

IIH

HTO

6bi

A'kiaiiTe.^

jTO

BW

MII

ti.iSMi.
'

6u T0

IIH

CTO

Mg

6bi.ii,

a BO

339

On

the other hand,

it

must be remembered

that,

where a

definite and particular circumstance is implied, the forms

TorB KTO, TO HTO, etc., are necessary, as :
Whoever (he who) spares the
SJHXlj
(Toil) KTO
wicked does harm to the good.
Whenever you enter church aiways
Kor^a
n.epKOBb,
remove your hat.
injany

Which book shall

Whichever you

give you

KaKyio

a BaMi jaib

Kiii'j

XOTUT6.

like.

Though

ever so,

Kara. OBI HH.

Ever so much,

CKO.IBKO 6bi HH.

Though your knowledge be ever

Kaiti

so great.

Cu

CH.IH

nil

BC.IDKU

noanauia

Baiun.

Give him ever so much, he

is

CKOJbKO CMV

never

satisfied.

Give him ever so

little

he

is

Kani

thank-

6bi

Majo HH jaia

esiy,

OHX 40-

ful for it

OBS.

2.

Woody,

JtCHCTblH.

Stony,

KaMCHHCTBIH.

Adjectives ending in HCTBIH, derived from sub-

stantives denote abundance, as

A woody country.
A stony road.
A clayey soil.
To add

JBCMCiaa cipaea.
KaweBMciaa ^opdra.

LlHHHCTaS noiBO.

CC^araiB ct
to,

To subtract from,

")

(C.IO/KHTB, p. a.

rBulm&nin,

(Bbi

Ha

'

Ha>
p. a.

I will add,

6yjy ciar&Tb

withthegen .

} with the ace.

p. a. )

divide by, into,

JT

ieciB, p. asp. )

To multiply by,
To

.,,

with the mstr.

with the

perfect aspect, (Moray".

340

I will subtract, uy^y BbiimaTb;

I will multiply, Oyjy yMHOJKaib;
I will divide,

Ninety

perfect aspect,

OyAy

Three and four make seven.

What will be

be

Tpn Aa ieibipe

ninety less thirty-five

less thirty-five will

.
.

pa34fc.no.

COCTUBIITT. cesib.

CKUIbKO 6y46TT)

flfiBHHOCTO 6e3'b

naiii Gy^cr t

fifty.

five.

How much

is

twice two

CK().lbKO 6yA6TT> 4BH/K4bl

Three times three are nine.

Four times five are twenty.
Five times eight are

forty.

Addition, c.iosKente.
Subtraction, liLrimdiiic.

Once,

Tpii;K4bi

Multiplication, yMno/Kcuie.

Division,

Past,
paaa,

Tpn

paaa,

Four times,

pasa,

Five times,
To
To

Ae

Haibio Bdcejib C^POKI.

Twice,

Three times,

ipn

multiply 9 by 3.
divide 40 by 5.

OOMHO/KHTL 9 Ha 3.

ua

A third,

Tpeib.

Two

^Bfc ipeiH.

The

thirds,
half,

etc.

5.

IIcxiOBnna, no.n..
laca.

Half an hour,

Q BS>

mca,

Substantives with the prefix no.n> signifying

half/ are put in the genitive, as :
3.

Half -year,

no.iroja.

Half a word,

no.ic.iona.

Half a

pailful,

Half a minute,

341

takes an y in

all

the oblique cases, as

Singular*

Nominative and accusative,

no-iro^a, nojBe^pa, no.iMaByxu.

Genitive, nojyro^a, nnjyBe^pa. no.iyMBHyTW.

Dative, nojyro^y, no-iyse/my, no.iyMHiiyrB.

Instrumental, nojyrd^OMT), no-iyBCApoM-b, no.iyMHByTOio.

Prepositional, nojyro^t, nojyBe^pi, no.iyNHuyrfc.

Plural.

Nominative and accusative, no-iyro^u,

nojyise/ipa, no.iyMiiny7o.

Genitive, no.iyroAoB'b, no.iyi^Aep'b,

Dative, nojyro^aMi, no.iyBeApa>n>,

Instrumental, nojyroAaMU, nojyBe'4pa>JH,

Prepositional, nojyro^axi, nojyBe^paxi,

OBS.

4.

As seen from the above examples

the prefix

has the inflexion of y even in the nominative plural,

thus becoming an indeclinable part of the word, as in
noil)

A peninsula,
A semicircle,

nojyKpyrL j

genitive, no-iydcipOBa, etc.

.

nojyKpyra,

5.
#eH&, day' and HOHB,
remain in the nominative, as

OBS.
noil.,

no-iydCTpOBt

'

etc.

night/ with the prefix

noJAenb, 'midday;' noJHOHb, 'midnight;' genitive, no.iy4nff, no.iyuoiH,

etc.

Plural, noj^en, noJH04H

As much

genitive, no-iyAHefl, no^yeoiefl, etc.

again,

B^soe (B^ ^ea paaa)

66.iBiiie,

eme' CTOJBKO.

As

far again,

B^BOG

Is this as long again !

It is three times as long.

B^Boe jn

Three times as much.

Four times as strong.

Bipoe 6djbnie.

9xo Btp6e

(BI>

ipn paaa)

BieiBepo (BI qeiwpe paaa)

etc.

As far again as,

As good a^ain as.

BJBOC A^tuie
B^eoe Jy4nie

342

OBS.

After B^Boe, Bipoe,

6.

etc.,

the adjective

is

put in

the comparative, and therefore the following- word compared with it is put either in the genitive case or if
He/Ke.!H.

preceded by H^M'L,
This cloth
Is

it

as dear again as that

is

not as far

again from that

9io CJ'KDO B^eoe /lopo/ne Toro,

He BjBoe

Jin

road to the bay as from this

one *
It is as near again

from

this

road

Aa.ibme OTI
,

Orb

as from that one.

3Tofi

/joporH

OTT> TOH.

To be (found),
To be had,
Where

to

is it

be found

Are any apples

market at

(conjug.like xo-

to be found in the
this

Toii

TEM'b OTb 3TOti

time

T^t 3TO
Edb JH Ha

pblHKtS fld.IOKH

BT,

5lO

the

of

year ?

He was

at that time in

Where is

London.

QUT>

TO

museum.

JoB

9io eaxoAHica BX

To call, (to name),

To be called,
What is the name of?")

Kant

What

(Kaia HMH

OBS.

BT>

T^ 3TO

it?

It is in the

ET>

is it

called ?

HasMBaiLCH

7.

j
is

p. a.

HasbiBaeicfl?
?)

generally used instead of

KMfl.

What

is

the

name

of the

stayed at last autumn

What

is

his

town you

name (how do they

Kao nasuBaeiCH
BW

call

rtfpoji,

BX KOi6poM>

npoBe.ia npouuyio OCCHL

Kara erd 30Byii

him)?

Nobody knows

his

name.

HUKTO ae aiiaen, naKi er6 SOBJI-K

To make a show,
To commit a
To apply

fault,

for a situation,

To forgive, upomaxb, npocxuib.

To apply for, npocwxb.
The good will, ysaateeie.
For

ever, BliiHO, naBcer^a.

Familiar face, snaKOMoe

To commit,

.IHIJO.

coBepmaxb.

343

)
>

BuciawlTi,

J
(BbiciaBHTb, p. a.)

fla

IIpOBHiiHTbCfl, perf. asp.

Epoci'iib M'fccia,

AUUKHOCTH.

To accomplish, coBepunhb,
Fault,

BiiHii,

stranger,

p. asp.

npociynoKT).
npi'fcaa.MH.

To follow, mMpaxa'Tb, (gov. the dat.)

To take care, oepeib.
To beg leave, npocwTb noaBO.ienifl.

To do a service.
To murmur against.

Ponxaxb na, with the accusative.

Thankful.

E-iarojapiibiii, npH3naTe.ibHbiii.

Onaaaxb yc.iyry,

EXERCISE XCIII.

Whoever is virtuous will be loved by all good men, in

whatever country he lives. Does she punish him when he
is disobedient ?
No, whatever he does, she never punishes
him. Can man live for ever ? No, no matter what care
man may take of his health, yet he must die sooner or
Will my parents forgive me? Whatever faults
have
committed, they will forgive you. To whom
you
later.

To whomsoever you like. Must we

not despise
beggar? No, though his poverty be
ever so great, you must not despise him; you must
Does a virtuous man murmur against
despise nobody.
Divine Providence when he loses all that is dear to
him ? Whatever happens to a virtuous man, he never
murmurs against Divine Providence. Had he spoken of
me, would you have believed him? Of whomsoever he
Did they give you anyspeaks, I do not believe him.
However skilthing? They gr.ve us nothing whatever.
ful and learned we may be, let us not make a show of
shall

give

it ?

this

344

our knowledge.
Does she follow the fashions ? Though
fashions be ever so foolish, she
How
always follows them.
did you come to know about his misfortune?
I heard
it from his brother.
For whatever
done him be has been thankful.

of

services

he has

EXERCISE XCIV.

Have yon learnt the multiplication table? I have

learnt only addition and subtraction, but the
multiplication
table I do not know as yet.
Then
cannot divide
you

twenty-five by five ?
How
ing the table.

Oh

yes, I can

much

do that without know-

To

will seven times nine be ?

answer that we must multiply nine by seven, and to do that,

one must have learnt the multiplication table. Can we
divide three

that case

six, or three

by

by nine ? Yes, we can, but in

half and one third, and not

we should get one

How many

whole numbers.

in that half a bottle

wine-glasses full were there

Seven and a

come

How many

half.

Had you
Thirty.
to his house half-an-hour sooner, you would have

minutes are there in half-an-hour

found him at home.
peasant

me what

What

is

His Christian name

the Christian
is

Peter.

name

of this

Cannot you

tell

Russian (no pyccKfl) ? I do not know

it myself, you had better ask one of the masters.
What is
the name of the street in which we saw so many hackney
that

is

in

carriages this afternoon

myself a stranger here,

your name

is ?

recollect at all

I do not

know

its

Will you allow me,

name

sir,

to ask

am

what

Your face is familiar to me, only I cannot

where I had the honour of seeing- you ? If

I Jim not mistaken, I had the pleasure of being introduced

to you at the Prince R/s. ball.
is
your nephew get-

How

345

He

bad circumstances at present, but it is

if he had applied for a situation
entirely his own fault, for
Is your uncle
half a year ago, he would have obtained it.
ting on

is

in

as rich again as my
It is as far again
far from here to the river ?

as rich as his father

Is it

father.

My

uncle

is

from here to the river as from that green hillock. Is

It is as good again as yours.
satin as good as mine ?

this

FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
CopOKI
H'feKTO CKasaJTL 3iO.

Somebody said it.

Nobody said that.

He
He

How
How

BHKTO ne

roBopii.n. 9ioro.

mwrb

Hl>4TO xopdiuee.

sees something good

OHT>

sees nothing good.

OBT> He BUAHTB

much, ^

,
r

Hunero xopduiaro.

Not any, not

at

many, j

"When, Kor^a.

Once, sometime,

Never, miKor^a.

few, some, H^CKOJBKO.

OBS.
prefix

1.

all,

nn-

CKO.IBKO.
irfeKorAa.

Interrogative pronouns or adverbs with the

indefinite, whilst those with HH become

H^ become

negative.

Some,

Some

a,

kind, Hiiiaa.

Who will come !

Tho one who is called.
Which handkerchief will you
The one that I bought.
OBS.

2.

Not

of any kind,

KTO

Ion, KTO
give

The pronouns

BU

Koiopbiii n.iaTOKTJ

Ton, Koropufi
'

KTO,

who,'

fl

Kynu.ii.
'

ITO,

what/

'

that/

346

KOiopbifi, 'who, which/ KaKOBOii, 'what kind/

whose/ CKOJBKO, how much/ when referring to an antecedent become relative, as in English.

KOH,

'

'

( Kio-HnG

Somebody,

C KTO-TO.

Something,

^TO-TO.

Obs. 3. Pronouns and adverbs followed by

which has the meaning of ' no matter what it be/ ( be it
what it may/ can be easily distinguished from those followed by TO, which means a certain, a particular.'
*

Did somebody (no

speak to him !
I

know
who

matter

who)

that someone spoke, but

it was I could not
say.

Did they give him anything ?

They gave him something.
Have you seen him anywhere ?
I have seen him somewhere abroad.

Some
Many

traders were

with

some

corn, some
with butter.

with

.111

KTO nn6y4b

IIHMI?

HMCHIIO, oe
4a.iH
Onri

eMy iid-io

Bi'ufc.in
fl

Mory saMT, cnaaarL.

OHM CMy MTO Hii6y4b ?

.111

JH

4a.iH.

BLI ero

ero r^'t-

BU4'I>.n>

KTO.

some

Miioro TOpro*BqeBT> xamx

milk,

ex aepHOBUMi

The man whom they praise.

That which we do not want.

CT>

3Haio, ITO KTO-TO roBOpii.ii, no KTO

K To

some,
there

roBOpu.il

MO.IOKOMX, KTO

'le.iou'EKi,

To, nerd

dw.io

x.rfeuoMT,,
CT>

KTO

KTO
C'i

Mac.iOML.

KOiuparo OHH \EAMII.

uaui nc

ny/Kiio.

OBS. 4. Relative pronouns agree in gender and number

with their antecedent, and are put in the case governed
by
the verb or a

noun of the subordinate

clause.

347

Relative pronouns are

antecedent by a comma :
The book which we read.
That which you are afraid

always

from

separated

their

Keiira, KOiopyio iQiaeMl.

To, iero

of.

BH Gouiecb.

OBS. 5. When the second personal pronoun is used in

the plural for the sake of politeness, the relative pronoun is
put in the singular, as :
to whom I am
whom I respect.

You,

indebted and

KOiopoMy a odaaain, u

BLI,

paro

How much gunpowder

have

KOTU-

yBa/Karo.

CKO.ILKO y Bact

nopoxy?

you?
I have a

I had

OBS.

Y
Y

little (of it).

much
6.

(of it).

The

Meni ero MEUO.

M6H;i ero 6b'uo
'

pronouns

CTOJBKO,
'

Maio, 'a

so

MHoro.

much ;'

a few

MHOFO,

'

as also the
little;' HtcKO.ibKO,
'much;'
numerals 4Ba, ipn, neiLipe, naii>, etc., in answer to the
'
how much V are followed by the genitive and
question,

require the verb to be impersonal.

How many

of you were there

CKO.ILKO leiOB'BKT. Baci raiwi 6u.io?

Tliere were a few of us.

flaci

There are six ships there.

Isaac had two sons.

TaMi, (ecib) niecib

How many

roubles were received

Twenty roubles were received.

It remained a quarter of an hour.

Who

was riding

Two men
OBS.

7.

were riding.

When

TaMi.

dbwo

BteKOJbKO

flcaaica db'uo (A'Bieii)

CKOJbKO

(4e.io-

4Ba c^ina.

py6.ieii db'uo

Ho-iyieHO 6b'uo ^Ba^qaib

OcTa.i6cb

KTO

i>xa.n> ?

4 Ba T ie^OB'fcKa

the numerals ,pa, ipn, neit'ipe,

nflit, etc.

348

answer the question

who

or

what 1' then the

predicate, as

any determinative word used with these numerals,

in
the plural.
put
also

Who

is

speaking

KTO roBopaii

These two men are speaking.

Seven do not wait for one.

The

last half

an hour flew by

BTH <pa

le-ioB-Sna

rouopaii.

C6iepo o/jnord ne st^yix.

no.naca npOTen.in
neaautTHO.

unnoticed.

is

One and

a half.

Two and

a half.

l!o.iTOpa, fern.
CT,

have a pound and a half of

to-

IIO.IOBHHOK).

y MCHH no^iopa *yHia Ta6aKy\

bacco.

He

goes to fetch a pound and a half

of sugar.

OBT> n^ei* 3a nojyiopa *yBTaxin ca

lapy.

The compound numeral no.nopa presents the

in the nom. and ace. sing, it governs the
that
peculiarity
noun following in the gen. sing., but in all other cases
requires the noun to be put in the corresponding case
of the plural, as :
OBS.

8.

Masculine and Neuter.

N. & A.
Gen.
Dat.
Inst.

Prep.

Ho-iiopa

py6ja, a rouble and a

BojyTOpa py6.iett.
Do-iyTOpa py6.iflMi.
py 6.ilium.

Do.iyTOpa

half,

349

Feminine.

N. & A.
Gen.

Do.iTOpbi

MUHyibi, a minute and a

half.

DojyTOpw MHiiyibi.

Dat.

no.iyTOpbnn> M

Inst.

no.iyiopbi

Prep.

no.iyTOpfc

11

y T a M x.

OBS. 9. In the dative, with a preposition, ncxiiopa has

also the inflexion of y, in the masculine, and that of -fe in
the feminine, as : no no^yiopy ; no no^yiopt, and in this
case masculine and neuter nouns which follow this numeral
are put in the genitive plural,

and the feminine

in

the

genitive singular.
There was given to each a ponnd
and a half of bread and two
measures and a half of wine.

hundred and

OBS. 11.

Kaw^OMy

ja.iH

XJtOa H

no no.iyxopy *yiiroBb
no

AB'fe

IIOJOBHHOIO

CT>

Mtpbi BHBa.

fifty,

The compound numeral noJiopacia has

in

all

the cases no.iyiopacTa.

Have you not a hundred and
roubles

Add

to

fifty

H-bTB

fifty

HpndaBbTe

.in

y Baci. nojyTopacia

pyC-iefl.

these hundred

and

roubles two hundred more.

And,
One and a

Two and

half.

a half.

KT>

py&iflM'b

STHMI

eme

no^yiopacia

^Btcia.

Ct.
O^HHT. ex HOJOBMHOR).
^ea, AB*

CT> IIO.IOBUHOK> etc,

To speak

To

350

In,

Ha, no

In English,

Ha
Ha pasHbirb H3LiKax b.

different languages.

write English.

Ha aHiMiiicKOMT) HSLIK

6.

OBS. 12. The verbs roBOpnib, 'to speak / H3T.acu}iTic,

'
'to express one's self/ Hirrait, to read/ etc., when referring to a language or dialect, govern the prepositional, case

with the preposition Ha.

In Russian,
r

Ha
Ho
CHa

^Ho
OBS.

into,

translated from English

into Russian.

To

translate

from one language into

another.

What

is

I>paHHy3CKH.

The following

fi

is

more

roBOpro To.ibKO no HTajb/mcKH

Ha.

't

9io coiHuenic nepcBe^cnd ci

CKaro flsuKa na pyccniii.

DepeBO^HTb el 040016 asuKa ea

KaKT, CKaaaiL no pyccKB ?

adjectives denoting inclination or aptitude

govern the dative with the preposition

Ready,

expression

rofi.

the Russian for

Greedy

fl3LiKl>.

OHT miuierb

From
is

opanuyacKOMT)

BU no pyccKH
only.

writes in Dutch.

This work

flBBIIffc.

pyccKH.

The second adverbial

13.

widely used.
Do you speak Russian ?
I speak Italian and German

He

pyCCKOMT,

(aj icHT>), jKa^em.

roTOB*b.

K-L,

KO.

Inclined, apt, CK-idneni.

Passionate, cipacienT).

Affable, npHBtoiiBi.

Just, cnpauc^Jibi..

Respectful, noHTiiiejeni.

Prejudiced, partial, npncipacTCBi.

Indifferent, paBHOAymeni.

Cold, xojd^eni.

Capable, cnocoCeni.

Cruel, JKCCTOK-B.

Fit, rdAeni.

Kiud,

affable, jaCKOBl.

351

Adjectives denoting mental or moral capacity

ficiency govern the prepositional case with BI>.
1

or

Skilful, BCKycei

Steady, constant, nocToancHT,.

Skilled, versed,

Experienced, onLiiem..

Unacquainted with,
Moderate, yji'tpcai.

Hard, firm,

Immoderate,

Tidy, clean, onpHTCHT..

Week, feeble,
New, HOBT>.

c.ia6i..

de-

TBe'pjt.

Innocent, Hern'mem..

ca.ienT..

Strong (mighty,)

Happy, lucky, ciacwiiBi.

Some adjectives denoting capacity or deficiency

with the preposition Ha, as :
accusative
the
govern
OBS. 14.

Insolent, daring,

He

Weak,

Quick, CKOpi.

Strong (durable), KptnoKl.

Lavish, pacTO'iihe.ieni.

Clean, pure, IHCTT>.

is fit

for service.

The army

is

ready for battle.

He is ready for the journey.

I am weak in mathematics.
He is prompt.
He is deaf.
She

He

Heavy,

Sparing, careful, 6epc;^w1UB^,

likes chattering.
is

ro^eirb

ApMifl roioBa K'b 6610.

OHT. roioBT.

B-L

nyib.

OHI .leroKT. ea nory.

Oni KptnoK'b nfv yxo.
Ona c.!a6a na flawux.
OHT. ne inert na

thief.

They are slow.

She is innocent

To
To
To
To
To
To

Om>

pyny

OIIH Ta/Ke.ibi na

of that.

make an acquaintance.
make a request.
make one's self understood.
make progress in.
be versed

in.

be conversant with.

Oni

Bl>

TOM

L iieiii'iuna

3naK6MHTi>c/i. p. a. nosnaKoMHTfcca.

06pamaTbCfl c^ npoci.Ooii.
06lflCHH*TbCfl, p. a.

06^aCHHTbC.

4liaib ycntxH

(with the prep.)

Xopomo

BT.

snaib.

BbiTb CMJbHbisii

BT,

case).

To
To

spend.
pass by.

A passer by.

p. a.

IIpOXO^MTb WHMO.

(with the prep.

352

EXERCISE

Have you

XCV.

ever been at the Italian opera?

No, I have

Do you

never been.
Italian

singers

not like then the singing of the

Yes, I like the singing, but I do not

understand the Italian language at

all.

Do you

speak

If you
Yes, I do, and I speak Spanish also.
these
two
can
learn
to
Italian
speak
languages you
speak
in a short time.
Translate for me this little exercise from

French

German

into English.

better do

it

have no time now, and you had

found

Is it true that his brother

yourself.

a purse in the street

I only

know

that he found some-

leather purse, but whether it

thing
was a purse or something else, I cannot tell you ; and
therefore if you wish to know, ask him about it yourself.
like

(resembling) a

How many French books had he ? He had two French

How many daughters had he ?
He had five

books.

Where do these three peasants live ? These

daughters.
three peasants live in some little village on the other side

How many books were there lying on the

Allow me to
books, six books were lying.
Take these two books only, the
take these seven books.
of the river.

table

Two

other ones I

want

myself.

How many

ounces are there

pound and a half? Twenty-four. Plow much did

your brother-in-law spend? He spent more than one
hundred and fifty pounds. Did all the army return from
abroad ? No, out of one hundred and fifty thousand men,
in a

sent abroad last year, only the last twenty thousand havo
Did the passers by give anything to the begreturned.

gar ? Of all who (no matter who) passed by, every body
gave him something some gave a piece of bread, some
a copeck, some gave even as much as a rouble.
;

353

XCVI.

EXERCISE

Is your master well versed in Spanish ?

Yes, he is conversant with several languages, and he speaks Russian as
Do speak German with me.
well as his native tongue.

No, you had better speak German with me,

as I express

Is this

n't for
myself in this tongue as yet very badly.
anything? This is fit for nothing. Now there he has been

learning Russian these three years, and still speaks so that

one can hardly understand him. That is because he wants
he
practice, and were he to speak Russian more frequently,

would be able

to express himself excellently, or at least so

by any Russian. Does he express

himself clearly? No, it is difficult to understand him.
Have you been learning Swedish long? I have, been
learning it about three years, but although I speak Swedish
as to be understood

tolerably well, I translate from English into Swedish very

Is this young man liked by his acquaintances ?
badly.
Is this boy
Yes, because he is affable with everybody.
is
in
weak
drawing.
strong in arithmetic ? Yes, but he
She is not only indifferent,
Is she indifferent to him ?

but even cold with

was

partial to

him.-Was

some and

he just to everybody
cruel to others.

-He

FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
C6pOKl. BOCbMOM VpOKI.

REFLECTIVE VERBS.
Reflective verbs,

BoaupaTHbie

F.iar6.itr,

which denote an action

falling

upon

the agent, are formed from transitive verbs

by adding ca
(the abridged pronoun ccoa) to the infinitive.
A.

354

They are conjugated in the same way as transitive verbs,

the suffix ca .when coming after a vowel being abridged
into cb.
/

To warm

one's self,

TpfrrbCfl.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present.
I

warm

myself,

euibcfl,

OBI

fl

rptrocb,

We warm

TU rpt-

ourselves,

BI>I

rpfceTCfl.

ML!

rp^ttoL

rpteTecb, OBII rpimcfl.

Pas?.
I

was warming myself,

rp'B.iacb,

fl

rplucfl,

fem^

We

neut. rpinioeb, etc.

were warming ourselves, MM

BU rp"kiacb, etc.

rp4iHCb,

Future.
I will

warm

myself,

We

OyjF rp^Tbca,

fl

will

warm

ourselves,

MU

etc.

Sl/BJUNCTIVE
1

6/-

jeaii rpirbca, etc.

would warm myself,

fl

rplicn

<5w,

MOOD.

We

would warm ourselves, MM

rjrfc-

jucb 6u, etc.

.etc.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

\Varm

Warm

thyself, rptHca.

Let him -warm himself, nycib OKI

yourself, rp

Let them

warm

themselves, nyo

OUH

ACTIVE PARTICIPLK.
Present.

Past.

*-

Who
Who

is

warming himself

was warming himself

rp-temifloi.

PASSIVE PABTICITLB.
Wanting.

Present,
Pc/.d.

(While) warming one's

(After) having

warmed

self,

one's

rplincb.
self,

355

To hope,
To laugh,
Reflective verbs of neuter signification, termed in Russian
'

rjarojti,

common

verbs/ cannot be used without

state of mind

inasmuch as they express some

or feeling falling only upon the
agent himself.
the suffix

cfl,

To rejoice, paAOBaifaca.
To take pains, ciapaTbca.
Reflective verbs

To be afraid, <5o?iTi>ca.
To b ashamed,

which denote the action of two or

agents upon each other, and answering the question

whom/
To
To

kiss

are called B3aHMHBie,

one another.

mom
with

reciprocal.'
IJ1>.iOBaTbca.

one another.

fight

'

CpaJKartca.

To embrace one another.

The troops are fighting (with the

OCeHMaTbca.
BoiicKa cpaataroica.

enemy).

The
The

embrace one another.

friends

sisters are kissing

one another.

To break,
To knock, to knock at,
To pray, to implore,
OBS.

1.

Apyaba

Cecipu

PsaiB,

Ciy^aTB,
MO,IHTBCH, MCUMT&.

Neuter verbs denoting some inherent force or

capability take the form of reflective verbs.

The thread breaks.

To knock at the door
To pray God.
The door opens.

OBS. 2.
'

with

The

4 8e P L

OTBOpjieica.

^Reciprocal verbs not answering the question

simply neuter verbs, as

whom/ become

soldiers are fighting for their

country.

HIIIKH psyTCH.
Cryiaibca BI /pepb.
MoJihbca Eory.

BoflCKa cpaJKaroica aa Cfloe

356

OBS.

On

3.

the other hand, those neuter verbs which

'
with whom/ have the signification

answer the question

of reciprocal, as

They played with

We conversed

OBH nrpajn ci A^mirf.

children.

Mbi pa3roBapMBa.iH

with them.

PASSIVE VERBS.

Cipa^aTeJhHbie

HIIHB.

CT.

I\iaro.ibi.

Passive Verbs, which represent the agent as receiving

or

from others, are formed, as in

an action

suffering

English, from active verbs by adding the auxiliary verb

'
to be/ in its different tenses to the apocopated
6hiTt,
participle passive, cither present or past.

The

distinction of gender in passive

through all the moods and tenses.

To be

(BbiTb iHiaeMBiMT,,

read,
.

rr,

To be

verbs

wished,

f.

(fibiib jKe-iaeMbiMT,,

f.

jKejanHbiMi,,

To be
I

am

loved, a

OiJMa, neut.

was l(wed,

fern.

.jroOHMT,,

190^*0,
a

J-

a,

o,

We

We

would be loved, a

61,1.1-1,

OM

.iro-

(ihou) loved,

Be
6y^i> JIO'MMI,, a, 0.

lieing loved, 6y4>4ii JioSuMX, a, o.

This

man

is

respected,

shall

would be loved,

(you) loved,

Having been
6iiM^, a, o.

( 9Toro

KiiHry

This book

is

read.

be loved, MM 6y4GMT>

.110.

MM OUJH

flu

JIO^HMM.

CHMT,, a, 0.

Be

JWOMMOH.

OHMLI, etc.

jrioSMMi,

viioOMMa, o, etc.

)Ke.iai]Hon.

r.
f.

etc.

JIH)-

o, etc.

be loved, a 6yAy

iHTannoi.

We are loved, MLI JioflMMU etc.

We were loved, MM 6bUH

etc.

6i>i.n>,

6MM^, ^io(5MMa,
1 shall

loved

carried

f.

(EbiTt HHiaHiibiMi,,

Bbiit JIO^MMLIMX,

is

6ywre
loved,

jnofuniM.

CMBIIIM

JK>-

The

is very
person of passive verbs
seldom met with in the Russian language of the present
active
day, and in general Russians prefer to use either the

OBS. 4.

third

or reflective form instead of the passive.

He is praised by all.
All praise him.
The business is done.

Bcfe

The horses are sold.

The letters are written.

As the

erd XBliarb.

4'iio /liiaeTca.

JduiaAH npo^aroica.
liucbMa nuuiyrca.

subject in the passive form

is

put in the

case, all reflective verbs used instead of passive

instr.

govern also

the instrumental.
I

am

occupied with reading.

(.

The

in

3anHT1>

aamniarocb

iTemeM*.

j.

CyiJHo pt/Keica (or pt>/Kyn>) UOJKHK-

cloth is cut with scissors.

The horses were broken

fl

fl

by the

Jouia^u o6t1>3JKaiHCb KOBIOXOMT*.

groom.

OBS.

month

In dates, the year together with the day of the

put in the genitive, but the year or month by
put in the prepositional case with B-b.

5.
is

itself is

Shakespeare was born

011

the 23rd

UleKCnnpT. pojiuca ^B'l^atb ip^ibaro

Anpiia, Tuca4a iiaTbcorb copont

of April, 154G.

iiieciaro ro^a.

Shakespeare was born

in the

year

Olcitcnupi pOAM^ca Bb iwcaia

COTT. copOKii mecioMT, ro^y.

1546.

He

To

went away

Out

in April.

hurry, to be in a hurry,
I
I

hurry him.
am in a hurry.

Were you

in

a hurry !

yfcxaji.

B-J>

Aiipluli.

TopoiiHTb,
ero.

fl

Toponjw

fl

TOpon.JtocK.

lopouii.iiicL lu

BU

To wonder at,
To be surprised
What
That

358

gOY
the dative.

at,

are they surprised at ?

not to be wondered at.

is

To gather strength,

Heay OHU
9roMy ee4ero

(CoonpaTbCfl, }

(CoopaiLCfl,

To happen,
To cut,
I

have cut

He
I

to chance,

my

finger.

has cut his nails.

pared

To

cut hair,

To

shear,

my

nails.

1 sheared,

fl

ocipiirb

We

shear, etc., MLT CTpn;neMT,,

BU

CTpnjKeie, oini CTpnryii.

cipajKe'Tb.

CTparb, cipurja, cipur-

We sheared,

MBI cipurjii,

BU

crpiir-

JH, etc.

jo, etc.

Imperative, Cipiiru.

To

see one another,

To

see one's self,

To

uoriH.

ccO'fc

BOJOCbl.

shear, etc., a cipwry, TBI cipnjKeiiib, OH-B

norio,
fl

Plural,

CCOII.

look at one's self in the

BT>

glass,

To make

(from), to prepare,

To dress leather.
To make parchment.
To make oil.

From

(or OHTL)

na, (with tlie ace.)

to,

BI,,

from place to place.

From town to town.

perf. asp.

Ci>

(with the ace.)

ircra na
a

BT> ropo,ii>.

B:!I-

To mistake

359

npiiHUMaiB no om66i&' aa

for,

(with the ace.)

To mistake,
I

to be mistaken.

OfflH6aTLCff, p. a.

mistook, a ouinGfuca,
perfect aspect, oimidca.
.
.
.
be mistaken, a 6y/jy oiiiuSaTbca,
oinnoycb.

I shall

....

Be

mistaken, oumSaiica,

To
To
To
To

wash one's self.

wash one's face and hands.

be amused

Safiaiuaibca, gov. the instr.

at.

be renowned.

To be occupied in writing.
To jump away from.
To sign.
To be frightened.

To
To

dig, Konatb.

use, ynotpefaHTb.

Morocco

By

leather, ca*l>HHT-

yMbiBaibca, perf. asp. yMbiibCfl.

CiaBQTbca.

SannMaibca
OTCKaKnBaib, OTCKOiiirb.
DcuniicbiBaTbca,

Dyraibca, ncnyraibca.

To
To

require, Tp6oBaTfc.
carry, nepeB03MTb.

Fright, ncnyri.

Ho

rail.

To use with

MbiTbca.

food.

ynoipeojaib

EXERCISE XCVII.

What is your brother-in-law wondering

come here earlier than he.
wonder at I went out earlier than
;

he.

He wonders

at ?

There

that you

is

nothing to

With what were

youi sons occupied the day before yesterday ? They were

Do you see each
occupied in reading, writing and drawing.
We see each other only now and then. Do
other often ?

you
in

see yourself in the looking-glass ?

What are these children so much

it.

No, I see only you

amused at ? They

amused at a cat looking at herself in the glass. When

was the digging of the canal begun ? It was begun on
are

the

1st.

of August, 1844, 'and finished on the llth of June,

360

'Can you stay with us till the evening?! cannot

a
Of what
stay single minute, I am in a hurry to get home.
The houses are built of stone, brick
are the houses built ?

1863.

Where

and wood.
in

is

this

newspaper printed ? It is printed

Are any French journals re-

some small German town.

ceived here

were you born

what year
In which
On what day of the month ? On

In
Yes, but they sell badly.
I was born in the year 1839.

In March.
From what seed

month ?
the 25th.

is

this oil

made

From hemp

Do

the English use this oil with food?

No, in
Are
oil is not used with food.
there
this
many
England

seed.

goods carried by rail from town to town ?

days a great quantity of goods is carried by

Yes, now-arail,

not only

from town to town, but also from one kingdom to another.

Why is the oak-tree valued more (dearer) than the pinetree ?

Because

it

is

harder than the pine, and

is

used for

articles (noA't^Ka) requiring durability.

EXERCISE XCVIII.

By whom
Is

the

are these letters signed

letter

already?

By

our head clerk.

which he copied a few hours ago signed

No, it
Because

is

it

not
is

yet signed.
badly written.

Why

is

How many

it

not

letters

signed?
written and sent by post daily in your office?
I
think there are about ninety letters written daily, of which

are

My

is sent
by post the same day.
only the greater part
this
while
brother
morning in his bedroom looked
dressing
and
the
in
at himself
suddenly jumped away from
glass,

What was

he frightened at? He saw

on
his
head.
a few grey hairs
By whom is this man
He is conducted by me. Is your niece
conducted ?

it

in

fright.

361

sometimes punished? No, never; she is loved and

warded by the masters. Are you learning Russian ?

began learning

on the 22nd of June.

it

re-

Why

did not you

I
to speak.

begin last year? you would now be able

did not begin learning sooner because I have not been able

good master. Whither are you hurrying so ? I

hurrying home, where I was expected long ago. Do
not hurry in vain I have been at your house, and am able
to tell you that, were you to go home now, you would find
no one there. The hair of this little girl was badly
to find a

am

it so badly ?
The nurse cut her hair. Go
room, and after washing your face and after
combing your hair, come here and learn your lessons.
Different sorts of
Is there any leather dressed in Russia ?

cut

who

cut

into your

leather are dressed in Russia, but morocco leather

(more)

known

renowned

to

is

Europe than any other, because

better
it

is

for its excellent quality.

FORTY-NINTH LESSON.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.

CdpOKt

AeBaTofi

y p 6in,.

Ee3.ui<iHbie

Impersonal Verbs proper are those which cannot be used

as a predicate to

which,

any

definite or direct subject,

in fact, the subject is altogether

and in

wanting. They are

expressed in Russian by the third person singular, their

neuter as to gender, as
past being only
:

It

grows late, BC4e 4rEert;

It thaws, TaeiT)
It

patt

Be'ieplio.

Taajo.

grows dark, leMirterb

It becomes, noAoOaert

It dawns, pascBtiaerb

Te.uirB.io.

362

Personal verbs used in the third person singular or

either when there is no deplural without the pronoun
finite agent expressed or when some such word as it, one,
they, people,

some one, something,

etc., is

understood in

its

become impersonal.

place,

It depends, aaiMicnrb

saniic'Lio.

past

It is proper, npii-iHiccTBYCT'b;

They

roBOpiun.

People think, AyMaioii;

flysia.in.

It wants, nejocTaerb;

HCAOCiaB;i.io.

People do,

say, roBopan,

fl,i.i<iiOTb',

npii.ui'ic<TBOBa.fO.

OBS. 1. Impersonal verbs in the plural, are sometimes

used instead of the passive, as
:

The book

is

read.

Kaiiry

iin'iion,,

instead of

Kinira

iiraeia.

He

Some

is

Ero xiuu/irb, instead of oei isa-

praised.

verbs become impersonal by adding cs

to

the

third person singular, without however taking the nature

of reflective verbs.
It

is said,

It is done, AluaeTCfl.

roBOpiiica.

It is asked, CE

It is considered,

It

It

happens, (MyiiieTCH.

C'liiT.'iCTCH.

seems, R$M0TCff.

It is required, TpeCycicfl.

It appears, OKasLiBaeica.

Besides the above, there are also compound impersonal

verbs formed by adding the auxiliaries GCTJ>, 6bi,io, dyAerb to
apocopated participles passive, or to adjectives oi the neuter
gender, as:
It is written, naniicano.

It is done, CA't ano.

OBS.

2.

Impersonal

It is possible, BOSMO/KIIO.
It is

It is said, CKa.iano.
|

known,

H3B'tCTiio.

It is vexatious,

verbs with

peculiar

terminations

363

are

and

jrtiib

jrra.ii,,

jb3H, the

being used in the

last

ne-.

gative onlyf.
a pity,

It is

The verb
(lie

has

ecib)

I feel lazy,

/itaib.
j

I feel sorry,

wirfc >KOJb.

formed from

ni>n>,
iii

Mill; .itnb.

It is impossible, ne.ib3H.

and the

ecib,

particle

11

the past He 6buo, future He 6yACTT>.

become impersonal when they

Ecib, 6bi.io, fiyjerb

'

refer

'

to the pronouns KTO

who/ HTO what, that/ or the adverbs r4 k 'where/ Korja ' when/ KVAa ' whither/
r

'

whence/ and such

like, as

One has something to be glad of.

You have some one to speak to.
You had some one to love.
One will have something to think of.
One has somewhere to sojourn.
There

is

is

no place

to

go

to.

ECTH
ECTb

qe.My paflOBaiiCff.
C'b KliM'b

EU.JO Koro

noroBOpuTB.

JiouiiTb.

o se'MT,

By4ei'b

Ecib

HeKy^a

noiiiu.

OBS. 3. In interrogative and negative sentences

omitted, but 6:>uo and 6y#eri must be retained.

Whom
What

has one to ask

is

there to be done

>

Wliat has one to be busy about

There is no one to ask.
Tliere

is

There

is

nothing to be done.
no p'ace to sojourn.

Wliom had one

to ask

What was

There

to.

there to be done

Heiero

^'t.iaib.

Her^li ocianoBiiTLCff.
ou.io cnpocirrb.

HcKy^a 6buo
T

will

be nothing to be busy

noiiia.

!TO Cb'uo A'kiaib

Hencro
Ht.MT>

Oy^e

He'if.MT,

6bi.i04li.iaTb.

about.

IleKOro cnpoci'iTb.

IleKOro dbMO cnpocirrb.

N
There was nothing to be done.
there
be to be busy
will
What

about

H1;>n> aan/iTtca

Koro

There was no one to ask.

There was no place to go

Koro cnpociiib?
HTO 4'liaTb ?

6y

ccrs

364

The second person is also often used to express the

impersonal, when in English the word one is understood.
Vou may sit here sometimes all day
CH/uiiiib ajfccb rnior^a u,G.ibiii jeiife
You

long and see nothing.

think to yourself.

With some

OBS. 4.

expressed, as
It

n ninero uc BiiAHiiib.

4yMaeuib npo ceda.

verbs

impersonal

the subject

is

thunders, rpOMi

rpeaiiirb.

It rains, 4o;iUb n^eit.

snows, cntri njeri,

It

It hails,

rpaji 114611.

verbs, as also those formed from

and neuter verbs, govern the dative.
I should like to go for a walk.
Mut xo4CTca noimi ry.iaiL.
He is pleased with it.
E My 610 npiaiHO.
He has some place to go to.
Buy ecib uyja noimi.

Compound impersonal
active

We are ordered.

Haxi'b sejieo.

Everybody was merry.

Detail

They are sorry

HMT. JKaJbsaci.

for you.

6bi.io

BeceJO.

Eu UCBOSMO/KUO.

It is impossible for her.

infinitive of all verbs when used as the complement

an impersonal verb governs the dative.
y iiiibca scaKOMy ic-iOB-Buy DOLearning is useful to everybody.

The

to

.lermo.

The work had

to

P a6 6 T t

be finished.

They ought to be ready.

The greatest blessing is

ejlJjOBa.io 6biTb KdnneHnoit.

HMT> wfe^oBaJO 6bi roxdBbiMi.

to

enjoy

BMTk

3^

p(5BUMi (ecu) nepsoe 6jaro.

good health.

OBS. 5. Adjectives and participles in direct concord

with the infinitive 6tiTt, governed by a personal verb, are

put
a.

In the nominative
'

must/

as

after the verbs

Mory

I can/ and

can be useful.

The book must be

fl

read.

Mory 6uib noj&em.

^o.iiKiia 6uib opo'iiiraoa.

Ktniru

365

In the instrumental after other verbs

I
I

be ready.
wish to be invited.

hope

Used
l>LiBa.io

may

fl

to be,

walked

i)

be used with verbs in the pres. and future

nsed to think to

fl

ryj[H)

ubiBa.10

AJMaio

npo

cc6a.

After taking a little walk

lie on the grass.

used to

GbiBfuio

eeMeoro 43 H

.ia-

ry Ha ipasy.

Neuter and

6.

n or yj /no

reflective

impersonal verbs which

imply an idea of quantity, such as much,

etc.,

npiir.uuiuMiiiMjrk,

BMBELIO, impersonal.

myself.

OBS.

CUT

JKo.iaio

tenses, as

When

HaAtlOCb dblTb rOTOBblMl.

to

several, some,feiv,

govern the genitive.

A number

of guests came.
There was some increase

Ha-fcxa.10

FOCTH.

in

business

Down, downwards,

Bnnat.

,Up, upwards,

Ilaeepxt, BBepxt, implying

motion.
Are you coming down
I

am

They

going up.
sailed

fl

down the

We shall sail

up the

river.

river.

Above, upstairs,

llelow, downstairs,
Is he upstairs

He

is

Bbl BHH3T,

downstairs.

To come down stairs.

Tu go up stairs.

H4y

OlIH

Mu

naBepx-b.

n^b'l.III

BHH3-L HO

p'BK-f.

^o^JbIBeJl^ BBepxT> no

ITaBepxy,).
^
,

Bnway,

Ha Bepxy JH onx
Oui Bnaay.

rest,

CxOAMTb (BHH3l) no
B30HTU
UHUt.

implying

00

story, floor.

one-storied house.

two-storied house.

My
The

house has three

366

C /JOM'b

stories.

floors of the ground-floor are

mude

siena TpexaifuKFiLiii

Ilo.ibi BT> iiuiiiiieMb aia/K'fi

iia

f /

To be
To

4yd6Bi.ie

of oak.

in lodgings,

I,

with

Bt,

confess,

I. 4.

the

prepositional case, I. 2.

To turn

one's self round, f noBOpaqenaiBCff,

I. 1.

C noBepiiyifcCfl, p. a.,

To

lose confidence in,

He

Tep/iTL AOfikpie

has confidence in himself.

I lost all

fl

noicpaji) BcaKoe ^ostpie

ce6*.

To appear,

It appears, it seems,

I.

2.

Ka/Keica.
B'B

In ancient times,

Bi,

BpeMena.

ancients,

To dispose, pacnojraraTb.
To ascertain,
The staircase,

To relieve, nOMOraib.
To put together,
The inmate,
*

Hose-water, poaouaa uo^a.

Kindness, pa^yuiie.

The
The
The
The
The

Beetroot, CBeK.ia.

Confidence,

next house.

next street.

main

staircase.

ground
upper

floor.

floor.

Bepxniii
CuxapHbiii

Sugar-cane.
Position, nojoai^nie.

Sugar- beetroot

8.

OBT> HJiieii ^OB'bpie KT> cefr.

confidence in myself.

MOMy

The

I.

KT>.

To

put, nojio;KUTb.

Ki e>

367

EXERCISE XCIX.

Of what

is

countries in

sugar made in
?

From

France, Russia, and other

Is not sugar made

beetroot.

Europe
from sugar-cane ? rYes, a great deal of sugar is made
I should like to knowin America from the sugar-cane.
why you want to go to him ? *I want to go to him
because there is no one here to ask where French boolts
also

are sold,

and I promised

my

sister to

buy her

Did

one.

which we
people write in ancient times on paper like that
use now ?
No, in ancient times people had no idea of the
paper which we use now, but wrote on stones, bricks and

Ought one not

shells.

How

to

confess one's

errors

Yes,

not always disposed to confess one's errors.

was the time of the day ascertained before clocks

but one

is

were (not) invented ? The ancients ascertained the time

by (no with the dative) the position of the sun. Can you

me where

there are any good lodgings to let ?

They
say (that) there are several good lodgings to let in the
On which floor would you like to lodge ? I
next street.
tell

should like to live on the ground floor or second

floor.

what are ropes made ? Ropes are made from coarse

hemp. Whither do the swallows fly for the winter season ?

In-om.

It is supposed that they

Central Africa.
Are there

fly

for

the

winter

season

to

many forests in Southern Russia?

No, you may ride sometimes for a whole day and not see a
From what is rose-water made ? Rose-water
single tree.
At what o'clock can one find
is made from rose-leaves.
him at home? He can be found at home from a quarter
past four

till

six in

the evening.

Do you

like the

new

I have not seen it myself,

comedy at the French play ?
but it seems it was not liked by the public. If you (one)

368

keep a squirrel in "a cage without giving*

to nibble, (then) its teeth will

able to put

them

grow

it

something

so that it will not be

together.

EXERCISE 0.
"Where were you told about
I

was

told at

my

my

sister

going to be married.

Was

sister's ball yesterday.

much

there

dancing at that ball? There could be no such a thing,

as the rooms are so small that one could scarcely turn one's
self

round.

where you were received

No, the house you speak of has three

Is this the house

with such kindness?

stories,

lieved

and this has only two.

Yes, people relieve her.

to the countess's ball

Is this poor

Was

She was invited

your
to

it,

hopes to be invited to the princess's ball.

woman

re-

sister invited

and she

By

(KT>)

also

what

time must the dresses ordered be ready ? They must be

Did she wish to be useful to her ?
ready by to-morrow.
Yes, but she could not be useful to her.
They are afraid of being

children afraid of?

What

are the

left at

home.

Did you hear with whom he intends to go to the Paris

Exhibition next year ? They say he is going with the
French Ambassador.
everybody

is

Is

there

anybody upstairs ? No,

Shall I be allowed to go upremain downstairs. Whither are

downstairs.

No, you must

?
They are sent down the river. Will
there be any steamer going up the river ?
No, there
river.
will be no steamer going up the
Are we to
believe that he went away without saying
good-bye ?'
No, you must not believe that. Whoever has told a lie
stairs ?

these steamers sent

'

yesterday, will not be believed to-morrow.

369

FIFTIETH LESSON.
To

HimuecfiTbift
Written, micaai.

write, nncaib.

Hiicaeie.

Writing,

To

take, B3an>.

Taken, BSHTB.
Baaiie.

Taking,

Verbal nouns are derivatives of neuter gender ending- 111

or lie, formed from the past participle passive by

Hie

changing t into

ie

They

(i>e).

are

used in place of the

infinitive in cases where, in English, the participle present

or the infinitive

To read

is

employed.
HnTaib no.iesno.

is beneficial.

Reading

is

Hieine noJeaHO.

beneficial.

Executed, ncnujneiii.

Executing, execution,

Wished, Htejani.

Wishing,

Saved, cnaceui*.

Saving, salvation, cnaceiile,

To

Walking, walk,

walk, xoAiitb.

ncno-in(;nl0,

wisli, }ne.iaiiie.

xoih^eiiie.

Verbal nouns are formed nut only as stated above, but

from neuter and other verbs, without however taking

also

the suffix

ca.

To seat, cn^tib.
To endeavour, crapiiTbCfl.

Endeavouring, ciapanfe.

In nouns having both the terminations ie and

the former implies an act and the latter an object, as

OBS.
be,

Sitting, cn^tnie.

1.

( The act of > 6 rantin R

[
The grant, salary,

Granted, ftfuoBaut.

(.

nniie.
f Driiiking,

Drunk, nun,.

(.

The

drink, naibe.

Verbal nouns follow the changes of meaning expressed

by the imperfect,

perfect

and

iterative aspects.

Written., nacani, nucdiiie.

Written out, lunvcaei,

Signed,

i0^niicaiib, ao^uncaiiie

B B

370

OBS.

2.

The

tonic accent,

when

transferred in the par-

nouns on the

ticiple to the radical syllable, is put in verbal

syllable preceding

ie

or

i>e.

Written, uMcani, nucanle.

Ordered, B&rtiu, Bcjinio.

Fought,

Boe'Bain., BOCBauio.

Substantives formed from participles ending in em> in*

stead of tm>, take the characteristic vowel of the past tense
or of the infinitive*
Borne, Tepn.iem, (lepnt.n.,

tcpiitTb), tepntnie.

Turned, Be>ieui, (BcpT&rb,

To
To

neprfeTb), BCprBHie.

fear,

EO/ITLCH, II. 9.

dread,

Onacaif.cs,

To take

care of one's

To guard one's
Ons.

when

3.

The above

followed by

the negative

He
He

self,

Eepenbcfl,

self against,

7.
I.

OcieperaTLCfl,

7.

four verbs govern the genitive, and

require the next verb to be put iu

<iT6Gi*i

fears that she will come.

is

I.

I.
I.

OHI

afraid he will break the

ona no npniiMa.

6oiiTCfl TTOOT.
;

Ou-b 6011 rcfl, 'iioOi

bottle.

lie

paofiiiib

KH.

lie dreads to be seen.

OHT> ouacaeTCfl Mio6x ero no

?

After (when),

Cn6ait Toro-K
(.

After he returned.
After having

made

II 6c.i

b TO ro

IToc.it rorrt KaKi.

his speech,

Iluc.it

be sat down.

lord

cnoio

Haiti

pt

ib

pt'ib); OUT, c

For, in,
I gave him money for the purehnse
of books, aud lie spout it in

cakes.

Ka KI,
om>
OIIT>

(iipoiiunecuiu

CBOW

B.IT..

Ha, with the accusative

fl

jn.n.

OMy

<>in,

unuu.

^non
u\b

na iiOKyiiKj-KHHri,
ua upii-

iinp'un.i!,

371

We bought linen
What

picture

This picture

is

MM

Kyniin noJOTQa Ba
HTO STO sa KapiMHa ?

For shirts.

is this

painted by

Rem

8ia Kapwina namicaHa

brand t.
A.

picture by Titian.

OBS.

KapTUHa

The word by

4.

in cases

sive is understood is expressed in

Timiuiia,

where the participle pasRussian by the genitive

of the following noun.

A picture
A poem

by Rubens.

CE-fcraTb, indef.

run

rp

RapiHHa PyoCHca.
Uoasia Baiipoiia.

by Byron.

imperf. asp.

(Ei>;KaTfc,*def. imperf. asp.

Etrart no, with the dative,

To run about,

Indtfinite.

Definite.

am

running, etc, 6try,

6*acHiiib,

run, etc., (Straw, 6traemb,

en.

We are

running,

We run,

C'fcJKii.M'b

was running, fl
were running,

We

We

HH0trail

6'6iaii, 6'firaiiTe

( IlaCiraTb, imp. asp.

avoid,

To pay

attention to,

They do not pay any

attention to

perf. asp,

06painaib (oopaiMTb
nie Ha, with the aecus.
OIIH He ofipauifiion na nerd

BHiiManiH.

him.
Children

over,

.,

,-

To

all

ran,

MLI 6t?KaiH.

Imperative, 6tiM, 6*1 uie,

To run

6^raeMi, Ctracre,

1 ran, a Gllra.n.

6-firyTi.

pay attention.

4&

dy^bic BUM.MaTC.iLnu.

To take

372

into consideration,

)
BT>

Bpaifc (BSHTB),
uie.

To make allowance
One

sliould

OSpainaiL BHnMaiiie.

for,

make allowance

enS
HyffiHO BSflib BX cooflpa/Kenie

for his

illness.

We

r>o

.rl;,iiii,.

must make allowance

HaMi cj^iyen. oSpanirb

for his

being a foreigner.

iBBttuiiiq

TO, 'no OUT>

Such a thing,
No such

IlH4crd nor?o6iiciro

thing can be seen here

He

TaKoii.

Such,
Such,

34'fecL

TOTT>, KOTOptlfi.

as,

Tt KHHFH, KOTopua

Such books as they have read do

not please them.
Such as wish to go must

om'i HiiT'Lin,

He HpaBHTcn.

say so

TI>,

KOTopue aseJaiOTi

noiini,

6ro Tenepb cKa3aib.

now.

To

rival,

Conepiin'iaib

CT>,

with

tho

instrumental.

To do

EblTL

right,

To be proud of.
The evening comes
To send to prison.
To perform.
To accuse.

on.

rop.UJTi.cii,

governs the instrunieutaL

Be'iep'terb,

impersonal verb.
BT>

Hrpaib,
06iiHHHTb, perf. asp. oGBHUHTb.

Beforehand.

SupuHte, Hanepe'4^.

Unpardonable.

HenpocTiiTeJbHbiii.

Proper (due).
Thus, in such a way.

TaKi,

Rubens,

Raphael,
I

Molidre,

66pa30Mi>

373

EXERCISE CI.

Have yon
but

my

seen the

connoisseur, has seen

picture.

new

by Dore ? T have not,

you know, is considered a great
and he says that it is an excellent
picture

nephew, who, as

May

it,

one say that this picture rivals the best of

No, it seems to me that

Raphael's or Rubens' works?
this
said
of
could not be
picture.
Why do you not drink

some wine? My doctor recommended me not to drink

Good wine is not an injurious beverage if one drinks
any.

Would it be surprising if he were sent

it in moderation.
Of course not, for it is an unpardonable thing
to prison ?
to borrow money from people, knowing beforehand that one
will not be able to pay his debts at the proper time.
To
borrow money in such a way is considered as a theft. The
No, it only appears
evening comes on very early to-day.
BO to you, it is not earlier than usual.
What will this

money be given

for?

It will be given for the purchase of

Whither are you running? I am runpens and pencils.

into
the
garden to see what the children are doing
ning
are
there.
What play
running about the garden.
They
do they give to-day at the theatre ? Some tragedy by
a French writer. Do you not know what piece was
performed yesterday ? Yesterday was performed one of
Moliere's comedies.

EXERCISE

Was

there

much

beer

sold

GIL
at the fair

there was sold about 3543 casks.

They say

Is the criminal already

punished? No, he is not, and he *\ill not be punished,

as it seems he is not guilty, but falsrly accused by his
enemie.s.

Of what

is

this lady so

proud

She

is

proud

374

of her pretty daughters.

Of what
is proud of his industrious sons.

is

his uncTe

How much

proud

He

linen shall I

need for a dozen and a half of shirts ? You will require

about fifty yards.
What has he bought? He has. bought

two

pair of stockings, a pair of kid gloves, half a yard

of cloth for his waistcoat, and a straw bonnet for his
Have you ever seen such a pocket-book ? I
daughter.

have seen many such. Did she pay any attention to him ?
Does he pay attention to his words ? No,
Yes, she did.
he does not pay any attention to what he says. Did T not

do right to

Where

are

tell

him

all

you going

the truth
I

am

You

did quite right.

Then I

going to Berlin.

hope to have the pleasure of meeting you

l>e

there.

I shall

very glad indeed.

FIFTY-FIRST LESSON.
OF THE ASPECTS

IN DETAIL.

It might erroneously be assumed that the Russian verb,

in having only three tenses, is not susceptible of the different
variations of meaning presented in English by compound
tenses, or

by a dozen or

the infinitive or participle

so of auxiliaries

the reverse

combined with

however, the case.

tenses, the Russian verb
has also forms to express the circumstances accompanying
the action, or the manner in which the action is performed,
:

is,

Besides the ordinary moods and

without reference to
(see

Lesson

its

8\

time.

These forms, named

axpecfz,

which render the Russian verb

375

richer

in

its

languages, are

than those of other European

simplicity
:

The Imperfect Aspect, indicating an action performed

i.e. without conditions as to its
beginning

I.

ahsolutely,
or ending.

The peasants

sell their

goods

in

the

Some wrote

pbinKli.

with pen, some with

KTO

will

nncajrb

nepoMt,

KTO Kapaa^u-

inoMT).

pencil.

Who

npo^aiOTi cuoii TOBapu Ha

KpecTLfliie

market.

read us this manuscript

Whoever can read

KTO Cyjerb
nncb ?

TOTL, KTO

best.

Tofl

m
To
The imperfect

imaerb

-lyiiiie

C leiaTh, indef.

Ui4TB,def.
C I'LiaoaTb, indef.

swim,
aspect

iniaTb na>n> 5iy pyno-

( ILibiib, def.
is

subdivided into

The definite, which denotes that the action takes place

some particular time.

a.

at

is swimming (now) to that ship.

Whither are these birds flying?

lie

How

We

did you feel at the time when

you were swimming to the boat I

will

swim

slowly.

OHT, n.iHBe'rb let

Ky/u'i

STH

TOMy
imiqM -ieTn>

KaKT, BLI cedfl iyBCTBOBa.in

KOrfla UJIUJIE (n.iMBfl)

Mbi Cy^GMi njbiib

Ki

JO4K-6.

Tiixo.

I. The indefinite, which denotes the ability or faculty,

as also a habit of performing an act without reference to a

particular time.
Birds (can)

He swims
It

fly

and fishes swim.

well.

you take a few lessons in swimming, you will be able to swim

well.

Hn'mbi

.leTaron,,

a pfifiu

OHT> njasneTi xopouid.

ECJH

B03bM6Te
n-iaoaiiia, TO

pouid.

H'feCKOJbKO

Oy^eTe n.iaBaTb xo-

376

The Perfect Aspect, which denotes a thorough accom-

II.

plishment of the action,

is

subdivided into

a. Inchoative Perfect
Aspect (the star firg point), denoting an action as fully begun, without intimating that
it has been or will be
brought to an end.

He

began

speak and everybody

to

OIIT> 3aronopii.il

H set 3aMO.riu.iR.

got silent.

The musical-box began to

They will begin to laugh.

Opraimita
Omi

play.

3anrpa.il.

b. Perfect
Aspect of Duration (the goal), denoting- that
the action, although brought to a termination,
required a
certain time for its accomplishment.
J

have read (finished reading) the

fl

npO'iiiTa.n> itiiriry.

book.

They came home.

They will read (entirely) the book.
She will come home.

OHII npnui.iH joMoit.

Onii

npoiiyn. Kin'try.
npiiUerb AOMOH.

Qua,

Perfect Aspect of Unity (semelfactive), employed

c.

the action

is

performed in one single, sudden

effort

lie shouted (once).

OHT> KpiiKnyji.

He jumped (once) over the fence.

He gave him a glance.

OHT> B3r.iflny.n> Ha Hero.

III.

The

when

OUT, nepenpbirny.n> neposi aaflop*.

Iterative Aspect, denoting that the action was nc-

complished in repeated efforts or times at some distant period.

NOTE. The iterative aspect as such, is no longer used

but its form combined with a prefix
modern Russian
as an imperfect.
used
very generally
;

In olden times our ancestors used to

live better

We used

Q BS>
to its

to

crapnny

Each Aspect

own moods and

HSIIB'UIH

Xb,\\A

i*

oojy^mt

nfmicro.

read good books.

\f

BT>

than we do now.

in

3Ii,i

is

'luiUBa.iu xopouiifl Kiiuni.

regularly conjugated according

tenses, thus

377

a.
all

The Imperfect Aspect, both

moods and tenses.

definite

and

indefinite, hai

the
b.

The Perfect has

the

all

moods and

tenses, except the

present.
c.

The

Iterative

wants the imperative and has only the

past tense.

DBS.

There are a few vorbs

2.

which possess

all

like CBHCTaib

the aspects, as for instance

/Inchoative,
j

of duration,

C of unity,
Iterative asp.

to whistle/

CBHcrfeTb, CBHCtaib.

Imperfect asp.
Perfect asp.

'

saCBHCiaTb.

npocBnciaTb.
CBHCTHyib.

na CBHCTMBarb.

In some verbs the perfect of unity is wanting, in other

the inchoative or the iterative in combination.

With this relation to the aspects the simple verbs,

those which have no preposition attached to them, are

i.e.

1.

Complete, which have both principal aspects, as:

Imperfect.

To throw,
To touch,
2.

Perfect.

KHjarb,

KHiiyib.

iporaib,

Tpoiiyrb.

Incomplete, which have only one aspect

perfect, as

the im-

Imperfect.

To
To
3.

play, Hrpaib.
sing, u Bib.

Double verbs, which have both the forms of the im-

perfect aspect, as

Imperfect Indefinite.

To
To

Imperfect Definite.

gO, XO^HTb,

1UTH.

carry, HOCMTb,

HCCTM.

378

which have one aspect only, the imperfect

4. Defective,

or perfect, as

To adore, o6o>KaTb,
To come to one's self,
To gush out, xjbinyib,

To

used only in the imperfect aspect.

onoMHiiTbCfl,

>

used only in the perfect aspect.

(OlKUSBIBaTB B1, ) with

(Oruaaaib, p.

To bequeath,

a.,

prep.

c.

to leave,

What did he refuse you

He refused me everything.

Bl> HCMT. GOT) OTKa3a.Il BRMT>

My

the

refuse,

me

grandmother bequeathed

MHfi BO BCCSTb OTKilSiLTb.

Oll'b

Ba6yuiKa oiKasiua

Mirfe

TO nosiic

this estate.

lie

gave him a peremptory refusal.

with a refusal.

He met

To be of use,
To make one's
To be a burden
Am I a burden to you

BblTB IKK!C3HbIM'b.

BblTL Bt TirOCTb.

to,

B'b T/irocib Jiu

am

Immaterial,

It is

makes no

To

the same,

same

to

fl

me.

OHU 6bUH

Bee

Mnt

BaM'b ?

fl

T/irOCTb CCO'L

KT>

Hawt

immaterial to us.

It is all the
It

all

OHT> noiyqiLu OTKHST,.

self useful,

a burden to m) self.
They were a burden to themselves.
1

OUT. eiwy HHIHCTO OTKa3a.il.

cc6'B

B^ THFOCTB.

paBiio, ny}K4bi niiTi,

im-

personal, with the

chit.

see paBHo.

r,ce

difference to me.

pasno, MU* HyiKjbi

rid one's self of,

with the genitive.

To get
To get

rid of,
CT

,j

off one's hands,

^'e could not get rid of that

agreeable man.

dis-

MLI nc

Mor.iii iisCaBiiTbcn

ATT,

TOFO Hcciiociiaro

Have you

got rid of the

off

Hu

our

c6bi.in CT>

pyKi (or ci njeTb)

in finding

Mut

him

y^ae'ica

BHona

Ynvufab

not succeed.

m
To

-i

complain

.in

euy

E.uy

n
of,

ma.'iunai non Iia.

( IIo5Ka^OBaTLca^ p.

complains of his severity.

To

We

observe, to watch,

watched the men working.

In spite

By
On

Was

aaciaTb ero jo-

Ma.

Did he succeed

He

iy

yAacaTBCff, y^aitca, conj. like

succeed,

in.

will

pyKT>

pafioiy.

sometimes succeed

He

CT>

TOBapt?

hands.

To

.m BU

Ctfbim

damaged

goods?
have got that work

We

379

OHT> atajyeTCfl na ero ciporocib.

IlaSwifO^aibsa,

Mu

accident,

-\

IJapoHHO,

Intentionally,

yMbiuueiiuo,^

For what

3a HTO ?

there any

cause

to

punish

him ?
There was no cause.

ELI.IO Jiu

instr.

na, with the ace.

Ciyqaiiiio,

purpose,

with the
aa

eaS.iiojliH

He CMOip

of,

Wltil

a.) the ace.

adverbs.

sa ITO erd aaKasbiBatb

He 3a ^TO d^uo.

By,

Mil MO.

To

JIpoxo^UTB MU MO, with

pass (by),

genitive.
I

passed your house.

fl

nijome'.ni

MM MO Bauiero

the

380

By
I

(according), in,

could not judge

by the

Flo,

hand-

with the dative.

H ne MOH> cy^ihb no no4epKy.

writing.

In

my

Do Moesiy smiuiio.

opinion.

As one

Do

can,

B03MOJKnOCTH.

Let us be as good as we can.

Weekly,

no BOSMO/KDOCTH.

adv.

Monthly,

E/KeM'fecaino,

Yearly,
I

noro/uio.

pay weekly.

fl

pay quarterly.
To ask for a loan,

fl

n.iaiy
n-iaiy Kaat^yio HeieepTb (ro4a>
BT> saiiMu y.

npocuTb Aeeeri

To cease.
To make a stay.
To become.
To become rich.
To enrich, to make rich.
To knock against.
To serve tea, dinner.
The necessaries of life.

p. a.

CiaHOBMTbCfl,

nepeciHTb.

4^

Odoramaibca, odoraiHibca.
CiyiaTb

o,

with the ace.

c.

Hy/Kuoe,

commercial house.

ToproBbiii 40311,.

Property,

Burden,

half-bottle, nojyOy iw.ina.

To

BHO.

nojrkaino.

keep,

rarocTb.

champagne-ylass,

Appropriation, ni/iiCBOenie.

EXERCISE CIII.

Must I punish

breaking the turnbier ?

If he broke it on purpose, then punish him, but if
he did it by accident then he should not be punished. May

we punish

this lazy

boy

for his

children for disobedience or misbehaviour?

We

Was there any cause to reonly may, but should.

him
?
was
no
cause
to reproach him.
Wliiio
There
proach

110 1

381

Who
passing this five-storied house I met a young man.
was that young man ? I do not know his name, but I
whom

met more than

me to guess by
It
once at your house.
such a description.
How long has this little girl worn these
shoes?
She has not worn them more than four weeks,
and they are quite worn out already. How does your
remember well that he

is

the same
is

impossible for

He pays
brother-in-law pay his rent, weekly or monthly?
What wine shall I serve at
quarterly, he pays yearly.
Bring two bottles of Burgundy and a bottle of
Champagne. In asking this miser for a loan, you waste
dinner?

your time, because he

is

so

mean, that he refuses the neces-

Is this diamond-merchant
only son.
rich ?
the
that
surrounds him, he must
Judging by
luxury
be very rich.
Did you ask anybody for a loan ? No, I

saries of life to his

did not, I

your

am

not in need of money.

head-ache

lias the

Yes,

merchant got

my

head

Have you got

does

rid of the

not

ache

rid of

now.

cloth ?

Yes, he
damaged
has succeeded in getting rid of it.
Did he bay this watch ?
No, his grandfather, who never refuses him anything, gave
it

to him.

No, he

Has he

left all his

left

something to his poor nephew

property to his eldest niece.

EXERCISE CIV.

Have you

ever watched the work of the bees in their hives?

them once working at the Crystal Palace, where
Ought not everybody to enthey are kept in glass hives.
?
deavour to make himself useful
Everybody ought to make
himself as useful as he can, for the moment that a man,
however rich he may be, ceases to make himself useful to

Yes, I saw

others,

he becomes a burden to himself.

Will he succeed

382

getting a situation in some commercial house ? He has

got a situation and gets a very good salary, but in spite of
all this, he is
always complaining. Do not knock the book
[n

is ill, and you make such a

by accident and not on purpose.
Bring me a glass of champagne. Our charrfpagne is sold
Then bring me half a
only in bottles and half bottles.
Of what is this man accused ? He is
bottle.
Yes, sir.

against the table

your mother

I have done

noise.

it

accused of appropriating other people's money. -Is this his

Of
sole crime ?^No, he is accused of another crime also.

That he has stolen from his master a large sum

?
of money.
By whom was this church built? Which
-The
one built of brick, and whose cupola is seen
?
church
which

from here better than

very rich

all others.

Is

England

rich

Yes,

free trade has so enriched that country.

FIFTY-SECOND LESSON.
BTOpOH ypOKt.
Whither are you carrying
child
I

am

carrying him to the hospital.

take him there often I

take

Kyja

BBI

Heceie axoro pc6eHKa

Do you
I

this

him there every

The double
indefinite

movement.

day.

verbs,

forms

H necy ero BT doJbHHqy.

Macro -IH BU ero Ty^a HOCHTC
Jl

nouiy ero xy^d

namely those having the

in the

Ki'iii^Mii 4011 b.

definite

and

imperfect aspect, designate only

3S3

The following comprise nearly

Definite Imperfect Aspect.

Indefinite Imperfect Aspect.

10.

II.

EpOAHTb,

wander.

to

7,

1.

ElJ/Kaib,* to run.

BcUHTb,

I.

1.

Ba.iHTb,

BosiiTb,

II.

Bo,jHTb,

II.

ToHHTb,

I.

10.

10.

10, to

II.

7, to

BeaiH,

I.

BeciH,

I.

throw down.

carry (in a carriage).

7, to lead.

Tnaib,* to drive.
HATH,* to go.

1.

10.

XoAHTb,

II.

Karaib,

I.

1.

KaiHTb,

II.

10, to roll.

Jetaib,

I.

1.

JerBTb,

II.

9,

JasHTb,

II.

10.

Jlterb,

HociiTb, II. 10.

DjiaBaib,

I.

HeciH,

1.

I.
I.

I.

1.

IIOJ3TM,

TacKaib,

I.

1.

Tamuib,

10.

"fexaib,*

OBS.

II.

The

1.

Togo, 04TU,

To
To

7,

I.

fly.

climb.

to bring, to carry.
to swim.

7, to crawl.

II.

10, to drag.

to ride.

aspect of double verbs

iterative

indefinite, as

fiom the

to

7, to

IlJbiTb, I. 6,

Ilojaaib,

is

formed

Iterative, xajKnuatb.

xojiin,,

ride, txaib, 1i3,uirb,

hear, uuiuaTb, c.ibixatb,

%3H:nBaTb.

All other verbs of the imperfect aspect have

2.

one form only, as

The

I.

EpecTH,

I.

U'fcraTb,

OBS.

of this class.

all

children are silent

when he

4*TH MOJiun>^KorAa oni

'niT.'eri.

reads.

He
He

OHI xoponio

reads well.

What
is

They

is

he doing now

HTO

OUT>

OBI noeYb.
Onn xoporao

singing.
sing well.

iHTaerfc,

icnepb

noioil.

Dii'mbi DOIOTI.

Birds sing.

rilpHHHH/,TI),

To
The

do, to cause,

rain did

harm

A*6.iacri I

to the fields.

I. 1.

Rp^im^ p. a.
4oH?Ab

npninaiii

II. 10.

Bpe^T.

no.tm,.

384

To laugh

")

(CM'fciTbCfi

at, to

mock,

should not mock him.

iia,ji>,
.

with

) the instr.

( IlacM-LxaibCfl

at him.

They laughed

You

Omi

cMijfl.mcb najii nnMT>.

BLI

lie

AO.IXIILI

HUM T>.

To make one

laugh.

II.

CMtUJllTb,

10

(OKOH'IHTb.

To have done with,

(He na^aTbca
Have you done
1

with this book

Jin BLI

have not done with

it

Have you done dinner

aiy KHiiry

Hy>KHa

Jin

66.1 te.

eme

BaMi>

a ee eme He OKoHiiut.

Oaa

yet.

MirB

eme

5ra Kuiira?

oywiia.

JH

BLI

jn

BLI ?

Is this right ?

(Xopouio

.111

To be

right,

To be

in the right,

npaBbiMi>.

To be

in the wrong,

He npaBbi

To

(^iiaib xopoino.

act rightly,

(ITocTynaTb
Is he right in calling

He

me

lazy

Jin

( OHT>
is

Was

wrong.
I

right in calling you early

He cnpaBe^iu

OHI ee xopoiuo
An

Xopoino

in the right

plained

He

when he com

IIpan'L

An om>

C4'B.iaJi,
?

6Li.n>,

Kor/ja

Ba.ica ?

waa entirely

A't

Bac^ pa no

Was he

om>, nasusan

in the

wrong.

Oux

I shall have done,

fl

I shall have written,

fl

Cu.i-b

coBepmeuoo ne npaai.

iianiimy.

385

OBS.

The English

3.

expressed or understood,
in Russian, as

future perfect with shall or will

rendered by the future tense

is

When

Kor^a BW KynHTC arorb

you buy this house !

I have got the money !
have written this letter, I

will

As soon as
After

shall

have

to write

KaKT> To.ibKO no.iyiy

Kor^a nanmuy (nanncaB-b) aro ncbMO, Mirfe eya;ao OyAen, aaoucuT&

one more.

eiqe o^nd.

For (during),
He
For

B'i>

Oox

rode for five days.

six

weeks we had only

npo^o.iaj8iiie.
ixa.ii BX npo^ouKenfe

biscuit

tjn

to eat.

TO.ILKO cyxapw.

M H MOXO^OM-B,

In passing,

When

did you see him ?

I jaw him as I went by.

Kor.ia BLI Bu^-feJH

He

Oin, 3ar.iHiiy.ix

looked

went

at the

window as he

have done

He

my

BT>

BciqeCKB, adverb.

best.

fl

tried this in every way.

To

persuade,

To

lose,

Yro sap H Barb,

(.

yroBOpHTb, p.

TephB,
/

To be

lost,

p. a.

Upon a ^ai t,

I. 1.

a. II.

1.

The dog was lost.

This money may be regarded as

a.

(future,

npona^y).
Onx

has lost his purse.

10.

noTep.m.

I.

JllponacTB,* p.
(

He

adverb.
erd?

past.

In every way,
I

riflia

noiepfljx CBOU KoniCjieKi>.

CofiftKa

Hywno

nponfua.
ciniaTb ITO ^T

lost.

We have lost sight of him.

They gave me up as a bad

On b y aacx 03X rjasx npona.ix.

OHH cinxaiH Meim nponamnMi

lot.

BliKOMX.

To have an
Have you any
I

objection to,

BLITB npoTHBt, with the gen.

JH TTO

objection to this.

hare no objection

To

386

to this.

fl

npon^

aioro?

ee npoTHBt 6xoro.

1.2.

knit,

CeasaTt, p. a.

To post a

DHCLMO na

letter,

^aTb,

To trouble with,

")

with

HTB, p. a. )

To tell (to
To play at
To play at

Pa3CKH3LIBaTb.

narrate).
chess.

Hrpaib

billiards.

Hrpirb ea

BT>

6H.ib/nu'B.

A chess-player.
A billiard-player.
A game of chess.

Dapiifl

To be obliged, compelled.

BblTb

A vain effort.

HanpaciiLiH

BT>

Drought, aacyxa.

Conclusion, OKOiiiaaie.

To shine, ciaib.
To fulfil, ucno'JHOTb.
To dispose, pacncuaraib.
To suppose, uo-iaraTfc.

beggar-woman, m'nunff.
Visible, BHJIIMH, BH^BMUH.

To cry

out, KpH'iaib.

Effort, TPYA^, yciliie.

the

instr.

387

EXERCISE CV.

Who

usually takes (leads) this little girl to school ?- The

old nurse takes her there in the morning, and I take her

When did our neighbours go out?

the evening.
went
out
after
warming themselves* What did you
They
in

plant yesterday ? -I was planting flowers the whole day.

What are you carrying on those sledges ?
are carrying

Whither

wheat.

are

to town.

Do you

market

No, we

it

on the

spot.

We
We are

taking it
take
wheat
to
the town
always
your
take
it
sell
thither
when
we
cannot
only

you carrying

What was

his

it ?

eldest brother laughing at

the other day ?

He was laughing at the conclusion of the
which
the
nurse
was telling to the children. What
story

were the children complaining of? They were complaining

of the dull and rainy weather.
What did they wish for ?

They wished that the sun would always

wish

fulfilled ?

shine.

Was

their

Yes, for six whole weeks there was not a

Did this dry weather do any harm ?

single cloud visible.
it did a great deal of harm to the fields, meadows and

Yes,

gardens.

Do you go

to

town

in

winter often

No. we

Who left you the estate you now posseldom go there.

sess ?
late
aunt
left it to me.
Is the servant carrying
My
the fire-wood which the peasant has brought for us this

morning ? No, he has not yet begun to carry it. Whither

shall you go next year for cloth ? -I shall go to England,
and then, when I have bought it, I shall go to Holland.
Why do you speak so loud ? The gentleman to whom I
speak, although very kind and amiable, is unfortunately deaf,
so I

am

compelled to cry out, in order to be heard.

John go
there

to the forest ?

therefore he,

it is

Shall

Nicholas's business to gc

No,
and not John,

shall go.

388

EXERCISE CVI.

Docs your

little niece learn to knit stockings*

She need
because she has already knit a few pairs of
Would your nieces knit their own.
very fine stocking's.
could
not buy any ? Even then they
if
stockings
they

not learn

it,

Do
not, for they know not how to knit stockings.
the favour of putting those letters in the post as you go

would

me

are posted already.

When will you have done
copying these letters ? I shall have done by this evening.
When will they have done with the books? They will

They

by.

have done by to-morrow. When will your uncle return to

town ? When he has finished his business. For how long
are

to Australia?

you going

years.

Can he play

billiard player,

at billiards

Does he play

am going
?

Yes, he

there for three

is

as well as this

a very good

marker?

No,

does not, but that does not prevent him from considering himself the best player. With whom were you playlie

ing at chess at the club ? I played yesterday two games

at chess with a Hungarian, who is considered to be one of
Which of you has won ? I, of
the strongest players.
course, lost; for I
to

come

to us

am a weak

to-morrow

Did you persuade him

player.
I endeavoured in every way to

persuade him, but he was so obstinate that all my efforts

were thrown away on him. Well, if he likes better to sit
by himself at home, we shall not trouble him any more

Did your neighbour find her little

was
which
lost a few days ago?
No, and
dog,
they say
the little dog was not lost, but stolen, it is supposed, by uu
with our invitation.

old

beggar-woman.

389

FIFTY-THIRD LESSON.

FORMATION OP THE ITERATIVE ASPECT.

The

formed from the imperfect aspect by

termination
of the infinitive or that of the
the
changing
into
tense
LiBa.it, HBa.n>, Ba.n> or ajn>.
present
Iterative is

Dissyllabic and polysyllabic verbs in Tb, preceded by

a form their iterative in biBa.n> or iiiKLrb, the
"fc,

a, H, o,

tonic accent falling on the radical syllable,

i.e.

before the

termination.
To read, iHT-aTb, iHTaro ;
To measure, Mtp-atb, Mipnro
To sting, KOJ-dTb, KOJK);
To sit, cH^-fcTb, cnaty ;
To love, JK)6-HTb, -IH)6.!K J

iterative,
.

JK(5j-BBai'b.

*** With compounds only.

Verbs of the
iterative in

coming

after

first

biBaxi,,
at,

q,

111,

conjugation ending in aih form the

which
r,

is

changed into

K, x only, as

To hold, AepHt-aro, ^ep;Ky iterative,

To roll, Kai-aib, uaT&to;
To decide, ptui-aTb, pfiuiiiio;
To move, 4ur-atb, 4BHtaio;
To plough, nax-aib, natuy
;

JI'P

KaTMBa.rb.

p-Biu-HBa.ib.

4DHr-iiB;i.b.

nax.UBa.rb.

*#* With compounds only,

HBa.it

when

390

OBS.

1.

and tenth

The following' dissyllabic verbs of the

classes take ait instead of
To burn, roptib ;
To boil, KHirfcTb;
To cut, pydihb;

The
a.

iterative in Bait

From

all

iterative, ropa.il.
.

and ait

now;

To live, iKHib, JKUBy;

To nibble, rpbisib, rpwsy;
To bake, ne4b, neity ;
To row, rpecib, rpe6y ;
Tobuvn,

iterative, 3eaBa.il.

aaarb, anaio;

To- sing, n'ETb,

formed

is

monosyllabic verbs

To know,

ninth

Hte'ib,

a;ry;

epM3a.il.

Except the following in CTL :

To
To
>

-2.

lay, RiacTb,

Rja^y ; iterative,

steal, Kpacib,

Kpa^y;

The termination KUt

is

used after vowels and

after consonants.

To
To

OBS.

3.

tear, psatb, pay

take, 6parb, 6epy ;

iterative,
.

If a vowel in the imperfect aspect is want(LI) is inserted in the

ing in the verbal root, the vowel e

iterative

To
To
To

OBS. 4.

babble, Bpan>, &p-y

rub, xep^ib, ip-y

j iterative, imp-ai'&.
.

Tnp-a.i-fc.

call,

The termination an of the

iterative is

accented.
*a* All the above verbs arc useJ only with prefixes.

always

391

b.

From

as
dissyllabic verbs in Byra,

To
To

feel cold,

aaunyib

To draw,
5.

was

used to

in the habit of

but they

Tflnyib

is

common

they have in
I

indefinite imperfect aspect and

a great similarity in meaning, and
the a in the final syllable, as

Between the

the iterative there

iterative,

dry, coxayibj

Except the following

Q BS<

swimming.

sing.

differ in this

that the

fl

D-iasa-it,

fl

ntutu-b.

first

has and the second has

not the present tense.

Verbs having in the infinitive the tonic accent on the

forming the iterative change the o of the
radical syllable into a, which takes also the accent.

last syllable, in

To throw, dpocaib ;
To look, CMOTptTb
To feed, KOpMHib;

OBS.

6.

If the radical o

iterative,

is

dpacbiBaib.

CMatpHBaTb.

accented in the infinitive

remains unchanged in the iterative.

To

touch, xporaib;

iterative, iporHBaJi.

Only the following deviate from

To
To

Tolmild, cipoHTb;

To

dispose to kindness, flridpHTb

iterative, na.!3biBaxb.

creep, ndisaibj
turn, Bopoiaib

this rule

Bopa4HBa.il.

cipaHBaji (crpoHBaii).

flafipHBaJT,

(4o6pHBa^i),

* * All the above verbs are used

#
only with prefixes.

it

392

OBS.
verbs

It has been stated that the iterative of double

7.

is

formed from the indefinite aspect; the

following,

however, are exceptions, as they form the iterative also

from the

definite aspect.
iterative, rf3a.r&.

To
To

creep, n<U3TH

roll, KaTiijb;

no.i3a.ii.

Kari.iBa.rb.

Most verbs derived from substantives

the iterative
in

or adjectives want
to these belong neuter verbs of the first class

and verbs in Hyit of the

the
denoting
acquisition of some quality, as

tit, JKait, Hait, mais, maii>,

eighth class

To grow white, 6'E.i1>Tb.

To grow black,
To grow blue,
To sweat,
To fade, 6.ieKnyTb.

The

participles, the

To
To
To
To
To

become dear,
become strong,
grow old, BeiiuaTb.
know how, ysitTfc.
grow

deaf, rjoxnyib.

gerund and the

infinitive

of the

third branch, i.e. of the iterative, are formed in the same

way as those of the second branch, namely, by changing JT.
into

in, (BIIIH) Biiiia,

as

Iterative, iMTbiBa.il.

Active Participle,

OBS. 8. The iterative aspect of simple verbs is seldom

used in the infinitive, but a careful study of this aspect will
be found very useful for the formation of prepositional verbs.

Tos P end

(TpaiBTB,!!. 10.
>

To spend (on

iHcrp&THK,
one's self),

Do you spend much

I spend all I earn.

every year

perf. asp.

Upo/KHuaTB, npojKHTt.
?

CKo.ibKO
fl

BM npoJKHBaeTe

npo-Kimaio

ace',

ITO

BT>

roji?

393

To
She

lives

They

He

live

live

JKait, with the instr.

upon, by,

by her labour.

upon

Oua JKHBeTT) CBOMMH TpyaMH.

OHM JKHByrb
EMy eeiEMt wait.

their income.

has nothing to

live

upon.

Ha, with the accus.

Upon,
He

upon the money

him by his uncle.
lives

left

OBT, JKiiBeTi ea

to

By,
What

er

e.\iy

do you mean by that

with the

HTO BM paayMteie

( IIoMoraTi.,

To

help,

HOMOHL *

I.

instr.
(nonifoiaeTc)

with the dat.

1,

p. a., (fat.
,

We cannot help you.

MH

They always helped him

as far as

Oiui

He Mda;eMT. noMoib Baun>.

Bcer^a noMora^H

I cannot help laughing.

from laughing.

Could one help laughing

no B03-

fl

He Mory yAepmaibca

M6>KHO JH y^epJKaTtcfl OTX CMtxa?

To burst out laughing,

To be in a perplexity,

CMMOMI.
BT>

f Batxai**

To

e.My

MOJKHOCTH.

possible.

I cannot refrain

noinory,

etc.).

call on,

KT.,

Bi, TOIHOCTH.

To

COCTOHTL, II. 9.

consist,

In the sight
On, about,
They spoke about

with

of,

Ilepe^i.,

with the

the

dat.

(3axoHTi>,
>, Sara, )

Punctually,

Did they speak on

")

instr.

0, ofo.
this

it.

matter

FOBOplUa JIH OHM 06l ^TOMl

On roBOpMJH 061.
ii

46.!^

shall

394

To become saving,

Ciaxt o

Hence,

Orcibja, HST, aioro.

Thence,

OnyAa, H3t

go hence to London and

a noluy

thence to Paris.

How

did you

he

He

is

said

come

Aa
to

know

that

Toro.

OTCK) fia BT>

Aou^om, a oiry.

BT> Dapii/irb.

KuK'b BIO Bbi ysnajH, ITO oni 66.iem.?

ill ?

that illness alone

could

0IT> CR

TTO TO.ILKO

prevent his coming ; he did

not come, hence I came to the

OUT) ue npiiiue.iT), H3'b aroro a

conclusion that he was

3aii,iio4iLn>,

noin Liuarb

ill.

e.My

npiiiiM

11

4TO on'b daieiii).

Henceforth,
Thenceforth,

A
They

nopt.

month hence,

go to him a few days

will

CT, ifoi,

Oiui noii^yTi

KT>

neMy

lepeai.

CKOJbKO

hence.

To get into debt,

To favour with,
To intrust to,
To notify,

with the instr.

Bo3.TO/KHTt Ha,

with the

Il3B I>CTHTL o,

061,,

ace.

with the

prepos. case.

To tend, xo^iiib 3a.

To lie buried, 6biTbDOXOpoueHiiLiMT>.
To display, onasbiBaTb.
To send away, OTOC.iaTb.
Ordinary, npocioH.

To

bo at work.

To
To

Hcno.ieiiTb.

fulfil,

repay, yn-iaxMTb.

Spare money,

To send

juiiin

for, npiic.iaib aa.

Equality, paBCHCTBO.
Ebiib sa pa66ioH.

Toast.

message.

nopyieiiie.

EXEIICISE CVII.

Why

Because they
are these things not sent yet ?
Did you find the Italian at home when

to be sent for.

had

you

395

on him yesterday morning ? No, he was not at home.

goes out early then ? Not always he only goes out
Did the clerk execute
early when business requires it.
called

He

him

punctually the message entrusted to

in

what

this

message

consisted.

the arrival of the vessel.

to the cemetery
loved, lies

much

in

Why

I do not

know

ordered to notify
did the traveller go so often

Because his wife,

He was

whom

he so tenderly

Have you no money ? I am very

now. I have no spare money now, but

buried there.

want of

it

I will oblige you

the same as far as I can,

if you
What
months
hence.
kind
repay
the late countess ?
She was a true mother
to the poor and the suffering.
She used to give money
liberally to the poor and often even tended them herself.
Was her sister as liberal ? She displayed as much kindness to the poor as her circumstances allowed her.
Does
he read much now ? He used to read formerly, but now,
Have
they say, he does not even take a book in hand.
you ever seen such a horse ? I have seen in my life-time

promise me to
of woman was

it

sorts of horses,

all

all

three

but so fine a one I never saw.

When

We

you favour us with a (your) visit ?

hope to be in
town three weeks hence, and then we will call on you.
Did they notify to him the arrival of the goods ? Yes,
they notified it to him by letter. What kind of breakfast
will

have you ordered to be served, an English or an ordinary

?
What do you mean by an English breakfast ? Tea
with buttered toast, and, if you like, a mutton or veal cutlet.

one

This

is

too much, I eat but

orders for a

little

in the morning.

Give

cup of coffee with cream to be brought.

EXERCISE CVIII.

How much

does your brother spend a year on himself?

396

He spends not only all be earns, but even gets into debt.
What does this poor widow live upon ? She lives by her
labour.

man

Upon what money does this extravagant young

He lives on money which he gets from his
Do you spend much ? I used to spend not a little
was rich, but now I have become saving. How
affairs now ?
He is in a great perplexity. How

live?

lather,

when

are his

much

I pay him twelve

a week do you pay to your cook ?
all
half
Is
and a
roubles per month.
the money spent?
No, there are a few roubles left, with (na) which we will

buy

for ourselves a

men

all

few French and

equal in France

All

men

German

books.

Are

are equal in the sight

among men.
I am very
upstairs.

of God, but you will not find true equality

Help me

to carry this 'heavy

box

sorry I cannot fulfil your request, but if you will wait a

Is.
short time, when I return I will carry it there myself.

your gardener at work ? Why do you ask me about it ?

You know he is the most honest and industrious of my
This I know, but I ask you what he is doing ?
servants.

He

is

planting trees and flowers.

FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON.
Verbs of perfect aspect formed, not by means of a prefix,
but by a change of termination, are divided into two
categories

a.

Verbs of perfect aspect of unit/.

b.

Simple perfect verbs.

397

The Perfect Aspect of Unity

is

formed from verbs of

imperfect aspect denoting a physical action or rather an

action combined with some visible or audible sign.
Verbs
of this aspect are formed by changing the termination of
the imperfect aspect into HV,
,

Maxa"Tb, to

to burst

to blow

to

perf. of unity, .idnnyib.

MaxnyTb.

to lick
Pyfii'iTb,

wave;
;

chop

pydiiyib.

3'BBHTb, to

yawn ;
to jump

npbirnyib.

CBepKaib, to flash

CBepunyTB.

IIpbiraTb,

OBS.

1.

The

SliBHyTb.

radical consonants

are omitted

K, T,

r,

before HVTB in the following:

to turn

to look

f.,

to

to whistle

CBUdiyib.

squeeze ; TMCHVTb.
TpecKatb ca, to crack ; ipecHytb.
rpoHyib.
Tporaib, to touch

rjaeytb.

move;

Xjeciaib, to lash

to pull ;
to throw; KiinyTb.

IlJocKaTb, to

TiicKarb, to

Bepiiyib.

KH,i;Vrb,

to syringe; npticnyib.

to sparkle
6.iecnyTb.
to sprinkle ; 6|)bi3nyrb.
;

i;pb'i3raTb,

splash; nJCCHyib.

xjeceyib.

XpyCT-BTb, to

crunch

IIIeuiaTb, to

whisper;

xpycnyTb.

Uo.iocKaib, to rinse; DOJOCHyib.

OBS.

2.

The

radical consonants

r, K,

x in verbs of second

conjugation, changed in the imperfect aspect into

or c, are restored in the perfect of unity.
Imperfect.

Root.

Perfect.

to yelp ;
KpH'iaib, to scream

Bwarb,

B3BM3rnyTb.

Hi,

4,

ill

398

OBS.

3.

.1

before HVTB becomes soft

Ko.idib, to sting ;
Uleae-mib, to stir ;
Bujflib, to

wag

(.it)*

KO.ibnyib.
ineBe-ibnyib.

BHJbHyib.

OBS. 4.
The following- verbs of perfect aspect in nyib
are not classed with verbs of unity, as they do not denote

an action accomplished by a sudden or single effort. In

these verbs the letter H belongs to the root and not to the
termination

from

MiiH-yTb, to pass,-

deceive

b, to
b,

mention

to

MnaoBtiTB.

j
j

5.
The following, forming the perfect of unity in
without
denoting physical action, are exceptions :
uyib

OBS.

/(epseyib, to dare

from

XeacTHyTb, to boast

IIJero.ibayTb, to flaunt

have been a long time now waving

my hand to you.

I will

wave

my hand

to

him once

XBaciaTb.
rqcrojaib.
y;K

AaBB 6 KaKi Mainy

sawb py-

K o ro .
fl

Muxny ewy pyKoio KorAa

;

at the proper time.

npiiijeYi

nopa.

THE USE OF

B:>uo.

The impersonal verb 6bi.io before an infinitive

and negative sentences denotes an obligation
and
is mostly used with personal pronouns in
necessity,

OBS.

6.

in affirmative
or

the dative, as
Ewy

OBS.

He had

66.10 npoi6cTb.

BaM'b 6tuo noroBOpMTb

7.

CT>

QHMV

to read.

You had

to

speak to him.

E.>uo after the infinitive of perfect aspect sig-

(
'

trifles

should have/ and

only, as

399
is

used with the

first

person

have read

HpO'iecTb 6buo MHl; 5ty KHiiry.

I should

HoroBOpiiTb 6buo

We should have spoken

ua>iT> CT>

BUMI.

this book.
to

him.

In negative sentences 6i>uo after an infinitive

OBS. 8.
used with verbs of imperfect aspect only, and denotes
likewise an obligation or necessity.
is

You ought
You ought

He roBOpMTb CM.IO CT> HUMT.

He HATU dbuo ly^a.

not to speak to him.

not to go there.

no with the past tense of perfect aspect derotes a failure in accomplishing an action.
OBS.

fl

9.

cotfpajca

Ei>

6buo jeib,

CJbimy ciyKT)

KC-IKT,

Bjpynb

BTi flBepb.

was about (or just going) to lie

down, when suddenly I heard
a knock at the door.

OBS. ] 0. With the inchoative perfect aspect it denotes

that an action was about to be, or on the point of being

commenced,

as

6b'i.io.

6buo n tib.

ff

3aroBopH.n>

fl

cicUi-b

THE USB OF

was on the point of speaking.

was about to sing.

BBiBa^o.

It has been stated (Lesson 49), that the impersonal 6bifound with verbs in each of the three tenses. Its

Ba.io is

use

may

a.

be thus illustrated

With

action

is

the past tense of the imperfect and iterative an

described as one that took place repeatedly in some

remote period.
fl

roBOpu.il 6biBa.io GMJ.

I used to

fl

$340.11 6biBaio

BT>

Teaipi.

speak to him.
used to go to the theatre.

400

This form

OBS. 11.
thus

b.

is

often used instead of the iterative,

With

ff

roBopH.n> CbiBaio, or H

fl

B34BJX CbiBiUo, or a

the present an action that occurred in some reis described as still continuing, as :

mote period
6biBiuo

jfy.iM

no Oepery H coOHparo

walking along the shore

used to gather shells.

Wliile

paKyiiiKH.

While seated

CHJKJ CbiBaJO H yaty pu6y.

used to angle

wit!*

a Hue.
c. With the future of the inchoative aspect an action is
described as begun, and with that of the perfect aspect as
ended in some remote period
:

3aroBOpiiTT> (inchoative)

oea

6biBa.io

CBOe'Ml nOKOHBOM'b MyHffc

No

&H

Muu&en.

used

DOCMOTPHTI (nocMOip-^)

(5biBa.io

BI

No

H Toiiact OTra^aeTb BUUIO

r-iasa

is

What was

he gazed at your
eyes than he used to guess

going on,

there going on

4'kxaeTCflj
?

ITO

so doing,
so doing you would

Read

aloud, by
give us a pleasure.

To

impers.

TC-IMX A'B-ta.iocb ?

Will there be anything going on!

By

to cry.

sooner had

your wishes.

KC-iauie.

It

sooner did she begin to speak

of her late husband than she

JIB

ITO BH(5y4b

Tin*.
l

liniiiTc

Bc.iyxi, Tt>n>

na,
fly at,

( BpociiTLca, p. a.

BM

with the
ace.

401

To discharge

To become frightened,
To enjoy, to make use

To be taken

(a

Hcnyraibca,

must

II6.ib30BaTbCH, gov. the instr.

of,

( 3a6o.i1>BaTb,

1.

I.

ill,

I.

1.

I.

(3apa}Kaib,

gun)

be,

Some one must have

said that

to

1.

10.

Sbiib,

KTO

cua3;'.i-s

taib na,

")

with the

leap upon,
^Tb,
(Bcnpbirnyi

To
To
To

Cuib,

eiuy.

To communicate.
To be taken ill.
To cry, to weep.
To fail, to be a bankrupt.

impers. v.

AO.IJKIIO

him.

To

gen.

p. a.

(3apfl/ji/iTb, II.

It

wi
with
the

p. a.)

(3a6o.ii>ib,

To load

gun),

(a

leap, npbiraib.

gallop

off,

ycKaKaib, p. a.

a.)

06aeKpyTHTbCfl, p. a.

ofiepnytbCH.

Subordinate, D044HHeHiibiii.

Extensive, 3BaHUTe.ibnuH.

Rude,

Ancestral, OTe4CCKifl.

Absence, OTCyiCTBie.

whip, KHyn>.

ace.

3a6oj'fcuaTb, p. a.
IF.iftKaib, p.

To nod, KHBHTb.
To turn round,

shake, Tpacia.

p.

Coo6aiaTb, p

iienpiLui'miiiii.

fight,

EXERCISE CIX.
Is

it

not your brother standing there by the roadside ?

Give a whistle; perhaps he will turn

It appears to be.
round and see us.

up

to

him and

that I have to

you had better run

him to come here. Whisper to him
communicate something important to him.
I cannot whistle

tell

The master says

it is

rude to whisper in company.

D D

What

sound

that

is

the next room.

402

Some one must have discharged a gain in

Have not you heard anything ? I think
shriek.
You had better see what is going

some one gave a

on there. What did you see ? On entering the room I
saw the husband loading his gun
he gave me a look,
became frightened, and dropping (yponnib) the gun, ran
out of the room into the yard there he leapt upon a
horse standing at the door and galloped off into the field,
Do not smack the whip ; you may frighten the horse by
;

The other day when

so doing.

my

brother smacked his

whip, the horse flew at the coachman and nearly killed

him.
Shake that apple tree; perhaps a few apples will
eldest brother used to climb upon that thick
fall.

My

and give it a shake. Have you communicated

news to his brother-in-law ?- Yes, I communicate to
him all the news I receive. Did he do it cleverly ? He
branch
this

How many times

so cleverly as not to be remarked.

during the fight did that brave soldier load his

did

it

gun ?

He

Why

did he not fire as

only fourteen times.
"Because he had not powder enough.
Is
often as others?
All did
it not true that the performance was very good ?
loaded

it

not perform equally well ; some actors were very weak.

Is the weather fine ?
Yes, but I think it will rain.
Why

do you think so ? Because a southerly wind is blowing.

the wind is blowing not
It seems to me you are mistaken
from (CT>) the south, but from the north. You always like
;

to contradict.

EXERCISE CX.

Who

had

to write

give your sons so

saving.

We had

much money

The mother used

to write.

You should not

they would then be more

to look (fut.)

at

her sick child

and cry.
brother?

403

Did you send word of you* arrival to your

a letter and was just on the

I had written

point of sending

it

to

the

post,

when suddenly the door

opened and your brother entered the room.

Where

does

the general live who used to review the troops ?

He now
lives in his ancestral castle, respected by his monarch, and

loved not only by his former subordinates, but also by all

and acquaintances. How did you pass the long

his friends

winter evenings in your parents' house ?

One of us used
and the others listened. Are you satis-

to read aloud (pres.)

?
No, I am very dissatisfied
Do you know that the merchant who enjoyed
extensive a credit is now bankrupt ?
Yes, and are you

fied

with your new servant

with him.
so

my sister was on the verge of giving him all

her money, but our uncle prevented it in time.
Whom
did you give a nod to ?
To an old school friend, whom I
aware that

have not seen for more than

five years.

You promised

to

me know whether you would come for the evening;

why did you not do it? We expected you. I was just
going out, when the servant came to tell me that my sister
let

was suddenly taken

ill

and wanted

to see

me.

This was

the only reason for my absence, and I hope you will excuse
did you not send us word about your sister's
me.

Why

we would have paid her a visit. I never hasten

bad tidings, but now I may tell you that she is
much better, and our doctor says she is out (gnii) of danger.

illness ?

to send

Do you

read much in the evenings ?

Yesterday evening I
read through the first volume of the novel you brought me
When you have finished reading these interestlast week,
ing verses, will you lend them to me ? When I have
finished, I will

do so with pleasure.

404

FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON.
Ypoio..

PERFECT SIMPLE VERBS.

Verbs expressing a thorough accomplishment of an action
without the termination nyit and without any prefix attached to them, are called perfect simple verbs.

From most of these verbs are formed corresponding

verbs of imperfect aspect having the present tense in aK),
io, and the infinite in aib, STB.
Imperfect Aspect.

Perfect Aspect.
E.iaroc.iOBHTb, to bless.

Bjarocio
Epocaib.

BpdCHTb, to throw.

KOHiaTb.

Aaib,* to give.
KoHiHTb, to finish.

lIOKynaib.

KyiiMTb, to

m,

.iHinaib.

Ilpoiqaib.

and

PoJKatb
PfiUIdTb.

buy.

to deprive.
to fall.
to captivate (aba.).
to pardon.

to let go.
,
Po'HTb, to beget.
to decide.
,
,

to deliver.

Ciynuib, to step.
CxBaiuib, to seize.
BjHTb.

"i

flMarb. )

OBS.
fist

1.

Root-verbs, only
used in compounds.

flBMTb.
flTb.*

All the verbs of imperfect aspect in the above

and those of perfect aspect to the

belong to the first,

tecofid conjugation.

405

The forty-eight verbs given

in the

annexed table

as

the terminations subject to regular

permutation of letters. There will be found among them
a few verbs, such as the four verbs of Class VL, or the 26th

examples include

all

and 28th examples of Class VII., which appear to deviate

from the regular rules, but each of these verbs is given as
example

for

many

others forming their infinitive or the

present tense in the same manner, thus forming separate

groups of verbs with regular conjugation.

Besides the six above-named examples there are also

some other verbs, which deviate from the rules either in the

formation of the infinitive, or of the present, or imperative,

so, in order to facilitate their study, a separate table is

given in Lesson Fifty -nine.

Concerning the use of the tonic accent in the conjugation

of regular verbs the following rules are to be observed

The

first person present, the past tense and the imhave

the accent generally on the same syllable as
perative
the infinitive, except those verbs in OBaib, esaTb, in which

1,

the syllable OB, CB belong to the root and not to the termination.
2.

The other persons of the present tense preserve the

accent of the

person, except verbs in Hyih or OIL, or

second conjugation, in which the accent is
transferred to the penultimate.

verbs of the

first

406

FIFTY- FIFTH LESSON.

CONJUGATION OF REGULAR VERBS.

407

IIflTMecjin>

Cnp.uKeiiie

Tjaro.iOBi.

93

410

The j of the past tense suppressed in the masculine must

be restored in other genders, and in the plural, as, rpLi3T.
fern.

rpbi3.ia,

neut. rpbi3.io, plur.

The following- perfect simple verbs of neuter voice form

their corresponding imperfect aspect with the reflective
termination

ca.
Imperfect Aspect.
Craib,* to
,*

become

to sit
to lie

Some

Perfect Aspect.
ciaiiOBUTbCfl.

;
;

perfect simple verbs derived from foreign words

OBaib, form their corresponding imperfect

and ending in yw,

aspect in OBLiuaK), OBbiBaib.

Imperfect Aspect.

Perfect Aspect.

AiaKoBaiL, to attack ;
Ko 11*11 [moBHTb, to confirm

OBS.

2.

for perfect

The termination

yro, OBaifc

and imperfect aspects, as

flaiaiiyH),

may

be used both

attack, pres. imperf.

(.1 will attack, fut. perfect.

^tacked.
flaTaKOBfun,,

(II used
(.

The following

to attack.

four verbs are used both for the perfect and

imperfect aspects without any change of the termination

,

to

order

JKciuiTb, to

fut.

marry

Ka3iiirrb, to decnpitate

Paunib, to

OBS.

3.

wound;

The verbs

BC.UO

and

and

pres. BC.IW.

atcnio.

uaaiiio.

p;'iiiio.

paiiK)

have the meaning of

411

the imperfect aspect only in the present and past, their

future with 6y4y, as, 6y^y B&l^TB,
6y^y paiimi. not being
used.

The verbs
'

ooptt30BaTi>,

'

to pass;'
^apOBaih, 'to give;' MHHOBait,
'
to form ;
have the meaning- of the imperfect

aspect in all the inflexions of the first branch,

the perfect in those of the second branch, as :

SKCOND BRANCH.

FIRST BRANCH.

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.
4apyK>, I give
4apyii, give

fl

he who gives

AapOBa.n>, I gave.

/fapOBriBinii, having given.

4 a POBam>, (which was) given.
4 a PO B aBiuiiJ, he who gave.

4apya, giving;
4apyK)miii,

and that of

'

4apyeMT>, (which

OBB.

4.

is)

given

4 a I)OB lTI>>

^Instead of oSpaayK)

is

to gi ye -

used also o6pa3oBbiBaio in

Mmiyio has the future of perfect

aspect MBHy, MHiieuis, etc., and in the past the double inthe imperfect aspect.
flexions Muuy.n>

OBS.

5.

and

Perfect simple
'

such as 6pociiT&,

verbs,
'

'

to

denoting a
physical action performed by a single, sudden effort, have

throw

^axt,

;'

to give

;'

Dacifc,

to

fall

;'

etc.,

the signification of the perfect aspect of unity.

They are throwing

stones into the

OHII dpocdiort

KUMBH

garden.
,.

Who has
,

.,

thrown

,,

this

5ro
C KTO dp6cn.iT>
H

To

decide on,

(.KTO

Kiiny.i'b

8fO?

(WmaTLC.na,

~>

(PifflHTbca, p. a.

with the
<?c.

412

impers.

It follows,

verbs.
Djes

it

follow

from

this that

he

AU

is

H3T>

ITO

roro,

OHT>

npaBi,?

right ?
It does not follow yet that you are

9ro

eme

ITO

BLI npfiBU.

right.

To be

with the

reconciled,

To make

it

up,

IIoMHpHTBCH,p.

Before,

To

i;

instr.

a. )

paiiie.
I. 1.

,,

educate, to bring up,

(BocnHTaTB.

To be deprived

with the

of, to lose,

5
She

lost

her husband

gen.

Oiia .JHnnLiacb CBoero MyJKa

last year.

BT>

npo-

To own,
BO

To be owned,

aiB, II. 9.

By whom

is this

estate

owned

This estate was formerly owned by

my

make

clothes,

On

made

(finished;)

3io

account

Hbe
ff

njfiibe

BM

nibeie ?

CniHTT,

JH

crd corabeii.

TIIo cjyHaw, no
of,

npnnaA.ieJKa.io npc;n^

iiibio cc6-B

OIIT>

it.

5xo noiiicTM

IIIniB

dress are you making ?

this dress for myself.

Is the waistcoat
will

910 noMtcibe

IIlHTB, p. a. CIIIHTB,

am making

He

Bi ibe'Mi

KoMy

uncle.

To sew,
To make
Whose

(
i

(Ho, with the

dat.

I.

413

rn

lo compare,

equal

to,

X*

II. 10.

CCpaBnihb,

To be

i.

vj|)tli>lliliKlli>*

Buw jAmum,

(PaBiittTbca,

To be compared

m
To
He

is

be equal

dat.

) _

to,

>

CpaBHUTbca ex, with

instr.

to,

equal to him.

OHT, esiy

That could not be equalled.

By way

with the
|

9io ee MOFJO cpaBiniTbca.

of comparison,

CpaBniVre^bHO,
f

Beyond comparison,

HecpaBoeHHO,

I.

I.

cpaBneua.

To

collate, to

I.

1.

compare,
,

p. a. II. 10.

They compared these two editions,

and found no difference at all.

OOH

To quarrel, ccdpeiLca, II.

To take pains, rpy^HTbca,
To drop, ypomiTb, II. 10.

To attain,
To acquire, npio6p1>TaTt.
To be certain, 6fciTi>

Trifling,

iiaiii.iii

10.
j

II.

10.

MO,ioBa;i;nLiii.

pasiiuqu.

Careful,

To

garment, njaite.

take a seat,

Insurance Company.

CtpaxoBoe 66meciBO.

OpBxosaa CKOpjyna.

nutshell.

A lawsuit.

TaJKtfa,

EXERCISE CXI.

Did the fisherman get

He

his son married to his neighbour's

was on the verge of doing

so (repeat the
discovered that, according to our laws, one is
When
not allowed to marrv before the age of twenty-one.
?

daughter
verb), but

lie

he attains the age of twenty-one, then his father will

him marry the girl he loves
Is this lawsuit decided t

let

Our judge

important causes, but he is now out

of town, and therefore it will be necessary for me to wait
the decision till the judge returns.
Did you decide on

anything

May

it

decides

all

No, I have not decided on anything as yet.

it will
happen ? I am certain it

be presumed that

Who

owns these excellent three storied

two houses are owned by some Inas to the rest, I cannot tell who owns
surance Company
them. -Do not throw the nutshells on the floor. I did not
throw them on purpose, but dropped them by accident.
Are Mr. B/s works good ? They are good, but not equal
will happen,
houses ? The

first
;

to Moliere's

Through your not allowing your daughter

you deprived not only her, but us of a

to visit us yesterday,

If I am compelled sometimes to deprive

great pleasure.
her of this pleasure, it is only because her presence is neces-

sary at home.

Is learning acquired without pains?

Learnnot to be attained without great pains. Did you order
I will order it immediately.
Have
supper to be served?

ing

is

you compared the copy with the original ? Yes, I did, and
Have you been to see my cousin
found a great difference.
of
that pleasure on account of my
was
I
?
deprived
(fern.)
sister's illness.

EXERCISE CXII.

Does your aunt bring up her only daughter properly

No, she brings her up very badly. Why do you think so
Because I see her every day indulging her child in
of whims.
Perhaps by indulging her in some

whims she somewhat

spoils her daughter,

follow that she brings her

but

it

up badly, and I think

all sorts

trifling

does not
if

you had

415

children of your

own you would spoil them more than

-Allow me to wait here a few
Have you
Certainly, take a seat.

your aunt does her's.

minutes for my friend.

compared these two pictures ? I have, and I find that the

Can this be equalled ?
first is much hetter than the other.
This cannot be equalled.

Forgive me,

favourite

vase.

mamma,

for break-

Japanese
forgive you this
ing your
will
in future.
but
I
be
careful
Emmore
time,
hope you
brace your brother and make it up with him.
Why do

you advise me

to do so?

not quarrelled.

more useful

am

"I

not angry with him we have

speak as to write? It is
;

S useful to

Is it

to speak than to write

but

if

you wish

learn a foreign language you should do both.

He wants to be equal to him.
he want ?

What

to

docs

Have you
enough money to pay your tailor? I have not enough,
but I will borrow what I require from my cousin. What
clothes did
to

you order your

tailor to

make?

I ordered

him

make

some

a dress-coat, a frock-coat, two pairs of trowsers and

other garments.
Have you dropped anything ? I

have dropped nothing, but

Does

brother has dropped his silk

picture equal that of your brother?

my
purse.
brother's picture is

my

My

beyond comparison.

FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON.
Unn \eckrb
t

UICCTOU

Certain prepositions are temporarily prefixed to the

the effect of modifying the aspect,
simple verbs, and have
and sometimes changing the voice or the meaning of the
verb.

416

The prepositions used as prefixes

compound verbs are as follows

formation of

in the

Up, denotes

Bs, BOB, B30,

a.

An upward movement

to fly up.

B3.ierBTb,

BocnHiaTb,

Bocxo^HTb, to ascend.
to attain
jKttTb,

to educate, to bring up.

the age of

puberty.
b.

Reciprocation or reinstatement:
iiTb,

to return thanks)

BoaciauoBMTb, to re-establish. [>"

BosBpaiHTb,

Bospaa^aib, to regenerate.

Out.

BH,

An

a.

BbiKHuyib,

to

throw

out.
j

to export.

iiTb,

b.

outward movement

Giving a
,

final polish or

to bleach.

An

Bb'iny^BTb, to extort.

bringing into a proper shape

|

4o,

BbiKjioiiTb,

Till,

up

to.

For.

action extended over an object

3aK.ieuTb.

To go up to a certain point.
To speak up to a certain point.
3a,

An

to cut out to a pattern.

action carried on up to a certain point

4oiiTO ad.

a.

B&rnarb, to drive out.

Bbic-iaib, to send out.

Acquirement by means of exertion

Btm.iuKaTb, to obtain by entreaty.

c.

to return.

to glue over.

SapHsaBtib, to be covered with rust.

b.

417

stoppage or arrest.

3a3HMOBaTb, to stop for the winter,

3aM iraKaiLca, to delay.

Out

Hai,

of,

from.

0. The same as BH, i.e. an outward movement, but

used mostly in an elevated style.
to banish.

HarcitTb,

b.

An

action

Il3BaaTB,

is

to carve.

over the surface or through a body in

all

all directions.
to cover all over with writing.

HcancaTb,

to be frozen through.

On

Ha,
a.

An

action

upon a

surface.

HanncaiB, to write upon.

b.

An

action

HaroBopiiib,

Oro.niTb,

upon a number of things.

to say

many

things.

0,

o6i>,

060,

to inspect.

to plant abundantly.

OiBCpAtTb,
OcLinaib^

to

harden

all

round.

to strew round.

From.

Ort,
a.

Haca/Katb,

About, round about.

to strip entirely.

OcMOip'tib,

to polish.

Ha.ioiniiTb,

Movement away from

the object, or separation of

parts.
UTb,

b.

to go

away from.

OTA'fc.iiiTb,

to detach.

Reciprocation.
,

to

to repay.

repay

with

thanks.
OirOBOpiJTb,

to dissuade.

(Oinncaih, to write back), rare,

E E

418

Over.

Ilepe,
a.

A change

b.

movement
i

to transpose.

across.

HepeBesTu, to carry over.

to transmit.

HepeAaib,

Excess.
to overvveigb.

HepeB'BciiTB,

c.

of place, a

to change.

HTL,
nepe.io3;iiTb,

An action

to

HepeBapiiTb,

over

boil.

over the whole object in a certain order, and

sometimes reciprocation.
HcpeOiiTb,

to kill (one after another).

nepi'AaBaTb,

to

HepcroBOpuib,

to converse.

hand over (one

Over.

Ho,
a.

Accomplishment of the
UocTaBiiTb,

b.

after another).

action.

p. a., to place.

a,, to

HoKasaTb, p.

show,

Indefinite duration of the action.

nocn#bTb,

to sit (a little,

UoroBOpiiTb,

to speak.

sometime,

etc.).

Under.
a.

downward

Do^.ioa;iiTb,

b.

A motion

to put under.

UoABt-preyTb,

to subject

towards an object.
to

direction.

ccme up

to.

to bring

up

to.

HoflnociiTb,

npocxpt-iBTb, to shoot outright.

carrying out an action.

Dpitxaib, to arrive.

419

Through.

IIpo,
a.

An

action through and in one direction, and a pass-

ing by.
to run through.

npoStJKiiTb,

b.

HpoiHTaTb, to read straight through.

Duration of the action

till

some

definite

end or time

a song through.

HpoirfcTb nlJciiK),

to sing

npo.ie;KaTb ACHb,

to pass the

UporoBOpiiib,

to

day reclining.

speak through.

Pasi,.
a.

Division.
Passim, to distribute.
to sort.

PaaoCpaib,
b.

to pillage.

PaarpatfiiTb,

Paaojpaib,

to tear.

Development or spreading of the action over the

object.
PasBe'pTbiB.iTb, to unroll, to unfold.
PacTO.icitJTb,

PasBece.iuib,

to

Connection of parts.
to construct.

CocipoiiTb,

b.

C.io/KUTb,

thorough destruction of the

CriuiTb,

to

decay entirely.

b.

run away.

knead

object.
to burn down.

disappearance from sight.

|

yniftTf.,

Accomplishment of the action

(YaitcuTb, to
c.

to

put together.

Away.

In verbs of movement
S6tiKa.il>,

to

Cropfcib,

y,
a.

to enliven.

stout.

With.

Cl>, CO,

a.

grow very

well), rare.

to drive out.

to a certain extent.

yaHdTb,

to recognise.

Completeness of the action.

,

to

drown (thoroughly).

yMOpMTb,

to starve to death.

420

In.

B-L,

Botmi,

to go in.

Beociiib,

to bring in.

Above, over.

Ila^x,
Ha^nucLiBaTb, to superscribe.

Ihusiipaib,

to

superintend

HaACipoHTb, to build a superstructure.

Below.

Hii3T>,

(HH30MTH, to descend), rare.

(Hnsnoc-iaTB, to

send down), rare.

to precipitate.

Before
to foretell.

Dpe^uiecTBOBaTb,

Against, contrary.

IIpOTiiBt,
,

to precede.

to contradict,

nponiBonocTaBiiTb, to oppose.

Without.

Lc3T,

Privation or deficiency.
leCTHTb, to honour.
Boopy/KiiTb, to

NOTE.

arm,

to dishonour.

Ec3'iecTHTb,

OOcaopy/Kiiib,

to disarm.

Of the above-named

B3 (BOS, B030),
prepositions
BW, pa3i> (paso), nii3 (iiH3o), and nepe are inseparable prefixes, i.e. never found by themselves.

In verbs of

asp. the

perf.

prefix BLI takes

the tonic

but in those of imperf. asp. the tonic accent

mains on the verbal root, as

accent,

re-

Imperfect Aspect.
BLJXO.UITb, to

go

Ollt

BuiirpbiBaTb, to gain

Perfect Aspect.
BblilTII.

BLiiirparb.

COMPOUND VERBS.

Compound

or prepositional verbs of imperfect aspect are

formed
a.

By

prefixing a preposition to the simple verb of in-

421

definite imperfect aspect

tion, as

without any change oi termina-

IMPERFECT ASPECT.
Simple Verbs.

Compound

tO go;

XO^IITb,

Jeraib, to fly

BW.iciaTb,

BpamaTb, to turn

Verbs.

to gO Out.

BWXOJllTb,

to fly out.

B03BpamaTb, to return, (trans.).

These compound verbs are conjugated like the

from which they are formed.
verbs
simple
OBS. 1

a preposition to the iterative aspect, which

thus acquires the inflexions of all moods and persons of the

By adding

6.

imperfect aspect, as

Iterative Aspect.

HuTWBa.il, I used to read out

Present.

BwiiiTWBaio,

Pas*.

Bw4iirwBa.il, ja, JO.

Future.

Ey^y

Ivperat.

BwiiiTWBaii,

eiiib,

Compound Imp. Asp.

BwiihwBaTb, to read out.

etc.

Gerund.

Bw4iiTWBan,

Partic. Act.

BbiiikuBaioiijiif, Biuiii c

BaBT>.

Part Ic. Pass.

Bbi'iiiTbisaTb.
iiTC.

prefixing a preposition to the simple verb of imperfect aspect, and inserting the syllable Ba before the terc.

By

mination.
Simple Imperf. Asp.
to
to

grow weak
order

Compound Impsrf. Asp.

oc,ia6l5BaTb.

Or THE INCHOATIVE.
The inchoative
a.

or

By

perfect aspect is

formed

adding of the auxiliary verb

future ciaiiy,

eiiib,

imperfect aspect, as
GUI

etc.

to

the

cxaifc,

the past cian.,

of vevbs of

infinitive

CTa.iT) iirpfvrb,

QRT> CTaueTT> arpfab,

he began playing.

ho

will

begin playing,

OBS.

2.

The

422

auxiliary, craJT.,

animate objects which possess a

b.

By

ciauy,

prefixing the prepositions

or no to verbs of imperfect aspect

Imp. Asp.

is

will of their

used

only

for

own.

sa, BOB (BS, BC, B030. BOC)

423

To publish,
Was

this

work published

This work

is

IIsAaBaib, p. a.
!

out of print.

Ha^ae'ica .m 310 coinnenie

9io coinneHie y/Ke Cdite ee

eica.

To

leave

off,

to cease,

1.

I.

^ OepeciaBaTb,

( HepecTaib, p. a.

To

sleep enough,

To oversleep
To pass off,

one's self,

Through,
The

procession passed through the

I.

8.

Bi>'icnaTbCH.

IIpocbinaTb, p. a. npocnaiL.

Ifo,

with the dat.

IIIeCTBie

nponuu no

y-

street.

To

I. 1.

freeze,
( 3aMep3iivTB, p. of unity,

To

rSoeniiB,

II. 9.

ring,
( 3a3Beni>T^ inchoative.

It rings in the ears.

It

rang in the ears.

Iii

writing, by letter,

To

get, to write to (for a

3nciiiin>

BX

yiiiaxi..

BT>

yiuax-b.

thing),

To

direct.

C IIanpaB.uiTi>,

I.

1.

( IlanpaBiiTB, p. a. II. 10.

'To

make a

To

direct a letter.

fair copy.

To write a prescription.
To become cheerful.
To make a fault in writing.
To make a written order.

To take down, to write down.

To add (in writing).

IIopeniicwBaTb m'u/Ino.

A^pCCOBHTB HIICbMO.
HponucbiBaTb pcnenix.
IIOBCce.rETb, p. n.
,

onucaibca.

sanncaib.
b,

npunucitTb.

I.

To answer,

424

to write back.

Nature of

illness.

(OinuctiBaTb, ormicaTb), very rare.

XapaKiep-L <5oj*3HQ.

Symptoms

of illness.

npiiaeaKi, (kwtsnn.

Camp

fire.

BiiBaiHufi oroab.

EXEECISE CXIII.

Have you asked the

me

doctor to write a prescription for

him about it yesterday, and after

him the nature of your complaint, I

Yes, I wrote to

having described to
1

was ou the point of adding a few words on your part, but

my mind, remembering that you were totally
unacquainted with him. Have you already directed the

I changed

Not yet,
Have you come to

letter ?

I will first

make

a fair

copy of

it.

the end of writing your letter?

I shall
soon have come to the end. Will you write some more

No, I have finished writing for to-day. Is the

The head clerk has signed it long
already signed ?
Out of which book have you copied this letter ? I

letters ?

letter

ago.

do not copy

my

letters

out of books.

Your

friend

often

copied letters and verses out of books and passed them off
as (aa) his own.
Where do you get these illustrated papers

from

We

used to get them formerly from Vienna, but

we

shall get them from Paris.

Those which you
Have you already written over
ordered are out of print.
a whole quire of paper ? No, I have about seven sheets

henceforth

left.

Be

quiet, please

through your chatter I have made

two mistakes in writing. Have you transmitted to him the

news of the town verbally or by letter ? In answering
him, I communicated to him all that took place. Did you
take down my address? Yes, it is already written down.
The chief made a written order for his subordinates to arrive
at the office earlier

than usual.

425

EXERCISE CXIV.

Ask this girl to sing us something. Yes, I will ask her.

The girl began to sing, and all began to listen. I was on
the point of explaining this to him in French, when I recollected his dislike to speaking a foreign language in a
She began to scream so loudly,
public place (oSmeciBO).

that our ears began to ring.

Our grandmother, while readfell
into
a
and
slumber
ing to-day,
dropped her book. Do you
dear
the
have
see,
sister,
begun to run about in the
boys

yard yonder ? I will go likewise and begin to run about with

them. No, my dear, do not go away from here ; I want
Will
you, and besides that it is very dirty in the yard.
they carry the body (noKOimiiKT)) through our street? Yes,
so they say.
When will the procession pass by ? Hardly

Whose wedding carriage is that passthat of the major of artillery and his young
bride from Ems.
How is it that her uncle lived so long

before three o'clock.

ing by
at

It

Ems ?

pretty

is

In order to take the baths there. Is that town

it lies in a narrow and picturesque valley.

Yes,

The camp fires began to blaze and the poor half-frozen

soldiers became cheerful.
Have you salted your soup ? I
have not only salted it, bat over- salted it. Did he go
through his lesson without a fault?
make faults. Leave off playing the

did nothing but

I did not sleep

am sleepy still. I began playing the flute ou

wake you, because you told me when you went
down you did not wish to over-sleep yourself.

enough

purpose to
to lie

He
flute

426

FIFTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
COMPOUND VERBS

(continued).

FORMATION OF PERFECT AND IMPERFECT ASPECTS.

Compound
indefinite

verbs of imperfect aspect, derived from the

form of the double simple verb, have in the per-

fect aspect the termination of the corresponding definite verb.

D finite Perfect Aspect.

Indefinite Imperfect Aspect.

Upo-xoAiiTb, to pass

IIpo-iiTii.

Hepc-BoaiiTb, to carry across

y-HOCHTb, to take

away

IIcpe-BC3Tii.

y-nccTii.

verbs of imperfect aspect, derived from the

form
the perfect aspect by restoring the coriterative,
of the primitive simple verb.
termination
responding

Compound

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.

C-npaimiBaTb, to interrogate

3a-c.iy;KiiBaTb, to

3a-c.iy;KiiTb.

0-CTaiiaB.niBaTb, to stop

O-CTanoniiTb.

Compound
definite

C-npociirb.

deserve;
3a-nnpaTb, to shut ;

and

3a-nepen>.

verbs of imperfect aspect, having both the

have two terminations for the

indefinite forms,

The same is the case with compound verbs

perfect aspect.
which are susceptible of the perfect aspect of duration and
that of unity.
The

first

of these two terminations, that of the indefinite

form or of duration,

many

is

used to express an action requiring

efforts, or a certain

length of time.

The second, that of the

unity,

is

effort, as

form, or of perfect of
used to express sn action requiring only a single
:

definite

427

SIMPLE VERB.
Iterative.

Imperfect Aspect.

KaniTb, def.

(KaTUBaib.)

Kaiaib, indef.

Iterative.

Peifect of Unity.

Imperfect Aspect.

KHllVTb.

Kfl4HTb.

(KlUWBclTL.)

COMPOUND VERB.
Imperfect Aspect.

Perfect of Duration.

BpOKaTbiBaib.

npoitaTaTb.

BblKIMLIBaTb.

Perfect of Unity.
npOKaiiiTb.

BlilKtUaTb.

BUKHliyTb.

The following simple derivative verbs in

person aw, aio have two terminations for
aspect, one in y,
effort,,

K),

aib, ait

first

their perfect
to express an action performed in a single

and another, without any change,

Simple Imperfect Aspect.

Compound

to express duration.

Perfect Aspect

428

Compound

verbs of perfect aspect in IIVT& form their

imperfect aspect in ait, as

Imperfect Aspect.
EoriiCJiiyTb, to

Perfect Aspect.

perish

noniSaib.

HpiiBbiKHyib, to get accustomed

OKHcnyib, to turn sour ;

The following form

npiiBMKuTb,
OKUCaib.

their perfect aspect irregularly.

COMPOUND VERBS.

SIMPLE VERBS.
Imperfect Aspect.

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.

(BEiniTb, to tell), obsolete.

swallow.

F.iOTaTb, to

ii3B'EiqaTb,

HSB'ECTiiib.

noiMOin/aTb,

nor.iOTiiib.

KycaTb, to bite.
M'En/iTb, to

yKyciiib.

nepeM'Euaib,

nepeMEiuirb.

CKaKaib, to gallop.

nepecKaKHBaib,

nepecKOii'iTb.

Clpt-iaTb, tO Shoot.

3aCTp'E.!HBaTb,

change.

Some compound

verbs of imperfect aspect have no cor-

responding verbs of perfect aspect.

To

these belong verbs with the prefix

a.

Ho, in a frequentative sense^ as

IIocri/KHBaTb, to

be in the habit of sitting.

no'iiiTMBaib, to

be in the habit of reading.

non'EBaTb, to be in the habit of singing, etc.

OBS. 2. The verbs of perfect aspect

noniitj although with the same prefix no, must not be confounded with the above, inasmuch as they are formed
from the simple verbs CHjilfc, Tiiiait, niiifc, and the prefix no

merely modifies the duration of action, which

case a certain time without interruption.
1.

IIo,VL

another, as

or npn, in the sense of

lasts in

an action accompanying

n<MCBiicTLiBaTb,

to whistle in
to sing in

this

accompaniment.

accompaniment.

429

c.

Pa3T>,

when denoting an

action

or extending over a surface, as

to converse upon.

PaaroBapuBaib,
Pasxta/Kaib,

d.

different objects,

upon

to ride about.

Co in the sense of reciprocal action, as

OBS.

(Co)<3eci>AOBaTb,

(Co)yiaCTBOBaTb,

to participate.

The following verbs

3.

converse with.

to

are defective,

i.e.

are want-

ing altogether in the perfect aspect.

First

the

Of

Class.

be necessary.

Oo.iajaib, to possess.
0<5o/iuiTb, to adore.

Do,jo5aTb, to

06oiuiTb, to scent.

IIOApasyM'BBaTb, to

CCypeBaib, to agitate.
OJKHjaTb, to wait.

HopuqaTb, to blame.
i, to deliberate,

no4pa;i;aTb, to imitate.

to regret.

OnacuibCfl, to dread.
Ocfi3aTb, to

touch.
),

Cosepqaib, to contemplate,

to reflect.

i,
t>,

to connive at.

Of

the

Fourth Class.

4o.i/KeHCTBOBaTb, to be obliged.
Il3oOiJ.iOBaTb, to

abound.

And many

i,

Of
to
to
to

to

be becoming.

other verbs ending in ciBOBaifc.

the

npe4BiMi>Tb, to foresee.

b,

to pursue.
EpnBBTCTBOBaTb. to welcome.

to obey.

I,

to exhort.

to govern.
>, to exercise (trans.).

to vilify.
DepeKOpHTLca, to quarrel.
,

understand.

be subject.
be adjacent,

depend.
to belong.

Ninth

Class.

Co^epiKaTb, to maintain.
OTCToaib, to be distant.
flpejCTOHTb, to stand before.
CociOflTb, to consist.

the Tenth

Of
Cu.iDTbCfl, to strive.
.,

430

to resemble.

Clem.

CTOHTB, to be worth.

SufniiTB, to signify.

with

o,

To

consult upon,

prep.

IIocoBi>TOBaTi>ca ; p. a.

(.

To send

a word,

To write a word,
To drop a line,
Is it not true

You

will not give

you

is

Hannc&tl

lie

BM

to him, will

npasja

ne ^a^uTC STO ewy, ne npds^a .in?

OBS. 4. Iii sentences like the above, the interrogation

rendered by " ne npfiB^a JH ?"

You would
you

He

it

the

c.

not offend him, would

Bti ne CTancxe cro oOnJKaiB, ne

npi-

^a.m?

reads very well, does he not

He

npfieja JH, TTO OUT, HnTaeii xo-

pouio

For the most part,

Eo.ibiiieio

Lo

Bon,

To

serve one's time,

BbicifrmiB

cpoia.

(.B.)ic.iyiKiiTi>, p. a.

To earn a

BbiciyatHTB neiiciK).

pension,

linage.

Or,

Come a

little

earlier,

or you

get nothing.

To

ferry across,

will

Ilpnxojihc nopaiimie, aua-io BU nnHCTO e no.iy'iUTC.

CHepeBosfitt,
,

the

^with
p. a.)

ace.

To keep

431
(

a promise,

Hcno.msTB

(IIcn6.imiTB, p.
Does he generally keep his promise

He

kept his promise only once.

ncno.niHerb

Om>

.111

a.

oirb CBOI'I

To.ibKO o,jiim> pa3i>

ncno.inn.it

CBoe o61>m.ame.
.

To change

To play

with the

na,
for,

a trick with,

It is certain,

At

a cheap rate,

Consequently,
aioro.

To apply

for

payment,

To do one's duty.
To turn sour.
To dismiss,
To boil.
To evade.
To smuggle.
To amount.

IIoTpe6oBaTB y
Hcno.inaTb oOaaaiiHocio.
Kiicnyib, p. a. nporuicnyTb.
BLIK.IIO'iaTb, p. a. BLIK.IIOIHTb.

KnnnTiirb, p. a. BCKHmrnSra.
HsOferaib, p. a. naoirflyib.

IIpOB03UTb

TaiillO.

UpocTiipaibca AO, with the gen.

Contraband goods.

To manage,
A strong man,

ciua4i>.

A duty, tax, noin.iima.

A loss, yipaia.
EXERCISE

About what

are

Koeipa(5aa^a,

To depart,
To flee,

A stratagem, xiixpocTb.
A boatman,

CXV.

you interrogating

this

boatman?

asked him whether he can ferry us across to the

opposite
I know that he ferries across, because he ferried
shore.

432

me, and at a very cheap rate

Are there many con-

too.

smuggled across every year? Yes, it is

reckoned that the loss to (fit) the revenue amounts to 200,000
traband, goods

In what way do they manage to evade

roubles yearly.
the payment of the duty ? For the most part by stratagem,
and sometimes even by force, for the smugglers, they say,
are nearly always armed.
What are these workmen throwing out of the ditch

much

They

are throwing earth out of

be thrown out

it.

No, they have nearly

thrown all out there remains only one heavy stone, but,
that strong man has thrown it out.
Will not your
lo
Is there

left to

aunt leave a small pension to her faithful old servant?

No, she says that he does not deserve it. Has this soldier
earned his pension

Yes, he has been receiving

it

for

Is it true that all the thieves were caught ?

years.
they caught only one thief, the others fled on all sides

some
No,

Must I consult
before the arrival of the police.
I
advise
never
to
No,
apply to him
you
better apply to my uncle, who is able to give

this ?

advice.

you not?

You

said

him upon
;

you had
you good

you would lend my sister this novel, did

and I will keep my promise. It

Yes, I said so,

is a pity we did not receive your letter, is it not ?

not matter much, for I saw him soon after I wrote

It does
it.

EXERCISE CXVI.

What do you do

(are

you in the habit of doing) now

in the

Read me
evening ? We read and then play at billiards.
a little from this book, and then you may go to play a little.

Do you intend
for

payment

to

pay that man

He

for the

wine when he applies

sends his clerk to

me

for the

money

every day, but I shall not pay him until he changes these

bad wines for better.

early

433

Why

do these guests depart so

is taken suddenly

Because the mistress of the house

Go

him

at once for the papers, or you will not find

Does he always do his duty? He only once
did not perform his duty, and was consequently dismissed
from the service. When shall I be free? When you have

ill.

him

at

to

home.

Have you
done your duty you will be free, but not before.
found your hat ? I was searching- for it everywhere for
a long time, and I cannot understand even now how it came
into this room.

Probably, you put it here

No, I always put my hat on the
table in the ante-room, and if I find it now on the table in
this room, it is certain that some one took it from there to
Will you not order some water to
play a trick with me.
(OHVTHTBCJI)

on the table yourself.

be boiled for

me

?-

I will order

it

directly,

Do

these

Only one has burst. Cork the bottles prowill turn sour.
wine
or
the
However you may cork
perly,
the bottles, this wine is sure to turn sour.

bottles burst?

FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
IlflTfc^ec/iTT,

BOCLMOH Yp6in>.

COMPOUND VERBS

Compound Verbs
defective verbs,

i.e.

(continued).

of perfect aspect formed from simple

from verbs wanting the iterative, as

from some verbs in DTB of the second conjugation,

have in the imperfect aspect the abridged termination nib

also

or aib instead of neaTB or bieaTL, as

COMPOUND VERBS.

SIMPLE VERBS.
Imperfect Aspect.
'BllHIlTb, tO

accuse,

ToMHTb, to weary,
b, to

decide,

Perfect Afpcat.

Imperfect Aspect.

OGBUBUTb,

06BI1II/IT6-.

yiOMHTb,

yx

paap-SuiiiTb,
ff

M.iaTb.

'

OBS.

The abridged termination

1.

meaning

434

of the primitive verb

is

is also

changed

used when the

in its

compound,

as:

COMPOUND VERBS.

SIMPLE VERBS.
Imperfect Aspect.

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.

ocaaiiib, to besiege,

to plant,

npocB'L'Tiiib, to

to light,

enlighten,

But when the compound verbs retain the signification of

their primitives, they have in the imperfect aspect the full
termination of the iterative, as :

COMPOUND VERBS.

SIMPLE VERBS.

Perfect Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.
Ca/uiTf),

to plant,

ncpeca^iixij, to

CBfcTliTb, tO light,

OBS.

form

is

2.

Imperfect Aspect.
replant,

nepeca;KiiB<Tn>.

BaCB'ETHTb, tO light,

3aCB't4UBaTb.

There are some compound verbs whose simple

either

wanting altogether or
Imperfect Aspect.
,
,

obsolete, as

Perfect Aspect.

to vanquish,

no61> jHTb.
r

to offend,

ofm4'ETb,

to meet,
Paaopaib, to ruin,

BCip-BTiiTb.

paaopifib.

OBS. 3. The aspect in such verbs is recognised by the

termination, which is almost always aifc or an, for the imperfect aspect.

EXCEPTION.
'

to justify/

Two

verbs of this category, onpaBpiBair,,

to promulgate/ have the

and ooiiapo^OBaiL,

'

termination aib also for the perfect aspect

Most compound verbs formed from the

onpaBAaib, ooiia-

oil root HTL,

to

take,' iterative, flMaifc,

435

take after the prefix an H for the sake

of euphony,
Imperfect Aspect,

Perfect Aspect,

to attend to,

future,

snare,

B3HMaTb, to take,
BwHHMaTb, to take out,

4onnMaTb, to annoy, vex,

3anHMaTb, to occupy,

BS.'lTb,

Bunyib,

Aonaib,

saiiaTb,

BOSbMy.

joiisiy,

H3T>arb,

pres.
HaiiHMaib, to hire,

eaHHTb,

Tiai'my",

OiiunMaTb, to embrace,

oGriarb,

OUIIIIM^,

OinnMaTb, to take away from,

OTIIHTb,

oiniiMy,

HepenHMaTb, to intercept,

nCpCHHTB,

nepeiiMy,

nonjiTb,

n oil My,

to understand,
,

to

nOAnarb,

lift,

to

undertake,

to accept,
to

life

npiniy,

npniiaib,

little,

DpOHUMaTb, to penetrate,

nponaib,

PasDHMatb, to part,
CimsaiB, to take off,

cnaib,

ciniMy.

ynaib,

yiiMy.

pasnaib,

to repress, silence,

All the above verbs of imperfect aspect are conjugated according to the examples of the first class ; those
of perfect aspect follow the example ait given in the sixth

OBS.

4.

class of the table of regular verbs

(Lesson 55).

riIpenTCTBOBaTb gov.the dat.

;

To

hinder, to prevent,

To thwart,

(BocnpeaitTCTBOBaib, p.
")

gov.

aTb, p. a. )

To understand,

i,

a.

dat.

cibiinaiL.

I understand you.

We uudtu'stand you

went

to him.

4TO

BLinOLU.Il'l RT>

the

To
He

enter the service,

entered the

All of

to

na wfafiy.
f Hocryndn,
(HocTvni'iTB, p. a.
Om>

civil service,

them are going

436

On li

embrace

military service.

Bcfe

f OAdiHiarb, p.

To

Boennyto

BT>

nociynaiorb

c.!y/Kdy.

spare,

a.

a.

J ma^iiTB, P-

OoXOAUTBCfl,

p.

OOOimiCE

a.

6e3 B.

Can yon spare any money

I have some to spare.

He

We

spared even his enemies.

cannot spare you.

To

Md^eie MI BH

Meiifi

040.TJKHTL 4eiien>?

ecTL eii^e JiiuiniH ^eiibm.

OUT, ma^u.ii) /(HHte sparoB^ csoiJX'6.

Mbl HG MOHJCMT) 0()OiiTMCb

( Hac.ia5K4aTBCJi,
Ji,
p. a.

inst.

OIL,

the

of,

p. a,

gen.
( TIpeiieoperaTB,

gov.

")

neglect,

(Ilpeueope^B,

To ask

for leave,

the inst.

p. a.)

rlTpociiTB no3BO.ieuw.

(HonpocHTB,

To

the
ov. th
gov.

W1

escape, to decamp,

To get out
To depart,
To

*)

enjoy,
;

To

CC31> Bac^.

p. a.

("ITpOTiiBHTBCfi,

gov. the dat.

oppose,
(BocnpoTibiiTBCfl, p. a.

To

fl

practise,

prep.

To
To
He
He
He

refuse, to reject,
recall, to decline,

B'B,

with

on,,
p. a.

")

with the

gen.

refuses to do this.

OTKa3LIBaCTCfl

recalls his \vor

OTKaabiBaeiCH orb CBoiix'b

Is.

refused to play.

the

c.

OTKil3a.lCfl Ul'pdTb.

C.IOBT>.

To cany

437

OIcno.nnT.,, p.

out,

a.

ncno.inim.

(BLinoju.iTf>, p. a. B:,'in(mniTB.

Contrariwise,

To

stop

IlaoooporL, nanpoTnin,.

making

a noise,

Fiimm-rLca, p. a.

To exclaim.
To perceive.
To acquire (by imitation).
To prove, to be proved.
To hold a reception.
To stipulate, appoint. f

BoCKJBlja'Tb, p. a.
3aM-fe<iaTb, p. a.

DopeimMaTb,

HpnuHMaTb y

official of

Late

SiiaTiiwii caH6BnHK"b.

high standing.

Late (former), npeiKiiitt.

Trick, niyTKa, ina.iocib.

(last),

Mischievous,

3.1011.

Training, BOcnuxaHie.

A job, paSoia.

Work,

EXERCISE

What

sort of building- do

all sorts of building

cc6a.

Haana'iaib, p. a. nasnfnriTB.

An

p. a. nepenaTb.

OKaabiBaibOi, p. a. OKaaaibca.

sshoolmate, coyieniiKB.

CXVIL

you undertake?

I undertake

Is it true that the works undertaken

Yes, in underyear are not yet finished ?

taking a difficult job I did not calculate well beforehand
how much time would be required for it, and besides that,

by you

last

hired by me proved to be insufyou not take off your hat yesterday before
your late master ? When I meet him, I always take off
my hat, and if I did not do it yesterday, it was, of course,

the

number

ficient.

of

workmen

Why did

because I did not perceive him.

Why do you take the

?
I
took
from
sister
only one doll away
your
toys away
from her, and that was because she wanted to break it.
Have you accepted presents from him ? Why not ? he
Does the baroness
always accepted presents from me.
She received us last
often hold receptions at her house ?
week, and asked us to visit her in future without being- in-

438

Have you

hired a large house in town for the

I have no need to hire a house in town, as I have
Do not take the things out of the trunk j
one of my own.
vited.

winter?

as

we

shall not stop at this station.

But I ordered you not

already.

I have taken

to take

them

them out
I heg

out.

your pardon ; I misunderstood you. I cannot understand

Low it is you always carry out my orders contrariwise.
EXERCISE CXYIII.

What

do these unfortunate parents regret ? They regret that they did not prevent their son from entering
The mother, sobbing, exclaimed " If I
military service.
:

had thwarted
not now

come

only son's desire to leave home, I should

"
have to blame myself for his death.
Will you

my

to us to-morrow at the stipulated time

me

If

it is

pos-

decamp from my friends, you may rely on

wanted to get out of our invitation.- Do
He
my presence.
not depart from your own words, or we will never believe
sible for

you again.
her that she

to

She asks

may go

for leave to

go to her

sister.

Tell

to her to-morrow, but that to-day we

is your brother in health ?
Oh,

cannot spare her. How

he always enjoys excellent health.

In declining

their in-

you lost an excellent opportunity of being presented to an official of high standing, who might be useful
I do not regret it at all.
to you in many respects.
You

vitation^

ought not, however, to neglect good acquaintances.

If I

neglected this invitation, it does not mean that I neglect

good acquaintances. Are you satisfied with the

training
that your son gets at the town school ?
No, on the conhe has acquired there
trary, I am very much dissatisfied
;

only the bad manners and mischievous tricks of his school-

439

In endeavouring to stop the noise of his pupils the

"
master shouted louder than anyone, Hold your noise, you
mates.

disobedient children, or I will punish you severely."

FIFTY-NINTH LESSON.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Irregular verbs proper are those which do not follow in
moods, tenses and persons the rules of formation, deviating in some inflexions from their proper conjugation or
all

from their proper class

irregular inflexions or

as also those

having some peculiar

changes of radical letters not

met

with in other verbs.

There are in the Russian language only twelve irregular

verbs, which are :
1.

E'foitaTb, to

run.

PeirfeTb, to

mar.

Xorfcib, to wish.

HniTb, to honour.
HIuOuTb (root).
2.

-Bxaib, to ride.

DATU,

Tnaib, to drive.
Cnaib, to sleep.
I

to go.

4'iTb, to

DuTb, to be.
-Bcib, to eat.

give.

1.
The irregularity of the first eight in the above
consists chiefly in their belonging to a mixed conjugation, or to a mixed class, and that of the remainder in

OBS.

list

changes of radical
mutation.

letters

contrary to the rules of per-

TABLE NO.

1.

CONJUGATION OF

IRREGULAR VERBS.

44'J

Observations on No. 1 Table of Irregular Verbs

a.

as

IIIn6iiTi>

an active verb

prefixes BLI, 3a, y,

'

BbimeoiTfc,

to braise;' yiunoiiTL,

the prefix o, omiiouTLCff,

1.

is
f

as

to
f

hurt/

to

make

replaced

by

ii,

generally used with the

knock out / saiuuonTB,

as a neuter verb it takes
a mistake/

004:'?,

c t CndTL, HATH

noiiTM the

no^'ne, and in

two terminations:

passive

radical

fl

is

HaiiTn, npiimi, saimi, etc.

In the imperative of
omitted,, as

to

In compound verbs formed from HATH, the

as

semivowel

BL'IHTII

BbliUH, Bbiii^Hie

and

is

11

usually
the imperative has

BLI^B,

Bb'uwe (slang).

and 6biTt, being of neuter voice,, have no

but compound verbs of active voice

participle,

'

formed from these verbs, such as npocnaiB, to miss in

sleeping/ naiiin, to find/ 3a6b'in>, 'to forget/ have the
passive participle with inflexions as shown in the table, i.e.
'

npocnam.,
cl.

The

Hai'uein., aaGJirB.

participle

GyAymiM as well as the verb oy^y ex-

i
presses the future tense, but the gerund 6yAy
of
the
tense.
present
signification

a.

The imperative of xo T iy

is

(uoc), as: saxoiu (BOCXOTII); the

has tho

used with the prefixes aa or

gerund present XOT/I is used

only in the negative form, as HexoTa, the particle taking

the accent.

The gerund XOT/I when used without the

comes a conjunction, signifying although.

particle He be-

The imperative of fc^y, both in the simple imperfect

and in the compound perfect aspect, is not used, but is borrowed from the compound verb of imperfect aspect with the
as
noteaii, go/
prefix no,
f.

'

The same
for all

other
'

Bbit3/Kau,

443

inflexion in the imperative

verbs, as

compound

drive out

;'

must be used also

come round /
'

aa'taaii,

etc.

form of the past gerund of the verb

used
never
BATH
alone, but only with a prefix, as npiiiueAT. ;
in ordinary speech the second form, viz. iue#mn must
be used.
ff.

Ule/jt, the first

is

The

iteratives printed in italics are

definite

formed from the in-

form or from the imperfect aspect of the same verb.

All the inflexions omitted in this table are formed regularly.

Besides the above-named thirteen irregular verbs there are

others, which, although conjugated regularly, deviate

some

somewhat from the

rules of formation.

Their principal irregularity consists in the irregular forinfinitive or of the present tense.

mation of the

The apparent irregularities of the infinitive, as also of

the present or of the imperative, are due to the avoidance
of unpleasant combinations of sounds.

r,

Thus, for example, in the infinitive the radical consonants

u into c, as
K change into H ;
, 6,
:

Indiontire.

Infinitlre.

Crpnry, cipuri;

crpiiHb, instead of

TCKy,

TG'lb,

Tt-'KT.;

KpiiAy,

Kpa(4)rt

Tpedy; rpe6xj
K.iany,

Bejy,

ius.n>;
Be(A).n.;

CTpnro.

TCKTb.

Kpacib,

Kpajib.

rpecni,

K.incTb,

BOCTU,

TABLE NO.
M
BB
c3

2.

444

VERBS OF IRREGULAR FORMATION.

'ABLE

N-

3.

445

VERBS OF IRREGULAR FORMATION.

INFINITIVE

MOOD.

446

The

radical vowels are also

sometimes changed, a vowel

or a consonant being inserted in the present tense for the

sake of euphony.
These changes, with the exception of a
few, form groups of verbs conjugated in the same way, but
more useful to learners than

a table of these verbs will be

any number of

rules.

Observations on the Tables of Verbs No. 2 and 3

The

inflexions not given in the Tables

No. 2 and

3, are

formed regularly.

With regard to the class of verbs in the No. 3 Table,

MOJOTb belongs to Class III. and KJflCTB to Class VI. ; all
the rest in this table are conjugated according to the
examples given in Class VII. of the Table of Regular
Verbs (Lesson 55).

Verbs marked with an asterisk are used only with preand those marked with p. are of perfect aspect.

fixes,

To draw

close, to

move up

To sit near by,

To take a seat (make

to,

with

C HoACMBHraTBca

n,

( IIoflO^BHHyTtca,

p. a.

) dat.

IIoAcitfaTi,, p. a. nojcfiCTB.

one's

ycajKHBaiBca, p. a. yciciLca.

self

To
He

comfortable),
squeeze, to press,
was

HofflnMaTB, noiKaiB.

in the habit of squeezing

OQT. no/KHMaj-b esiy pyity.

his hand.

He

squeezed his hand.

To

pass, to ride through,

OHI

noaciLrb eaiy

Man

no, with the dat.

sa,

They

He

passed through the town.

passed through the barrier.

Onii npo'Bxajn

with the aocus.

no

rtjpojy.

"^a" 3a 3aciriBy
C Onii
Olll>

npolixaj'L saciaBy.

'

To

447

sleep, to pass the night,

)
IIo iieBaib,p. a.

To wind upon,

HaBepTbiBaTb,p.a.HaBepnyTb.

(To turn on, to be wound on),

IlaBepTbiBaibca, p.

to start (of tears),

a.

nafiep-

HyibCfl.

Tears used to come into his eyes.

CICSLI HaBepiLiBa-iHCL y Hero Ha rja-

Tears came into his eyes.

y Hero eaBCpnyjacb ea rjasaxi c.ie'31,1.

3HXT>.

Ho npiTCJbCKH

In a friendly manner,

To lay down,
To be

to spread,

Pasmuan

sa,

IIopy

iHTLCfl 5 p. a.

open,

dat.
a.

p.

(.

To be

with the

J
( PasocLiaib, p. a. )

spread,

fly

n04py;KecKn.

To warrant,
To

no

with the

^
5

accus.
a.

p.

satisfied,

( BLITB

] _

paao-

pac-

(OciaBaTLca )

Was
They

he

satisfied

will

be

Ocra-icfl Jin

OHH

satisfied.

CEMLIH.

Itself,

The horizon

Up

To

ocTaoyiCfl AOBO.ILHU.

to the

ride

up

itself.

verge of the horizon.

casiaro nedociuona.

with tho

to,

CAotxaib, p. a .j

To

cross, to ride across,

1
(.

"^^"^B npcai,,
llepeLxaib,

p. a.

g en>
with
^
) the ace.

448

To

CSataan,

call on,

KT>,

(.SatxaTB, p. a. )

To damp) MOiiiib;
perf.
To fade, jniiaib ;
.
To drive away from,
.
orroiiflTb;
.
To drive away, yronnib;
To devour, to eat, noiUHpaii. ;
To appoint, na3ua iaib
,

witL tho
dat.

asp. noMO-niTb.
.

no.nimirb.

OTornaib.

yrnaib.
no;npaTb.

Hnrdj TBep^biii,
A back yard,

CM.ii.i:wii.

Smooth,

A
A

casket,

country house,

Dark

4;Via.

blue, TeMnocimiii.

Timid,

Coa3JUBi>iii.

Furtlier,

paved road, mocc.

porch,

drover,

Monotonous,

Dark grey,
Endless,

EXERCISE CXIX.
Harness the grey horses and go for the children. After
having brought them home, come to me for further orders.
At what time did you leave (B^jixaTB H3T>) town ? At a
quarter-past two.

Narrate to

me

the details of your tra^

With

At the hour appointed for the

pleasure.
came
to
the
there
porch a coach, harnessed with
journey
four post-horses, and after taking our seats we rode out of
veiling.

our street to one of the best streets of the capital.

We

went along that street for about ten minutes and at length
we came to a stone bridge. After crossing the bridge we
called on our aunt, in order to take leave.- 'She was living
(use pres. tense) in one of the most magnificent houses of that
part of the town, but not finding her at

home we continued

our journey, and after half-an-hour passed through

town

barrier

and went on along a smooth paved

road.

the

On

both sides of the road stood pretty country houses with

449

little

were

in the fields, in a luxuriant grass there

gardens;

many

beautiful flowers to be seen.

sides of the road, although picturesque,

The view on both

seemed to us rather

monotonous, and as we went on we saw nothing but endless

In this way,
fields, spreading to the verge of the horizon.

we came
and on the following

without meeting a single tree or a single hillock,

to the last station,

up

where we

day, early in the morning,

rest

you know.

You

chair ?
fell off

are

the chair

slept,

went on

foot to the village

dren run out into the yard without

me

of

it

immediately.

Yes,

Do you

my

colour do

my

permission, inform

sir.

EXERCISE

Take

the

Did you hurt yourself in falling off the

mistaken, it was not I, but my sister who
but she was not hurt. Should the chil-

shave yourself?

measure and make

CXX.

No, the barber shaves me.

me a frock-coat. Of what

you wish it to be ? Dark blue or black ? Is this

and do you warrant me that it will not fade ?

cloth durable,

It is very durable, although rather thin.

that after being damped it will be rough.

you will be

satisfied

with

it.

magnificent, are they not ?

shops, but one sees often at

It

seems to

me

I have no doubt

The shops in our town are

Yes, you have many excellent
the door of some of those shops

some poor man in rags, timidly looking around to see

whether someone will give him a penny, which he wants to
buy a piece of bread. Are the carpets laid down on the
floors ?
Not yet, but we will lay them down immediately
after the

servant has finished washing the

floors.

This

gentleman at every meeting squeezes my hand in a friendly

manner, although we hardly know one another. lie
o G

450

into his eyes.

squeezed his hand so hard that tears came
He pressed the spring of the lock and the casket flew open.
Is the corn reaped?

sheep to

He

drives

cow away from

are

now

reaping

it.

Sit

I would rather draw nearer the

Where

I feel cold.

fire, for

this

No, they

window.

nearer to the

does this drover drive these

Drive
to the slaughter-house.
will
eat
all
the
the window, or she

them

I have driven her away twice already; I had

better go and tell the servant to drive her away to the
flowers.

back yard.

SIXTIETH LESSON.
GOVERNMENT.

Nouns and verbs govern

by means of prepositions.

other words either directly or

The genitive, dative, accusative and instrumental cases

are governed in both ways, but the prepositional case never
stands in immediate relation to the governing word of a
sentence, as

never used without a preposition.

it is

OF THE
The genitive

GENITIVE.

case without a preposition

may

be used a8

an attribute or a complement.
A.
is

As an

used
a.

attributive or determinative

word the genitive

With nouns

to indicate possession, direct

dependence

or influence,

451

and answers the question whose ?

for animate,

or of what ? for inanimate objects.

The father's house.
4<>MT> oiqa.
The peasant's son.
CHBI Kpecibaiinea.
The commander of the fleet.
Haia.ibiiHK'b *Joia.
,

To express a

quality attributed to a noun, and anthe

swering
question what kind or quality ? or ivhich yeart
b.

month, day, etc. :

A man of great intelligence.
He is tall.
On which day of the month ?
On the first.

HeJOBfKi dojbfflaro yna.

Bbicoicaro pocia.

OOT>

Koioparo i H c.i a

B. The genitive as a complement

a.

Nouns denoting

HepBaro
is

governed by

quantity, measure, weight, etc., as

also collective nouns.

A dozen spoons.
A handful of salt.
A crowd of people.
b.

CTOJLKO,

;K

K *.

FopCTb c 6 A n.

To.mu H a p 6 & a.

The pronouns MHoro,

much/
f

4t8;Kuna A 6

so

much/

'

many, much
f

nicKOJBKO,

'

;'

CKOJLKO,

how

a few, some;' Ma-

'

enough ;' 66j'fce, more / Meete,

less ;' the numerals beginning from two, in the nominat.
or accus., and the numerals ABOC, ipoe, HeiBepo, etc., in the

AO,

little

;'

/[OBOJBHO,

'

nominative.

How many

days are there in the

CK&ILKO AHeii

ET>

roxy

year?

365 40efi.
Mndro Jia Baci

365 days.

How many

of you

were there

There were ten of us.

He has plenty of work and

Hacx
little

y eero Mnoro

time.
I

pafloibi,

eo M'UO

BICHH.

was there more than a month.

Less than

Cb'uo

6b'uo Aecarepo.

this.

fl

dbijx TaMi, Oo.ite siicana.

Mentc

5ioro.

Bpe*-

452

1.
The genitive case is also used with impersonal
when one of the pronouns, such as Mnoro, MOJO, H-fe-

OBS.
verbs

etc., is

understood.

Many guests came.

There was some increase of business.
c.

Ha'fixa.io

(wnoro) rocxeii.

IIpuOuBiuocb (irBcKOJbKo) #&ia.

Those active verbs of perfect aspect in which the action

only to a part of the object, and when MHOFO, Maio,

relates

irkKO.ii.KO, etc., in

the accusative case are understood

To sow some corn.

To bring some water.
To

obtain

Hoc-Barb

npnnecTU

some money.

/JociaTb

in e H

u n H.

BOJL'I.

4 6 e e n>.

The imperfect aspect of the same verbs governs

OBS.
the accusative :
CtflTb n m e n u q y.
To sow corn.
HOCUTB BO" Ay.
To bring water.
To obtain money.
^ociaBUTb Aeiibrn.
.

d.

Common

abundance
He
I

reflective verbs

with the prefix

na,

denoting

read a great

many

books.

saw a great many curious

things,

Ou* naiinuiCH K e H r i.
fl iiar.ifl4*-ica
flHKOBuni.

The comparative of adjectives and adverbs, when not

Followed by the conjunction HeKe.ui, or H^MT,, 'than i'
e.

Moscow

is

more ancient than

Petersburg.
Gold is dearer than

f.

St.

MOCKBH Apceaie

C.

36.1010 aopojne

ccpedpu.

silver.

The following neuter verbs

To
To

wish,

(To hunger,

To
To

And

[lete.

a\iKaib), obso-

thirst for,

(To hope,

deign,

the adjective AOCTOHUT,,

To ask, cnpfimBBaib.
To expect, ojRHA&rb.
To attain,
To be worth, cionTb.

;i;e.i;iib.

will, xoTBTb.

neieptfypra.

'laflii,),

worthy/

obsolete.

453

Neuter and common verbs expressing fear,

g.

privation

He
He
He
He

loss,

or

fears him.

Ofli COHTCS

lost his father.

Om> JoinM.ica oiqa.

On* ^yat^ n op 6 K a.
OHT> jinnem i eci H.

is

devoid of vice.

is

deprived of the honour.

Tliey are worthy of their respect.

Onii

e r 6.

AOCTOUHU H x T> y B a ;K e H

a.

preceded by the negative adverb ne,

as also the impersonal verbs iiirL, He ciaio, ne BM^HO, oe
h. All active verbs

HM-fceica,

sence

ne

(Xiynaeicfl

and

others,

Do
Do

not waste time.

He

not do

He
He

There

is

evil.

no change

to

be seen.

OBS.
is,

e H H.

Tejpaii

Bp

4U.iaii

3ja.

Bifono

n ep 6 M i H il.

H H e r 6 He cjyiu.iocb.
H*rb H 3 B c T i ii.

Nothing happened.
There is no news.

that

denoting privation or ab-

The adverb He governs the genitive

3.

through the verb to which

it is

indirectly,

attached.

OF THE DATIVE.

A. The dative without a preposition, used as an attribute,

denotes a direct dependence or influence upon the object to

which it relates :
He is my friend.
He is master of this

list

house.

of things.
of the family.

The head

Oat Mnt flpyri.

Out xoaaanx 9 TO My floMy.
CDHCOKT. B e
P-iaea

m a Jit.

ceMeiiciBy.

B. The dative, as complement of a sentence,

is

used with

Nouns and verbs denoting a state or quality relating

an object, as also with those indicating the object for
whose gain or loss the action is performed.
a.

to

see him.

He

wants me.

OBI MII* mtfin>.

H CMJ nyateei.

454

We

are equal to them.

debt with him.

MLI

iiMt pasnu.

OHX

3ajo.i;Ka.n>

He has got into

He owes him.

OET, flojJKeH'b

They injure him.

She helps them.

Onfi

eny,
M f.

Onii Bpeflarb esiy.

noMoraerb u

MT>.

b. Impersonal verbs, denoting a state or

feeling
buted to an animate object

attri-

He

is

We

1 pity
I

merry, but

want

I feel dull.

to cat.

Emy
II

MH$
Mn*

him.

cannot go.

Bece.io,

a M T>

a MIT* CKyieo.

xoieicfl
H;a.ib

'fccib.

ero.

ne.!b3a

n^iii.

The copula 6biTt in the infinitive is followed by

OBS. 4.
the dative to express a state or condition, only in the
following example

To be
c.

And

alone.

the following

compound adverbs

Suitably, cooTBtTCTBeHeo.

Decently, npn.iuino.
Similarly, no/jo()HO.

Moderately,
Compliantly,

Matching

BT> M'fipy.
BT>

yrojy.

in size,

EbiTb ojnOMy.

HOAI ciaib.

Contrary, BonpeKO.
In order to reproach, BT> j'Ko
In order to annoy, na 3Jo.

In spite of, Ha nepeKopt.

In derision, ea CM^XX.

Matching

in colour, no,rb

OF THE ACCUSATIVE.
The accusative without

a preposition
to active verbs, as :

complement
He reads
I

Oex iHiaeix R n

a book.

gave the paper.

Remember

wliat

you read.

They know him.

OBS.
also

5.

place,

#u*

ii

r y.

dyaiary.

HOMHO T^iannoc.
Onu cr6 snarorb,

The accusative without a preposition may be

reflective, reciprocal and passive

but in this case it expresses the circumstances of
or time, and has the meaning of an adverb, as:

used with neuter,

verbs,

ff

used only as a

is

(
I

455

walked a mile.

)
fl

He was lazy the whole day.

He washed himself for two whole

npome.n> MH.IIO.

Oex

.i'6mi.ica

Oin> Mbucfl

qtJbiii

40 a

b.

ABE iaca.

hours.

The bridge was

all

in

a damaged state

Moon.

the year round.

dbi.n>

ncndpiem> K p y r J LI

il

ro^t.

OF THE INSTRUMENTAL.
The instrumental
a.

With

case without a preposition is used,

passive verbs, to designate the subject of a pro-

position, and answering the question by whom ?

K1>MT> 910 npinieceiid ?
By whom is this brought
I

It is

brought by me.

9io npimecend MOOH).

With

active, neuter and other verbs, to express the

instrument by which the action was perthe
means or
formed, and answering the question, by whom ? or by what ?
b.

(with what ?)
I

write with a pen.

niimy

neptfsrb.

They are occupied with work.

OHM

He

OHT> nrpa.ii erd SOJOTOH i^tnoqKOtt.

played with his gold chain.

With

c.

SUHJITU paddroii.

the copula CHTB in the infinitive to express a

state or condition, this form being used for the infinitive of

passive verbs, as
:

To be merry,

BLITL seceJUMT,.

To be

loved, BWTB .iroSaMWMi.

In the form of an adverb in the instrumental case are

put

a.

Nouns denoting the manner

in

performed, and answering the question

The

letter

is

written

in

large

lioiv

Ba

MaJHBa

Kpyn UMMH 6yK

M ti.
pacte'it KycTasin.

UoiicKO nocipdiMOCb
Onii

is

HIICLMO naniicano

characters.

The raspberry grows in bushes.

The army was drawn up in line.
They went by sea.

which the action

pa 4 a M B.

noixaJH M<5peMl.

The dust

456

rose in clouds.

)
HbLib noAua.*ac<> CTOJdoMi.

We are going at a

MLI

He

Ou-bCToa.iT.KO

walking pace.
stood with his face turned to-

H^e'-Mi.

niaroui.

MH*

.iHn.o.M'b.

wards me.

To buy tobacco by pounds.

b.

Names

the question

IIOKynaTb TaOaKT, *yBT.'tMH.

of seasons and parts of the day, in answer to

when ?

In spring, BGCHOH).

At
c.

name

In summer,
In the morning, y

night, Hoibio.

Substantives or adjectives to designate the name, suror quality attributed to an object.

They call him John.

He was considered an

Ero soByTt HeaeoMX.

Ero CIHT'UB yMDbnn, (ie.iOB-6KOMx)

intelligent

man.
I

found this reading

difficult.

fl

To heat a stove,
To light the fire,

eame.ix 5io iienie TpyAHbiM*.

ToniiiB ne'it.

Saionuib, p.

OHM

They ordered the stove to be lighted.

The house is heated with iron

npiiKaaliH saxonim neib.

OTan.iHBaeica

fl,m\T>

/Kc.rfe3iibiMQ

nc-

stoves.

iaMU.

To master,
To give one's
He

a.

/(aBaitcji,

self to,

/{aifcca, p.

cannot master the foreign Ian-

Eny

govern the
dat.

a.)

He ^awica HHocipauHbie

aabiKii.

guages.

He
I

mastered sciences.

E.My ^a^ucb naynn.

OUT. MH* ne ^aexca BX pynn.

cannot get hold of him.

To get hold

j
(.

To become

M a4^TL,

3aB,ia4f>TB, p. a.

instr.

3a "e M oraTB,

govern the

3a
of,

ill,

j
(.3aHeMo4B,

p. a. )

govern the

instr.

TO

457

CXapKaTb KpOBbfO.

Spit blood,

p. of unity.

To have the name

To shrink.
To shake.
To move.

of

C.IHTL, p. a. npoc.ibiTb.

HoatHMdib, p. a. noJKaib.
a. noKai.'ib.

DoKaiHBaTb, p.
IIIeBe^iiTb, p. a.

A manager.
An accident.

ynpaBjaromia.
UpOHCiiiecTBie.

Exertion.

Hanpaajenie.

Firmness.

EXERCISE CXXI.

What
money.

does he ask

What

is

He asks him for some

He is afraid lest some
What she was frighsomething.

him

for?

he afraid of?

one should ask him for

She was frightened at the storm. Take a

you know he is a friend to you and therefore would not advise you badly.
How many months old
is this child ?
It is seven months old.
Of what height is
tened at

friend's advice,

your uncle

He

is

the princess's ball

very tall. Were there many of you at

There were seven of us. What are

you waiting for ? I am waiting for orders. When you go

to your merchant, buy for me, if you please, some pens,
All goods at your neighbour's are much
pencils and paper.
better and cheaper than those of your merchant.
What
did this frock-coat cost you

Does he not

It cost

me

five

pounds ten

shillings.
Yes, he does, but
he does not obey him.
Have you ordered the fire to be
lighted? Not yet, but I ordered some fire-wood to be
brought, and as soon as he brings it, I will order the fire

like his teacher?

Do you know why he does not visit me any

more ? He is ashamed of his lies, dreads your reproaches,
and is too proud to acknowledge his fault and ask your

to be lighted.

458

He need not dread my reproaches, as I know that

pardon.
he did not tell a deliberate lie, but only repeated what was
said

by

When

others.

We

did you leave town, and were you

town in the evening, were riding

left
riding long ?
the whole night and came

home

early in the morning.

EXERCISE CXXII.
one believe everything that is said ? On the connot
only one may not, but even should not, believe.
trary,
What do you wish for ? I am wishing to go for a walk.

May

Do you

feel

dull here, then

No, but I

feel

warm

here.

Does your brother learn diligently? He is as diligent as

ever, but he cannot master the mathematics, although he
learns with facility foreign languages.
So he is a man of
and
slow
intellect.
You
would vex him
good memory
much were you to tell him that. I want to give you this
diamond ring. I should be very glad of the present, but

am

afraid that, in accepting

for

whom

hold of

it

my

Well, but

it,

I shall deprive your

was intended, of the

tell

nephew,

Who

has got
with
it.
;
making
pen
him not to cut his pencils with it. What

knife

Peter

he

pleasure.

his

is

pen are you writing with ? I am not writing with

What are you surprised at ?
a pen, but with a pencil.
We are surprised at your being here earlier than us by a
sort of

whole hour, although we rode and you walked. I went out

early in the morning and walked through the forest and
without stopping once, whilst you rode by the main road and
stopped

many

times.

EXERCISE CXXIII.

Does Mr. B.
abounds in game

still
?

manage that

estate of yours,

which

Yes, and he has the name of being an

459

honest and clever manager ; but he is now very

fellow (61uiittra).
"What is the matter with him ?

ill,

poor

few

days ago he was riding over the bridge at a trot, his horse
stumbled against a stone, and he fell and hurt himself very

On

much.
is

now

the following day he began to spit blood, and

fever.
Does his doctor consider his illness

with

ill

He

it, and only shrugs his

I pity his poor wife; she
wept bitterly while communicating to me the news of this
Now she tends him like a child, as he cansad accident.

dangerous

is

silent

about

shoulders and shakes his head.

not move his arms or legs. Is she not afraid of becoming

ill also from exertion, which deprives her of rest
day and

night

She does not seem

to

pay any attention to

it

one

surprised at her strength, patience and firmness.

is that son of his now who was last
year at the

is really

Where

universitv as a student

He is now in our town as a doctor.

SIXTY- FIRST LESSON.

IHecnaecart

PREPOSITIONS AND PREPOSITIONAL ADVERBS GOVERNING

THE GENITIVE.
Without,

A man

without fortune.

We

cannot do without money.

Five all but two.

quarter to two o'clock.

For (for the sake of).
I came here for your sake.
Pens are necessary for writing.
In order to.

BesT,.
T

Ie.iOBtKi deax cocroania.

Haul

ne.ib3a odoiinicb 6c3i

Haib 6esi

4ea iaca 6e3i leTBepin.

4-ia.
fl

npHme.n. CK>AH

.ia saci..

Ilepba nyntHbi A.ia micania.

4-m

T or6 '11061..

460

Until,

up

to,

Before, as far as,

He was

faithful to

him

till

death.

OHT, 6ujii

waited until the evening.

It came to such a pass that there
I

was not a

single

penny

That happened before your

left.

arrival.

fl

B-Epefl-b

eMy 40 CMCPTH.

JK^ajx 40 B^iepa.

4ouu<5 40 lord, ITO He ocia-iocb

04Horo nenn.
9io CJyiM.iocL 40 Bamero
9io 40 Bac'b HG Kacaexca.

npH66m.

This does not concern you.

I have
something to ask you.

y MGHH

What

KaKoe BaMi) 40 5ioro Albo.

business

is it

of yours.

Before the birth of Christ.

He
Up
He

40 saci. npdcbOa.

40 POHMCCTBH XpHCTOBa.

read on to the end.

OHT> iiiTa.ii 40 KOHU,a.

to this place.

40 9Toro Mtcia.

rode as far as the

Out

of,

from,

He came out of the house.

They concluded from this
was wrong.
He did this of his own free
He works

for

OHI ixan 40 4cpeBHH.

village.

Ilai,.

for,

OH-L

H3T 3roro OHM HUUItailB, ITO OH^ no

that he

npaBT,.

031

will.

OHI

money.

They received him out

To lose one's temper.

ErO

of charity.

3l MH.IOCTH.
ce6a.

Between, amidst,

y,

"j

Among,

The water penetrated between the

(implying direction

or motion).
Measly 4ocoKT) npOHHKfua B04a.

planks.
I fell

among

OBS.

1.

fl

strangers.

MCJKAV,

nond.ii. sleazy

when not implying direction

governs the instrumental case.

Along,
I

ne3naKOMbixi.

wa'ked along the river.

B40.Ib.
fl

ry-uu-b B40Jb

or motion,

461

Instead

He

of, for,

took this book instead of that

KHtlry BM-BCTO rott.

one.

Instead of learning his lessons, he

is

Hrpaerb.

Will you go there for

me

Xoiuie

Within,
His house

Out
The

BMBCTO ioro iTofrb yiiiib ypoicn, om>

playing.

is

of,

noiiiii

xvja BM-BCTO Meea?

BHVTPH.

within the fortification.

Ero AOMI HaxojiiTca Bnyxpa

beyond, outside,

Bat.

fortifications

are outside the

yKptii.ie'-

naxdjarca BO* rdpoja.

town.

He

is

out of his wits.

He

is

sitting beside

Onx

Beside, by, near,

They

live

next to

us.

ceoa.

Bo3.lt,

OHI

me.

BII-B

cnwn

BOOJ-B

OlIH JKHByTT, B03.lt

His garden is near the village.

I was riding and he was running

Ero caji. no^-6 AepcBim.

a 1>xa.n> BepxoMi.. a oei

alongside of me.

Meiia.

Except, besides,
There was no one except you

in

our

KpoMtt Baci> y tract HHKoro H^ 6u.io.

house.
I

eat nothing but bread.

Without joking.

By, past,

He passed by our house.

About, round,

fl

HHiero HC -BMI KpoMt

KpOM'B niyTOKT>.

MHMO.
OHI

iiiext MII uo

nainero 4OMa.

OKOJO.

We went round the garden.

MLI oOoinju OKOJO caja.

He

Out

We

somewhere near the forest.

were waiting for about two

lives

hours.

Mu

;KHBe'r&

oa5n4;tiH OKOJO

462

Around,
There

is

BoKpyrx.

not a single garden 'around

BoKpyn> rdpoja HtrL

nil

o^aoro ca^a.

the town.

dense fog hangs round the moun-

BoKpyn>

tain peak.

From, out
They went away from

From

He

of, since,
us.

the house to the forest.

fell ill

BQCHTT>

BepuiHHM

ropnoii

rycidii TjMairb.

from trouble.

OHM

yiiiju OTT>

nac

On. AoMa #o jica.

OUT. saCojilii. OTT,

remedy against head-ache.

He did not know what he was doing
from joy.

From year to year.

From day to day.
He dismissed him from

OTX, OTO.

.ItKapCTBO

Out He

on

ro.iOBiidii 66.10.

3iia.iTi,

'ITO

A"L!a.n>

on

40CTII.

TOAI OTX rojy.

4CHb OTO AHH.

his service.

OHT>

CMy

Om>

we.n>

Behind, from behind,

He was walking behind me.

He attacked him from behind.

Upon,
He

over,

put a fur coat over his frock-

Oiii) H an 0.11

aa Hero C3a ?e.

(

IIoBepxT,.

0m.

u3L^b.n>

inyoy noeepx^

coat.

We

saw him upon the water.

MM

cro

noBepxi

After, afterwards,

He came

after

me.

After having written, he rose.

Before, formerly,

He came

He went

Oirb npHuie'Ji

noc.i-6 Meufl.

OHT. Bcia.ix noc.iB ioro Kant uana

C (of time).

before you.

OH* npnme'ji

Against, opposite,

IIpoiHBL (movement).

against the enemy.

OHI uieJL

npe;KAe saci.

npoiHB'L ucapiaie4fl.

463

Against, opposite,

He
On

For the sake

HanpoTiiBt,

eacynpoTHBt,

(rest).
OHT> JKHBcrb iianpoiuBT)

lives opposite our house.

the contrary.

He
He

iiaci.

of,

served for honour's sake.

OUT, cjyjKii.il pa^n ie*cTH.

did

Om wbjia.n STO

it

for

your sake.
on that account.

Wherefore
For God's sake.
;

OBS.

2.

latter, if

Ier6 piMH

pa^n Baci.

pa^ii aroro.

Paju Bora.

4.ia

used,

is

generally used instead of pa/jH

usually placed after the noun
is

Above, in addition

the

to,

Besides,
This

is

above his understanding.

for him two books be-

He bought

9io csepx-b erd nonaiifl.

Oat

Kymi.n> ejiy CBepxx TOFO n

KIIUTD.

sides.

To the

(Cpe^u,

He

steered the ship amidst reefs.

The monument

is

erected

OIIT>

From,

Ci>, co.

He

since, about,

up

to that place

they measured the distance.

was absent from the 1st of May

C'b

iia.

Mtpa.in pascioanie.

Om>

6bl.il

Bl OT,iy4h"B CX

Maa no naioe

We worked from morning till evening.

was raining from four

6'iiaro

till five.

n.io-

Sioro w-Bcia no TO Mtcio OHH BU-

to the 5th of June.

It

K0pa6.it nocpe^u

nociaBjenx cpe4u

in the

Oocpe^u

this place

(rest).

npOBe'.n>

middle of the square.

In broad day.

From

(movement).

middle, among,

BIbi

padoiaJH

CT>
C'b

lioiia.

yipa 40
leibipext 40

naiii

He took the book from

He took the hat off his
He changed his seat.
The boat

Cm.

to side.

day and from hour to

to

OUT, B3H.n> KHi'iry co ciuia.

cna.n> m.iany

JdjKa Kaqa.iacb

MM

Between the
month.

He
He

night.
1st and

lacy na

2nd day of the

died of grief.
it with my consent.

He went

CT>

ropa.

CT,

nyxa.

co ^Bopa.

yme,n

Co Bcl;\i ciopoHX.
OUT. CJII.IL Meiia ci HOFT..

Ci TEXT,

nojrb

MM

OHT,

JKiiBe'n,

PyKH

y nea (mill.

Our house

HauiT,

^OMX

He

Oux CIMUT^

lies by the river.

by the window.

waited for him at the door.

His

field

lies

ero do.tte y;ne HG

quite

close

to

instr,

y oiqa.

She has white hands.

Moero cor.iacia.

CT>

erd npojano ci MOJOTKH.

V.

lives at his father's.

sits

cpe/jy.

governs also the accusative and the

At, near, beside, by,

He

fl

the

o/Kiija.rb

n6.ie ero y

CTOHTT. y pfeKii.

y OKU^.

ero y 4Bepeii.

caMaro JEca.

forest.

PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE DATIVE.

To, towards,

He came

to

for,

me.

We touched the shore.

We arrived tliere towards
He

went

to

KT>, KO.

OUT. npumejii. KO

evening,

mass.

The enemies met face to face.

Love of one's native country.

CT>

no3BO.ienia CKaaaib.

OUT.

Gi>

2.

BiopuHKa Ha

OHH cOu.mcb

On all sides.
He knocked me down.
Since then we saw him no more.

OBS.

HO'ib co

nepBaro Ha Biopoe iHCJd.

CT,

out.

OOKT,.

Dl

II.M'Eiiie

way.

6oKy H

iacT>.

OUT, c.iiia.i's aro

His estate was sold by auction.

If I may be allowed to say.
lost their

CT>

CT,

OUT. yMepT.

did

They

FOJOBM.

erd onui^ajn co #Ha Ha ^enb H

hour we expected him.

On Tuesday

CT.

OHT, nepecl5.ii co cryjia Ha

cry .IT,.

from side

rolled

From day

the table.
head.

MM
MM

MIITJ.

KI Oepcry.
iv^a KI seiepy.

npiisa.iii.iii

npit.xa.in

OUT, nouie.ix

RT, 06*411!;.

Ppani com.uicb jnqoMX K^ Jiiq/.

.JioO'JBb KT>

OTeicciBy.

465

He
He

is

invited to dinner.

sought a pretext for a quarrel.

I was going towards the palace.
This becomes her.
"}
On, upon, over,
At, for, according, j

Out npHiMauie'Hi KT>

Oet BCKlit npe^-iora Kt ccopK
S iiie.it KO ABOpqy.
810 eu Kt .limy.

Uo.

We took a walk in the fields.

MM

He

Ont

tapped

me

on the shoulder.

wandered about

The

in the world.

fl

soldiers fired at the besiegers.

How much

is it

One

shilling

We

were there

They

a pound

Do

and the handkerchiefs

no.iro.
.\iena

no

cxpancTBOBa.it no

niiu.iHnry sa *ynTt.

MH

morning.

OW.JH

taMi noyipy.

Onii BuOapaja 4640Kn no

selected the apples for their

size,

no

noTpena.it

CoJdaTM CTp-t.ui.iH no
Ho ic'Mt aa *yHTt ?

a pound.
in the

ry.ffl.in

for

no

a.iuiKii

their quality.

He

is

the

first in

OHT,

his class for good

behaviour.

He

nocrynu.ii no

coB'tcia.

tiously.

He

^rt

OHT> Bt STOMI

acted in this affair conscien-

BT,

K.iacct

nepBLiii

no noee^-

uiro.

the oldest in years and the

highest in rank of all here,
They dress according to the fashion.

OBT> 34*cb CTapinifi no .i-BTaMt H ao

is

Orra o^tBaroxcfl no Mojt.

He

Om> CMHTaJi

counted on his fingers.

We used to live there for weeks at

My

;KU.IH

110

na

Taut

a time.
I

was travelling by land and he by

fl

txa-ft no cyxdiiy nyTii, a

out n6

Mop.

sea.

The post arrives every Tuesday.

He is clad in summer
Each one received a
He

attire.

Out

rouble.

KiUKjbifi n 0.1 y ill .it

OBS.

to

3.

my

cjyHtHTt no apTii.uepiu.
Ho MOCM v MII tn 10.
i

opinion.

IIo

HO pyojio.

Ont

serves in the artillery.

According

OA'BBaeTca

governs also the accusative and the pre-

positional cases.

Contrary, against,")
In spite of,
v

He

acted against

common

Get

sense.

nocTvnii.it

BonpeKH

He

di<l

it

against

all

466

sense of

OHT> CA'kia.ix $TOBonpeKunpn.iii nHM'i.

i

decency.

He

married contrary to his father's

mlo

OUT. /Kemi.icfl BonpCKii

receive, to take,

(IIpiiiiiniaTL,

I.

I.

6.

used

He

has taken the medicine.

to receive

MM

him.

1.

npiiiiiiMa.ni ero.

Ofl-b npi'ina.n> .itKapciBO.

To

fortify,

ynpliruiiTB, p. a

To

protect,

SamiimaTL,

Impregnable, BenpiiciynHLiS.
Naval, MOpCKoii, MoTCKiii.
'A rampart,

Ba.it.

caoere

(IlpiiiiiiTi,

We

;Ke.iaiiiio

p. a. s

Impassable, Hcnpoxo^iiMuii.
|

forester,

.rficiiirriii.

Truthfulness, AOCTOBtpnocib.
^

EXERCISE
Is

from here to the frontier

it far

From what do you

fact that

For
the

CXXIV.

conclude that he

is

he learns his lesson only by

About
lazy

(iis'i.)

whom
new

fifty miles.

From

the

compulsion.

are these illuminations being prepared ?

governor of the town. Does he drink wine ?

For

He

When did you arrive here ?

drinks nothing except water.
I came here before spring and will stay here till next
Has

spring.

the

enemy much

ten to twelve thousand men.

fought

of an

He has from
whom have you

army?

Against

I fought against the

When

going
not recollect

to the

Hungarians in the year 1849.

war did you pass by our village ? I do

it now, but as your village lies near the river

our
which
regiment went, it is probable that we did
along
letter sent from my brother to his friend did
The
it.
pass

not reach him.

from trouble.

What did he get ill from ? He got ill

Take a seat near me, and I will take a pea

and write you a prescription

for fever.

Do

not, however,

'

467

take this medicine after dinner, and to-morrow during the

morning,

town

if

you are not

well fortified

come

better,

On

to

me

again.

sides it is defended

all

Is this

by im-

pregnable batteries and ramparts, and, besides that, on one

by lofty mountains impassable for troops.

to which day of the month will you be in town ?
From
second to the tenth. The bird flew from the cage to

side it is protected

Up
the

We

Will your sons return soon ?

expect them
At what time are you going out? About
Since what o'clock
nine, or at twenty minutes to two.
have you been waiting for him ? I have been waiting for
the table.

every hour.

him

since half-past eight.

three to live o'clock.

He was

EXERCISE

To whom did he apply

waiting for you from

CXXV.

He

applied to his chief.

Which

two roads leads to the forester's house ? When

to the nearest village, turn to the right and go
come
you
straight up to the river there, after crossing the bridge, you
will see on a hillock the forester's house; so you cannot now
While taking a walk in the fields and
lose your way.
enjoying the pleasant evening air we came to a little house
of these

lying (do-lib) at the foot of the

Is it true that the

hill.

going to marry the daughter of a naval

There is such a rumour in town, but I could not
officer ?
answer for its truthfulness. From which battery did the
enemy fire at your troops ? He fired at us from his ships,
in spite of their heavy (ciubiibifi) rolling from side to side.

rich banker

Did he

is

act according to your orders

No, he acted con-

How are you going abroad ?

trary to my orders.
here to town we are going by rail, and thence by sea.
he go to church every Sunday

He

From
Does

goes to church not

468

only on Sunday, but on, week days. At how much per

At two shillings and
foot do you buy this mahogany ?
In what order did the soldiers march ?
threepence per foot.

They marched

six in a row.

SIXTY-SECOND LESSON.
L

BiopoH

PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE.

Into, in, to, at,

He went in'o the garden.

I am going to Vienna.
I came on Monday at midday,
and he came at one in the

BO (movement).

Bi>,

OUT. noine.il

BT. caj-b.

fl

-B4y BT.

fl

DpifcxaJT. BT, uone,vfc.ibiiiiKT>

Btny.
a

4eub,

OUT,

BT

'iic-L

BT, rro.r-

no uo-

afternoon.

We

came

His house

MH

in time.
is

a two storied one..

npiinnu BT. nopy.

Erd AOMT> BT> 4Ba aia/na.

I will write this in one hour.

fl

He

Om>

We

tore the handkerchief to pieces.

believe in God.

To look through

He

spectacles.

set out on a journey.

To speak through the

To play at cards.
To give a deposit.
To agree thoroughly.
To paint black.

He

nose.

put his head out of his window.

seat in the theatre at two roubles.

It is seven times as high.

To

sell at

I translated

His

sister

loss.

word

eanauiy 3io B* iacx.

H30pBa.il njaioKi BI KJCKH.

Mw

BtpyeMT,

CMOTp'BTb

resembles her father.

BT.

Bora.

OHKM.

OBT> nyciMJca B^ ^opory.

TOBOpBTb BT. HOC*.

Hrpaib B^ KapTbi.

4aib

BT.

3a u^TOK^.
t

HxiiTb

4yma

KpaciiTb

BT.

BT. fly ray.

Hepiiyio RpacRy.

OUT. Bbicyny.n, idioey

B'b

OK no.

Micro B^ Tcaip'6 BT>

9TO BT, CGMb P33'b Bb'llUC.
np04HTb

for word.

BT,

fl

BT.

y6b!TOKl.

nepese'jix CJOBO BI CJCBO.

Ero cecipa

469

He

A room
A.

love with her.

is in

six yards long.

battalion a thousand

OHT>

Bt He?.

B.iK)6.ieHT)

Kdiiiiaia J-IHHOIO

men

strong.

Eata-ibOBt

BT>

In one jump.

B'L 04111111

In time of peace.

Bo BP^MJI Miipa.

He

OHT> yMept

died a year afterwards to the

BT> iiiecib

ibicaiy icjOBfiKi.

npuxoKi.

ro^

cnycia

jeiib BT> 4eak.

very day.

The windows

OEBS

He

Oni

look into the garden.

looked out of the window.

CMOTplS.n. Bl OKBO.

Once a week.
Twice a year.

4oa puaa

He

OUT, BLICTp-E.IIUl

fired at him.

baltalion is

drawn up

puts

me down

ro4*.
fit

H6r6.

Baia-iLdHT, nocipoeui.

in line.

A book folio size.

He

BT>

KllHia Bl JUCTTu

as nothing at

all.

Oui

Siena

HH BO HTO

rank of a person,
in
are
the
when preceded by BT>,
plural, and being in
put
this case treated as collective nouns take the inflexion of
ISTouns designating state or

the nominative, as

He is promoted to the rank of major.

He took her for a wife.
elected

They

He

him as

their chief.

enlisted for a soldier.

Behind, beyond,

He

is

for,

just outside the gate.

going abroad.

OBI

nponaBeje'HX BT> Mafiopu.

OUT* B3a.it ee ce6 6 BI
r

OHU Bbi6pa.iH ero ce6

Out aaniictuca BI

i>

3a (movement).
OBT, Bbirae.fi sa Bopoxa.

We are

MH

He took her by the hand.

He always espouses the cause of the

Out

E/jeM'b sa

B3a.n>

rpam'my.

ee sa pyny.

OHT> ucer^a

aacTynaeicfl

naro.

innocent.

him

for the

This took place an hour ago

a week

He

took vengeance on

On b

e.\iy

oTOMeTii4i> aa

offence.
I live

three miles

ago.

off.

fl
JKHBy 3 a rpH MUJH.
Dro wy^iliocb aa laci

aa

CHMI,

He

470

paid twopence for a pound of

Om>

3an.iaTii.il>

sa *ynrb MVKII 4u

nnca.

flour.

bought a pound

of flour for two-

Kynuji *ynn> Mymi sa Asa

fl

neiica.

pence.

He

turned forty.

is

They began

He

sa copom,

y,i;e

.I'ETI.

Onii ciiu aa cio.rb.

hilt of his

grasped the

She got married

He makes

EMy

dinner.

sword.

to him.

proposals of marriage to

OIIT> cxBaiii.ica

sa

mnary.

Ona

Bbiin.ia 3ii MyjK'b

Om,

CBuTaeicfl sa nee.

aa nerd.

her.

Let us go out of town.

They mistook him for me.

On, upon,
He
I

sat

down on a

turned to the

He went

chair.

east.

went down on

looked at him.

my

knees.

go to Paris via Calais.

entrusted me with a commission.

I shall

He
On the

Om>

(movement).
c1>.n>

na

ofipaiw.ica

ciy.rb.

na BOCTOKT,.

OHT> nouien> na

na

no.ie.

fl

cia.il

fl

CMOip-fc.n,

na noro.

fl

no'E.jy BT,

napiix-b na Ka.ie.

KO.itnni.

OBT> B03.ioaai.il na niena nopyqeuie.

Ha ^pyrofl ^HB.
Ha 6y4ym,ee BPCM/I.

following day.

In future.
I

II a

fl

into the field.

3 a ropo.i'b.

El 6 nplIHa.IIl 3a M9IIH.

purchased ten roubles worth of

fl

Kynuji, eyuna

iia fleeaib py6.iefi.

cloth.

He

is

To go
Give

He

on a year's leave of absence.

to work, to war.

me some money

divided

Your

coat

it

is

for tobacco.

into three parts.

longer than mine by a

Oni oinyu^em, na
4aii Mn-B

0^^

this.

bought it for ready money.

sued him.

It carne into his

mind.

At length, at last.
At last I have finished.

He
He

laOaKi.

Ha

ipii

qacrn.

4.11111 irfcc

ero.

He
I

Aenen ea

pa34l>.iu.rt 5ro

Banii ciopiyK'b na *yTT>

foot.

Pray partake of

roAi.

H^TII na padoiy, na Boiiny.

KyiuaiiTC na 3jop(>Bbe !
OUT> Kyni'ut na na.ni'iirbiJi

npocH.ii.

ua nero.

E>iy npniu.io ea yai*.

Ha

cti.iy

a OKcn'in.n,.

ran to help him.

Oii'b npnG'B/Ka.i'b KT> nc.My

gave him some money for drink.

Oii^ Aa.il eMy aa Bd

ua

MO-

471

OBS.

Ha governs

2.

also the prepositional.

0,

Against,

He
He

struck the table with his

Oirb ouepcu oob ciiiiiy.

leant against the wall.

We are separated by a party-wall.

She was walking arm-in-arm with

Ona

it

and

is

iii.ia

month

s-ix

o'cl ck,

at that

hour we

OBS.

nojiy

a bet.

MM

CB'I;T.i(5,

BCTaca.ni npii

also the prepositional case.

Under, beneath, below,

In answer

CBOUMt a;enn-

Oni 6ierca O'>T> sahMfm.

*
Only used by common people.

-0 governs

3.

c't

Tenepb BT, uuecib 'lacdBi, y/Ke

a BT, npdm.iOM-b Mtcnqt

got up by candle-light.

He makes

ooi.*CTt>iiy.

o6'b*p\Ky

XOMT>.

daylight at

last

miMt

ttiiBy CT>

her betrothed.

Nov

ooo.

oo'L,

OHT> y4apii.it Ky.iaKoMt o5b cio.it.

fist.

Ito^t

to the question
a.

hill at

WHITHEU?

He took shelter under the roof.

He threw the book under the table.
They descended the

(movement).

Om>

yicpbuca noji

I>POB.IIO.

OHT> Gpocii.^ KHiiry noj'b

a walk-

cxo.it.

ui.m n64^ ropy

Oiiii

ing pace.

The enemy drew near

to the for-

Henpiaic.iB

b.

He
He

will set off

is

about autumn.

getting on

OBS. 4.

Up
He

knee.--.

EMy

when implying

yipo.

BLi4CTT. no4t c'ceub.

n*54t copOKt .itit.

rest

governs the

instr.

Ho.

to, on,

went into the water up

npi-fixa.it no4i>

HOW MUCH ?

to forty.

Ilo^t

WHEN?
Om>
Out

arrived about morning.

C.

He

0041

no^ciynu.i-L

nocib.

tress.

to his

'Out

B0ine.it Bt B04y

ao

KO.ibao.

472

They are walking two by two.

I measured up to this point.
live

They

Onii
fl

on the other side of the

H4yii no jea

OTMti>H.n, no

BT,

TO

no iy CTopouy

Oiiii JKHByii)

river.

He

is

standing on

my

About,
He is about my size.
A grain as small as a
I

Om>

right,

CTourb no npunyn pv"Ky.

Ct.
Ollb POCTOMT) Cl MGH a.
pin's head.

3epn6

stayed there for about a week.

fl

Of, about,

CT>

Cy.iaBoiHy

npodti.il

Iljio

TQMI

c'b

(used instead of

A.IJI,

for or o, 061., about).

He
He

OBT, roBopii.rs npo ce6a.

spoke aside.
spoke of you.

OIIT> roBopiiJ't

npo

Baci>.

C&B03K.

Through,
The water sinks through the paper.
The light comes through the glass

Bo.ia

nporeKaeix CKBOSB OyMiiry.

CfitTl npOHUKaeTl CKB03b CTUKJflliyiO

door.

The grass

is

seen through the fence.

BUAua CKBoat

Across, by, in (of time),

He

rode across the

field

and

went

ORT>

over the bridge.

He jumped
I

will

in

an hour's time.

We advertised

it

fl

in the papers.

sent it by a servant.
In a hundred years from to-day.

fl

ask in

marriage,

To rush

a n

-lepeax naci.

noaiiuii lepca'b cjyry.

(CBaiaTbca

a.

) with the

aa,

nocBtaxaTLCfi, p. a. )

ace.

with the

( lipocaTLCH aa,

")

a,;

instr.

p. a

iian/iTi,ca.

situation,

To nund.

orb cerd 4na.

J'fcri

3acy4HBaib, p.

(.

after,

To take a

no.ie,

oOxfluii.iH 'K'pes'h rascibi.

CTO

To tuck up, to turn up,

offer, to

npn^y

MLI

To make an

qepeai

Om ncpenpurnyji i^peai POBI.

across the ditch.

come

t'aa.i'b

MOCTTi.

'

p. a.

To
To
To

473

erect.

CoopyataTb, p.

give leave of absence.

OmycKaTb,

tear.

4paib,

range of mountains.

p. a.

a. coop\'4HTB.

p. a.

oinyciuTb.

paao^puTb, ii304puT5.

ropi..

A famous general.
Unpleasantness, nenpiaiHOCTb.

An

A chest

of drawers,

EXERCISE

instructor,

ditch, POBT>.

CXXVI.

Did he enter the room ? He has been a long time in the

room already. Were there many guests there ? There
were about ten men. Were they a long time in building
this shed ?
They were about a week building it. What
have you torn your coat against? Against a nail. Take
it to the tailor towards evening, but do not pay him for
mending it, as he owes me about ten roubles. On the
right there was a river flowing , and on the left a range of
mountains was seen. What did he pay for the horse which
1

he bought for his daughter ? It cost him about -300.

Does it match his other horse in size ? It matches his
If you want to wash
other horse both in size and colour.
sleeves to the elbow.
Have you been
yourself turn up your
?
Since the 5th November.
staying long in town
an
made
offer to our neighbour's daughter
brother
your

know

in love with her, but I cannot say whether

What did they praise him for?
her an offer.

that he

he has made

Has
?

is

For diligence. Has the tailor been here ? Yes, the tailor
came here two hours ago. Put the bracelet on the table.
What price are these
It is lying on the chest of drawers.
each.
Did
he
get leave of absence
Threepence
cigars?
from school for a long time ? Fur two days.

474

EXERCISE

CXXVII.

He is about my uncle's size. We

Is your brother tall ?
have snow still lying in March, but in southern countries
about this time the fields are covered with grass. Where
did this
after it

little

dog rush

under the

getting on to

is

He

threw

it

table.

fifty.

to after the kitten

What

He

rushed

your uncle's age ? He

Whither did he throw the stone?

into the water.

is

What did you

hear about him

I do not like to say of people that which I have not seen

These panes are so dirty that
myself, but only heard.

After
light can hardly come through (npOHHRaib) them.
the
had
crossed
to
across
a
bridge, they
having
jump
deep
In whose memory is this monument erected? In
ditch.

memory

of the great general

Koutousoff.

When

will he

five days' time.

be at your house?
Through whom
did this unpleasantness arise (ir'i fun) ? Through him.

In

What

are they doing ?

They are playing at cards. -Whom
do you take as your instructor ? Your former teacher.
Was he wounded ? Yes, he was wounded in the leg
t

W hom do you take as your

T

witness.

What

is

witness

I take

your brother doing now

you as

He

situation as clerk.

SIXTY-THIRD LESSON.
IIIccTB^ec/iTt ipeiiii

YpoKt.

PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING TUP: INSTRUMENTAL.

Beyond, behind,

In answer

3a.

to the question

WHERE ?
The

sea is beyond the hills.

I stand behind the house.

Mope 3a mp'iMn.
H CTOIO 3a

my

took a

475

WHOSE ACCOUNT?
The delay is caused by him alone.
One hears nothing for the noise.
Why did you not come ?
Because

it

3a ninn, (M u 11 MI ocianoBKa.
3a "jyMOM't uiiiero lie c.ib'iiiiHO*
IIo-iCMy (aaitsu)

was impossible.

3a rEM'b

TM nc npuiue.il

'iro iiiMbsa ou.io.

AT WHAT ?
He was
He was

sitting at his

work.

OUT,

sitting at his meal.

OllT> CIU'llT,

3a

CTO.IOiJ-b.

BEHIND on AFTER, WHOM OR WHAT ?

Walk behind me.
Shot after shot

He went

is

to find

CivnfiiiTe sa

heard.

a doctor.

Oui) nome.n>

FOR WHAT PURPOSE

Why
Oil

are you here

my own

iwnc'r

C.!blIIICrn>

business.

(used instead of
3a

TfiM'h TLI

3a

CB011MT> A'klOM't.

4.1

Over, on, upon,

The bird hovers over her
I experienced

The

He

nest.

jeraerL

it

fl

myself.
rock overhung the water.

gets the upper

We laughed

CKa.ia Bb'iciaBiuacb

Ont

hand of him.

at him.

They gained a

victory

6cpe'TT.

the

Oiiii

built

her nest beneath the

BOAOHX

eaj-b

HOUI.

o^epxajH noQ'BAy Ha^t Hcnpia-

Under,, underneath,

The bird

iia^-b

sepxi HaAi> BHMT,.

BIbi cM-fifljncb

over

na/j-L

HcnbiTtu'b 9TO naAT) coSdio.

(implying rest).
IlTiiqa

CBiua rutSAo no^i.

roof.

The dog is lying under the table.

He is known by the name of Smith.

CofiaKa JCIKHTT. 004^ CTO.IO.MI.

He

Oni> cxoa.i^ noA't roporo.

stood at the foot of the

She was under

hill.

his protection.

OfTb H3BtcTeirb no.ii IIMCHCMI

Oua

OiJ.ia

uoi

ero

IIIxiiiTa.

In front

There

He
He

of, before.

a garden before the house.

is

476

HepeA'L, (implying- rest).

IlepCAl

stood in front of me.

Oii'fc

has the preference over him.

Oirb

JOMOMI

iiaxd^iiTLCH cajx.

nope^o MUOIO.

CTOH.II,

iiMtcib

nepej?

npeHMyujecTBO

mi .ML.

He woke up

before daylight

Qirt npociiy.ica nepejb pase

Between, among, amidst,

MeiKjy, (implying rest).

He

Om,

is sitting

The

between

us.

difference between good

Among

plants

and

ciuiira

si^y

HHMH.

Paajii'iie sie/Kjy floOpoMi u

some are medicinal

pacTeubiMii naxojflicH

and some poisonous.

HLIH

During business hours he did not

II

fl^OBllTLia.

y 4'IuoMi

om> ue Mo6u.ii paaro

like talking.

In the meantime.

Whilst

With,
He

rode with a guide and I without

Ci>,

He

to

did

6e3i>).

Oiii) 'fixa^'b CT> npoBoatfiTbiMT,,

one.

Come

(opposed to

a a 6cn>

npOBOJKaiaro.

us with your wife.

with our assistance.

it

France borders on Germany.

I congratulated him on his birth-

IIpits/KaMie

Oirb

KT>

miian

naMi

CT>

atcnoio.

aio ci nauieio n6>iomsio

i
^paiiin'a rpaini niTT>

ero co

ei repManieii.

fl

no3,jpaBii.n>

fl

ero coBC'EM'b ne snaio.

4lIe.^l^

ero po;B-

day.
I

do not know him at all.

have no money by me.

CO

MIIOK) ^CllCr'b irbTb.

lll.uina CT> no.iaMH.

hat with a brim.

PREPOSITION GOVERNING THE PREPOSITIONAL.

In, at,
I live in

He

is

(implying

*HBy

London.

endowed with great

BT,

capacities.

BT,

rest).

.loi._.

B"b iicsn, Co.ibJJJifl

cnocoOuocTH.

477

Oei

He is in debt.
He was caught in

B-B

40-iraxi.

Oe'b noi'maiii

At

the act of stealing.

the head of the array.

He

is invited.

Oni noseani

We
He

were made

Mbl OCTiUHCb

fools of.

stood before ladies with his hat

BT>

FOCTH.

BT>
BT>

BOPOBCTB*.

4ypaKitXT>.

OHT> CTOJUI nepe4i> 4aMaMii

and gloves on.

He weal's
He came

spectacles.

Om> Bl

in the beginning of the

OHT. npi-fcxaji BI naniit ro^a.

OIKHXT).

year.

What

o'clock

is it !

Koiopwii

Just after nine.

Just upon two o'clock.
Between twelve and one.

He

arrived in the early part

September.
^here will be a

Biopofi

Bi nepBOMi
of

OUT,

iacy.

BI

npi-Bxa-ii,

ceimifipa.

harvest this

fine

Bi

roAy

6yAerb xopo-

year.

On, upon,
He
He

is

am

rest).

lying on a sofa upstairs.

has been at sea.

There are stars

I

Ha, (implying

OHT>

in the heavens.

in the service.

Ha
fl

C-lYJKIJ.rb

Hj'l

naxo/Kycb na

c^y;K(5'B.

The

soldier is on sentry duty.

Co.i^aiT) CTOiirb

We

were

MM

in the

open

air.

Last week.

He saw

a good

many

things in his

MOP'E.

neC'B 3i)'B34Li.

6w.ni

tia

na 'lacaxi.

B034yx'B.

Ha npdmjoii ueAti-fe.
OH* Bium MHOFOC ua

CBoeMi,

lifetime.

About, concerning^

0.

He spoke about me.

He writes upon the war.

Ont

CiyjT, o Tpexi noatnaxi.

three-legged stool.

He came

ronopii.ii,

OHT> iuiujerT)0

060 sin*.
Boiiirfe.

j-

about holiday-time.

After,

On entering church.
After the death of Alexander.

(Oii'b

oxpr

npiBxajb o npa34UUKaxi,), pop,

no.
Ho 8x64* BI

qe"pKOBB.

AjeKcaii4pa.

478

The son

inherited the estate from

Cunt no

his father.

She lamented her

late

Qua

husband.

Do

In

my

St.

Petersburg lies near the mouth

of the Neva.

opinion.

Near, in the time

of,

parcel was sent with the letter.

is a servant of mine.

He

This happened
In the reign

my

in

of

the

Epii.

npn ycibt Heeu.

npn nncbM't

oxnpaB.iena nocbUKa.

OiiT> npii MIKE .laKeeu-b.

c.iyjii.iocb npii Mirfi.

was present at the taking of the

BTOPOMT,

IIpII A.ieKCUII^P'B

Second the peasants were freed

from serfdom.

He

My/irfi.

neiepijypr'b

9io

presence.

Alexander

n.iaKaja no CBOe'jn,

MII*.

IJbl

KpCCTb/IIIC.

OUT.

fibi.ix

On^

co^poraeicji npii

npn

B3}'rrin Kp-t

fortress.

He
He

shudders at the bare idea of

is

at bis

it.

o TOMT>.

MLIC.III

hour of death.

Oirb npii cMcpm.

To take

yupbiBUTi.es, p. a. yKpbiitci.

shelter,

nio,^BCpraTi>cfi^

To be exposed,

")

govern the
dative.

To shudder,
To

a.

p. a,

establish,

To view,
To take a

co^por-

p. a.

no, with the

stroll,

dat.

To reign, ijapcTBOBivrb.
To labour, Tpv,uiTbca.
The besieger, ocaiK

To march,
To he situated, naxojuibcfl.
The besieged, oca/i;,KMim,iFi.

Want,

Superfluity,

nejociaTOK'b.

Willingness, oxoia.

Experiment, on

A
A

A
A
A

dispatch,

medium,

table of contents,

or.iaB.ie'uie.

Augustus, Aurycrb.

A consul,

declaration,

brink, upaii.
preface, npcjncjooie.

Tiberius, ToOepiii.

Bernard,

Koucy.il.

Fasces,

KI

opy.ua.

479

EXERCISE CXXYIII.

Have you been out of town

to-day

out on account of the rain.

Why

coach then

No, T could not go

did you not go in a

Because coaches were not to be had.
Have

you been sitting down a long time drawing ? For about

an hour. What were they talking about at dinner? That
after the despatch the declaration of

war

will follow.

Are

the things
will be brought
in
They
O you sent for brought?
O
J
&
an hour. Hold the umbrella over my head, because both
.

my
I

hands are occupied. What are you labouring over?

an experiment on this medicine. Do not

am making

stand en the brink of the precipice, or you will fall into it.
With whom wero you at his house. With two friends.

Where were you

at the time

it

rained.

I took shelter under

On what pretext did he leave the room. He

the porch.
left on the pretext that an organ was playing under the
window. "Were the beseigers standing a long time close
For about a month. Where is your
market situated ? In the square in front of the church.
Lictors were marching in front of the consul carrying the

on to the town.

fasces.

What

stroll in

were you doing before dinner ? I was taking

There is a medium between want and

the town.

We
r

superfluity.
fear

in everything
useless.

are

With

and hope.
;.

now hovering

(iiaxoAniLca) between
and
willingness
diligence one succeeds

but without those qualities all efforts are

is he accused ?
He is accused of

Of what crime

theft.

EXERCISE
Is
ft

if;

CXXIX,

true that you were walking in the garden without

?
No, I was walking with my hat

hat and without boots

480

and boots on.

In the beginning- of winter

is still

it

dark

at half-past four in the morning, but in the beginning o^

summer daybreak begins soon after two. Are horses sold

here every day ? No, only in the first days of each month.
At the very idea of the danger to which his son was
exposed he shuddered. From what spot did you view the

town

suburbs of

the

ascend the

Mount

wood burning
put

St.

From

Bernard

in the stove

some

(IJO&IOHJHTL)

For

mourning ?

tents to the book

many legs

When

hill.

did you
Is the fire-

Last week.

Yes, but badly

fresh dry

after the death of Augustus ?

in

the

wood

on.

For

Tiberius.

one should

Who

reigned

whom are you

my parents. Is there a table of conHow

Yes, and there is also a preface.

has this stool

Did

Three.

this

happen before

witnesses.
No, without them. When was the Senate first
in
Russia ? In the reign of Peter the Great.
established
Are there any paintings (}KiiBonnci>)on the walls and ceiling

of that church

Yes, the walls and ceiling are painted by

the celebrated French artist, Horace Vernet.

SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON.
Words which govern by means
divided into

of prepositions

may

be

compound and simple words.

A. Compound verbs, as also their derivatives, are gefollowed by the same preposition r.s the one pre-

nerally
fixed to them, provided that
separately.

it is

susceptible of being used

<

481

Thus verbs with the

J?5

require 65

do
3i

do

Bnecra es aoMi, to bring into the house.

do 40My, to go as far as the house,

aaihu

U35

Ha

Ka

nads

go round the corner,

a quantity*
to run on a shoal.

eatxaib, na iwe.ib,
ea,j3Hp;iTb nado AluoMT>, to superintend an affair.
OToimi onto CTOJH, to withdraw from a table.

Cms

0?K5

//oOs

nodt

Co

co

nodo cyKeo, to lay under a cloth.

ropw, to descend a hill.

no,v>OJKiiTb
coiiiii Co

is

The superintendence

to

yro.ii.,

B3(5paTb U35 MiioffiecTBa, to select fi'om

Hdto

Entry into the house

Aoiiiii

3d:

3,

H35

prefix

prohibited.
of this uizitter

entrusted to me.
descent down the

Bxofli>

Ha^adpT. ea^i BTHMI nopy^eHl Met.

is

The

hill

is

Cxo4"b ex

very

ropb'i

dies* Kpyii.

steep.

verbs with inseparable

Compound

prefixes,

Le, those

which modify the meaning require after them some separable preposition whose meaning is allied to that of the
1

verbal prefix;
Hio

such are

requires oms

Uod5

,?

B36fiBnTt>

oil 61U&, to deliver from trouble.

KS

no^oiiiu

KT> 4d>iy,

c&

no^niiib

CT.

ua

to

ndjy, to

draw up to the house.

from the floor,

lift

no^naib na Bo34yxT>, to

lift

up

in the air.

go over the bridge.

npiuiM KT 4pyry, to come to a friend.
iepe3i

MOCTT>, to

Eepe

nepesG:

npu

KS

Hpo

cK803b:

HpoiiiH CKB03b ordob, to pass through fire.

P35

na

pas.iOMi'iTL

nepeiiiii

Ha IHCTH, to break to pieces.

no yrjaMi, to place in the corners.

B. Of the simple words governing by means of prepositions the

most important are

GOVERNING

TtfE GENITIVE*.

With. H3T>.-^Adjectives in the superlative degree, numerals., as

also the

pronouns

BcaniH,Ka}K#biii, HHoii, Mflorie,

II

482

when they denote a number from which

made

Bi>KOTOpi>ie,

lection is

The most diligent of all pupils.

The best of all.
One of the two will go there.
The- second of them will be

ii3T>

DpiueaiHljiiiiiiii

i
y iennKom>.

.ly'iuiiii list BC'BXi.

OAHHT,
re-

Biopoii

warded.

Every one

se-

4Byxi noiUen

H3T>

lyjii.

HQXT> dy\jerb

H3T>

uarpa;i>

40111.

of us

may be

a hero.

BcHKiti

nacx MOJKGTX

H3i>

dbijb

re-

poe.u't.

Many
Some

of

them

Mnorie

lost their lives.

the

of

listeners

began

to

iis'b

mixi,

.miiiii.niCT>

U3T>

c.iymaTe.ieii

HtKOTOpue

JKII.T

slumber.

With

OTt.

^Nouns designating* protection against some-

thing.

A cloak for the rain.

A shelter from a storm.
A medicine for fever.

IF.iaiHT>

OTT

^OJKjfl.

DpnciaHiime
.I'tKapciBO

OTT,

on

6ypn.

JHXopa/jKH.

GOVERNING THE DATIVE.

"With

KT,.

Nouns and verbs denoting movement and

feeling towards an object.

I am going
He applied

to

him.

to

me.

fl
H4y KT> neMy.
OHT> odpaiu.ica KO mnt.

This letter

is to my father.
He has a great propensity for music.
He is appointed as secretary to him.

9io DUCBMO

y nero

KT>

Go.ibiuaa

MoeMy oiqy.
oxoia KI MysLiKt.

OUT* iiasiiaHem*

KT>

He>iy

BT.

cei;pe-

Tapii.

of

Nouns denoting some pleasing

mind towards an object.

Love and reverence towards parents.

Hatred of lying.

OBS.

1.

or unpleasing disposition

.liodoBb

11

nom'nie

KT> pOA/iTC.iaMt.

HciiuBiicib KO .I/KH.

Verbs from which these nouns are derived govern

the accusative without a preposition.

To love and revere
To hate lying.

parents.

^loOiiib

n noinraib

483

GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE,

With

The substantive sipa,

<

faith/ and its derivatives fiipOBaife, BBpyromiii, BfcpoBanie, when speaking of

some

BT>.

spiritual object,

Faith in Christ.

With

Bipa BO Xpncia.

oue God the Father.

I believe in

B'Bpyro BO

e^uuaro Bora Otqi.

Neuter verbs expressive of a movement

na.

of

*
to
ynoBaib, to trust ;' nero^OBaTb,
be indignant;' SJoocTBOBaib, 'to bear malice;' ponxait, 'to
murmur ;' c'BTOBaib, * to lament ;' and the common verbs

feeling or passion, as

'

to rely;' TKajosaThcs or
cep^iiiLca or riiBBaiBCii, 'to be
angry;' as also their derivatives,
HaA'BaiLca,

to hope

n.iaKaTLca,,

to

;'

no.iaraxi.ca,

complain/

Ho murmurs at his fate,

To murmur at one's fate

Ont penmen na
is

a failing

cy4b5.f,

Ponorfc ua cy4bSy

y vt.ib
r

CJiQwxt.

of the weak-minded.

He complains of you,
H!hc complaint about you
delivered

OBI
is

already

'/Ka.iyeicn

Hid.io5a

ua

B.ICT..

aa Baci y;Ke no^aaa.

in,

GOVERNING THE INSTRUMENTAL.

With

na^t.

Nouns and

power or triumph
He

verbs

denoting

superiority,

has power over his subjects.

OHT. initcrfe Bjaci*

na^

CBOUMH 004-

^an u MM IK

He laughed
He gained

at the stupid persons.

a brilliant victory over

Oni cMfcji.ica ea^ii r.iynMMW.

On* <ucp-.KHJ% 6.iecT^U4yH)

the euemy.

fla4x ueupiaTC.ieMi>.

With

All reciprocal verbs :

CT>,
OHM
They fought the enemy.

We correspond

with hiia.

Mu

Cpa/Ka.iBC*

CT> nenpifiTe.TCMT>.

flepenMCUBaeMca ex nuxi^.

484

"Words designating comparison or resemblance.

He compared me

to

him.

The resemblance

to

him was

OHT> cpaBHii.n> MGHH

strik-

CXO^CTB j

CT>

HHMI.

CT fliiMT,

ing.

GOVERNING THE PREPOSITIONAL CASE.

With

Verbs expressing a mental

o.

act,

communication

of ideas, expression of feelings, as also their derivatives

I

have heard of

that.

fl

We read about the war.

She

is

Her

grief for her sou

iDTlie o Boiei.

Jtfbi

Oea CeanoKOHica

anxious about her son.

was excessive.

c-ibiuiftn, o TOMT>.

Eii

o CBOO'MI cunt.

neiajb o cwut

To

fight a duel,

^parsca na

To

fight with swords,

BiiiLca

dbi.ia Be.iiiKa.

\uin, na

noe-

na mnaraxT..

The preposition na when used after the re'

verbs
to fight,' requires
6uTi>ca, cpaJKaiLcn, ApaiBCH,
ciprocal
the name of the arm chosen for a duel to be put in the preOBS.

2.

positional plural.

They fought a duel with

We

pistols.

fought with swords.

MLI

While, so long
Until, so
While you are there

long
I

Omi

as,
as,

will finish

na nncTO.ieTaxi,

na iiinuraxT>.

IIoKa, (nOKyja).

IIoKa
floKa

the work.

He.

BU CyACie TUMI, a OK^niy pa-

6(5iy.

I will not go there until everything

fl

ne noii^y Ty^a, noKa Bee He

TOTOBO.

is

ready.
Strike the iron while

A
As

CTpfe.ui.incb
6ii.iucb

it is

hot

Kyii

B&r&30 nona

ropa'Jo.

.,

if, tiiat,

^,
( I\aKT> DyATO, lulH'L Oy^TO OLI.

They say he

is

iniined.

ToBOpaTi 6y4io om> paaopiuci.

485

him, and he is as silent as if

he did not hear me.
Have you heard of his becoming a
maniac I
I as!<

Is

it

possible

H cnpamiiBaio

a om>

mil fin,

6u ne c.ibmiiirb

MCH/I.

CJbima.ni -.111 BM, VTQ onb

Ey/jTO

To arise.
To let out.
To move from.
To be in a reverie.

er<5,

KauT> 6y/rro

6u

UpoiicxoAiiTb, p. a. npoiiBoiii

BbinycKaib, p.

a.

BbinycniTb.

C4BiiraTb, p. a. cjBiiuyTi.

Me'iTaib

o,

with the prep. c.

A poor-box.

flmHKT,

Cattle breeding.

CKOTOBCUCTBO.

4.1

Suitable.

EXERCISE

What

CXXX.

firewood.

yon building this shed for ? For (keeping-)

Are these grounds suitable for cattle breeding ?

No, the

here

are

soil

is

everywhere unfertile, but the lands over

Out of what did the

the river are capable of agriculture.
From
his
the
?
arise
goldfinch out of the
letting
quarrel
all possible use of the talents with
Make
{H3B.!ei;an>)
cage.

Of what are these beautiful

Of wax. Of how many battalions is this
regiment composed ? Of three. Where did you take
Under a tree. If you wish to get
shelter from the rain ?
which nature has endowed you.
flowers

made

your cold, and, what is more important, of the

frequent visits of your doctor, do not go out of doors in
damp weather. Which of these two stones did he move
from this spot ? The one which is three paces from us.
rid of

The journeymen returning from their work entered the

church which stands by the river. After turning round
the corner, he came to a poor-box and dropped in a silver
"We have goods of Russian manufacture which are
coin.
What was he angry with him for ?
sold for English ones.

486

For not answering to him his question.

you wait ? I shall wait till it is finished

How
;

long

shall

I shall not go

until everything is finished.

EXERCISE

CXXXI.

Can you change me this note into small money ? I have

no small change myself. Is this novel translated into
English ? No, it is translated only into French. Whom
Her mother.

does she resemble

after the children

and tends upon

This kind nurse looks

their sick mother.

they built a hay-loft over the shed

time they will build one. Did you

Have

No, but in a short

compare the translation

with the original? Yes, and I find it very good. On
whom lies the responsibility for losses in (npn) the sale of
goods ? All the fault lies on him. Can he play the flute ?
He can play different instruments. In what language is
In Hebrew. What did you ask him
this Bible written ?
about

I asked

him what he

is

in a reverie about.

Have

you picked up the pins from the floor? I do not see

Have you cut this pie into
a single pin on the floor.
Is it true
Yes, I have cut it into four pieces.
pieces?
that your brother has killed the officer who offended your
brother fought him a duel with pistols, but
sister ?

My

he did not

kill

him, he only wounded him in the arm.

SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON.
POSITION OP WORDS.

Among

(PasM'tm^nie CIOBT>).

modern languages the Russian

is

conspicuous for

487

<

and simplicity. Although it possess by means

inflexions great facilities for inversion and trans-

its clearness

of

its

it

position,

has totally discarded the rhetorical contrivances

Its periods, however long, are never in-

of the ancients*

and the sequence of the

and logical. This

volved,

at once direct

different parts of speech

result,

however,

is

is

attained

without any rigid or inelastic formality.

Its flexibility is

which the meaning

ft
,

pa3roBapHBa.rb
iaxt.

This

may

shown by the following examples, in

in no wise affected by transposition

is

HHMI

CT*

o erd 4*-

be rendered also

HHMi

CT>

Bor*

first

is

place

is

adjuncts,
followed

coTBOpii.iT. Mipi.

HHMT> o erd jluax'b.

n CT> HHMT> paaroBapHBa.it.

occupied by the subject

any, and the second by the predicate

by

Bt HiecTb

its adjuncts, if
AKeii,

God

OBS.

1.

The predicate

first

OBS.

$panqiH
2.

after his

or even a subordinate

own image.

word may

place for the sake of emphasis.

Ebi.it n B^pa, st Teaipt.

Bo

any.

created the world in six days,

and man

H He-iOBtKa no odpasy CBoe>iy u

take the

a.

of words in an affirmative or negative

as follows

if

its

his

CT>

HIIMI o 4'BjaxT, ero pasroBapiiBa.

The natural order

The

him about

a pasroBapiiBa.!* o ero AE.iax'b.

Aluaxi ero
CT>

and

conversed with
aflairs.

Pa3roBapnBa.n> a

proposition

61.1.1*.

The subject

is

was

have been

in the theatre yesterday.

to France.

placed after the predicate and at

tne end of a clause

when

488

it is

desired to give to the subject

a greater prominence.
Bce,iTO MH BH.jdMT.jCOTBOpH.ii Sort.

God

created

all

we

behold.

Adjectives employed as epithets precede the noun

The

flpHjeJKiibiti yiciiiiKT. lUTiierb no.iea-

diligent scholar

Hbia KHiim.

reads useful

books.

Adjectives employed as attributes or as surnames follow

the noun
:

This

9xo (ecib) 4t.io Aodpoe.

Ero ciiiTiiiOTi ic.iOB'tKOMi

He

6.iaro>

is
is

a good act.

considered to be a sensible

man.

The apposition
4{6.iocT>

follows the substantive to which

PojoccKiii, ojiim>

1131,

The Colossus

cevii

it refers

of Rhodes, one of

tlie

seven wonders of the world,

was made of bronze.

lyjeci. CB'Eia, dbi.n. Bbi.iHix U3T>

6poH3bi.

The adverb precedes the verb the complement follows

the word to which it refers; words of circumstance follow
;

Ihose which determine them

H

yMirfciiinift

ie.iOBtKi

ne

Bt'ixoA'L H3T>

scer^a
saipy^-

Even the most sagacious do

not

always see an escape from

dif-

ficulties.

When

two

more determinative words come together,

O
first the determinative, then the demonstrative pronoun, and
lastly the numeral or adjective precede the substantive.
Be*

STH

or

nepBbia

Mtcia" y;i;e 3a-

All

these first seats are

already

taken.

Demonstrative, possessive, indefinite and definite pro

nouns precede the substantive.

9ia

Kiiiira

BIOH.

This book

is

mine.

Moii 6paii 340poBi.

My

KaKoii-TO AOMTi ropuil.

Some house is on tire.

The whole house is on

Bocb 40MT,

ropi'iTT,.

brother

is well.

fire.

489

Subordinate clauses follow those on which they depend

way of meaning- or syntactical connexion

either in the
CKaaui

(Jpaxy, HTO aaBipa flyjyrb

KOTopwxT)

CTH,

npHHflTB, ec.iH

iiyJKFio

OUT,

r<5-

x64en

'

relative

pronoun

who must

be well received, if he wishes

not to pass for an uncivil man.

npoc-ib'iTb HCB'E/K.iiiBbiMX.

The

to-morrow

that

there will be guests

xopouid

ne

brother

my

Tell

KOTOpBifi

who, which/ in the

genitive never precedes the substantive of the subordinate

clause
:

Ie.ioi5'fcKicJOBaMT)

HO
Kiiiira,

KOTO par o

MO;K-

A man

ttMep&auie KOiopoft

JHXXJ-

book whose contents are

HbiTiio.

Hc.iOB'BKT>,

in-

teresting.

Ha

MOJKGMX

whose words one may be-

lieve.

B'BpiiTb.

C.IOB!

KOioparo

Mbl

man on whose words we may

Mbl

country

no.io;KiiTbca.

rely.

KOTO p oii

Cipana, BX npeA'B.iaxi

whose

in

we

limits

dwell.

a;iiBe'MT).

In interrogative sentences the order varies somewhat from

the English, inasmuch as the .word which conveys the pur*
port of the question takes the first place
:

Cx GpaiOMt

Jiu

Bbi

roBOpH.iu?

Have you spoken

No,

H'BTT), CT> cecipoii.

He CHMII

.in

MLI

BIIIIOB'ITM

iiiuxi uec'iuciiaxi

OBS.

3.

Bi na

Have we

Interrogative sentences expressing participation

D m> TaMT. Cbi.ix ?

H TaMX om, 6bi.il ?
D TO OUT> 3HiieTT>?
4.

not ourselvps to blame for

our misfortunes

commence with the conjunction

OBS.

to the brother

to the sister.

n.

Was he
Was he

there too

also there

Does he know even

In asking a question, when one

is

thr.t ?

convinced of

4CO

the contrary of the fact implied, the sentence begins with

che interrogative adverb pasB'i
:

Pa3B*

MO;KCTT>

He.ioirfcKT,

BCIO 5KH3UL OGST. TOpfl

OBS.

Hcyjtfe.ni BM

ne

euje

SOh'OW

without

life

CKa3Kl>

ney*/Ke.in.

BH.IHTC,

He MOHteie saciaBHTb

Can man go through

To express doubt the sentence begins with the

5.

interrogative adverb

voice

npOBeciu

MTO

Do

Bt-

naci>

you not yet see that you cannot

make us believe such stories I

question may be expressed by a mere stress of the

on a particular word, without any interrogative par-

ticle:
C

B^pa paadii.in ciaKain. ?

Biep ^ pasGi'un ciaRani !

L-I

BLI

When

6.

the

Did you break the glass yesterday ?

Did you break the glass yesterday 9

interrogative clause
is retained

affirmative one, the particle JH

a

3\eJaio snaib, dw.il

JH OHX iaMT>?

want

When

7.

particular thing

word

sought to draw attention to the

requiring an answer, the interrogative
it is

placed after the circumstantial clause.

Which book did he
DiiMHornxx Kyn-iennbix'bUM'i.KnnrT,,
is

Kordpyio

CKOJLKO

BT>

crpOHTb
zijj<?JK4e,

;Kii3Hn

BM ycni,in

BLI-

B034yuiHHXT. 3i'iMKOBT>
ne/Ke^n BM OKOR4aTe.ibBT> iiMH'Eiiineii

meii CKpoMiioii odcianoBK'B

forebode, to foretell,

Is the owl a bird of good

No,

eMy?

OITB noAapiui)

no noccjii.iMCb

To

an

know whether he was

to

there

OBS.

follows

it is

of

ill

omen.

omen

Ba-

give

him

of the

many he bought ?
How many castles in the air have
you had time to make in your
lifetime, before

you

finally set-

down in your
humble position ?
tied

present

IIpe rVBliHaTB.
Xopdiiiaa
Ill;n>, oiifv

Jin

npe^BtCTRHqa coea

^ypuaa

491

To use bad words,

To come to blows,

Epauiin>CH,p.a.

noopamhica

IIoApaThca, p. a.

To separate, n. v.,
To be wroth with

PacxojHTbca, p.

a. pa3oimici>.

cepjmaxT Ha, with

the ace.

BBITB

BT,

To
To

dress (wounds).

DepeBaawBaTb, p.

rejoin (in speaking).

Boapti/KUTb, p. a. B03pa3flTB.

To

argue, cndpnib.

Superstitious, cyeB-fcpeufi,

A cuckoo,

KyKyuina.

EXERCISE

One

fine

a. nepeBfisait.

To

pass through, npoxo^uik.

Bruised, EuGuTuii.

Simpleton, npociairi.

CXXXII.

morning two peasants, John and Peter, were

out walking tog-ether, and, while passing through a wood,

heard the cry of a cuckoo for the first time. " The cuekoo
c;
Her
a bird of good omen/' said the superstitious John.
cry foretells something lucky for me ; at least a purse full

is

" And
of money."
why to thee t" rejoined Peter, who was
not wiser than John. " I do not know why the cuckoo
should

foretell

a better

me

am somewhat older and

am sure her cry will bring

luck to thee alone. I

man than

thou

art,

and I

Instead of enjoying the beauties of the morning

they began to argue, and then to use bad words. After
some quarrelling they came to blows, and at length the two
luck."

friends separated, both very

much

bruised and wroth with

On

the following day they met at the doctor's,

and whilst he dressed their wounds, they recounted to him

each other.

the quarrel arose (nponaoMTii), and asked him for whose

benefit the cuckoo really had cried. The doctor laughed and
" She cried for the benefit of neither of
said
you,you simple-

how

tons,butfor mine, because you have come to

and

will

have to pay

me

for

my

me to be treated,

treatment and medicine."

492

SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON.
IHecTfcjecflrt mecToii

POSITION OF

WORDS

In an imperative clause the

verb, followed

(Continued).

first

place

by the complement and

MiiTaiiie Kiniry, KOiopyio BLI

Read

cero^na

is

its

occupied by the

adjuncts.

the book which you bought

to-day.

KyniUH.

Ons.

YpoKi.

The personal pronoun precedes the verb

1.

imperative only for the

in

the

sake of pointing out contrast or

opposition.
Bbi

ociaBaiiTecb

3/TBCb,

fl

You remain

noi'uy

here,

and

will

go

home.

OBS.

The personal pronoun

2.

the verb

when

the imperative

is

or the subject follows

employed instead of the

potential or subjunctive mood.

CA'fe.iaii

10

fl,

BCt

iia

Were

Meirn Hanajyrb.

T to

do

this,

everybody would

attack me.

When

the imperative

formed by means of the con-

is
'

junctions nycib or nycKaii, let/ the subject

between nycib and the verb.
Ilycib

.110411

JTycFaii

roBOparb.

OHB npocini.

^d 6y4eii CBlnn

be placed

Let them speak.

Let him a.^k.

But the conjunction ^a

3.
in
the
verb
the
imperative.
OBS.

may

is

never separated from

Let there be

light

493

The

auxiliary 6bin and ciaiL, usually placed before adjectives, participles or the infinitive, come after them when

compound verb an adverb, conjunction

to the

junct

a 6y Ay roioBi
fl

I shall be ready.
I shall begin to

paooTaib.

CTctiiy

CKopo

yA

The conjunction
which

formed,

is

it

refers,

by means of which the potential

placed immediately after the word to

6bi,

but the conjunctions

generally inserted between 6bi

OET> JKe CA b\ia.n>
f

Out

T o

OH

.Eay TaKii

work.

be ready soon.
I shall soo.i begin to work.
I shall

roToRT..

CKopo ciany paooraTb.

mood

or other ad-

added.

is

JKG, JLH, Taiui,

He, however, would do

He would do it.

6bi 5io.

CA'B.ia.j'b.

dbi noc.iyuiancfl.

TO

and the word preceding

He

are
it.

it.

ought to have obeyed nevertheless.

C4*.ia,n

.1

6bi

om>

a 6u dbuo

The following
going
BT>

Would he do ?
Would it be useful

?
?

extract will serve to illustrate the fore-

rules.

.lUTCpaiypt KaJKjaro napo^a eci6

HapoAT) ct rop^ocibro yKH3M-

KOBT,

There are great men in the literature

of every nation.

CBOII Be.iiiKie JIK>AH.

na eeMuonix'L HsdpaHHHBX 66meMT, Kpyry CBOIIX^

imepaTypHLix-b A*are.!eii, H na3UaeTT) IIXT, BGJMKHMH noiOMy,

Each with pride

points to a chosen

few in the whole

circle of literary

workers, and calls them great

because they stand higher than
all that surround them, for the

HXI

reason that their activity is not

cramped within those narro\r

BI

frames which serve as a natural

y3Kia pa,MKH, KOiopbia c.iy-

limit for the exertions of their

ITO onii CTOHTT. Buine Bcero OKpyJKaiomaro

X^, noiOMy, ^TO

fl'taieJbHOCTL ne yKJa4biBaeica
rfe

warb eciecTBeimoH)
4'BHTC.IbnOCTH
KOBT)

rpaniineio ^j

HXl COBpeM6UHfl-

contemporaries and colleagues.

494

Such men usually drasv the masses

after them, and the swarm of

oSwKnoBeeHo y

110 jn

sa coCoro

To.iny",

HXT> pOiinOK.IOHHHKOBTj, VJKG

TO IICK.IW-

lUTe.ibHoe no.iO'/Kenic,

Bc.rfc r jcTBie

Be.niKiii

KOioparo

admirers surrounding them already in their lifetime creates for

npH

HMI

2KH3HH, cosjaerb

uncaTe.ib

them

ne

npiypo iiiBaeTCH KI coBpeuemioii

CMy gnoxt, a ran* ciasan

writer does not conform himself

to his epoch, but the epoch

so
to say
conforms itself to the

dnoxa npiypoiHBaeica KT Be.niKOMy nnc;iTe.iK). Ero UMH ^aeica

great writer. His name is given

to the period coming after him

naciyhaiomcMy sa HHMI ncpiojy

u TOMy eoBony noKOjiHiro JH-

and to the new generation of

authors which has developed itself and grown under the im-

TOpaiopOB'b, Koiopoe paauH.iocb H

Bbipouo noA"b QcnocpejcTBGHIIMMI B.iianieMi ero nponaBe^eniii

that exceptional position, in

of which a great

consequence

mediate influence of his works

and represents

n npe^craB.iaeTi cooow erd

n.

It

came

P. POLEVOX

to pass,

(C-lVHlUOCb

To

his school.

TtlKl.

rTIepeoHBcTTb, p. a. nepconis

interrupt,
(IIpepbiBivn., p. a. npepuaifc.

To

0/KHB.liiTb, p. a. OWUBLITIi.

revive, a. v.

To take

Ooo/jpiiLca, p. a.

heart,

To extend, npocTiipaib.
To bound forth, BbinpurnyiB.
.

To
To

thrill, to

tremble, ipeneiaifc,

proclaim, o6inB.iJiTb.
ncc'iaciiibiM.

False, no,u1;.ibi]biH.

Wretch,

Abruptly, oipbiBucro.

Shudder, f penerb.

Supplication, M0.ib6a.

den,

Concourse, cicieaie.

Arena,

Fraud, notion,

A
A

token,

qiipR-b,

apena.

offender, oO

Amphitheatre,
Salonica, Ca.i6nnKa.

Gallienus, Taj-iieni.

A praetorian

Ma, 6op.iora.

crier, r.iainaTair.

An

snam.

roar, pbiKaiiie.

guard,

o6op&Tbft

495

EXERCISE CXXXIII.

Gallienus, the

named

Saloniea,

Roman Emperor, had

whom he tenderly loved.

that a diamond merchant sold her

a beautiful wife,

some

It

came

to pass

false

precious
Saloniea discovered (aaMfcrnTB) the fraud, flew to
her hushand and demanded that he should punish the
"
"
offender.
Certainly," replied Gallienus,
nothing is
easier.
lion has been lately sent to me from Africa ; I
stones.

have him exhibited to-morrow in the arena he will be

" " He will be
very hungry, and
very hungry !" inter"
Saloniea
with
a
shudder.
rupted
Enough not a word
the
more," rejoined
Emperor abruptly, and calling a praetorian guard he gave him an order in a low voice.
On the
shall

following day there was a great concourse of sightseers in

the amphitheatre at the appointed hour.
The terrible roar
of the lion was heard from the dens below.
Amonjr
o the

crowd, thrilled with expectation of a favourite spectacle, it

said that the diamond merchant who had cheated Sa-

was

was about to be thrown to the lion. The sound of a

trumpet and the voice of the crier soon stopped the general
talk (roBOpT>).
The door of one of the dens was suddenly
thrown open (oiBOpiiTL), and out of it was brought the
trembling criminal pale as death and extending his arms in
token of supplication towards Gallienus. The roaring of the
lion grew louder and louder; the unhappy diamond merchant fell upon his knees, bowed (CRIOHHTB) his head on his
The fatal mobreast and covered his face with his hands.
ment arrived. The door of another den flew open (paciBOloniea

and

pi'iTjb),

lo

opened

again.

it bounded forth a
lamb. The laughter
somewhat revived the despairing wretch

from

of the spectators

he

496

his eyes, sighed (ea^oxiiyTb)

Then the

crier

proclaimed

to

and took heart

the

crowd

that

according to the orders of Gallienus the deceiver had been

punished in his turn with deception. Salonica giving her

hand

to her

husband thanked him

for the lesson.

END OF PRACTICAL PAEX,

APPENDIX:
CONTAINING A BRIEF RECAPITULATION OF
KULES,

WITH ALL THE PARADIGMS OF

DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION.

K K

APPENDIX.
ETYMOLOGY.

I.

CjoBonpOH3BeAeHie.

INTRODUCTION.

ALL

the words of the Russian language are divided

into nine parts of speech (naciH pi> liH), viz :
1.

(1)
(2)

(3)
(4)
(5)

(6)

(7)
(8)
(9)

2.

The Substantive, UMS cymecTBHTejbuoe.

The Adjective, HMH Hpn^araTejBHoe.
The Pronoun, MteoiiMeuie.
The Numeral, HMH HHCJihe.ibHoe.
The Verb, i\iaro.n,.
The Adverb, iiaptiie.
The Preposition, npe&iorb.
The Conjunction, COK)3T>.
The Interjection,

The

in their

first five
parts of speech being subject to changes
terminations are called variable (H3Mi>mieMbia), the

four last are invariable

(nen3Ml>H/ieMbia).
3.

Words

are

either primitive
(nepuooopasHbifl), or de-

rivative
Primitives.
AHRT>,

image, face;

3ptib, to see;

4.

There are no

Derivatives.
Jii'iHMii,

personal.

spiuio, sight.

articles in the

Russian language.

500

THE SUBSTANTIVE.
5.

Substantives are either proper

(HMJI c66cTBeHnoe),

com-

mon

(HMH HapnuaTe-itnoe), or collective (IIMH co6iipaie.ii>noe)j

'
'
as: HHKO.iafl, 'Nicholas'; He.! OB tin,, man' ; cia/jo, flock/

To

all

GENDER
6.

number and

substantives belong gender,

case.

(pOAi>).

There are three genders, masculine (MyjKecitiii), feminine

(HteiiCKiti)

and neuter

(cpeAiiiii).

of animate beings is known by their sex, and

that of inanimate objects by their terminations.

The gender

(1)

fi,

Of the masculine

are

a.

Names

of males:

b.

Names

of inanimate and abstract objects ending in

and some in

t:

'

oiem.,

'

cafli.,

father':

flfoff,

uncle/
-B,

garden'; nouou, 'room'; i;opa6jb,

ship/
(2)

Of the

a.

Names

of females: Hiena, 'wife';

b.

Names

of inanimate and abstract objects ending in a T

and some in

feminine are

L:

BO^a, 'water';

AO

I&,

36JUH,

'daughter/

'land';

Macit,

'

power/
(3)
a.
is

Of the

Names of animate

shown: AHTH,
b.

neuter are

Names

'

child'

beings

7.

CIOBO,

when no distinction of gender

'

cymeciBO,

a being/

of inanimate and abstract objects ending in

'

'

'

MJI

word';

Mope,

sea';

HMH,

Some nouns denoting animate

o, c,

name/

beings have a

common

501

and feminine, and are therefore

orphan / 6po-

inflexion for the masculine

common

gender; such are: CHpoia,

as to

'

'

vagabond/

Aara,

Some nouns denoting animate beings form

8.

the femi-

nine gender from the masculine by changing the termination

'

of the latter, as
fern.

guest/

FOCTB,

fern, rocrhfl

Jest,

lion/

.i

As

9.

to the

gender of nouns ending in

rules are to be observed

B,

the following

Common nouns denoting animate beings are masculine:

a.

'

uapB,

czar / ojeiiB,

'

stag/

'
O<IB,
daughter / CBeupoBB,
Except -MaiB, mother /
of
animals ending in BB,
'mother-in-law/ ana some names
'

BB, DB, JB,

'

b.

as

B, TB, CB,
'

horse /

MBIIIIB,

Names
'

JKH3HB,

'

.loma^B,

etc.

of abstract objects ending in B are feminine,

life

'

/ wacit, power/
'

Except*

which are feminine, as

iiiB,

mouse/

^eiiB,

<

day /

BOU.IB,

cry / BiixpB, 'whirlwind/

rain/ JiiBeiiB, 'pouring rain / nepeneiiB, 'extract/

AO/KAB,

and the following foreign words: enema KM B, 'spectacle/

'control/
napojb, 'parole/ CTHJB, 'style/ KOHipo.iB,
c.

Names

of inanimate objects ending in B are feminine,

'

chain / ^BepB,
are masculine.
as

ivfcnB,

AJbKoroJb, alcohol.
,

'

door / except the following, which

ByKBapb, ABC-book.

band.

BeMo.ib, a flat.

BHJL, billiard ball.

,

drag-net.

TB034b, nail.
j

bulletin,

altar.

bill

of

ex-

change.

monogram.

Beuaejb,
,

boil.

rccni!Ta.ib, hospital,

comb,

b,
ib,
,

slate-pencil.

toadstool.
tar.

502
4oJFA*> rain.

503

CASE.

Il

11. There are seven cases, viz

(HMenHTejfcHbifi), giving the name of

(1)
an object in answer to the question who ? or icliat ?

The Nominative
KTO 3TO

(2)

The Vocative

object addressed

wlio

is it

Y i e n H K i>, the

(3Baie.ii>HbiH),

pupil.

indicating the

name

of the

yqenuKi,

The vocative

is

Scholar! be diligent.

6y4B npe.ieJKein>.

the same as the nominative in

all

sub-

few used in addressing the Deity, as

Eon,, TocnoAb, 'God, Lord;' vocat. Eorce, FocnoAH.

stantives, except a

(3)

The Genitive

(POAMTC.IBHBIH), indicating possession,

and answering to the question

Hba KBura
(4)

to
to

whose book

tvliose ?

or of what ?

y i e B n K a,

'

the pupil's.'

The Dative (flare.! BHBIM), indicating the person or thing

which an object refers, and answering to the question

whom ? or to what ?
To whom did he say ?
KoBiy CKaaiit OH* ?
To the

y i e H H K y,
(5)

pupil.

The Accusative or Objective (BHEHie^tHbiM), answering

to the question
Koro

tc/wm
OHT,

? or

yqurb

what

y i e e a K a.

Whom
The

he teaches ?

pupil.

indicating the
(6) The Instrumental (TBOpHTeJBHLifl),
means or cause, and answering to the question by whom ?
or by or with what ?

By whom
By
HanHcano?

Ilepoux,

is

he loved

the pupil.

With what is
With a pen.

this written

804

The

(7)

Prepositional (npe&ioJKHbiH), answering to the

whom or what ? in whom or what ? on whom

question about
or what ? etc.

termed prepositional inasmuch as it is always preo (o6i>), BT> 5 Ha,

ceded by one of the following prepositions
It

is

no, npn.
KOMI OHI roBOpurt?
OfrL y i e H

H K i.

About

whom

About the

is

he speaking

pupil.

In nouns denoting animate beings the accusative of the

masculine singular and plural of all genders is the same as
the genitive, and in inanimate or abstract objects like the
nominative.

DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES.

Nouns, with regard to their declension, are classed as

regular (npaBHJBHbia) and irregular (HenpaBiLibBbia).
12.

The three

declensions, according to gender, are given in

the practical part.

13. Regular nouns in respect of their similarity of inand instrum. cases are divided

flexions in the genit. dat.

into

two declensions, with

fifteen different terminations

ii>

the nom., as shown in the annexed table.

(1) To the first declension belong all nouns of the first
ten terminations, the genit. of which ends in a, fl dat. y,
and instrum. OMT>, GMT,
10
;

(2)

To the second declension belong all nouns of the other

five terminations,

the genit. of which ends in

instr. OK), 6K), Lio.

LI,

dat. i,

505

506

DECLENSION OF MASCULINE NOUNS.

Singular.

fC^OHl,

507
Plural.

N.

JKe'aw,

G.

JKeHX.

P.

JKenaMT>.

A.

JKeni,.

B04H

iiain,.

I.

HieiiaMli.

HfieaMH.

P.

IJjiiUi,

JKeflax-L.

nmytMi*

rCseKpoBb,

o eanaxi..

508

(1) After JK, q, m, m, r, K, x the termination BI is changed

'
into H : Horn, ' knife / plur. HO/KH ;
cloud / plur.
Ty<m,

(2) After

e:

pima,
(3)

n,

JK,

m,

i,

the term, o

changed into

is

'street/ instr. y.iimeK) 5 instead of yjHuoio.

After

m,

H,

JK,

in

n\

the dat.

instr.

and prep,
changed

cases of the fifteenth termination the vowel a is

EO IIB,

into a:

'

night / dat. HOHaMT>, instr. nonaaiH, prep.

HOHaxt.

The vowel

(4)

o or e

the sake of euphony

is

inserted in

'bundle/ gen.

cB.isKa,

beam / gen. plur.

Nouns of the llth,

some terminations

for

plur. CB/i30in>

'

GpeBiio,
(5)

tions

may

take

12th, 13th and 14th termina-

instrum. sing,

the

in

6peBem>.

termination OH, eu, instead of

ment/

'week/

ne^tia,

OK),

eio

the

contracted
'

3a6aBa,

amuse-

instr. saoaBoii,

nouns are of two kinds, firstly, those of

mixed declension (paaiibixi, ciuioneniii), and secondly, those
15. Irregular

of mixed inflexion (pa3flbiXT> OKOii'ianiH).

Of mixed
(1)

The

declension are

'name/

neuter nouns in

ten

upeMa, 'time/

Bb'nifl,

njaaifl,

ctjtffl,

*seed;'

cases

the

first

'udder/

'flame/

xe.Ma,

syllable

According to their
the

'standard;'

which

'crown/

shown

instr.

sing, in

in

take

in

The nouns

GMT,,

and according to
'

JHT/I,

'child

all

the

the example HMH,

they belong to
their gen. and

dat. in H to the second.

(2)

UMJI,

ineMfl, 'tribe/ cipeMa, 'stirrup/

en, as

declension,

6peMH, 'burden/

Mfl:

3iia.\ifl,

and nyih,

'

road.'

509

Nouns
either

in

of mixed

inflexion deviating in some cases

the sing, or plur. are fully treated of in tks

Practical Part.

DERIVATION.

nouns are formed from nouns,

and verbs by adding the following suffixes

16. Russian derivative

adjectives

Derived from Nouns.

Apb,

3BOHapb, bellringer
cro.iHp'b,

Hum,

from

cabinetmaker

coppersmith

MluiiiiKT.,

nepeBOAiOKT., translator

M'B^b,

pwOaKi, fisherman

Hut,

MOpflKi,

A/5,

Tpyda'iT.,

Hlllio,

laiiniiK'b,

Una,

dapaoniia,

Hfl,

niiBOBapufl,

Cmeo,

paOciBO, slavery

seaman

copper.

nepeBoAt, translatipu.

TpaKTiipmHK'b, innkeeper
Alio,

ringing

SBOHT.,

emit, table.

TpaKTiipi., inn.

pu6a,

fish.

Mope, sea.

trumpeter

ipy6a, trumpet.

teapot

*mfi, tea.

mutton

Capaii-b,

brewery

ram.

miBOBapx, brewer.

pa6i,, slave.

Derived from Adjectives.

wise

poor

man
man ;

from

Hud,

TfliHHHa, quietness

Una,

paBiuiea, plain

Ocmb,
Ecmb,

HOBOCTb, novelty ;
CB-BHsecib, freshness

Cmeo,

doraiCTBO, riches

wise.

poor.
Tuxiii, quiet.

paanbiB, equal.

HOBWH, new.
CB-t/Kiii,

fresh,

doraibiii, rich.

Derived from Verbs.

Apb,

Ens,

nHCapb, writer ;
Kyneq^, merchant

from nncaib,

BjaAtxejb, possessor
.iryn-b, liar

ynHviHiqc, school

dtrciBO, flight

B-ia^tTb, to

Jraib, to

KJa4dnme, cemetery
Cmeo,

to write.

Kyniiib, to buy.

posses*

lie.

K-iacib, to put.

yqHTb. to teach.
d-fcraib, to

run.

17. Besides

510

above

there

are

also

augmentative
and diminutive terminations, which will be found fully
explained in the Practical Part (Lessons 26 and 27),
18.

ttye

Compound nouns

are formed

by coupling a noun, an
adverb or preposition with a
word ending in e or o, unless it be an adverb

adjective, a pronoun, a verb,

noun, the

first

or preposition, as

Kopad-ieKpymeiiie, shipwreck
4uCpjJKe.iaTe.ib,

well-wisher

E^HBO^ymie, unanimity

BesAtiiciBie, inaction

Kopad.ib, ship,

Kpyineeie, breaking.

aodpuii, good,

ejwei, one,
ca:\n>_,

self,

3JO, evil,

HeciacTie, misfortune

Ha^rpoCie, epitaph

from

CaMoyiMieJb, self-instructor
S-iono-iyiie, ill-luck

.,

Be, not,

JKe.iaie.ib,

ayma,

yiiiie.ib,

teacher.

DOfyifab, to receive.
ciaciie, fortune.
^iiiCTBie, action.

6e3X, without,

wisher.

soul.

Ba^x, over, rpodi, tomb.

THE ADJECTIVE.
19. Adjectives in

Russian are divided into

Qualifying (KaHecTBeniibia\

as,

ftkibifi,

white.

Possessive (npuTaataTe.iLHbi>i), as, napest, of the

king.
Relative (oinocHTe^biibia),

as, anrjiucKiu,

English.

20. Adjectives are used either as epithets, as, ^oopbiu

*
HeJOB^K'b, the good man ;' or as attributes, qeiOBBRl (ecib)
f

4o6pT>,

21.

the

man

is

Qualifying

good/

adj.

and

pass, participles,

as attributes, undergo apocope and

become

when employed
indeclinable.

511

The

a.

full or declinable

terminations of adjectives are

Masc.

biii,

Fennn.
Neut.

Hi, oi*.

^
)

oe, ee, be.

Apocopated terminations are

b.

Plural.

Singular.

Masc.

i, b.

Femin.

a, a.

Neut.

o,

ie.

we,

m, u.

a*,

Plural.

Singular.

LI,

e.

bi,

H.

w, n.

e.

22. Possessive adjectives (Lesson 30), according to their

terminations, are of two classes
:

Ending

(1)
1

in

oin>, CB-L, Hin>, m>iin>_, L,

John's house;' AiAHirb

Ending

(2)

in

'

horn;'

ca^T,,

oeiii,

ifi,

iieftB&Klfi M'XT>,

as

HBaaoffb ^OMT.,

'uncle's garden/

efiiii,

as: 6apanifl

'ram's

pori.,

bear- skin/

23. Relative adjectives (Lesson 38) have the following

terminations
Cidij,

(1)

'human;'

CKOU,

pyccKiii,

OBcidfl, eBCKifi, as

HKifi,

laiOBinecKiH,

'Russian/

(2) OBBIH, eBbiii, OBOH, OBHbifi, CBHBIH, CBOU, eniibiH,iibiii,

anoii, auiibifl, as:

/inbiii,
'

Bbiii,

Hifi, JKiii, lifi,

(3)

vowel, as

"

Aeiib,

summer day/

are divided into cardinal

iHbia).

Cardinal numerals are:

(1)

three/ etc.
'

'

half;

'mountainous/ ^epcu/m-

preceded by a consonant or a semi'

jtaiii

and ordinal (nop>uo

Hbia)

ipn,

The numerals

24.

ropubiii,

wooden/

no.nopa,

'

OjUH'b,

one

'

^Ba,

as also ABOC, ipoe, neiBepo, etc.,

one and a half; etc.
'

tvvo;'

and

The

(2)

second/

To

iil,

'

ordinal numerals are

nepubifi,

25.

/ Biopoa,

'

another/ and no-

last.'

To

Of

first

etc.

adjectives belong gender,

two declensions

are divided into

the

adjectives,
6.

these belong the adjectives flpyroii,

'

a.

512

first

number and

declension are qualifying

and ordinal numerals.

Of the

second are cardinal numerals.

A. FIRST DECLENSION.
Singular.

Masculine.

N.

HoBbiii,

G.

Hosaro,

D.
A.

HOBOMV,
HoBbiii or Hosaro,

I.

HOBHMX,

P.

HOBO.A:T>,

new,

case.

They

and

possessive

513

above are

According to the
of

adjectives
fern,

a,

neut.

declined

the

first

class

o,

and

qualifying

pated termination, as
a, o,

in

OBT>,

CBI>,

possessive
inn>,

a, o,

U[>IHT>,

of apoco-

adjectives
'

HeTpoBt,

all

of Peter's

HOBI>,

;'

new.
Plural*

Singular.

Masculine.

Feminine.

Neuter.
rocnojiie,

N.

rocno^eHb, Lord's

rocno^efl,

G.

rocno^HH,

rocnojueii,

D.

rocnoflHK),

rocnojHeii,

A.

Like the N. or G.

rocno^Hio,

I.

rocno.jHHM'b,

rocno^neio,

P.

rocnodiiesrb,

rocno^neii,

For

all

Genders.

Like the N. or G.

rocno^iie.

According to the above are declined all qualifying

and possessive adjectives in t, JKT>, HT>, and also the
qualifying in mi,, IU,T>, as
'
J
'
*
hot ; xopoiui., good
;

'

'
:

resembling

noxo>KT>,
c

cut^ymi.,

skilled/

rop/i4t,

Singular.

Masculine.

N.

Tpeiiii,

G.

Tpeibfiro,

D.
A.
1.

P.

514

Plural.

M. and N.
N.

For

Fern.

ABB,

flBa,

G.

flByxi),

ipexi,

D.

A By MX,

rpe.MX,

A.

Like the N. or G.

Like the Nom. or Gen.

I.

warn,

TpeMH,

'leibipbMa.

P.

AByxi,,

ipex-b,

qeibipexi.

For
N.

4Boe,

ipoe,

4BOUXX,

ipoiixi,

D.

ABOMMl,

TPOHMT),

A.

4BOMXI,

ipoiixx,

geiBepfaixi.

I.

ABOHMH,

TPOHMII,

HGTBepblMII.

P.

ABOUXl,

TpOUX'b,

'IGTBepblXX.

'

27.

Genders.

all

G.

The other
six/

all Genders.

ipe,

etc.,

IGTBepblMl.

'

collective numerals,

five/ meciepo,

naiepo,

are declined like

Numerals ending
f

to TpHAUaTL,

in t

five/ inecifc, 'six/ up

thirty/ are declined like nouns of the 15th
:

nan>,

termination (see Lesson 13, Obs. 10).

For the declension of copoio., forty/
*

/jeBaiiocio,

'ninety/

hundred / /jBiiCTH, 'two hundred/ and other compound

CTO,
numerals, see Lesson 44.

For the declension of

nojiopacia, 'hundred and
f

28.

Tb ica4a,

no.iTOpa,

one and a half

fifty/ see

Lesson 47.

thousand/ and MiLuioui,,

'

'
;

and

million/ are de-

clined like substantives.

29. Like substantives are declined also

'ten/

jibjKHea,

naToia,

five

'dozen/ coma, 'hundred/ as

also

MeiBepua, naiepita, meciepKa, ceMepna, BOCBand

^ecaina, these latter being- used in card
Mepua, AeBaTKa,
as
playing,
ipe<i>6Baa ABoiina or ^Boiina ipe-M, 'the two of
na, ipoiiKa,

516

clubs

i
HepBoimafl #eB8TKa or #eB>iTKa, iepB3H,

;'

'

the nine of

hearts.'

DEGREES OF COMPARISON.

deneim

CpaBiienia.

30. There are three

degrees of comparison

(1) Positive (noJOHJHiejBHaa cieneiib), as

4o6pbiii, Ao6pi, 'kind.'

(2)

Comparative (cpaBH&TeiBnafl

CTeiieiib\ as:

AoOpie, 'kinder.'

Superlative (npeBOcxo^naa cieneHb), as

(3)

or BC*XI

CaMbifi Aodpbiii,

'

floOpie,

kindest,' or aodptHUiifl.

For the formation of degrees of comparison, see Lessons

35 and 36.
Besides the degrees of comparison, adjectives have also

augmentative and diminutive terminations (Lesson 37).

DERIVATION.
31. Adjectives
sessive

and

derived from substantives are the pos-

relative already enumerated.

32. Those derived from verbs are formed

the termination of the infinitive into
IUH, HUH, niii

by changing

Ebiii (HOH), .ibiti, HBbiii,

yne'iiMii,

learned

BbiKyniioii,

stalwart

nrpiicbiii, playful

Poc.ibiii,

iii,

fragile

,,

yum,

to teach.

BbiKynnib, to ransom.
pociu, to grow,

nrpaib, to play,

jomaib, to break.

similar

singing

from

ransomed

noxo^HTb, to resemble
nt,Tb, to sing.

adjectives are formed by coupling an ada

substantive
or a particle with an adjective, the
jective,
first word taking usually an o or e, with the exception of

33.

Compound

particles

517

from ocipuii, sharp,

OcipoyMBbiii, witty;

dark-gray

Te'MHOC'fipLiii,

i,

rocib, guest, npiihiHLiii, receiving,

OIH, eyes, BH^Hbiii, visible.

international

incomparable

Be3n04o6nbiii,

MCHIAY, between, Hapo^HBiB, national.

deal, without, nojoOnbifi, like.

THE PRONOUN.

MteoHMenie.

Pronouns are divided into

34.

yMHLiii, intelligent.

dark, ctpbiii, grey.

TeMiibiii,

i, hospitable
evident ;

(1) Personal (jii'mbia).

Interrogative (BonpocHTe,iLiibia).

(3)

Demonstrative

(4)

Relative

(5)

Determinative (onpe^iHTe.n>ni,ia).

The personal pronouns are:

35.

he^

(2)

(fern,

ona

'

a,

'

;'

neut. 0116)^; plur. Mbi,

'

Tbi,

thou

OHT>,

;'

we ;' BH, f you;'

OHH

(fern, oat), 'they/

Besides the above three personal pronouns, there

reflective personal ceGa,

'

self,

which serves

is

the

for all persons,

genders and numbers.

36. Interrogative pronouns have their corresponding demonstratives as follows
:

OP THE OBJECT.
Interrogative.

KTO

who

HTO

what

Demonstrative.
ToiTi, TO,

'that;'

mmo,

body;'

'

nposiii,

'

HI>KTO,

'nothing

;'

somebody

'

;'

ntiio,

BCJUUH, 'every;'

something ;' HDKTO, 'no'each;' BCC, 'all;'

Kuai^wii,

other.'

OF QUALITY.
KaKoii, KaKoBTi
'

TaKoii,

TaKoBt,

What

such, such a one

;'

sort of

apyrotf,

other

;'

BC^Kili,

'

everj

518

(sort)'

miKaKoii, 'not

'certain;'

ntKiii,

irfiKOTOpbiii,

any;'

pasHWii, 'diverse.'

'same;'

OF QUANTITY.
how much?

CKOJLKO?
'

GTOJLKO,
1

so

many, so much
'

some

HHCKOJBKO,

;'

much

'

;'

Meoro,

'

MOJO,

;'

few

;'

ntCKO.ii.KO,

not any.'

OF PLACE OB ORDER.
KoTopuii
(Cefi) STOTX,
?

oHLifi,

'this

which

?
'

KOiopLiii

;'

undydb,

any one

;'

HHKOTopufi,

not

any/

OF

POSSESSION.

leu
'

MOH,

*your

my, mine
4

;'

HXX,

These

;'

their;'

last are

TBOM,

whose

thy, thine

and the

;'

ero,

his

;'

eauix,

our

;'

Barai,

reflective csoii used for all three persons.

termed possessive pronouns

(npiiTflJKaTe.iB-

UblH MlCTOHMCflia).

Indefinite pronouns answering the question leii ?

are

'

whose V

'leii-TO,

'somebody's

;'

^eu nndyAb, 'anybody's

;'

and the negative

'nobody's.'

37.

The

interrogative pronouns KTO, ITO, KoropLiii,

H6H also serve as relatives when they refer to an antecedent.

To
or

pronouns belongs also caKOBoftj 'who/

he who/ which has not the signification of the interthe relative

'

rogative.
88.
a.

The determinative pronouns

Those expressive of

size

are

and quantity:

Becb, 'all;' 66a,

'both/

To these are added the numerals

when used as pronouns.

04iiHi>, flBoe,

ipoe, etc.,

519

Those expressive of identity

b.

'
:

caMi>, caMbiii,

self.'

pronouns are employed with personal

as also with substantives, as

Determinative

and demonstrative pronouns,

MM

'

set,
{

GAMUT,,

sides

;'

all

of us

;'

MLI 66a,

'

Loth of us

am by

;'

BLI

'

ipoe,

'

three of you ;' a

'
both

myself ;' Becb napojt, all people ;' 666 ciopouu,

om> CEMX, 'he himself ;' caMbiii AOMT,, 'the house itself.'
I

The pronoun caMbia

before qualifying adjectives serves to

and to express the superlative

strengthen their signification

degree, as: caMbift Aoopbifi, 'the kindest/

39.

Pronouns vary

according to gender,

their

terminations, like adjectives,

number and

case.

DECLENSION OF PKONOUNS.
two personal pronouns and the reflective
and are declined like substantives
personal have no genders,
40.

The

first

ji the feminine, as

N.

H,T,

520

Plural

Singular.

Masc
N.

OHT>,

he,

Neut.

Fern.

M. and N.

OHO,

ona.

N.

it,

Fern.

OH

OHU,

G.

ero,

e/i.

G.

D.
A.

CM,

efi,

D.

I*.

ero,

ee.

A.

n.

I.

HMT,,

ero.

I.

mm.

(ii)eft.

P.

(B)BXI.

I;.

P.

(H)eMi,

This pronoun takes an H prefixed in all oblique cases when

preceded by a preposition, as: AM nero, #.ifl nea, 'for him,
f
for her ;' o HCMT,, o Heii, about him, about her/

43.

pers. pron. singular and

as possessive, without however taking

The genitive of the third

is

also used

plural
the prefix H, as: #IH ero 6para, 'for his brother;' o ero 6pa'

rfe,

about his brother/

Singular.

521

Plural.

Singular.

Masc. and Neut. Fern.

N.

TOTB,

G.

TO,

Toro,

Masc. and Neut.

ecb,

ia,

seer 6,

TOM,

D.

TOMy,
TOM,
A. Like the N. or G. iy,
P.

see,

Eceny,

Like the N. or G.

Fern.
BCH.

For

BC-B.

TEXT..

BCtXl.

BCBH.

TtMl,

BCtMT,.

BCIO.

Like the N. or G.

scefi.

T-BMl,

TOIO(fi),

BC-BMT,,

BCCK)(ea}

TtMn,

TOMT,,

TOfl,

BCCMl,

BCGfl.

TtXl.

The pronouns

KTO

all

ri,

BC^MD.

and HTO have neither gender nor

plural.
Singular.

M
THE

522

VEftB.-r.iar6.il,.

47. Verbs are divided into four voices

(siuon*), viz.

The

(1)

active

(AMcTBirre.ii>HBiu),

an agent upon an object,

denoting the action

'

as, KHAaiB,

to

of

throw/

The

passive (cTpaAaTaitiibiii), formed from the active,

and denoting the condition or state of the object on which
the action is exerted, as, SBITB KuMeMbiMi,, ' to be thrown/
(2)

(3) The reflective or pronominal (BOSBpaTiitiH), formed from

the active by adding the contracted pronoun CH, and denotf

ing an action falling upon the agent,

clothe one's self/

The

reflective is often

when

of the passive, especially

objects, as, imiira HiiTaeTca,
a.

The common

as,

(66miii)

'

o^iiBaThca,

to

used in the sense

speaking of inanimate
is read/

the book

ending

also in en,

without which

the verb by itself cannot be used, and denoting an internal

'
feeling influencing the agent, as, GoittCf , to fear ;' cwt*

HTBCH,

to

laugh/

The

reciprocal (BsauMHBiii), ending also in ca, and

an
action falling mutually upon two or more
denoting
and
agents,
answering the question with whom, as, cpab.

'

juaTbca,

to fight/

The neuter (cpe^Hiu), which has a threefold

cation, and therefore a threefold form, viz.,
(4)

a.

signifi-

Denoting an action not passing over to an object, as,

'
to sit ;' CTO/ITI,, to stand/ In this sense it has the
'

CIIA^TB,

form of the active.

Of

this class are verbs denoting the gradual acquirement

of a quality, as,

6'B.iiib,

to

grow white

;'

coxnyib, 'to dry/

Denoting a

b.

523

state or quality independent of

as, obiib Bece\ibiMT>,

'

to

be merry.'

In

an action,
form

this it has the

of the passive.

Denoting a capability of action or possession of a

c
In this
quality, as, Kpaniba auKe'ica, the nettle stings/
sense it has the form of the reflective.
c.

48. Verbs undergo certain changes of structure

flexions, to indicate

and

in-

1.

The

2.

The moods.

3.

The

4.

Gender, person and number.

aspects.

tenses.

49. There are three principal aspects:

(1)

The imperfect aspect

(HecoBepiueHHbiii BU^T,).

Verbs of this aspect are subdivided into

je'Hiibie) and indefinite (neonpeA'fe.ienHbie).
(2)

The

perfect aspect

divided into

(3)

definite (onpe^t-

Lesson 52.

(coBepinemibifi

BIIAT>)

a.

Perfect inchoative (HaiimaTeJbHbiu).

b.

Perfect of duration (4.iihe.ibHbiu).

c.

Perfect of unity (oAiiOKpaiHbiu).

The

is

sub-

iterative (MiioroKpaiHbiii).

For explanation of aspects, see Lesson 51.

For formation of aspects, see Lessons 53, 54, and 55.
50.

The moods (naiuoHenia) are three, viz

1. The infinitive (Heonpe^.ieHHoe).
2.

The

3.

The imperative

indicative '(H3XHBiiTe.ibHoe).

The subjunctive

524

(cocJaraiaitHoe)

is

formed in Russian by

adding the particle 6bi to the past tense.

The

first

two moods are found

but the imperative

in all the three aspects,

found in the imperfect and perfect

is

aspects only.
51. There are three tenses (fipeMena), viz:
1.
2.

3.

The present (nacToamee).

The past (npome^niee).
The

future (6yAymee).

The tenses are only found in the indicative, and vary

number according to the voice and aspect.

52.

in

1 ) The active, reflective, common,

(
reciprocal and neuter
voices take all the three tenses in the imperfect aspect.

(2)

The

and

perfect aspect takes only the past

future.

The

(3)
passive voice having a double conjugation, takes
double tenses, as shown in subsequent examples.

53.

The persons

(.lima) of

the present and future tenses

are distinguished by inflexions, and therefore may be used

without their pronouns ; but those of the past, which take

only the terminations of

gender,

the

require

personal

pronouns.
54.

Verbs are either simple

(1)

The simple

are those consisting of one

'

Aluaib,

to

do

'

;'

or

(npocib'ie)

JioCiiTL,

compound

word only,

as

to love.'

(2) Compound verbs are formed by adding an auxiliary

verb to the infinitive or to the participle passive, as
:

a CTOJI CTpajarb,

'

begun

to suffer

;'

oni 6u.n yOurt,

'

lie

was

killed.'

625

To

is added for the reand

common
voices.
flective, reciprocal
The auxiliaries, which are all of the neuter voice, are
6biTB, fibiBaib, to be/ and ciaib, 'to become/

these terminations the suffix ca

55. Participles in Russian, both active

and passive, are

formed from verbs, and have gender, number, and
the present and past tenses.
adjectives

(1)

Active participles end

a.

in the present,

^.

in the past, miii, iiiaa, mee, plur. mie, mia.

miii,

maa, mce, plur. mie, mja.

These participles take the

(

as, OfliiBaiomiiica,

end

(2) Passive participles

a

in tie present,

f Full,
(.

"" hepast

6"

suffix

ca in reflective verbs,

dressing himself/

HH fl,

M8H, MOC, piur. BIUO,

MH*

Apocop., MI, Ma, MO, plur. MM.

("Full '
S

BUufl > HHaa > neoe > P lur untie, HHua.

^ibifl, iaa, TOG, plur. Tbie, TLIH.

'

Tb, ia, TO, plur. TU.

These participles do not take the

suffix ca.

56. Passive participles, with the auxiliaries 6biTb,

form the moods and tenses of the passive

voice.

57. Besides the participles, there are also gerunds (atenpHHaciie) or verbal adverbs (napinia ouaro.ibiibia) formed

from verbs.

are both active

They

and passive.

(1) The active gerund has neither number nor gendeu

but has inflexions for the present and past tenses, as
:

yin

Present, a, aa,

Past,

vi>,

niH

'
:

.iK)6a,
*

JiolHBi,

in loving

;'

iQiaa,

after having loved

'

while reading.'
*

;'

iflTaBmn,

after having read.

526

The passive gerund

(2)

is

formed by adding OyAyin,

6biBi>

(6biBnin),the present and past gerunds of the auxiliary 6bin,

to the apocopated participle, and has both
gender and

number, as

Gy^yHH or 6biBT>
noaaBbi, being
*

pi.

noCviairt, fern,

or

nocjana, neut.

having been

58.

Verbs are either personal or impersonal.

(1)

Personal

arc-

those which have

all

sent.'

the persons and

genders.
(2) Impersonal are those used in the third person only
without a pronoun or agent expressed, and take in the past
Lesson 49.
tense the neuter gender only.

59. According

to

their

conjugation, verbs

are

either

regular (npaBHJbHbie) or irregular (HenpaBiubHbie).

(1) All regular verbs are divided into two conjugations,
according to the inflexions of the indicative present.
a.

in

Of the

eiiiB,
'

Taeiiib,
b.

Of

ends in

first are those whose second

person sing, ends
and the third person plur. in ron, or yn>, as inthou readest ;' imaiorb, they read.'
:

'

Hiiib,
(

rOBOpnuib,
(2)

are those whose second person

sing.
and the third person plur. in an, or an,, as

the second

thou speakest

Regular verbs are

'

;'

roBOparb,

they speak.'

also divided into ten

classes in

respect of the termination of the infinitive and first person

of the indicative present, of which the first eight

belong

to the first,

and the

Lessons 32 to 35.

last

two

to the second
conjugation,

(527

CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY

80.

VERBS.
INFINITIVE

I.

BBITL, 'to

be/

EbiuaTB/ to be usually/
II.

CiaiB, 'to

become/

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present.

a.

Sing.

MOOD.

am

EcMb, I am.

6biBaro, I

ECH, etc.

ObiBaemb, etc.

usually.

ECTB

Plur.

Wanting

ECM&
Ecie

GbiBacie

Cyib
6.

Sing,

fl

6bi.ii,

a,

<5,

Past.

a Cbisaji, a, o

Tbi

(5bI.Ul,

OHO Obl.io

Plur.
Bbi Obi.ni

Onii, oui;

ULI.III

oiifi

OHO

ObiBa.ia,

6bIBilJO

ciajx, a, o

CTa.!0

Mbl CT3JO

Bbl OLIBa.lII

Bbl CTa.IU

ODIJ,

on*

OBH

CTaJlI.

Future.

By^y, I shall or

ciaoy

will be.

CTaeenib

Eyjenib, etc.

onicTa.ix, OHa CTtLia, on6

Mbl 6bIBa.!H

c.

Sing.

cia.ii, a,

Tbi

,0

ona

OHT>

fl

Wanting.
Plur.
CTaHeie
ciaevTi.

528

III. SUBJUNCTIVE.
King,

fl

dbu-b dbi,

o&ua

a dbiBa.ii
,

dbi, ,ia dbi, .10

529

CONJUGATION OF ACTIVE VERBS.

61.

I.

INFINITIVE

'

P'EinaTfc,

'

to decide/

II.

MOOD.

Perfect Asp. Second Conjug.

Imperfect Asp. First Conj.

P-BIHUTB,

to decide thoroughly.'

INDICATIVE MOOD.

'

Sing.

Present.

a.

Ptinaw, I decide.
PtiuaeiDb

P'tuiaen
Plur.

Wanting.

Ptmae.Mi
Ptinaeie
Ptraaiorb.

Past.

b.

Sing,

fl

p-fcma.il, .ia,

JO, I

was de-

a ptiDM.il, Ja, JO, I

have decided

ciding

Tu

ptuia.il, ja, jo, etc.

TLI

OHI

GOT. ptmaJT), oea ptraa.ia, 0116

III II

Plur. 3Iu ptma.m

is i,i

c.

iy4Y

Eyflcrb
yACTL

Plur.

By^eMb

*>

Ji

out

Future.

I shall

ptinaib, j or will

C decide,

^
f

JO

pi; in in

(urn,

By^finb
y4f inb

^o, etc.

ona ptuiaja, 006 pt-

Mbl ptfflH.I

Bbi pliiiia.ni

Sing.

.ia,

ji),

etc.

ptniy,

I will

ptiuiimb, etc.

ptUIHMT,

ptinuie

ptniaib.

M M

decide

530

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

III.
Sing,

fl

ptma.li

CLI, .la

CLI,

jo

n ptuni.n> CLI,

CLI,

should or Avould decide

TM ptuia.ix CLI, ja 6u, AO CLI

Oni ptuia.il CLI, OHH ptuiiLia
CLI,

ouo

ja

TLI ptuiii.n> CLI,

CLI,

should

CLI, .10 OLI

oad

ptuiu.io CLI

CLI

MLI ptmii.iii

CM

BLI ptuiiuii CLI

BLI ptniu.iH

CM

Onii,

jo

OUT. ptuiii.il CLI, oiiu ptuiii.ia CM,

ptiua.10 CLI

Plur. MLI ptuiajH

.ia Cti.

have decided

out ptuiajn CM.

OHM, out ptuiii.m CM.

IV. IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2nd

pers. Ptuiaii,

plur.

ptuiaiiie,

ptinii, pi. ptiuiiie

decide

3rd

pers.

ptmaeii,

IlycTL

him

let

pi. HVCTL

decide,

nyciL ptuniii, pi. nyciL

p-fc-

V. ACTIVE PARTICIPLE.
a. Present.

Sing.

Ptmaroin,iii,mafl,mee,hewho
decides

Plur.

Ptuiaiomie, ptmaiomin.

Sing.

PtuiaBiuiii,

b.

maa, uiee, he
decided

Plur. ptiuaBiuie,

Wanting.

Past.

who

ptuniBHiiii,

uiaa, uiee,

he who has

decided
ptuniBiiiie, uiin.

uiia.

VI. PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.

a. Present.

Sing.

PtiiiaeMi, Ma, MO,

which
6.

Sing.

is

decided

plur. ptuiaeMM.

Past.

Ptuiem., nu, no, which was decided

plur.

ptmeeu.

VII. GERUND.
a. Present.
Ptuiiifl, in

deciding

b.

Wanting.

Wanting.

Past.
\

ptuiiiBX, BUIU,

having decided.

531

62.

CONJUGATION OP NEUTER VERBS OF

ACTIVE FORM.
INFINITIVE MOOD.

I.

Second Conjugation.
Perfect Inchoative Aspect.

Imperfect Aspect.
'

'

to ring/

3BeHi>TL,

II.

to begin to ring.

3a3BeHi>Ti>_,

INDICATIVE MOOD.
a. Present.

Sing.

SBeiiK),

am

ringing, etc.

3 BO mil lib
Beeni'iTi,

Plur.

Wanting.

3B6HMMI
SBeniiie

ftnuln.
Pas*.

b.

Sing,

fl

3Ben-B.it,

ja,

.10,

was

fl

ringing, etc.
TBI 3seet.it, ja, AO.

ibi

OHt

ont

3B6Hl5.it,

ona SBent-ia,

ono
Plur.

Ba3BCHt.it, ja, jo,

MM,

BLI,

3a3Beni.it, ja, AQ.

3a3B6H-B.it,

OHa sasBenija, oeo

Baweniio.

OHM

3Beu'6.ie.

MM, BM,
c.

nnii

Future.

I shall
Sing.

I shall begin to ring, etc.

or

3a3B6UUIIIb

will ring,
etc.

aasBciiHTf,
3;i3BCIIlIMb

Plur.

3a3B6HUTe

By^eie

3a3B6HflTt

III.
Sing,

fl

began to

ring.

SBee-iit

6fci,

P/r. MM 3BeeiiH

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

I should ring.

du, etc.

a Baaieeiil

MH

6bi, etc.

sasfieni-iH 6w, etc.

532

IV, IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2nd

pers.

3rJ pers.

SBCDH,

nycTb

SBenuie.

plur.

3BenMTX,

nycib aasBeiiiiri,

phtr.

HyCTb 3B6HHTT,.

/?M/\

nycib

aa-

SBGBaTT..

V. ACTIVE PARTICIPLE.
a. Present.

Sing.

3BcnmiH, maa, mee.

Plur.

SBenamie, mia.

Sing.

SeeirBBiniii,

Buiaa f

Plur.

SBeirfiBiuie,

Biuia.

6.

Past.
aa.sBeirBBinia, sniaa, Binee.

Biiiee.

sasBeu'BBiiiie, Bujia.

VI.

PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.
Wanting.

VII. GERUND.
a. Present.
Sfiena.

Wanting.

63.

Wanting

b.

Past.
\

3a3Beiri>BT>

or

CONJUGATION OF VERBS OF ITERATIVE

ASPECT*AND OF PERFECT OF UNITY.
I.

INFINITIVE

MOOD.

Iterative Aspect.
'

to

Asp. Perfect of Unity.

throw repeatedly/
II.

'

Kfinyrb,

to

throw once-'

INDICATIVE MOOD.
a. Present.

Wanting.
*

Wanting.

Never used except compounded with a

prefix.

533

Past.

6.
fl

Sing,

.10.

Kii4biBa.il, .ia,

a KunyM>, ja,

jio.

TLI KH4LiBa,n>, .a, jo

TLI KHiiy.ii, ja, ,10

Oui

OHT> KHiiyj^,

KH4biBa.n>,

oea

oua Kuuy.ia, oad Kiiny

JIO

Plur. MLI,

BLI.

OHM

Mbl, BLI, OH II Kliliy.!U.

e.

Future.
Sing.

Kiiny
KHKCIIIb

Wanting.

KUIICMl

III. SUBJUNCTIVE
a KH4HBa.ii 6w,

Sing,
.

Mu

MOOD.

a Kiiay.n>

etc.

OLI, etc.

MLI Kunyjii dLi, etc.

KU4biBa.ni 6u, etc.

IV. IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2nd pers.

KHHL, plur. KHBLTO.

3rdpers.

nycis

KiiiieTT,,

njCTb KUI1JTI.

ACTIVE PARTICIPLE.
a. Present.

Wanting.

Sing.

Wanting.

b.

KH4biBaBmiii, inaa, mee.

Past.
i

Plur. Ku4biBaBiiiie, mis.

KiinyBiniii, rnaff,
KiiayBiiiie, inia.

VI. PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.

a. Present,
KM4biBaeMbiii.

&.

KunyiT,, xa, TO.

Pas*.
I

Wanting.

plur

534

VII. GERUND.
a. Present.

Wanting.

Wanting.

b.

Wanting.

Past.
KiiiiYB'b
\

or KiiiiyBuin.

CONJUGATION OF REFLECTIVE, RECIPROCAL AND COMMON VERBS.

64.

I.

MOOD.

INFINITIVE

Second Conjugation.

First Conjugation.
'
,

to

throw one's

'

self/

Bece.niTfcca,

to enjoy one's

self/
II.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
a. Present.

Slug.

Kn/t'uocb

Bece.n6cb

KuAiicrnb

Bece.iiiiiibca

Bece.iiiTca

Knjaeica

Bece.iiiMca

Plur.

Bece.ii'necb

Knaaeiecb

Bece.iHTca.
b.

Sing,

fl

Tbi

.laCb,

a Bccc.ni.ica, .iacB, jocb

JOCB

Tbi Bece.ni.icji, .iacb,

.iacb, .iocb

oua

OHT,

Past.

oiix Bece.ni.icfl,

jocb

OD.'I

Becejujaci, oa6

OEO
Mbi Bece.ia.iHCb

Plur.

BM

Bbi

Ona,

c.

Sing.

Bece.iM.incb

OHIl, OO'B BeCe.IM.!flCb.

KU4a.iHCb.

Future.

ByAY
BccaiiiTbca.

Plur.

Oy4CMl

-\

C\MVTT>
Cy.iyii

BCCC.1MTKH.

535

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

III.
Sing,

a Bece.m.ica 6w, jacb

KHAa.ica dbi, .mcb dbi

fl

6bi,

jocb

Ow

dbi

TM

Tw Kiua.icadbi,.iacb dbi,.iocb dbi

OIIT>

KH^a-ica dbi, OHU

dbi,
.

Mu

ono KHAaJOCb

OHO

dbi

MM

KU4a.incb 6u, Bbi

dbl,

OHM

Bece.iM.ica dbi,

jacb dw, jocb

OHU

oirb Beceju.ica dm,

OH'B KH4H.IHCb dbi.

Bece.iii.iocb

du
BW

Bece.iH.nicb dbi,

OHli, OH't

BeCCJUJHCb

du

Bece.iii.iacb dbi,

BeceJii.iccb

du

dbi.

IV. IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2nd pcrs.

Knjaiica, plur.

Srdpers.

nydb

Bece.uicb. plur. Bece.iiiTecb.

Kii^aeica,

nycib

plur.

Boce-iiiTCfl,

plur.

nycib Bece-

.laica.

nycib

V. ACTIVE PARTICIPLE.
a. Present.
.

Plur.

KH^aiomiiica, maaca,

iiiceca.

KH^aiomieca, miaca.

6.

Biuaaca, Braeeca.

Sing.

Kw^aBmiHca,

Plur.

Ku,^uBuiieca, Biniaca.

Bece.iamiiica, maflca, iqeeca.

Beceja^ieca, miaca.

Past.
i

BecejuBiiiiiicn, Biiiaaca, Bincecg

Bece.iMBmicca, Biniaca.

VI. PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.

Wanting.

Wanting.

VII. GERUND.
a. Present.

b.

Bece.iact.

Past.

(BeceJHBuiHCb), only in the perfect aspect.

536

CONJUGATION OF PASSIVE VERBS.

65.

Participle Passive Pres.

Past. KiiHyTbiii,

,,

I.

'

Kn^aeMbiH,
(

which

is

thrown/

which was thrown/

INFINITIVE.

'To be thrown/
Masc.

fy

N.

M.

Ebiib

3)'

N.

6bITb KUHVTblMl

Fern.

Fern.

6biib KHHYTOH

Plur.

Plur.

6blTb KHHVTblMH.

II.

INDICATIVE.
a.

Present.
Plur.

Sing.

H (ecMb) KHHyrb,

a,

Mbi (ecMbi)

BM

Tbi (eca) KMHyi^, a, o

OHT>

(ecie)

OHU, OH* (cyib)

Kuuyn,, oea (ecib) KM-

(ecib)

nyxa, 0116 (ecib) KUHVTO.

Past.

6.

Plur.

Sing.
fl

(ibi.n., a,

o R^ayn,

Ibi ObU'b, a,

Mbf

a, o

o l^iyn,

6bi.!H

Bbi OLI.IH

a,

OBT. 6bi.ix KiiHyrb, ona Ou.ia KUHjia,

>

KM

OHM

OBO 6bIJO KMnjTO.

c.

Future.
Plur.

Sing.
Mbi

MM

Tbi

6yAeie

a, o.

Out.,

ona,

OHO

Ouii,

537

III. SUBJUNCTIVE.
Plur.

MM

KHeyiT,

6bua 6w KHeyibi, etc.

H 6bua 6u KMnyia
fl

Obud

6bi

KHHyio, etc.

IV. IMPERATIVE.
2nd pers.

Ey^b Kiinyrb,

a,

3rd pers.

flycib 6y4eii

Kenyn,

a,

plur. nycib dyflyrb KH-

plur.

V. PARTICIPLES.
Wanting.

VI. GERUND.
a. Present.

Plur.

Sing.

KMnyrb,

a,

KHHVT&I.

b.

Past.

Plur.

Sing.
KUBI. or

I'LIBIIIH

KHUVTT,, a,

EbiBi or

OLIBIIIII

Compound prepositional are conjugated in the

as the simple verbs (Lessons 56, 57, 58).

66.

way

same

67. Irregular verbs are those which deviate from the

They are divided into those of mixed

rules of conjugation.

conjugation and those of mixed class (Lesson 59).

538

and neuter derivative verbs are formed from

68. Active

substantives and adjectives by changing- the termination of

the primitive into HTB, tit, aib, HTL, or OBciTb, etc.
from

to salt,

CoJHTb,

HIyMl>Tb, to

make a

co.ib, salt.

mysii, noise.

noise,

SamnujaTb, to defend,
Mt>pa,

to trade in,

ToproBaib,

defence.

to measure,

Ml>p>iTb,

measure.

Topn., trade.

red.

KpacutTB, to blush,

Kpaciibiii,

EbMihb, to whitewash,

duidii, white,

PajOBaTt, to please,

pa,!*, glad.

69. Compound verbs may be formed by coupling- a substantive, adjective, pronoun, verb, adverb or a preposition

with a verb,
DyTeuiecTBOBaTb,

etc.

from nyn>,road, nieciBOBaib, to march.

to travel,

do

to

3.!OAtflCTBOBaTb,

to

evil,

combat

3-ioii,

wicked,

A'feiiCTOBaTb,

to act.

one, CopoibCfl, to wrestle.

singly,

to be curious,

to

nbiTuTb,

love,

to

inquire.

(PasHoptsiiTb, to contradict one's self,

pusno, differently,

DpOTHBOAiJiiCTBOBaTb, to counteract,

npoTBBT), against,

p'B'-ib,to

speak.)

fltiiCTOBaib, to

act.

to find,

na,

THE ADVERB.

upon, xo4UTb, to walk.

(Haptnie.)

70. Adverbs, according- to their meaning, are divided into

(1)
a.
*

well

Manner,

as

thus,'

Taia>,

napo'ino,

To

;'

intentionally

this class belong all

(KanecTBennBifl).
'

'
:

*
;'

b.

time

Adverbs of quality
;'

so

To

these

may

6.1H3KO,

imaie,

'

otherwise

;'

xopomd,

random.'

adverbs derived from adjectives.

'

;'

;'

nayra'A'b, *at

Measure of time and space, as

lacio, 'often

near

;'

'

'
:

CK<>po,

40.1 exo,

quickly

;'

'far/

be added the gerunds or verbal adverbs.

AO.IFO,

lon>3

539

a.

(2) Adverbs of quantity (Ko.niHecTBenubia).

Measure, as MBOFO, 'much ;' Jiajo, 'a little.'

6.

Number and

order, as

'fivefold;' flecsTbio* 'tenfold

;'

jBaHUM,

OAHaatALi, 'once;'

'

twice

BO nepfibixt, 'firstly;' BO Biopbix'b,

nnibio,

;'

'

secondly

j'

naKoeeiji, 'lastly.'

Adverbs of time (BpeMenn).

(3)

Point of time, as

a.

morrow

'now

Tenept,

'

'

B'lepa,

;'

'

ceroABa,

;'

to-day

yjKe,

;'

already,'

'

yesterday ;' 3-iBTpa, to'

before ;' n6c.rU,

npeai^e,

after.'

Duration and repetition, as: BcerAa, 'always ;' HHKOr/ui, ' never ;'
'
'
;' onaib,
again ;' neor^a, sometimes ;' cnofia, 'anew;' BO-

6.

'seldom

P'BJKO,
'

e,

generally.'

Adverbs of place

(4)

Rest, as

a.
'

xaMi,,
'

somewhere

;'

Hiirat,

Motion, as

6.

'

behind;'
*

'
:

cro^a,

(Mi>cia).
'

there

hers

a^'ECb,

;'

'
;'

Ao\ia,

at

home

;'

nowhere.'

'

thither ;'

Tyja,

;'

ony^a, 'thence;' caafln, 'from

40Mofl, 'homewards;' Bncpe'A'b,

'hence;'

oicioja,

hither

forwards.'

(5)

Adverbs of interrogation (BonpocnTejtnbifl).

Pa3Bl>

a.

Affirmation, as

MCTHHQO,

really

Aa,

;'

Negation, as

c.

Probability or doubt, as

e^Ba, JH,

(7)

scarcely

'

in fact

;'

A*H-

;'

aBoCb,

Moaien

perchance
'

ciaibca,

may

;'

MoJKeii 6biTb, 'per-

be.*

(M'fcpbi).

Strengthening the affirmation.

Used with the

no, 'excellently;'

positive degree, as

:
BecbMa, oieeb, 'very ;' OTM'6HKpaHue, 'extremely;' Hapt')4uo, 'on
and the prefix npe, as : npeModro, ' very

C.IUUIKOMX, 'too;'
'

;'

BI ca.MOMi 4tJt,

not.'
'

Adverbs of measure

1st.

purpose
much.'

'

ee, HH, H-BTX,

'

a.

truly,'

yes.'

6.

;'

'

'

'

haps

neya;e.iH ?

Adverbs of mood (II64JMHHOCTH).

(6)

CTByieJbno,

/IOBO.IIHO,

sufficiently

;'

540

With

6.

With the

c.

'

much

'

the comparative, as

ropaa^o,

far,

;'

;'

B^BOG,

superlative

doubly.'

the prefix Han, as

'
:

nanooibiuiii,

2nd. Strengthening the negation, as

BOBCC, 'at all;' COBC-EMI,
'

the largest

not at

'

'

entirely

HnMaJO,

;'

not in the least;'

all.'

3rd. Modifying the affirmation or negation, as

'

'

ejBa, nyib,

hardly,' 'scarcely
'

OTiacm, 'partly

71.

;'

the best.'

KO, nuiyib,

HecpaeneHno, oe-

'

incomparably

;'

;'

somewhat

H'ECKOJbKO,

;'

ne.\iHoro,

little

;'

almost.'

and

substantives

Many

verbially, as

noiiii,

'

adjectives

used ad-

are

Substantives in the instrumental and other cases, as : septum,

'
marOMT>, at a walking pace ;'
;' flapOMi, 'gratis,' 'although ;'

(1)

'on horseback
'

na noKaai,

for

show

caiao, 'monthly

'

well

'

in

'

in haste

;'

;'

noro^HO,

yearly

in the neuter singular, as

no JtTiieMy,

'

summer

The pronouns

like

;'

no 3B'BpuHOMy,

CTOJBKO,

CKOJBKO become adverbs

jective,

p66oKi>,

73.

when

xo-

'

like beasts.'

no pycciin,

like

fish.

Mnoro, MaJO, flicKOibSO and

referring to a verb or an ad-

as: MHOFO ipy^HTBca, *to

'

40/K4L

flypiio, 'badly.'

Those ending in CKiii, iB, take the termination CKB, be, as

Russian ;' no flpy/KCCKH, ' in a friendly manner ;' no pbidbn, '

72.

nosfb-

;'

nooiepejeo, 'alternately.'

;'

Possessive and relative adjectives in the dative, with the prefix

(3)
no, as

B* Toponaxi,

Apocopated qualifying adjectives

(2)

pouio,

;'

work much;'

H^CKO.IBKO

somewhat timid/

Adverbs formed from verbs end in MH or Ma,

JMBMfl

.iBerB,

Tnis last form

is

it is

a pouring rain

seldom used.

CMT,, as

'

ytuBbeui,

alive/

74,

have

541

Adverbs formed from apocopated qualifying adjectives

(1)

Degrees of Comparison, as
Positive

Comparative
Superlative

'

;'

Carte ucero, most

'much ;' xopomo, well.'

*
'
more
66.ite,
jyjnie, better/

MHOFO,

.lyime Bcero, 'best.'

;'

To the comparative of adverbs the prefix no may DC

a little more/
The superlative in adverbs maybe formed as in adjectives
(

added, as, noGowite,

by adding the
'
most/
(2)
a.

prefix

Han to the ^comparative,

as,

Augmentatives and Diminutives, as

Augmentative, CluexoHBKO,

.'

thoroughly white

;'

Han6aite,

nperpoMKO,

'

very

loud/
b.

Diminutive, G&iOBaTO,

whitish

;'

neMeoaJKO,

'

rather a

little.

(Lesson

37-

THE PEEPOSITION.
73. Prepositions are used in two ways :
(1) Separately, to indicate the relation in

which objects

(2)

stand to each other, as, Ha cio.it, on the table/

Conjointly with nouns, adjectives and verbs, i.e.
*

as, prefixes

74.

The following

naiiiu,
is

to find/

a complete

list

of primitive pre-

positions, classed according to their use, as

(1)

Used both conjointly and

Be3T>,

On

without.

Bi, (BO), in, into.

4o, until, before.

Ho,

3a, behind, for.

B3i> (03o), out of,

separately.
(OTO),

from.

according.
(11040), under.

sifter,

(npeAo), before, in.

from.

(nepe^o), front of.

Ha, on, upon.

Bpii, in the

ti&yb (Haao), over, above.

C^

(o6x, 060), about, against.

(co),

time

of,

with, from.

y, at, near.

near.

542

Used

(2)

separately only

Ki (KO), Howards, to,' and the prepositional adverbs HAH, 'for

'
besides ;' H3t 3a, from behind ;' HSI noj-b, from under.'

Used

(3)

as prefixes only

B3 (BOS, B030),

'

'

up

;'

BLI,

out

'

enai (HHSO),

;'

;'

down

na, nepe, npa,

;'

ope, pasi, (paso), pos*, cy.

As

75.

'instead;'

near

;'

prepositions, are also used

The

a.

Bjo.tb, 'along;' BM-BCTO,

6.11131, 'near;'
inwards;' BH*, 'out of;' BOSJ-B, 'beside,
between ;' MUMO,
Meatfly, (MGJKI, npOMe;KT>),

following adverbs,

Biiyipii,

Biiyipb, 'in,

contrary to

sonpeKU,

;'

'by;' nanpdTHBT., 'opposite;' dKO.io, 'about; noeepxi, 'over;' nfart,

'
amidst ;
after ;
near ;
cpejH nocpejii,
nosa4M, behind ;
noc.TE,
of
for
the
sake
before
DPOTHBT. (npoiHBy)
np6a?fle,
against ; pajH,
;
'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

ceepxi),

'besides;'

b.

The

regard to;'

cat'uH,

CKB03b, 'through.'

following adverbs formed from adjectives : OTnocarejiBeo, 'with

'
KacieibHO, concerning ;' coo6p3BO, 'in conformity with;'
'

cooTfrfeTCTBeHno,
c.

from behind ;'

'

corresponding to

Some gerunds,

as

;'

copasMtpuo,

'

in proportion to.'

oe CMOTPH ea, 'notwith-

'except;'

HCKJioiafl,

standing.'
d.

no M'BpB,

Substantives in different cases, as

'

'
:

THE CONJUNCTION.
76. Conjunctions are for the
are used to connect words

(1)
'

(HCT>)

;'

and

(Coifen.).

most part

derivatives, and
different parts of a sentence.

to their signification

According
we

by means of

nocpeflCTBOMi,

in proportion to.'

they are divided into

Copulative (coeflHHiiTe.ibHLie), as: H, 'and;'

'
but, then ;' TUKJKG, also ;' eme, 'yet ;' Aaate,

OTiaCTH, HaCTbH),

'

fla,
'

and, but, let;'

even

'
;'

TO,

that:*

'

partly.'
'

or

'

(2)

Distributive (pasfltiMTejbnue), HJH, Jiwdo,

(3)

Interrogative (BonpociiTejimbie),

(4)

Explanatory (a3T.acHBTeJbnue^ ITO, 'that;' dy^ro, &Ro6u,

.in,

;'

HH,

nor.'

HJO.
'

.**

Uf

543

and jecKaib,

MO.II, 4C

quoth

TO, 910, Btjb,

;'

used after nouns, pronouns and

adverbs.
'

Comparative (cpaBiuhcabnue), CJOBBO, (5y4TO

than ;' Kain>, 'as.'

(5)

as

as,

Obi,

if;'

neme-

'

ju, HfcMT>,

Conditional (yc.ioBiiwe), e;Kejn, &JH,(6y4e,)'

Desiderathe (jKe.iaTejbnMe),(4adu,)Tru6w, 'in order that

ecjn 6bi,' would

'

ppaB4a,

true

if

you

;'

when,

if.'

e/Ke.indbi,

lei.'
;'

nycib, nycKaii, 'let

;'

like.'

Causative (BHOOCJoBnue), TaKi, 'thus

{

(noceMy,)

hence

;'

noiewy
'

consequently

noiOMy,

;'

Of the

77.

correlatives

'

but

'

04naKO,

;'

how-

TaK-b H,

li.in,

whence;'

;'

;'

TO,

'then

n raKi,

;'

c.it40BaTe/.buo, cia^o

'

and

<5bm> r

therefore.'

when

repeated become

un, TO, oiqaciH, ^acibio, neor4a, F4*.

correlatives are

as

as

;'

rtMT.,

HO H,

'

not only

but

ior4d

;'

KOF4a r

OTiy4a - OTKy4a, 'thence

the (more);' CKO.IBKO CTOJBKO, 'as

there

r4*,
'

Tfc.\n

ee TOJBKO
*

TaMi

when;'

'then

wherefore

above, the following

The other

78.

'

H,

n,

saui

may,

nor^a,

;'

ec.in

(10)
*

'

noa.!yii,

;'

T
;

4a,

;'

if

Adversative (npOTHBHie-ibHue), a, rce, 4a, eo,

'
if then ;' Taicii, 'for all that.'
5i;e,

(9)

ever

'

were

it

Concessive (ycTymiTeJbnbie), xora, 'although

(8)

so

'

(6)

(7)

where;'

the (more)

as.'

79. There

are also

many

other simple and

compound

conjunctions, as also conjunctional phrases formed from

The following may be taken as
other parts of speech.

examples
TO ecTb,

'as;'

much

'

that

is

a inienno,

;'

namely f

'

npBToMi,

besides

'at last;' KaKi HH, 'however;' CKO.ILKO

'
'
'
paBHOMtpHO, equally ; KaKi-io, such as ; etc.

iiaKom'n'b,
'
;

;'

00460110 KHKT>,

IIH,

'however

'

THE INTERJECTION.
80.

The

principal interjections in Bussian are the follow-

ing, denoting

Surprise : a

axi

'
!

ah

!'

6a

'
!

oh

08

.10 ?

'

is it

544

Encouragement

oiaBno

Assurance:

npaBO

eii

Affirmation

Refusal

Impulsion
Call:

Response
Offer

Indication

(acb

ao.i6ii

!)

what
'
!

hurrah !'(0cnoJaTt
word !'

'

well done P)

my

of course

!'

away

ndino

!'

'

cease

!'

!'

take

BOTI

!'

it
'

there

TCI! 'hush!'

BOIII

!'

MO.iiaTb!

'beware!' joCpo

*
!

'

off'!'

behold

Prohibition:

Threat: ynso

Koneino

!'

upon

!'

'
!

plur. ea-ie
:

indeed

!'

'

a
!

yes

no

'glorious!' ypa

'holla!'

reii!

iia

*
!

npoii

3iil

ja!

n frn>

'
!

out

1*

'silence!'

'nevermind!'

Aversion: *y! 'faugh!'

Indignation : Tb*y
(rn<?/.-

'

fie

axi! oxb! 'ah! oh!

Compulsion: DV

plur. uy-ie!

rope!

'woe!'

6-643!

'come!'

nf-/Ke!

VBH! *alas!'

'now then

!'

81. Besides the above, expressive of emotion, thci

are
different sounds, as, 6yxi> ! iiLvain, !

also others imitating

6am>

x^om>

6yxHVTb,

From

etc.

iiiMaKHVTfc,

II.

these

be formed verbs,

as,

GauuyiB, XJODHVTB, etc.

SYNTAX.
1.

may

(OiOBOcOHiinenie.)

CONCORD.

82.

The

83.

When, however,

(Cor.iacoBaHie.)

predicate, if an adjective or a verb, agrees with

the subject in person, gender, number and case.
She was reading.
Oea iHTa.ia,
She is kind.
Ona jodpa,

the predicate

from the subject in gender

only. The copula
the subject.

is

a noun,

it

may differ

and number, agreeing in case

when expressed

OLUH napojb BOiiHCTBeHBUii,

agrees in

number with

The Romans were a warlike people.

545

84. Determinative words, either adjectives or pronouns,

number and case with the word they

agree in gender,
qualify.

MOB xopdmafl

My

KBiira.

good book.

But when the determinative word is a substantive, it

agrees in case and may differ in number and gender.
85.

The

MOCKBE oCflmpeni.

86.

When

the subject

city of

followed

is

Moscow

by an

is

large.

attribute, the

predicate, whether an adjective or a verb, agrees with the

former and not with the latter in gender and number.

The
The

PtKa 4yHafi cyjoxojea.

4yna&

87.

aasie'paja.

The numerals

river

river

Danube
Danube

is
is

navigable.
frozen over.

ABE, ipn, icib'ipe, no^iopa,

etc.,

and

the pronoun 66a, agree with their noun in number and

case, except in the nom. and ace., when the noun takes ths'
termination of the genit. sing.
4sa

cio.ia,

two tables

<X5a npiaie-ia,

gen. jsyxi CTO.IOBI, etc.

both friends

gen. oCoiixt npiaiejeft, etc.

88. Other numerals, from five

up

to eighty, as also ^Boe,

Tpoe, HeiBepo, etc., agree in all cases except the

ace., which require the noun in the genit. plur.
IlflTb cio.i<5BT>.

five tables

ropojoBt,

dat.

nom. and

DHTH cmiaMi, etc.

dat. BOCLM^CCHTH rop04HMi, etc
;

eighty towns

89. In compound sentences having two or more subjects

and predicates, the rules of concord depend chiefly on the
conjunctions uniting the subjects, as also on whether or not

the latter are of the same gender and

Obs. 3 to 7.)

N N

number (Lesson

32,

regard to compound numerals, the noun agrees

With

90.

with the

546

last.
tables.

yiBajqaib O.UIHX emit,

Twenty-one

BjiTMecjin.

Fifty-two tables.

/jsa cio.ia,

The

91.

relative pronoun KOlopbiH, KTO, HTO, agreeing

and number with the noun or pronoun in the
principal clause, take the case governed by the verb or noun

in gender

in the subordinate clause.

KOTuparo

*Ic.iOB-6KT>,

92.

fl

.1106.116,

The man whom

I love.

The gerund of the subordinate and the verb of the

must express an action of the same agent.

principal clause

Ouii, ciMH, paooiaiOTT*,

93.

When

place at the

They work

sitting.

an action indicated in the subordinate takes

same time

gerund present

is

as that

of the principal clause, the

employed not only with verbs in the

present, as,

Gun

niiuiy,

write sitting.

but also with verbs in the past and future tenses, as

9-1- .

G'UJI Oy.iy niiCaTb,

I will write sitting.

When
one

cc-:ling

wrote

CiMfl nnca.il,

is

sitting.

one action precedes another, then the preexpressed by a gerund in the past tense,

which likewise may agree not only with a verb in the

past, as,
O.rtuiimcb,

out

Bbime.il,

After dressing, he went out

but also with verbs in the present and future tenses, as

n ni,!\o;i;y,

After dressing
After dressing

go out.

I will

go out.

2.

GOVERNMENT.

(X npaiueiiie.)

95. This part of Syntax will be found fully treated of in

for

For

government, see Lesson 60

government through prepositions, see Lessons 61,

the Practical Part.

and

547

direct

62 and 63.

III.

ORTHOGRAPHY

(HpaBoancame.)

USE OP LETTERS.

1.

96. The proper and accidental sounds of each letter were

explained in the beginning of this work, and it will be remembered that some letters have more than one sound, and,
on the other hand, that there are some different ones which

Hence it follows that it is imrepresent the same sound.

In
write
Russian
to
correctly by the ear alone.
possible
cases of doubt, the proper letter may be ascertained
form of the word, or by
but
since this process entails
;
going through
some trouble, and even then is not always successful, certain
rules are here given, in alphabetical order, for the coneither

by finding the

radical

its inflexions

venience of reference.

occurs in the genit, sing, of adject, and pronouns ending in the nom, in MH, ou, as, j66paro, CBfiiaro,
KOioparo.

(as

also B,

M, n,

o>)

when

followed

by

to

take

j,

as,

ifo&t-fb, .108-.I-K), KVH-J-K), rpa<i>-.i-K).

F.

After

thus

r,

in inflexions,

a, Q, BI

are

changed into

a, 0, H,

ciporaro, jeronLKiii, cauoni, and not ciporaro,

jereutuiii, canorbi.

543

Though the sound of # is given to the prefix

R must never be written,as OT^iiaiL, OTBLIBT,.

In the inflexions of true Russian words,

E.

into o after

r,

K, x, as, jeroHBKifi,

is

OT,

yet

changed

MHKOHBIUH, cy-

XOHBIUH.

E is found in the apocopated termination of

ending in

adjectives

HIIBIH, JBIIBIH, as, cnoKoiinbiu, Bo-ibiibiii

apocop. cnoKo-en'B, Boj-ent.

E final accented after

JHE[6,

CB'fc/Ko,

After this

3K.

is

c,

before

all

in the
q,

is

changed into

o, as,

and o are changed into n and

e,

m,

prefixes

as,

B03,

HH3, pas, H3

only

but
H3-cyuiHTB, pas-uapanait
it is changed into c,
;

other consonants

6e3T>

prefixes

is

In the

nc-Hesiiyib, pac-xamiBaTL, pac-nHJHTt.

c, as,

m,

instead of lime,

letter, LI

preserved
before

as,

H,

JojKeio, instead of JO/KM,

as, JOJKII,

JK,

and

npesi.,

is

never changed into

oescMepiHbiii, Hpesvj-fepnbiH.

written before Mt final of foreign words,

as,

na-

Tepi>fl.iii3MT>

II is

a.

written

Before consonants and at the end of words

iuy,

HAH,
b.

Before vowels only in the inflexions of the ntimer.

,

iiieciL,

etc.,

in

compound words,

eMHapuiHpnBiu,
e.

In the

nam-

inflexion of the second person pres. indicat.

of verbs of second conjugation,

second pers.
,

as,

etc.

as,

CMOTpiib, TOBO-

549

(
I is written before

vowels

IK\IB,

I must not be confounded with

BI

or o in the termina-

tion of the adjectives, numerals and pronouns : iii is

written in the nom. sing, of adjective having the

gen. in aro, and BIU or ou of those having the gen.

in aro.

never precedes

a, 10, B,

except in foreign words,

as,

KtixTa.
is

fl

doubled

a.

In words ending in HIIKT., HBIH, nifi, if these latter

are formed from words ending in H, as, n.itnHHKT>, nj'im-nBiH, ocen-iiiu, derived from iu'I>in>,

b.

In passive

ocenB.

an-DBifif,

is

particip.

and

qualif. adjectives

ending in

flH-HBm, GII-DBIH, as, jKejaflHBin, 4epeB/m-

HBIU, ySiucTBeiiHBiii.
prefixed to personal

pronouns after prepositions,

to distinguish them from the possessive, as

'
'
'
he has
y ero Gpaia, at his brother's.'
is

y Hero,

written in the nom. of masculine adjectives and pronouns having an accented termination, as, SOJOTOU,

Oro

is

written in the gen. sing, of the pron. KaKou,

3TOn>, TOTl, OAHH

is

is

doubled in nouns ending inciBO,

words ending in c

doubled when OTB

is

with T
E[.

After

E(,

CKifi,if

formed from

HCKVC-CTBO, Pyc-CKiu.

prefixed to a

word beginning

OTioro, OTTaniB.
BI

is

written instead of n, as, qBinjenoKT>,

Except foreign words,

as,

miiaia,

550

must not be written instead of

If

long to the root and

Kiij,

*I

and not

not followed by

is

and not
Ill

TC or 40

if

T or 4 be-

c to the termination,

thus

nepciiuKni.
10, LI,

H,

IHHTL, HWTKJH,

thus

*iaaiL, ^iVTiaii, qnin>,

HLHIT,.

not followed by a, w, LI, which are

changed into
HH3Hiaa, nuaniyto, nihiiiie, and not
y, H, thus

is

a,

uihiiiioia,

is

not followed by

o, LI, a, 10,

but by

e, n, a, y,

thus

rymeio, ryujH, ryma, rymy, and not rymoK), ryu^Li,

ryma, rymH>.

This letter must not be written instead of JKI, or C4

w, H, e belong to the root or to the prefix, thus
cnaciie, and not mmaiL, maciie.

W.

This sound

is

sometimes confounded with

some grammarians do not change

"belongs to- the prefix and n to the
BaiL, npe/TMiflymiii

w,

others in the

as, OTLirpLioaiL,

T>H

into

LI

T,H,

if

and

when t

root, as, ortiirpLi-

same instance use

H,

npe^LMymiH.

however,

is

beginning to be generally adopted.

These two semivowels when

final do not
always
hard
or
soft
sound
to the preceding
give a distinct
consonant, but are mute after IK, i, in, u\.

1), b.

For the placing of

T>

or

i,

after

rules are to be observed

T) is

a.

used

a^H,

in, iq,

the following

In the nom. sing, of mascul. no-uns and

adjectives,

551

Mvarb, MC'n,, Ka.Mbiiin,, [Lianrb, ropaTL, noxo/K'b,

as also in the nom. of the pron. uaiin, and Baiin>.

as,

In the gen. plur. of nouns ending in e and

1

b.

\ 4ibniin>, TVHI,,

numerals

JOTKI, noiin.,

TBicflii.-

c.

In the conjunction ;KT, contracted from

Tor^aHtt,, from Tome, Tor^a VKC.

d.

In the prepositions

a.

In the nom. of femin. nouns,

b.

In the second

pers. sing-, pres. indicat., as,

c.

In the second

pers. of the imperative,

<3?.

In the

written

is

a, as,

and in that of the

Hie, as, TOJKt,

npOMe/Kt.

MCJKT>,

infinitive of verbs

as,

HO TIB,

MBIIIIB,

ending in HB,

Bem&.

as,

JKC T IB,

as,

TO.l6<Ifc.

In the terminations of the adverbs

T0 ib Bt TO IIB, and some others.

e.

.IHLLIB,

npo

ib,

13,

pronounced like
terminations
2> is

(1)

initial in
*

is

pale.
,

ii,

to run.

victory.)

white.

woe, (Otjnwii, poor; no,

'

occurs in the middle of the following

derivatives :

Ecctja, conversation.
,

used in the following roots and

only two words and their derivatives:

and tab, to eat/

to ride/

ixaiB,
'B

e,

and

their

demon.
the
,

to

name

of the letter

know.

EtKT>, age.

Etna, Vienna.

crown.

9.

552

a broom.

to climb.

Bipiiib, to believe,

idleness.

Btpa, faith.

scaffolding.

J'fica,

forest.

Btcib, intelligence.

branch.

B'ETBb,
B-ETI

summer,

weight.

B-feci,

copper.
chalk.

anger,
bay.

change.
M'p&, measure,
BI'Biia,

nest,
sin.

M'BCTO,

* Htnpl >

names of rivers.

JutCTpl, )

place.

4-fcBuTb,

(except OA&itfa,

H'E,

to hope,

used with pronoun*

H'Bra, indulgence.

4-iuaTb, to do.

tender.

Ht/KriLiii,

except na-

hope.)

H EMeijT), a German.
H'BTT.,

H{ej'B30, iron.

devices.

3B-B34U, star.

beast,

bosom.

H'Bjpo,

JKe.TE3a, glands.

bride.

(prefix

and adverbs).

to divide,

^tin, children.

Sax-Bfl,

fur, bag.

.,

HcBlicia,

clothes).

mark.

to

4t^T>, grandfather.

to hinder.

M'Buiaib,

fl-fcTb,

4'B.iiiTb,

month.

M'Bcaui,

a virgin.

4'EBa,

a bear.

Me4B'B rib,

to blow.

i,

a physician.

B'iKO, eye-lid,
b,

to cure.

b,

wind.

pi,

to stick.

iiTb,

B'Ecnib, to weigh.

110.

EKaibCfl,

to deny.

OG'E.j'b,

dinner.

OCt>TT>,

vow, promise.

Optx-b,

nut.

De4eu Bri, (name of people),

r

serpent.
to yawn.
Stiniqa, pupil (of the eye).

a cripple.
chamber.

Ka-itua,
K.i'BTb,

cage.
knee.

K-rfiTKa,
Ko.rliiio,

Kp'EnKiti,

Je.rtaTb,

strong.
to fondle.

left.

captivity,

mould.

oiib,
,

a bald pate,

HoB'BTi,

district,

no.rtiio,

log.

HoctTUTb, to visit.
Dpop-Exa, a hole, slit
i,

sweet.

dappled, piebald.

653

nlna, froth.

Ct4oti, grey.

ntiiflTb, to

C-HO, hay.
OtHb, tabernacle.

D'Exoia,

reproach,

infantry.

U'Buiifl,

a pedestrian.

C-fepa,

scarce.

Ctpuii, gray.

sulphur.

radish.

CtiOBaib,

to cut.

CfcTb,

(ctKy), to hew, to whip.

playful.

to SOW.

C'BflTb,

Pfina, turnip.

seed.

a,

body.

P'BCHuqa, eye-lash.

PECTH

(root

deriv.

TtCTO,

dough.
TtuniTb, to amuse.

to decide.

to gush.
i,
,

ferocious.

X.rB6T,

bread.

X.i-BBT),

stay.

Xpcn'b,

horseradish.

HBBTI, colour.

fresh.

CB-ETT>,

the light.

C.ilU'b,

trace.

L,

to filter.
b,

Dtnoii, blind.
CM-BHTLCH,

narrow.

Ttciibiii,

speech.

b,

shadow.

T-EHb,

BCipt-ia,

meeting).

uTb,

to lament.

net.

to laugh.

aim.

'i,

Ce-Erb,

snow.

U'BHa,

Cntxi,,

haste.

^B^e^iTb,

Ciplua, arrow,

H cni,

Crtna, wall.

Ittnb,
T

north.

$ occurs

to kiss.

wliole.

price.

to

grow

stiff.

flail.

chain.
r

ltuoii Li;'b,

man.

in the following terminations

In the comparative degree, as, #oopi>e, ^o6p"tniuifi.

In the prepositional case of nouns of the first de-

(1)
(2)

clension, except

(3)

those

ending in

in,

ie,

as,

iia

cmii,
In the dative and prepositional sing, of nouns of
the second declension, except those ending in
of the
la, t ; also in the dative and prepositional
BT>

pronouns

no.ifc.

fl,

TW, ceoa,

as, BOA^, Mirfe, TeG'B,

554

(4)

In the instrumental sing, of the pronouns

KTO, ^TO,

TOTI>, BCCL, as, K-BMT,, H'BM'B, rfcu^, BcfeMi.

(5)

In the nominat. plur. feminine of the numerals

OAUiTL, Aoa, and the pronouns OHa, ooa, TOTL, Bca,
as, OJITB, A life, oii'B, 66i>,

(6)

In

all

cases plur. of the

rfc, BC/B.

numeral feminine

O^ITB,

and

the pronouns 66i>, rfc, Bci>.

(7) In verbs of first conjugation of first class ending
in i>K3, f>T&, the vowel i> is preserved in all
aspects,
tenses,

moods and derivative words,

fciaxSTJ^ perf. asp. oaiaj'BTfc,

nouns

as,

luaj-BK),

BJa^Biiie,

B.ia-

A'i>Tejb, etc.

The verbs
having

n'BTt, ctcit,
1>

before

TE>

and

all

verbs of the ninth class

in the infinitive, take

it

both in

the past tense and in the derivative words, as,

n'BTLiM,

ii'Biiie,

The

Exceptions.

n'tit,

etc.

participle passive past of verbs

of

ninth class ending in fltTB, TBTB, in which #, T is

changed into JK, H, take e instead of i, as, Bepiirs,
Bep'lCHT., CB^tlB, CMiKCHT..
(8)

'B

occurs in the termination of the following ad-

verbs

40TO.I-B,)
noc.r!j,

(9)

B63;TB,

BH'fe,

KpOM'fc,

BO3.l1>,

Ublllt,

34^CB, (^OKO.l-B,

(OTKOji,

OTCej'B

pa3Bt.

'B is also

written in words having a doubtful sound

some proper names AjCKCBil,

the nouns rpaMOTBfl and Anpiih.

similar to H, as in
Ccpriii,

9, V.

10
H.

if

and

in

See Practical Part, pp, 14 and 16.

preceded by H,

ra is

changed into

y.

Occurs in the termination of foreign words ending

5,55

in

ia, io, as,

Asia, MaTepia, Hicuia

rivatives, a is

changed

are written with a, as,

but in their de-

into a, as, aaiaiem., Maie-

Those derivatives in which

is

can be contracted into

b,

HTa.ii>:'iHCKifi.

found in Greek words written with 9 (not <>), in

etc. with t/i, as, AOHIILI,
Be^opi. ;

English, French,

but foreign words introduced not

than the

earlier

beginning of the last century, as also those met with

in common use are written with T, as,
*

'

theatre/ xeopia,

II.

theory,' etc.

CAPITAL LETTERS.
in Russian as in English,

97. Capital letters are used

with a few slight exceptions

a.

Adjectives are written with capitals only

as proper names, as

'

'

Empire

(DpaimyaeKaa

;'

'

public
srr.all

;'

letter

soldier;'
b.

^e'pnoe Mope,
is

when used

ABcrpificKaa HiMnepis,

used, as

Austrian

PecnyS^HKa,

French Re-

Black Sea/

Otherwise a

aBCTpificKiii CO.IA^TI>/

Austrian

*paimy3CldH TaGaKi,, 'French tobacco/

The pronoun

'

Bbi,

you/

in all its inflexions takes

a capital letter only in correspondence.

III.

98.

PUNCTUATION.

(3HEKH IIpenHnanla.)

The points used in Russian are the following :

(1) The comma [,] (sanaraa).
(2) The semicolon [ ;] (lo'ina CT> sanaioio).

556

The colon

(3)

(4) The full stop [ ]

(5) The note of interrogation [?] (BOBpocHTe,ibnbi5 3nain,).
(6) The note of exclamation [!] (BOCiuiiuaTe,ibiibiu3Haia,).
.

The hyphen [-] ( iepra

The point of suspension
i

(7)

(8)

or snaKt OTA^iHiaiLnbie).
[

.....

] (3iiaio>

The parenthesis [()] (3nain,BMf>CTiiTe.ibiibifi

"
(10) The quotation marks [
]
(naBbi'iiui

npeduta-

(9)

or

BlIOCDblfl).

99.

They only

differ

following particulars

from the English in their use in the

Subordinate clauses, however short or whatever

word they begin with, must be separated from the
main clause by a comma.

(1)

KOioparo

BLI

Bu^aie, MOft

Oni

nociynij.il,

.lyime

The man whom you

see

is

my

brother.

<5pan.
K.-IKT.

11634110, TEIIX

(2)

wt40Ba.io.

HHKor^a.

He acted as he ought.
Better lute than never.

Short sentences, whether connected by the cona, no or not, are likewise separated by

junctions H,

commas.
9io cnpanc^iuBO, a TO JOJKQO,

This

is

true and that

is false,

100. The semicolon must be employed between two

more members of a period, when they are either complex

comprise subordinate or parenthetical clauses, as

Not he is poor who has
He TOTT. (i-BAeni, KTO HM-BCTT> Mlio; HO
he who desires much,
TOTT, KTO )Ke.iaen> MHoraro.

or

or

little,

but

557

THE TONIC ACCENT.

IV.

(Cioroyjapfoie.)

(See page 29).

101.

The accent undergoes

according to fixed

and

transposition in inflexion
which are easily learnt.

definite laws,

102. The oblique cases of nouns generally retain the

accent of the nominative, as, SaKOH't, TeipaAB, gen. aaKooa,
Terpa^H, dat. aaKony, TeTpa^e, etc.

103.

When

tained in

begin

b.
;

c.

transposed, the change

is

The

subsequent cases.

is

transposition

re-

may

"With the gen. sing., as

a.

c.!OHa

#a

the accent

all

pyKaBt, CJOHI>

gen. pynaBa,

dat. pyKauy, ciony, etc.

With

the nom. plur.,

nom. HHHM, ca^'i

plur.

With

6bi, rpoGbi

as
;

the gen. plur., as

;

HHITL, caflt

gen. HHHOBT,,
:

3y6t, rpofrt

gen. 3y6oBT>, rpoooBT.

gen. qima, ca-

ca^ofi-B, etc.
;

plur.

nom.

3y-

dat. 3y6aMT>, rpo6aMT>, etc,

104. In the plural of neuter nouns ending in o, e, when

is on the first syllable of the nom. sing., it passes

the accent

and when on the

to the last,
C.IOBO, Bflno

plur.

nom.

last passes to the first, as

105. In adjectives and passive participles the accent

shifted
a.

is

To

the apocopated termination of the feminine, as

HoBMii,

apocop. m.

BiMiibiii,

b.

oiOBa, Biina.

HOB*,

f.

m. BM^em.,

f.

To the apocop. termination

plural, as

noea,

n.

HOBO.

BH^aa, n. BUAUO.

of feminine, neuter and

BlibiS,
Xopoiulii,

apocop.

m. 6-fe.ii,
m. xopomi,

n.

f.

dt-ia,

f.

xopoiua, n.

6-6.16,

pi.

dti6.

xopoind, pi. xopoinu.

658

To

these belong passive participles in

possessive adjectives in nni>, as

neut. jano,

fern, flana,

4am>,

plur.

1mx, em., and

flariLi.

H.iMinu.

njLimo,

II.IUIIKI,

n,ibiiin>,

ain>,

106. In verbs the chief transpositions calling- for notice

are those of tense, person, gender, and that of number in
the past tense.
tenses, or the 1st

and 2nd

branch of verbs take the accent on the same

syllable,

(1)

The present and past

as: HHTaib, 'to read

pres. 'iiiiaio; past Hiirajrb.

in monosyllabic verbs having

two

But

syllables in the

present with the accent on the last, the accent is

restored to the first syllable in the past, as
nim>,
:

'

to sing

;'

pres. noib

past

fern,

n'Li-b,

nlua, ueut.

irtio, plur. nfcjii.

Verbs of the fourth

(2)

class

having the accent on the

penultimate, transfer it to the final in the past tense,

'
as
ropeuaTb, to grieve ;' pres. ropwio ; past ropc:

Ba.ri.

(3)

Verbs of the second and third

accent on the termination of the

classes

having the

person, transfer
it in the second person to the radical syllable, the
change being retained throughout, as: oparii, 'to

bawl

'
;

'

KO.ioTb,

pers. ope'uii.,

to sting;

ndieuiL

'

first

pres. opy, KOJIO

second

third pers. operL, K6.ieib, etc.

three of the ninth class, CMOipiifc,

(4) The following
'
*
'
to look ;' xepniib, to bear ;' and jepraaTb, to hold ;'

and most verbs of the tenth

rule, as:

CMOip

o,

class

Tcpn.no, .iioano;

TepimuiL, jR'Oiimb, etc.

also follow

this

second person,

55$

Besides the above, a few verbs of the fifth, sixth,

seventh and eighth classes transpose the accent

from the termination of the 1st person to the penultimate syllable for other persons, example
Of the 5th

class

6th

CTOHy,

2nd pers. CToneinb,

npHMy,

7th
8th

etc.

npibeiiib,

Mory,

Mowenib,

Tfley.

TaneiiJb,

107. According to the second person singular are accented

and all persons of the plural, as, nuiiiy,

the third pers. sing,

numenib,

iniiiien>, nuineMi>,

nuiueie,

108. According to the first pers. sing, are accented the

persons of the imperative, as, niimy, imperat. DHIIIH, plur.
mi mure. But if the imperative end in M, and the first person
pres. in

K)

accented, then the accent necessarily falls on the

vowel preceding

it,

as, CTOW, luioio,

imperat. CTOU, KJKJH.

109. When the past tense masc. sing, is monosyllabic

without counting the prefix or the suffix ca, the accent is
shifted for the other genders and number according to the
rule of adjectives

and

participles.

Of the above, those having the past in

tui, shift the accent to the feminine only

110.
HIT,,

a.n>,

jut,

such are

5paib, mait, 4aib, Apaxt, a^aiL, sKpaiB, SBaih, jrait, Bpaib,

and others formed from the root flib, as

TKaib, B3flTb, CHflTb,

also KJaCTb,

BHTb, IKHTb, JHTb, IIHTb, 6blTb, n.IHTb,

peib, nepeib,
for

example

C.lblTb,

and their compounds noMepeib, oinepeib,

fipa.n>,

fern.

6pa.ia,

neut.

6pa.io,

plur. Cpa.ia.

6bi.il,,

6w.ia,

Ow.io,

6b'un.

npiiiifl.n..

npmifl.ia,

npiiiifl.io,

npuuajii.

M6
as,

560

Compounds formed from the

111.

masculine take the accent on the

rule, as, 3ana.n>,

root aiB, which in the

prefix, follow the

feminine sanaja, neuter

same

3ana.io, plural aa-

Hfl.II.

Most

112.

verbs of the seventh class transfer the accent in

the past iense to the termination of the fern, and neut., as

(
{
also to that of the plural, as
B6CTH, to lead ;' TO.i6 Tib, to
:

pound
TO-ituo

;'

past Be.n, TO.IOK'B; fern. B&ia,

miida

neut. BC^O,

plur. BGJH, TO.IIUH.

Some

113.

of the above

named, when used in

reflective

form, transfer the accent in the past to the suffix ca for the
masculine, but for the femin. and neut. as well as the plur.
to the syllable preceding

as

it,

neut. Cpaidcb,

fern. 6pa.!acb,

The

114.

prepositions

060,

o6i>,

OT,

paso, pas, CO,

y,

OTO,

when

plur. <5paJHCb.

npHHiuocb,

npaujuacb,

o,

BSO,

BO,

#0,

3a,

HSO, Ha, na^o,

no, no4, 0046, npe, ncpe, npn, npo,

prefixed to the past tense of some

monosyllabic verbs or their passive participles, take the

accent, as follows

The following twelve verbs and their participles

transfer the accent in the past to the prefix for the

(1)

masculine, neuter and plural, the feminine taking

the accent on the final syllable :
jaTb, 34an, nib, naib, KJHCTL, jnib, naib, Htoib, n.iLiTb,

as for example

6biib,

Mepeib, ncpeib,

Masc.

np6fla,n>,

Fern.

npOAajH, npo;KH.ia

npdmiui

participle npoAanx,

npo,Mna,

npo;nnr&.
npOH?iiTa.

Neut.

Upo^aJO, npo^iMO;

np^ano, npoJKnio.

Plur.

DpoAcLiH, npo>KMJH

npu^aiiu, np65UTM.

561

(2)

The following passive

the prefix for

ending in

aHT.

participles take the accent

genders and plural

all

cosnam,, OTocjaex, pasocjaei, cdiram, Bsopuain., npuiKam>, 3a3BaHT>, HaepaHT,, npo/Kjain,, noatpaux, H3BorBant, npocnaHi.

6pau-b, oSojpaHT,,

ending

in iiAem>

ending in

115.

yii

The

derived from

BF>I

aspect throughout

all

iiai^em,, npoiiACUi, etc.

noAomyTi, etc.

takes the accent in verbs of perfect

and in all their de-

their inflections
'

114111, as,

saMKHyiT), RHTKBYTI,

prefix

rivatives, as

on

BbiBCCTH,

to lead out

imperat. B.'iBeAn, etc.

o o

past

m.'iRexB, fut. BLI-

INDEX.

B.

About, 325, Obs. 4.

Behave

Abroad, 208.

Both, 151, 240.

Branches of the Verb, 322.

Accent, 29, 557.

Accusative (Government), 454.

Ache

(to),

290.

But, 181.

296.

Active Verbs (Conjugation

(to),

By, 297.
of),

529.
C.

Adjective, 510.

Adjective (Possessive), 222.

Adjective (Relative), 281.
Adverb, 538.

Call (to), 284.

Cannot, 164.

Against, 312.
All, 521.

Cardinal Numerals, 95, 104, 163,

Alone, 95.

Cases, 503.

And,

Capital Letters, 555.

179.

Collective Nouns, 78, Obs. 7.

48.

Common

Any, 43.
Apocope, 29.

Gender, 500.
Verbs, 355, 522.

Apocope of Adjective, 230.

Appendix, 499.

Comparative (Formation of Indeclin-

Article, 499.

Comparison (Degrees of ), 259.

As, 269.

Complete Verbs, 377.

As
As

Compound

able), 265.

as, 268.

far as, 290.

Verbs, 420, 42G, 433, 538.

Aspects of Verbs, 205, 374, 523.

Augmentative Adjectives, 273.

Nouns, 85, 184.
Auxiliary Verbs (Conjugation
527.

Adjectives, 516.
Nouns, 510.

Numerals, 348.
Concord of words, 544.
of),

Conjugation, 238, 257.

of Active Verbs, 529-

564

Conjugation of Auxiliary Verbs, 527Irregular Verbs, 440.

Iterative and Perfect

Epenthesis, 29.

Etymology, 499.
Ever, 288.

of Unity, 532.

Neuter Verbs, 531.

Passive Verbs, 536.

Regular Verbs, 406.

Reflective Verbs,534.

Conjunction, 542.
Christian Names, 196.

Family Names, 224, Obs.

Fear (to), 107.
Feminine Gender, 155.

4.

Nouns, 500.

Nouns (Formation

Feminine

of),

211,501.

D.

Few, 146.

Dative (Government), 453.

Declension of Adjectives, 512, 514.
,.

F.

Possessive Adjectives,

For, 191,319.

Foreign Nouns, 245.

Forty, 325, Obs. 3.

Future Tense, 324.

223.

Declension of Pronouns, 510.

Substantives, 504.

0.

Declension of Substantives and Adjectives Feminine, 156, 170.

Declension of Substantives and Adjectives Masculine, 31, 76.
Declension of Substantives and Ad-

jectives Neuter, 127, 137Defective Verbs, 378.

Definite Imperfect Aspect, 375.

Demonstrative Pronouns, 65.

Derivation of Adjectives, 516.

Nouns, 509.
Verbs, 538.

Diminutive Adjective?, 273.

Nouns, 85, U'5, 194.
Division of Letters,

Do

(to), 67,

Obs.

Gender, 36, 500.

Generic Possessive Adjectives, 225,
Genitive (Government), 450.
Genitive of Substantives in y, 45.
Gerund, 307, 525.

Get

(to),

141,290.

Glad, 254.

Go

(to), 131, 197.

Government
Government

(direct), 450.

of

Compound

Government

9.

of Prepositions, 459-

H.

4.

Double Verbs, 377, 382.

E.

Half, 340.

Have

(you), 35, Obs.

1.

He, 520.
His, 47.

Each

other, 311.

Else, 304.

and

Simple Words, 480.

However, 338.
Hundred, 325, Obs.

3.

565

)
L.

Learn
Leave

(declension), 519*
you please, 94.

If

Left, 288.

Imperative, 330.

Imperative
Obs. 4.

for

(to), 22?.

(to), 287-

Subjunctive,

31(5,

Lend
Let

(to), 319.

(to), 334.

Love, like

Imperfect Aspect, 205, 375.

Impersonal Verbs, 3C1, 526.

(to), 66, 192.

M.

Impersonal Compound Verbs, 3G2.

In, 304.

Many,
Marry

Inchoative Aspect, 376, 421.

146.
(to),

Indefinite Pronouns, 345.

Indefinite Imperfect Aspect, 375.

as complement to Im-

Infinitive

Interjections, 543.

Much,

It, 36, 81, 162,

It

is,

55,

248,

532.

(to

be a), 290.

(to), 165.

3.

Neuter Verb (Conjugation of), 531.

Just, 199.

Ninety, 325, Obs.

Nor I, 290.

K.

Keep a promise (to), 431.

Keep on one's guard (to),

Know

Need

Obs.
Negative Sentences, 363,
Neuter Nouns, 500.
Neuter Verb, 522.

J.

(to),

Nay, 288.
),

Negation in Russian, 51.

Negative Pronouns, 345.

318.

Knock

of Natives (Formation of),

202.

Iterative Aspect, 205, 376, 389.

Knit

248.

Must, 149,

Names

Iterative Aspect (Conjugation oi

Judge of

May, might, 317.

N.

180, 520.

246, 363.

Itself,

in

a, 92.

Moods, 523.
Most, 284.

Sentences,
Obs. 11, 363, Obs. 3.
Irregular Verbs, 439.

2.

Masculine Nouus having plural

personal Verbs, 364.

Mood, 238, 245, 251, 257Instrumental (Government), 455.
Infinitive

Interrogative

277, Obs.

Masculine Nouns, 500.

Masculine Nouns in b, 501.

Incomplete Verbs, 377-

386.

against (to), 311.

(to), 95.

218.

3.

Not a, 165.
Nouns in b, 501.
Nouns (Verbal), 369.
Now and then, 288

Number,

75, 502

566

Number

(defective), 123, 1?8.

Prefixes, 415, 481.

Numerals, 104.
Numerals (declension), 514.

Predicate, 24G, 253.

Prepositions, 541.

Governing the Genitive, 459

0.

Governing the Dative, 464.

Governing the Accusative,

Of, 72, Obs. 6, 179.

One and a

408.

half, 348.

Governing the Instrumen-

One's own, 520.

Ordinal Numerals, 117.

474.

tal,

Governing the Preposition-

Orthography, 547.
Ought, 317.

al,

476.

Prepositional Verbs,
420, 426, 433.

Our, 54, 520.

Out, 242.

9,

Pronoun, 517.

Participle (Active), 203.

(Passive), 300.

Prosthesis, 29.

Participles, 525.

Punctuation, 555.

Pronunciation, 9.

Passive Verbs, 356, 522.

Passive Verbs (Conjugation of), 536.
"
Past," 326, Obs. 7-

Past Tense, 89, 245, Obs. 2.

People, 82.
Perfect Aspect, 205, 214, Obs. 4,
376, 396.

Perfect Aspect of Duration, 376.

Perfect Aspect of Unity, 215, 376,
397.

Perfect Inchoative Aspect, 421.

Perfect of Unity (Conjugation of),
532.

Q.
Qualifying Adjectives, 510.

R.
Rather, 296.
Reciprocal Verbs, 355, 522.
Reflective Verbs, 151, 353, 522.
Reflective Verbs (Conjugation of),
534.

Relative Adjectives, 281.

Remain (to), 287.

Perfect Simple Verbs, 404.

Permutation of Letters, 28.

Same, 318.
6.

Self, 215, 519.

Shall, 385.

Possessive Pronouns, 71Position of Words, 486, 492.

She, 520.

Potential

Simple Verbs, 524.

Mood, 315.

Obs.

Present (Formation of), 314.

Present Tense, 59.

P.

Personal Verbs, 526.

Passive Adjectives, 222, 283, Obs.
Possessive Case, 46, Obs. 8.

207,

Should, 31 6, Obs. 5.

567

Simple Verbs of Perfect Aspect, 404.

Verbs (Conjugation

Some, or any,

43.

Preceded by a negative, 42.

(to), 70.

Very much, 103.

Strong, 234, Obs. 9.

Subjunctive Mood, 315.
Substantive, 30, 500.

W.

Substantives in OKt, 39.

Syncope, 20.

Wash

Syntax, 544.

Whatever,

Tense, 524.
That, 316, Obs.

2,

(to), 181.

Who,
Why,

521.

The

the, 269.
Then, 317, Obs. 7.
This, 70, 180.

which, 65, Obs.

wherever

1.

103.

Will, 385.

Words Governing

the Genitive, 481,

the Dative, 482.
the Accusative, 483.

Thou, 519.
Tonic Accent, 557Trade (to), 132.
(to),

whenever,

whichever, whoever, 338.

Which, 146, Obs. 3, 521.

T.

Trot

52 k

Irregular formation, 444.

Sore, 207.

Speak

of),

Irregular, 439.
Regular, 526.

Sir, 110.

the Instrumental, 483.

the Prepositional, 484.

192.

Would, 316, Obs.

6.

U.

Use of letters, 547.

Used to be, 365, 398.
V.

Verb, 522.

Yes, 33.
Your, 33.
Yearly, 380

Verbal Nouns, 369.

Years, 217.

GILBERT AND RIVINGTON,

LD., ST.

JOHN'S HOUSE, CLERKENWELL, LONDON.

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE

CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF

TORONTO LIBRARY